<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/414/index.xml"/>
    <title>Explore the Latest Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp;amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:17 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/414/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Explore the Latest Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/414/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Shyanne Ortiz</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/414/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy &amp;amp; Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>An End to Upside Down Liberty: Turning Traditional Political Thinking on Its Head to Break Free from Enslavement by Mark Gober</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An End to Upside Down Liberty: Turning Traditional Political Thinking on Its Head to Break Free from Enslavement
Author: Mark Gober
Narrator: Mark Gober
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How should society be organized? Most of us would point to the necessity of a traditionally structured government comprising trustworthy elected representatives who watch over the masses almost like responsible parents. However, throughout history we’ve seen such governments abuse their power to enact incalculable damage. In the most extreme cases, governments have been responsible for brainwashing, slavery, and genocide; and in more subtle instances, civil liberties are slowly eroded. Democracies aren’t immune from these dangers, either. In An End to Upside Down Liberty, award-winning author Mark Gober explains why the institution of government—a monopolistic body with which citizens have no explicit contractual relationship—is inherently hazardous to our freedom. He explores an alternative governing framework that stresses the importance of private-property rights and voluntary exchanges and examines the potential to privatize the government’s poorly managed public sector. But unlike most political and economic discussions, Gober goes a step further by introducing metaphysics into the mix. He draws from the extensive body of scientific evidence covered in his two previous books—including near-death-experience research—to explore the nature of reality, consciousness, and why we exist. This comprehensive approach can be used to steer humanity’s future away from enslavement … and toward liberty. The stakes are high, and the message is urgent. You won’t look at the world the same way after reading this book.</description>
      <author>Mark Gober</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200859276.mp3" length="798816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200859276.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An End to Upside Down Liberty: Turning Traditional Political Thinking on Its Head to Break Free from Enslavement
Author: Mark Gober
Narrator: Mark Gober
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How should society be organized? Most of us would point to the necessity of a traditionally structured government comprising trustworthy elected representatives who watch over the masses almost like responsible parents. However, throughout history we’ve seen such governments abuse their power to enact incalculable damage. In the most extreme cases, governments have been responsible for brainwashing, slavery, and genocide; and in more subtle instances, civil liberties are slowly eroded. Democracies aren’t immune from these dangers, either. In An End to Upside Down Liberty, award-winning author Mark Gober explains why the institution of government—a monopolistic body with which citizens have no explicit contractual relationship—is inherently hazardous to our freedom. He explores an alternative governing framework that stresses the importance of private-property rights and voluntary exchanges and examines the potential to privatize the government’s poorly managed public sector. But unlike most political and economic discussions, Gober goes a step further by introducing metaphysics into the mix. He draws from the extensive body of scientific evidence covered in his two previous books—including near-death-experience research—to explore the nature of reality, consciousness, and why we exist. This comprehensive approach can be used to steer humanity’s future away from enslavement … and toward liberty. The stakes are high, and the message is urgent. You won’t look at the world the same way after reading this book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An End to Upside Down Liberty: Turning Traditional Political Thinking on Its Head to Break Free from Enslavement
Author: Mark Gober
Narrator: Mark Gober
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How should society be organized? Most of us would point to the necessity of a traditionally structured government comprising trustworthy elected representatives who watch over the masses almost like responsible parents. However, throughout history we’ve seen such governments abuse their power to enact incalculable damage. In the most extreme cases, governments have been responsible for brainwashing, slavery, and genocide; and in more subtle instances, civil liberties are slowly eroded. Democracies aren’t immune from these dangers, either. In An End to Upside Down Liberty, award-winning author Mark Gober explains why the institution of government—a monopolistic body with which citizens have no explicit contractual relationship—is inherently hazardous to our freedom. He explores an alternative governing framework that stresses the importance of private-property rights and voluntary exchanges and examines the potential to privatize the government’s poorly managed public sector. But unlike most political and economic discussions, Gober goes a step further by introducing metaphysics into the mix. He draws from the extensive body of scientific evidence covered in his two previous books—including near-death-experience research—to explore the nature of reality, consciousness, and why we exist. This comprehensive approach can be used to steer humanity’s future away from enslavement … and toward liberty. The stakes are high, and the message is urgent. You won’t look at the world the same way after reading this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - استعمار مصر by تيموثي ميتشل</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - استعمار مصر
Author: تيموثي ميتشل
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عندما ذهب الزوار المصريون إلى المعارض العالمية في أوروبا في القرن التاسع عشر، واجهوا محاكاة للأسواق وللقصور الشرقية. ومعروضات من سلع العالم، وحشودًا من المتفرجين الفضوليين. وكل &amp;#039;حقيقة&amp;#039; السلطة الامبراطورية والتباين الثقافي. وإذ يتخذ ميتشل من المعرض فكرة رئيسية وروايات المصريين نقطة انطلاق، يستكشف المناهج الخاصة للنظام وللحقيقة والتي تميز الغرب الحديث، وهو عالم يبدو كل شئ فيه منظمًا ومرتبًا كما لو كان شيئا معروضًا أمام مراقب زاعمًا تمثيل واقع خارجي ما، تجربة أخرى ما، حقيقة أوسع. ويفحص الكتاب سلطة وقع النظام والحقيقة هذا من خلال قراءة جديدة لأثر أوروبا الاستعماري على مصر فى القرن التاسع عشر.</description>
      <author>تيموثي ميتشل</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177873983.mp3" length="840430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177873983.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - استعمار مصر
Author: تيموثي ميتشل
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عندما ذهب الزوار المصريون إلى المعارض العالمية في أوروبا في القرن التاسع عشر، واجهوا محاكاة للأسواق وللقصور الشرقية. ومعروضات من سلع العالم، وحشودًا من المتفرجين الفضوليين. وكل &amp;#039;حقيقة&amp;#039; السلطة الامبراطورية والتباين الثقافي. وإذ يتخذ ميتشل من المعرض فكرة رئيسية وروايات المصريين نقطة انطلاق، يستكشف المناهج الخاصة للنظام وللحقيقة والتي تميز الغرب الحديث، وهو عالم يبدو كل شئ فيه منظمًا ومرتبًا كما لو كان شيئا معروضًا أمام مراقب زاعمًا تمثيل واقع خارجي ما، تجربة أخرى ما، حقيقة أوسع. ويفحص الكتاب سلطة وقع النظام والحقيقة هذا من خلال قراءة جديدة لأثر أوروبا الاستعماري على مصر فى القرن التاسع عشر.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - استعمار مصر
Author: تيموثي ميتشل
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عندما ذهب الزوار المصريون إلى المعارض العالمية في أوروبا في القرن التاسع عشر، واجهوا محاكاة للأسواق وللقصور الشرقية. ومعروضات من سلع العالم، وحشودًا من المتفرجين الفضوليين. وكل &amp;#039;حقيقة&amp;#039; السلطة الامبراطورية والتباين الثقافي. وإذ يتخذ ميتشل من المعرض فكرة رئيسية وروايات المصريين نقطة انطلاق، يستكشف المناهج الخاصة للنظام وللحقيقة والتي تميز الغرب الحديث، وهو عالم يبدو كل شئ فيه منظمًا ومرتبًا كما لو كان شيئا معروضًا أمام مراقب زاعمًا تمثيل واقع خارجي ما، تجربة أخرى ما، حقيقة أوسع. ويفحص الكتاب سلطة وقع النظام والحقيقة هذا من خلال قراءة جديدة لأثر أوروبا الاستعماري على مصر فى القرن التاسع عشر.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - عالم السحر by عائض القرني</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - عالم السحر
Author: عائض القرني
Narrator: عبدالسلام الصوفى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كتاب عالم السحر يتناول موضوع السحر وكيفية علاجه والوقاية منه. ويذكر أقوال أهل العلم من المحققين ليكون المسلم على بصيرة فى كثير من مسائل السحر الذى انتشر فى هذا الزمن وعم ضرره مع غقلة الكثير عن ذكر الله وتدبر كتابه.</description>
      <author>عائض القرني</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870616.mp3" length="849501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870616.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - عالم السحر
Author: عائض القرني
Narrator: عبدالسلام الصوفى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كتاب عالم السحر يتناول موضوع السحر وكيفية علاجه والوقاية منه. ويذكر أقوال أهل العلم من المحققين ليكون المسلم على بصيرة فى كثير من مسائل السحر الذى انتشر فى هذا الزمن وعم ضرره مع غقلة الكثير عن ذكر الله وتدبر كتابه.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - عالم السحر
Author: عائض القرني
Narrator: عبدالسلام الصوفى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كتاب عالم السحر يتناول موضوع السحر وكيفية علاجه والوقاية منه. ويذكر أقوال أهل العلم من المحققين ليكون المسلم على بصيرة فى كثير من مسائل السحر الذى انتشر فى هذا الزمن وعم ضرره مع غقلة الكثير عن ذكر الله وتدبر كتابه.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - مصر الكبرى by أحمد المسلماني</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مصر الكبرى
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: عاصم السيد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كنت محبطاً من السلطة القائمة والسلطة المحتملة، ومن النخبة السائدة والنخبة البديلة .. كنت أبحث عن حلم امبراطورى لدولة كانت كل صحافتها تتحدث عن مستقبل محصور ما بين حسنى مبارك وجمال مبارك. جاءت ثورة الشعب التونسى لتجعل الأحلام الكبرى بالإمكان.. تملكتنى مشاعر الفخر والغبطة معاً .. &amp;#039; عقبال عندنا &amp;#039;.. واختتمت مقالى الذى نشرته &amp;#039; المصرى اليوم &amp;#039; في عدد 17 يناير 2011 بالقول &amp;#039; تحية للشعب التونسى العظيم.. الذى رفع رؤوس العرب أجمعين.. ألف مبروك &amp;#039;. مضت (13) يوماً فقط على مقالنا &amp;#039; ثورة 14 يناير المجيدة &amp;#039; لتبدأ في 25 يناير ثورة شعبنا العظيم. إنها الثورة التى جعلت أحلام &amp;#039; مصر الكبرى &amp;#039; في مرمى النظر.</description>
      <author>أحمد المسلماني</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188521361.mp3" length="767577" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188521361.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مصر الكبرى
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: عاصم السيد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كنت محبطاً من السلطة القائمة والسلطة المحتملة، ومن النخبة السائدة والنخبة البديلة .. كنت أبحث عن حلم امبراطورى لدولة كانت كل صحافتها تتحدث عن مستقبل محصور ما بين حسنى مبارك وجمال مبارك. جاءت ثورة الشعب التونسى لتجعل الأحلام الكبرى بالإمكان.. تملكتنى مشاعر الفخر والغبطة معاً .. &amp;#039; عقبال عندنا &amp;#039;.. واختتمت مقالى الذى نشرته &amp;#039; المصرى اليوم &amp;#039; في عدد 17 يناير 2011 بالقول &amp;#039; تحية للشعب التونسى العظيم.. الذى رفع رؤوس العرب أجمعين.. ألف مبروك &amp;#039;. مضت (13) يوماً فقط على مقالنا &amp;#039; ثورة 14 يناير المجيدة &amp;#039; لتبدأ في 25 يناير ثورة شعبنا العظيم. إنها الثورة التى جعلت أحلام &amp;#039; مصر الكبرى &amp;#039; في مرمى النظر.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مصر الكبرى
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: عاصم السيد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
كنت محبطاً من السلطة القائمة والسلطة المحتملة، ومن النخبة السائدة والنخبة البديلة .. كنت أبحث عن حلم امبراطورى لدولة كانت كل صحافتها تتحدث عن مستقبل محصور ما بين حسنى مبارك وجمال مبارك. جاءت ثورة الشعب التونسى لتجعل الأحلام الكبرى بالإمكان.. تملكتنى مشاعر الفخر والغبطة معاً .. &amp;#039; عقبال عندنا &amp;#039;.. واختتمت مقالى الذى نشرته &amp;#039; المصرى اليوم &amp;#039; في عدد 17 يناير 2011 بالقول &amp;#039; تحية للشعب التونسى العظيم.. الذى رفع رؤوس العرب أجمعين.. ألف مبروك &amp;#039;. مضت (13) يوماً فقط على مقالنا &amp;#039; ثورة 14 يناير المجيدة &amp;#039; لتبدأ في 25 يناير ثورة شعبنا العظيم. إنها الثورة التى جعلت أحلام &amp;#039; مصر الكبرى &amp;#039; في مرمى النظر.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - العدالية الانتقالية - جدل by عربية صالح ومحمد عز</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالية الانتقالية - جدل
Series: #11 of جدل
Author: عربية صالح ومحمد عز
Narrator: زينة رمضان وضياء حرب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بعد الثورات الأخيرة التي اجتاحت الوطن العربي سمعنا مصطلح العدالة الانتقالية يتردد كثيرًا ولكننا لم نعرفها. ما العدالة الانتقالية؟ وهل للتعويض المعنوي قيمة لدى الضحايا؟ وكيف تُنفذ؟ ومن المسؤول عن تنفيذها؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الانتقالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>عربية صالح ومحمد عز</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179398118.mp3" length="875586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179398118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالية الانتقالية - جدل
Series: #11 of جدل
Author: عربية صالح ومحمد عز
Narrator: زينة رمضان وضياء حرب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بعد الثورات الأخيرة التي اجتاحت الوطن العربي سمعنا مصطلح العدالة الانتقالية يتردد كثيرًا ولكننا لم نعرفها. ما العدالة الانتقالية؟ وهل للتعويض المعنوي قيمة لدى الضحايا؟ وكيف تُنفذ؟ ومن المسؤول عن تنفيذها؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الانتقالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالية الانتقالية - جدل
Series: #11 of جدل
Author: عربية صالح ومحمد عز
Narrator: زينة رمضان وضياء حرب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بعد الثورات الأخيرة التي اجتاحت الوطن العربي سمعنا مصطلح العدالة الانتقالية يتردد كثيرًا ولكننا لم نعرفها. ما العدالة الانتقالية؟ وهل للتعويض المعنوي قيمة لدى الضحايا؟ وكيف تُنفذ؟ ومن المسؤول عن تنفيذها؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الانتقالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ضحك مجروح by بلال فضل</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ضحك مجروح
Author: بلال فضل
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ليست فروسية والنبي، أنا لن أُحمل أحدًا مسئولية ما أصبحت عليه، أنا أستحق ما جرى لأسناني، أنا وأسناني نبت للثقافات الفاسدة التي تسود حياتنا، ثقافة العلاج بالمسكنات، ثقافة البحث عن الحل بعد وقوع الكارثة، ثقافة الطناش والإهمال والطلسقة والترقيع، ثقافة عدم الجدية والسخرية من الذين يفعلون أي شيء بجدية حتى لو كان غسيل أسنانهم بالفرشاة كل يوم، ثقافة الحشو المؤقت حتى يسقط فنستبدله بحشو مؤقت آخر، ثقافة هو إحنا فاضيين للكلام ده أيًّا كانت خطورة الكلام ده، ثقافة الهروب من تحمل المسئولية طالما كان بالإمكان الشكوى من الزمان والظروف والنصيب، لذلك لا تشفقوا عليَّ، فأنا لا أشفق على نفسي، أنا أستحق هذه الأسنان الخربة، وهي يا عيني لا تستحقني أيًّا كانت نسبة الكالسيوم في موانيها المتصدعة. عارف؟ من ييجي خمسة عشر عامًا كنت أقول لأصدقائي الحالمين بأن يصحوا من النوم على وجه حاكم أفضل، أو وجه حاكم آخر والسلام، &amp;#039;لن يسقط نظام مبارك إلا بعد أن تسقط أسناني&amp;#039;، وهذي أسناني قد سقطت، فاللهم لا اعتراض على حكمتك في توزيع الكالسيوم</description>
      <author>بلال فضل</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188521262.mp3" length="786565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188521262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ضحك مجروح
Author: بلال فضل
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ليست فروسية والنبي، أنا لن أُحمل أحدًا مسئولية ما أصبحت عليه، أنا أستحق ما جرى لأسناني، أنا وأسناني نبت للثقافات الفاسدة التي تسود حياتنا، ثقافة العلاج بالمسكنات، ثقافة البحث عن الحل بعد وقوع الكارثة، ثقافة الطناش والإهمال والطلسقة والترقيع، ثقافة عدم الجدية والسخرية من الذين يفعلون أي شيء بجدية حتى لو كان غسيل أسنانهم بالفرشاة كل يوم، ثقافة الحشو المؤقت حتى يسقط فنستبدله بحشو مؤقت آخر، ثقافة هو إحنا فاضيين للكلام ده أيًّا كانت خطورة الكلام ده، ثقافة الهروب من تحمل المسئولية طالما كان بالإمكان الشكوى من الزمان والظروف والنصيب، لذلك لا تشفقوا عليَّ، فأنا لا أشفق على نفسي، أنا أستحق هذه الأسنان الخربة، وهي يا عيني لا تستحقني أيًّا كانت نسبة الكالسيوم في موانيها المتصدعة. عارف؟ من ييجي خمسة عشر عامًا كنت أقول لأصدقائي الحالمين بأن يصحوا من النوم على وجه حاكم أفضل، أو وجه حاكم آخر والسلام، &amp;#039;لن يسقط نظام مبارك إلا بعد أن تسقط أسناني&amp;#039;، وهذي أسناني قد سقطت، فاللهم لا اعتراض على حكمتك في توزيع الكالسيوم</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ضحك مجروح
Author: بلال فضل
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ليست فروسية والنبي، أنا لن أُحمل أحدًا مسئولية ما أصبحت عليه، أنا أستحق ما جرى لأسناني، أنا وأسناني نبت للثقافات الفاسدة التي تسود حياتنا، ثقافة العلاج بالمسكنات، ثقافة البحث عن الحل بعد وقوع الكارثة، ثقافة الطناش والإهمال والطلسقة والترقيع، ثقافة عدم الجدية والسخرية من الذين يفعلون أي شيء بجدية حتى لو كان غسيل أسنانهم بالفرشاة كل يوم، ثقافة الحشو المؤقت حتى يسقط فنستبدله بحشو مؤقت آخر، ثقافة هو إحنا فاضيين للكلام ده أيًّا كانت خطورة الكلام ده، ثقافة الهروب من تحمل المسئولية طالما كان بالإمكان الشكوى من الزمان والظروف والنصيب، لذلك لا تشفقوا عليَّ، فأنا لا أشفق على نفسي، أنا أستحق هذه الأسنان الخربة، وهي يا عيني لا تستحقني أيًّا كانت نسبة الكالسيوم في موانيها المتصدعة. عارف؟ من ييجي خمسة عشر عامًا كنت أقول لأصدقائي الحالمين بأن يصحوا من النوم على وجه حاكم أفضل، أو وجه حاكم آخر والسلام، &amp;#039;لن يسقط نظام مبارك إلا بعد أن تسقط أسناني&amp;#039;، وهذي أسناني قد سقطت، فاللهم لا اعتراض على حكمتك في توزيع الكالسيوم</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - رأس المال لكارل ماركس by فرانسيس وين</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رأس المال لكارل ماركس
Author: فرانسيس وين
Narrator: حاتم اللافي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب رأس المال من أهم الأعمال الفكرية التي صدرت في القرن التاسع عشر، كما أنه يمكن أن يصنف مع منجزات فكرية كبرى مثل كتاب روح القوانين لمونتسكيو، ونقد العقل المجرد لكانت، عدا عن أنه واحد من أهم كتابين مؤسسين في العلوم الاقتصادية، إلى جانب ثروة الأمم لآدم سميث، ولكنه يعتبر أيضاً واحد من الكتب التي لم تقرأ بشكل جيد على الرغم من ادعاءات كثيرة بالتمكّن من الكتاب وأفكاره، للدرجة التي دفعت الكثير من الدول التي طبقت النظام الشيوعي وكثير من الأحزاب الشيوعية حول العالم لأن تتعامل معه بصفة لاهوتية، فحولته إلى نص مقدس طالما ادعت أنها تطبق أفكاره ومناهجه، والحقيقة أن الكتاب لم يقرأ جيداً، وكثير من المفكرين والنقاد لم يقفوا سوى على بعض المقتطفات وبأفضل الأحوال الفصول المهمة.</description>
      <author>فرانسيس وين</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188655301.mp3" length="789651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188655301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رأس المال لكارل ماركس
Author: فرانسيس وين
Narrator: حاتم اللافي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب رأس المال من أهم الأعمال الفكرية التي صدرت في القرن التاسع عشر، كما أنه يمكن أن يصنف مع منجزات فكرية كبرى مثل كتاب روح القوانين لمونتسكيو، ونقد العقل المجرد لكانت، عدا عن أنه واحد من أهم كتابين مؤسسين في العلوم الاقتصادية، إلى جانب ثروة الأمم لآدم سميث، ولكنه يعتبر أيضاً واحد من الكتب التي لم تقرأ بشكل جيد على الرغم من ادعاءات كثيرة بالتمكّن من الكتاب وأفكاره، للدرجة التي دفعت الكثير من الدول التي طبقت النظام الشيوعي وكثير من الأحزاب الشيوعية حول العالم لأن تتعامل معه بصفة لاهوتية، فحولته إلى نص مقدس طالما ادعت أنها تطبق أفكاره ومناهجه، والحقيقة أن الكتاب لم يقرأ جيداً، وكثير من المفكرين والنقاد لم يقفوا سوى على بعض المقتطفات وبأفضل الأحوال الفصول المهمة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - رأس المال لكارل ماركس
Author: فرانسيس وين
Narrator: حاتم اللافي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب رأس المال من أهم الأعمال الفكرية التي صدرت في القرن التاسع عشر، كما أنه يمكن أن يصنف مع منجزات فكرية كبرى مثل كتاب روح القوانين لمونتسكيو، ونقد العقل المجرد لكانت، عدا عن أنه واحد من أهم كتابين مؤسسين في العلوم الاقتصادية، إلى جانب ثروة الأمم لآدم سميث، ولكنه يعتبر أيضاً واحد من الكتب التي لم تقرأ بشكل جيد على الرغم من ادعاءات كثيرة بالتمكّن من الكتاب وأفكاره، للدرجة التي دفعت الكثير من الدول التي طبقت النظام الشيوعي وكثير من الأحزاب الشيوعية حول العالم لأن تتعامل معه بصفة لاهوتية، فحولته إلى نص مقدس طالما ادعت أنها تطبق أفكاره ومناهجه، والحقيقة أن الكتاب لم يقرأ جيداً، وكثير من المفكرين والنقاد لم يقفوا سوى على بعض المقتطفات وبأفضل الأحوال الفصول المهمة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ذكريات معتقل في جوانتاناموا by حسين عبد القادر</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات معتقل في جوانتاناموا
Author: حسين عبد القادر
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مساء يوم الأحد 25/5/2002 وبينما كان يتناول العشاء مع أسرته ، اذ بجرس الباب يدق ليدخل ضابط شرطة يقوم باعتقاله ، وعندما استفسر عن الذنب الذي اقترفه ، أجابه : خمس دقائق وتعود !! .. نُقل الرجل لباجرام ثم لمعتقل جوانتانامو بكوبا ليقضي هناك ستة وعشرين شهرا ، وفي النهاية سلموه شهادة تفيد بأنه لا يمثل خطرا على القوات الأمريكية أو مصالحها في أفغانستان ، ثم أطلقوا سراحه في نفس المكان الذي اعتقل فيه.</description>
      <author>حسين عبد القادر</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188521729.mp3" length="848808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188521729.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات معتقل في جوانتاناموا
Author: حسين عبد القادر
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مساء يوم الأحد 25/5/2002 وبينما كان يتناول العشاء مع أسرته ، اذ بجرس الباب يدق ليدخل ضابط شرطة يقوم باعتقاله ، وعندما استفسر عن الذنب الذي اقترفه ، أجابه : خمس دقائق وتعود !! .. نُقل الرجل لباجرام ثم لمعتقل جوانتانامو بكوبا ليقضي هناك ستة وعشرين شهرا ، وفي النهاية سلموه شهادة تفيد بأنه لا يمثل خطرا على القوات الأمريكية أو مصالحها في أفغانستان ، ثم أطلقوا سراحه في نفس المكان الذي اعتقل فيه.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات معتقل في جوانتاناموا
Author: حسين عبد القادر
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مساء يوم الأحد 25/5/2002 وبينما كان يتناول العشاء مع أسرته ، اذ بجرس الباب يدق ليدخل ضابط شرطة يقوم باعتقاله ، وعندما استفسر عن الذنب الذي اقترفه ، أجابه : خمس دقائق وتعود !! .. نُقل الرجل لباجرام ثم لمعتقل جوانتانامو بكوبا ليقضي هناك ستة وعشرين شهرا ، وفي النهاية سلموه شهادة تفيد بأنه لا يمثل خطرا على القوات الأمريكية أو مصالحها في أفغانستان ، ثم أطلقوا سراحه في نفس المكان الذي اعتقل فيه.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Are Proud Boys: How a Right-Wing Street Gang Ushered in a New Era of American Extremism by Andy B. Campbell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Proud Boys: How a Right-Wing Street Gang Ushered in a New Era of American Extremism
Author: Andy B. Campbell
Narrator: Stacy Carolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping investigation into the nation’s most notorious far-right group, revealing how they created a new blueprint for extremism and turned American politics into a blood sport. After the 2016 election, Americans witnessed a frightening trend: the sudden rise of a host of new extremist groups across the country. Emboldened by a new president, they flooded political rallies and built fervent online presences, expanding rapidly until they were a regular sight at everyday demonstrations. Amid the chaos, one group emerged as a leader among the others, with matching outfits, bizarre rituals, and a reputation for violence: the Proud Boys.   From leading extremism reporter Andy Campbell, We Are Proud Boys is the definitive narrative exploration of this notorious street gang and all the far-right movements they’re connected to. Through groundbreaking new reporting, Campbell delivers the untold story of a gang of blundering, punch-happy goons who grew to become the centerpiece of American extremism and positioned themselves as the unofficial enforcement arm of the GOP. Beginning with their founding by Gavin McInnes, the media personality best known for co-founding VICE, Campbell takes us deep into the Proud Boys, laying bare their origins and their rise to prominence. As he exposes the group&amp;#039;s noxious culture and strange rituals, he reveals how the ultimate project of the Proud Boys–to desensitize Americans to political violence–has succeeded entirely, culminating with Republicans calling the January 6 insurrection &amp;quot;legitimate political discourse.&amp;quot; The bizarre, frightening story of the Proud Boys reveals the playbook they have created for domestic extremism, giving us the necessary insight to push back against radicalism in America before it swallows our democracy whole.</description>
      <author>Andy B. Campbell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668611159.mp3" length="863359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668611159.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Proud Boys: How a Right-Wing Street Gang Ushered in a New Era of American Extremism
Author: Andy B. Campbell
Narrator: Stacy Carolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping investigation into the nation’s most notorious far-right group, revealing how they created a new blueprint for extremism and turned American politics into a blood sport. After the 2016 election, Americans witnessed a frightening trend: the sudden rise of a host of new extremist groups across the country. Emboldened by a new president, they flooded political rallies and built fervent online presences, expanding rapidly until they were a regular sight at everyday demonstrations. Amid the chaos, one group emerged as a leader among the others, with matching outfits, bizarre rituals, and a reputation for violence: the Proud Boys.   From leading extremism reporter Andy Campbell, We Are Proud Boys is the definitive narrative exploration of this notorious street gang and all the far-right movements they’re connected to. Through groundbreaking new reporting, Campbell delivers the untold story of a gang of blundering, punch-happy goons who grew to become the centerpiece of American extremism and positioned themselves as the unofficial enforcement arm of the GOP. Beginning with their founding by Gavin McInnes, the media personality best known for co-founding VICE, Campbell takes us deep into the Proud Boys, laying bare their origins and their rise to prominence. As he exposes the group&amp;#039;s noxious culture and strange rituals, he reveals how the ultimate project of the Proud Boys–to desensitize Americans to political violence–has succeeded entirely, culminating with Republicans calling the January 6 insurrection &amp;quot;legitimate political discourse.&amp;quot; The bizarre, frightening story of the Proud Boys reveals the playbook they have created for domestic extremism, giving us the necessary insight to push back against radicalism in America before it swallows our democracy whole.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Are Proud Boys: How a Right-Wing Street Gang Ushered in a New Era of American Extremism
Author: Andy B. Campbell
Narrator: Stacy Carolan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping investigation into the nation’s most notorious far-right group, revealing how they created a new blueprint for extremism and turned American politics into a blood sport. After the 2016 election, Americans witnessed a frightening trend: the sudden rise of a host of new extremist groups across the country. Emboldened by a new president, they flooded political rallies and built fervent online presences, expanding rapidly until they were a regular sight at everyday demonstrations. Amid the chaos, one group emerged as a leader among the others, with matching outfits, bizarre rituals, and a reputation for violence: the Proud Boys.   From leading extremism reporter Andy Campbell, We Are Proud Boys is the definitive narrative exploration of this notorious street gang and all the far-right movements they’re connected to. Through groundbreaking new reporting, Campbell delivers the untold story of a gang of blundering, punch-happy goons who grew to become the centerpiece of American extremism and positioned themselves as the unofficial enforcement arm of the GOP. Beginning with their founding by Gavin McInnes, the media personality best known for co-founding VICE, Campbell takes us deep into the Proud Boys, laying bare their origins and their rise to prominence. As he exposes the group&amp;#039;s noxious culture and strange rituals, he reveals how the ultimate project of the Proud Boys–to desensitize Americans to political violence–has succeeded entirely, culminating with Republicans calling the January 6 insurrection &amp;quot;legitimate political discourse.&amp;quot; The bizarre, frightening story of the Proud Boys reveals the playbook they have created for domestic extremism, giving us the necessary insight to push back against radicalism in America before it swallows our democracy whole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Just Dope: A Leading Attorney&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Inside the War on Drugs by Allison Margolin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Dope: A Leading Attorney&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Inside the War on Drugs
Author: Allison Margolin
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Dopesick and Drug Use for Grown-Ups--a celebrated cannabis attorney&amp;#039;s insider look at the War on Drugs and what comes next for the drug legalization movement. Spoiler: everyone uses drugs. Whether you’re popping an aspirin for a headache, pushing through the day with an extra jolt of caffeine, unwinding with a perfectly rolled joint, or availing yourself of harder substances, chances are--at some point in your life--you’ve consumed mind-altering substances. Getting high is something most of us do, and in many cases do safely--yet drugs remain a singular public enemy. The number of Americans arrested for drug possession has tripled since 1980. A whole fifth of the incarcerated population is in on drug charges. The War on Drugs--systematically designed to disenfranchise Black communities and leftist political activists--continues to wreak havoc to this day. The ugly truth is that drug prohibition doesn’t stop drug use. It only makes it more harmful. Allison Margolin, an LA-based criminal defense attorney, is one of the nation’s leading experts in cannabis licensing and law. Integrating pop culture and personal stories into social analysis, she puts drug criminalization on trial to advocate for an evidence-based, commonsense approach to drug use and legalization. From a fresh policy and social commentary perspective, Margolin explores:   •  The history of drug prohibition in the United States--when it started, how it evolved, and where it stands now   •  The problem with campaigns like “This Is Your Brain on Drugs”   •  How our current drug policy is rooted more in racism, bias, and pharma money than science or psychology   •  The false dichotomy between “good” and “bad” drugs   •  The grifting and exploitation of the Rehab Industrial Complex   •  What real drug education can (and should) look like For readers of Dopesick and In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts, Just Dope is part memoir, part whip-smart policy critique, part social drug history of LA, and a vital call to knowledge and action.</description>
      <author>Allison Margolin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623178376.mp3" length="2711752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623178376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Dope: A Leading Attorney&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Inside the War on Drugs
Author: Allison Margolin
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Dopesick and Drug Use for Grown-Ups--a celebrated cannabis attorney&amp;#039;s insider look at the War on Drugs and what comes next for the drug legalization movement. Spoiler: everyone uses drugs. Whether you’re popping an aspirin for a headache, pushing through the day with an extra jolt of caffeine, unwinding with a perfectly rolled joint, or availing yourself of harder substances, chances are--at some point in your life--you’ve consumed mind-altering substances. Getting high is something most of us do, and in many cases do safely--yet drugs remain a singular public enemy. The number of Americans arrested for drug possession has tripled since 1980. A whole fifth of the incarcerated population is in on drug charges. The War on Drugs--systematically designed to disenfranchise Black communities and leftist political activists--continues to wreak havoc to this day. The ugly truth is that drug prohibition doesn’t stop drug use. It only makes it more harmful. Allison Margolin, an LA-based criminal defense attorney, is one of the nation’s leading experts in cannabis licensing and law. Integrating pop culture and personal stories into social analysis, she puts drug criminalization on trial to advocate for an evidence-based, commonsense approach to drug use and legalization. From a fresh policy and social commentary perspective, Margolin explores:   •  The history of drug prohibition in the United States--when it started, how it evolved, and where it stands now   •  The problem with campaigns like “This Is Your Brain on Drugs”   •  How our current drug policy is rooted more in racism, bias, and pharma money than science or psychology   •  The false dichotomy between “good” and “bad” drugs   •  The grifting and exploitation of the Rehab Industrial Complex   •  What real drug education can (and should) look like For readers of Dopesick and In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts, Just Dope is part memoir, part whip-smart policy critique, part social drug history of LA, and a vital call to knowledge and action.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Dope: A Leading Attorney&amp;#039;s Personal Journey Inside the War on Drugs
Author: Allison Margolin
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Dopesick and Drug Use for Grown-Ups--a celebrated cannabis attorney&amp;#039;s insider look at the War on Drugs and what comes next for the drug legalization movement. Spoiler: everyone uses drugs. Whether you’re popping an aspirin for a headache, pushing through the day with an extra jolt of caffeine, unwinding with a perfectly rolled joint, or availing yourself of harder substances, chances are--at some point in your life--you’ve consumed mind-altering substances. Getting high is something most of us do, and in many cases do safely--yet drugs remain a singular public enemy. The number of Americans arrested for drug possession has tripled since 1980. A whole fifth of the incarcerated population is in on drug charges. The War on Drugs--systematically designed to disenfranchise Black communities and leftist political activists--continues to wreak havoc to this day. The ugly truth is that drug prohibition doesn’t stop drug use. It only makes it more harmful. Allison Margolin, an LA-based criminal defense attorney, is one of the nation’s leading experts in cannabis licensing and law. Integrating pop culture and personal stories into social analysis, she puts drug criminalization on trial to advocate for an evidence-based, commonsense approach to drug use and legalization. From a fresh policy and social commentary perspective, Margolin explores:   •  The history of drug prohibition in the United States--when it started, how it evolved, and where it stands now   •  The problem with campaigns like “This Is Your Brain on Drugs”   •  How our current drug policy is rooted more in racism, bias, and pharma money than science or psychology   •  The false dichotomy between “good” and “bad” drugs   •  The grifting and exploitation of the Rehab Industrial Complex   •  What real drug education can (and should) look like For readers of Dopesick and In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts, Just Dope is part memoir, part whip-smart policy critique, part social drug history of LA, and a vital call to knowledge and action.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - No es normal by Viri Ríos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No es normal
Author: Viri Ríos
Narrator: Maya Zapata
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
-NUEVA EDICIÓN-    ¿QUÉ TIENE QUE VER SHAKIRA CON QUE NO TENGAMOS BUENOS HOSPITALES PÚBLICOS? ¿QUÉ ESTRATEGIA DE NEGOCIO COMPARTEN LAS TORTILLERÍAS DE PALENQUE CON LAS GRANDES FARMACÉUTICAS?  ¿POR QUÉ HAY BEBÉS MEXICANOS QUE HAN TRABAJADO 11 MIL AÑOS? ¿CÓMO ES QUE EL REFRESCO PUEDE MATAR MÁS QUE EL NARCO? En una seductora mezcla de rigor académico con historias insólitas, Viri Ríos —instructora de política pública, académica y periodista— devela el juego de intrincadas reglas, políticas y regulaciones ocultas que día a día alimentan la desigualdad mexicana, impidiéndonos mejorar nuestro nivel de vida.  NO ES NORMAL es un conjunto de 27 ensayos cortos que te dicen a ti, trabajador, empresario, estudiante,mujer, contra qué monstruos te estás enfrentando cotidianamente y cómo trastocar las más importantes fuentes del poder económico, político e intelectual de nuestro país para derrotarlos.  «Viridiana Ríos escribe desde un realismo severo que despeja mitos —y con el generoso propósito de mejorarle la vida real, la económica, a su lector, a su lectora—. Por eso la suya es una nueva voz cuya influencia no cesará de crecer.»  —Sabina Berman, escritora «Pocas y pocos investigadores mexicanos tienen la inteligencia, el conocimiento y la solidaridad social de Viri Ríos, este libro es un ejemplo.» —Carlos Urzúa, secretario de Hacienda (2018-2019)  «Viridiana Ríos es una académica y analista seria que conoce bien a México y cuyo libro contribuye valiosamente a un debate informado sobre los principales problemas del país.» —Santiago Levy, vicepresidente del Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo (2008-2018)</description>
      <author>Viri Ríos</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073813679.mp3" length="1358312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073813679.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No es normal
Author: Viri Ríos
Narrator: Maya Zapata
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
-NUEVA EDICIÓN-    ¿QUÉ TIENE QUE VER SHAKIRA CON QUE NO TENGAMOS BUENOS HOSPITALES PÚBLICOS? ¿QUÉ ESTRATEGIA DE NEGOCIO COMPARTEN LAS TORTILLERÍAS DE PALENQUE CON LAS GRANDES FARMACÉUTICAS?  ¿POR QUÉ HAY BEBÉS MEXICANOS QUE HAN TRABAJADO 11 MIL AÑOS? ¿CÓMO ES QUE EL REFRESCO PUEDE MATAR MÁS QUE EL NARCO? En una seductora mezcla de rigor académico con historias insólitas, Viri Ríos —instructora de política pública, académica y periodista— devela el juego de intrincadas reglas, políticas y regulaciones ocultas que día a día alimentan la desigualdad mexicana, impidiéndonos mejorar nuestro nivel de vida.  NO ES NORMAL es un conjunto de 27 ensayos cortos que te dicen a ti, trabajador, empresario, estudiante,mujer, contra qué monstruos te estás enfrentando cotidianamente y cómo trastocar las más importantes fuentes del poder económico, político e intelectual de nuestro país para derrotarlos.  «Viridiana Ríos escribe desde un realismo severo que despeja mitos —y con el generoso propósito de mejorarle la vida real, la económica, a su lector, a su lectora—. Por eso la suya es una nueva voz cuya influencia no cesará de crecer.»  —Sabina Berman, escritora «Pocas y pocos investigadores mexicanos tienen la inteligencia, el conocimiento y la solidaridad social de Viri Ríos, este libro es un ejemplo.» —Carlos Urzúa, secretario de Hacienda (2018-2019)  «Viridiana Ríos es una académica y analista seria que conoce bien a México y cuyo libro contribuye valiosamente a un debate informado sobre los principales problemas del país.» —Santiago Levy, vicepresidente del Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo (2008-2018)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No es normal
Author: Viri Ríos
Narrator: Maya Zapata
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
-NUEVA EDICIÓN-    ¿QUÉ TIENE QUE VER SHAKIRA CON QUE NO TENGAMOS BUENOS HOSPITALES PÚBLICOS? ¿QUÉ ESTRATEGIA DE NEGOCIO COMPARTEN LAS TORTILLERÍAS DE PALENQUE CON LAS GRANDES FARMACÉUTICAS?  ¿POR QUÉ HAY BEBÉS MEXICANOS QUE HAN TRABAJADO 11 MIL AÑOS? ¿CÓMO ES QUE EL REFRESCO PUEDE MATAR MÁS QUE EL NARCO? En una seductora mezcla de rigor académico con historias insólitas, Viri Ríos —instructora de política pública, académica y periodista— devela el juego de intrincadas reglas, políticas y regulaciones ocultas que día a día alimentan la desigualdad mexicana, impidiéndonos mejorar nuestro nivel de vida.  NO ES NORMAL es un conjunto de 27 ensayos cortos que te dicen a ti, trabajador, empresario, estudiante,mujer, contra qué monstruos te estás enfrentando cotidianamente y cómo trastocar las más importantes fuentes del poder económico, político e intelectual de nuestro país para derrotarlos.  «Viridiana Ríos escribe desde un realismo severo que despeja mitos —y con el generoso propósito de mejorarle la vida real, la económica, a su lector, a su lectora—. Por eso la suya es una nueva voz cuya influencia no cesará de crecer.»  —Sabina Berman, escritora «Pocas y pocos investigadores mexicanos tienen la inteligencia, el conocimiento y la solidaridad social de Viri Ríos, este libro es un ejemplo.» —Carlos Urzúa, secretario de Hacienda (2018-2019)  «Viridiana Ríos es una académica y analista seria que conoce bien a México y cuyo libro contribuye valiosamente a un debate informado sobre los principales problemas del país.» —Santiago Levy, vicepresidente del Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo (2008-2018)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La casa de la contradicción by Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La casa de la contradicción
Author: Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez
Narrator: Daniel Cubillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensemos en la democracia no solamente como régimen de la complejidad, sino como régimen de la contradicción  La democracia es el espacio donde desembocan todos los ideales políticos de la modernidad. Ahí confluyen impulsos no sólo diversos sino incluso contrarios: la aspiración de identidad y pluralidad, de liderazgo y contrapesos, de libertad e igualdad, de soberanía y tolerancia, de participación y prudencia. Por ello, la contradicción no es un accidente de la democracia: es su esencia. Si la democracia es una casa a la medida de nuestras incompatibilidades, en nuestro país la construcción sigue en obra negra. Peor aún: hay señales que apuntan a sus ruinas prematuras.  Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez advierte que la razón de este incumplimiento es, precisamente, el rechazo de la contradicción. Los gobiernos de la alternancia quisieron levantar el edificio democrático confiando en la magia de la competencia electoral, sin un andamiaje de legalidad. Sus efectos fueron corrupción y violencia. Las fallas de este intento impulsaron una nueva y quizá más peligrosa forma de simplificación: el populismo.  Este ensayo sobre la frustración democrática es una crítica urgente a la política de nuestros días, pero es también, y sobre todo, una honda reflexión sobre la naturaleza de la democracia y el ser político de México.</description>
      <author>Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073813440.mp3" length="1411442" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073813440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La casa de la contradicción
Author: Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez
Narrator: Daniel Cubillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensemos en la democracia no solamente como régimen de la complejidad, sino como régimen de la contradicción  La democracia es el espacio donde desembocan todos los ideales políticos de la modernidad. Ahí confluyen impulsos no sólo diversos sino incluso contrarios: la aspiración de identidad y pluralidad, de liderazgo y contrapesos, de libertad e igualdad, de soberanía y tolerancia, de participación y prudencia. Por ello, la contradicción no es un accidente de la democracia: es su esencia. Si la democracia es una casa a la medida de nuestras incompatibilidades, en nuestro país la construcción sigue en obra negra. Peor aún: hay señales que apuntan a sus ruinas prematuras.  Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez advierte que la razón de este incumplimiento es, precisamente, el rechazo de la contradicción. Los gobiernos de la alternancia quisieron levantar el edificio democrático confiando en la magia de la competencia electoral, sin un andamiaje de legalidad. Sus efectos fueron corrupción y violencia. Las fallas de este intento impulsaron una nueva y quizá más peligrosa forma de simplificación: el populismo.  Este ensayo sobre la frustración democrática es una crítica urgente a la política de nuestros días, pero es también, y sobre todo, una honda reflexión sobre la naturaleza de la democracia y el ser político de México.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La casa de la contradicción
Author: Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez
Narrator: Daniel Cubillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensemos en la democracia no solamente como régimen de la complejidad, sino como régimen de la contradicción  La democracia es el espacio donde desembocan todos los ideales políticos de la modernidad. Ahí confluyen impulsos no sólo diversos sino incluso contrarios: la aspiración de identidad y pluralidad, de liderazgo y contrapesos, de libertad e igualdad, de soberanía y tolerancia, de participación y prudencia. Por ello, la contradicción no es un accidente de la democracia: es su esencia. Si la democracia es una casa a la medida de nuestras incompatibilidades, en nuestro país la construcción sigue en obra negra. Peor aún: hay señales que apuntan a sus ruinas prematuras.  Jesús Silva-Herzog Márquez advierte que la razón de este incumplimiento es, precisamente, el rechazo de la contradicción. Los gobiernos de la alternancia quisieron levantar el edificio democrático confiando en la magia de la competencia electoral, sin un andamiaje de legalidad. Sus efectos fueron corrupción y violencia. Las fallas de este intento impulsaron una nueva y quizá más peligrosa forma de simplificación: el populismo.  Este ensayo sobre la frustración democrática es una crítica urgente a la política de nuestros días, pero es también, y sobre todo, una honda reflexión sobre la naturaleza de la democracia y el ser político de México.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Profiles in Ignorance: How America&amp;#039;s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber by Andy Borowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profiles in Ignorance: How America&amp;#039;s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber
Author: Andy Borowitz
Narrator: Andy Borowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER *WASHINGTON POST BESTSELLER *   Andy Borowitz, “one of the funniest people in America” (CBS Sunday Morning), brilliantly “chronicles our embrace of anti-intellectualism” (Walter Isaacson) in American politics, from Ronald Reagan to Dan Quayle, from George W. Bush to Sarah Palin, to its apotheosis in Donald J. Trump. Andy Borowitz has been called a “Swiftian satirist” (The Wall Street Journal) and “one of the country’s finest satirists” (The New York Times). Millions of fans and New Yorker readers enjoy his satirical news column “The Borowitz Report.” Now, in Profiles in Ignorance, he delivers “a wittily alarming polemic that tracks the evolution of American politics from grounds for gravitas to festival of idiocy” (The New York Times).   Borowitz argues that over the past fifty years, American politicians have grown increasingly allergic to knowledge, and mass media have encouraged the election of ignoramuses by elevating candidates who are better at performing than thinking. Starting with Ronald Reagan’s first campaign for governor of California in 1966 and culminating with the election of Donald J. Trump to the White House, Borowitz shows how, during the age of twenty-four-hour news and social media, the US has elected politicians to positions of great power whose lack of the most basic information is terrifying. In addition to Reagan, Quayle, Bush, Palin, and Trump, Borowitz covers a host of congresspersons, senators, and governors who have helped lower the bar over the past five decades.   Profiles in Ignorance aims to make us both laugh and cry: laugh at the idiotic antics of these public figures, and cry at the cataclysms these icons of ignorance have caused. But most importantly, the book delivers a call to action and a cause for optimism: History doesn’t move in a straight line, and we can change course if we act now.</description>
      <author>Andy Borowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797147581.mp3" length="826859" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797147581.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profiles in Ignorance: How America&amp;#039;s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber
Author: Andy Borowitz
Narrator: Andy Borowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER *WASHINGTON POST BESTSELLER *   Andy Borowitz, “one of the funniest people in America” (CBS Sunday Morning), brilliantly “chronicles our embrace of anti-intellectualism” (Walter Isaacson) in American politics, from Ronald Reagan to Dan Quayle, from George W. Bush to Sarah Palin, to its apotheosis in Donald J. Trump. Andy Borowitz has been called a “Swiftian satirist” (The Wall Street Journal) and “one of the country’s finest satirists” (The New York Times). Millions of fans and New Yorker readers enjoy his satirical news column “The Borowitz Report.” Now, in Profiles in Ignorance, he delivers “a wittily alarming polemic that tracks the evolution of American politics from grounds for gravitas to festival of idiocy” (The New York Times).   Borowitz argues that over the past fifty years, American politicians have grown increasingly allergic to knowledge, and mass media have encouraged the election of ignoramuses by elevating candidates who are better at performing than thinking. Starting with Ronald Reagan’s first campaign for governor of California in 1966 and culminating with the election of Donald J. Trump to the White House, Borowitz shows how, during the age of twenty-four-hour news and social media, the US has elected politicians to positions of great power whose lack of the most basic information is terrifying. In addition to Reagan, Quayle, Bush, Palin, and Trump, Borowitz covers a host of congresspersons, senators, and governors who have helped lower the bar over the past five decades.   Profiles in Ignorance aims to make us both laugh and cry: laugh at the idiotic antics of these public figures, and cry at the cataclysms these icons of ignorance have caused. But most importantly, the book delivers a call to action and a cause for optimism: History doesn’t move in a straight line, and we can change course if we act now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profiles in Ignorance: How America&amp;#039;s Politicians Got Dumb and Dumber
Author: Andy Borowitz
Narrator: Andy Borowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER *WASHINGTON POST BESTSELLER *   Andy Borowitz, “one of the funniest people in America” (CBS Sunday Morning), brilliantly “chronicles our embrace of anti-intellectualism” (Walter Isaacson) in American politics, from Ronald Reagan to Dan Quayle, from George W. Bush to Sarah Palin, to its apotheosis in Donald J. Trump. Andy Borowitz has been called a “Swiftian satirist” (The Wall Street Journal) and “one of the country’s finest satirists” (The New York Times). Millions of fans and New Yorker readers enjoy his satirical news column “The Borowitz Report.” Now, in Profiles in Ignorance, he delivers “a wittily alarming polemic that tracks the evolution of American politics from grounds for gravitas to festival of idiocy” (The New York Times).   Borowitz argues that over the past fifty years, American politicians have grown increasingly allergic to knowledge, and mass media have encouraged the election of ignoramuses by elevating candidates who are better at performing than thinking. Starting with Ronald Reagan’s first campaign for governor of California in 1966 and culminating with the election of Donald J. Trump to the White House, Borowitz shows how, during the age of twenty-four-hour news and social media, the US has elected politicians to positions of great power whose lack of the most basic information is terrifying. In addition to Reagan, Quayle, Bush, Palin, and Trump, Borowitz covers a host of congresspersons, senators, and governors who have helped lower the bar over the past five decades.   Profiles in Ignorance aims to make us both laugh and cry: laugh at the idiotic antics of these public figures, and cry at the cataclysms these icons of ignorance have caused. But most importantly, the book delivers a call to action and a cause for optimism: History doesn’t move in a straight line, and we can change course if we act now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chip War: The Quest to Dominate the World&amp;#039;s Most Critical Technology by Chris Miller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chip War: The Quest to Dominate the World&amp;#039;s Most Critical Technology
Author: Chris Miller
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Barack Obama’s Favorite Books of 2023   The Financial Times Business Book of the Year, this epic account of the decades-long battle to control one of the world’s most critical resources—microchip technology—with the United States and China increasingly in fierce competition is “pulse quickening…a nonfiction thriller” (The New York Times). You may be surprised to learn that microchips are the new oil—the scarce resource on which the modern world depends. Today, military, economic, and geopolitical power are built on a foundation of computer chips. Virtually everything—from missiles to microwaves—runs on chips, including cars, smartphones, the stock market, even the electric grid. Until recently, America designed and built the fastest chips and maintained its lead as the #1 superpower, but America’s edge is in danger of slipping, undermined by players in Taiwan, Korea, and Europe taking over manufacturing. Now, as Chip War reveals, China, which spends more on chips than any other product, is pouring billions into a chip-building initiative to catch up to the US. At stake is America’s military superiority and economic prosperity.    Economic historian Chris Miller explains how the semiconductor came to play a critical role in modern life and how the US became dominant in chip design and manufacturing and applied this technology to military systems. America’s victory in the Cold War and its global military dominance stems from its ability to harness computing power more effectively than any other power. Until recently, China had been catching up, aligning its chip-building ambitions with military modernization.    Illuminating, timely, and fascinating, Chip War is “an essential and engrossing landmark study&amp;#039; (London Times).</description>
      <author>Chris Miller</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797147192.mp3" length="762513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797147192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chip War: The Quest to Dominate the World&amp;#039;s Most Critical Technology
Author: Chris Miller
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Barack Obama’s Favorite Books of 2023   The Financial Times Business Book of the Year, this epic account of the decades-long battle to control one of the world’s most critical resources—microchip technology—with the United States and China increasingly in fierce competition is “pulse quickening…a nonfiction thriller” (The New York Times). You may be surprised to learn that microchips are the new oil—the scarce resource on which the modern world depends. Today, military, economic, and geopolitical power are built on a foundation of computer chips. Virtually everything—from missiles to microwaves—runs on chips, including cars, smartphones, the stock market, even the electric grid. Until recently, America designed and built the fastest chips and maintained its lead as the #1 superpower, but America’s edge is in danger of slipping, undermined by players in Taiwan, Korea, and Europe taking over manufacturing. Now, as Chip War reveals, China, which spends more on chips than any other product, is pouring billions into a chip-building initiative to catch up to the US. At stake is America’s military superiority and economic prosperity.    Economic historian Chris Miller explains how the semiconductor came to play a critical role in modern life and how the US became dominant in chip design and manufacturing and applied this technology to military systems. America’s victory in the Cold War and its global military dominance stems from its ability to harness computing power more effectively than any other power. Until recently, China had been catching up, aligning its chip-building ambitions with military modernization.    Illuminating, timely, and fascinating, Chip War is “an essential and engrossing landmark study&amp;#039; (London Times).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chip War: The Quest to Dominate the World&amp;#039;s Most Critical Technology
Author: Chris Miller
Narrator: Stephen Graybill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Barack Obama’s Favorite Books of 2023   The Financial Times Business Book of the Year, this epic account of the decades-long battle to control one of the world’s most critical resources—microchip technology—with the United States and China increasingly in fierce competition is “pulse quickening…a nonfiction thriller” (The New York Times). You may be surprised to learn that microchips are the new oil—the scarce resource on which the modern world depends. Today, military, economic, and geopolitical power are built on a foundation of computer chips. Virtually everything—from missiles to microwaves—runs on chips, including cars, smartphones, the stock market, even the electric grid. Until recently, America designed and built the fastest chips and maintained its lead as the #1 superpower, but America’s edge is in danger of slipping, undermined by players in Taiwan, Korea, and Europe taking over manufacturing. Now, as Chip War reveals, China, which spends more on chips than any other product, is pouring billions into a chip-building initiative to catch up to the US. At stake is America’s military superiority and economic prosperity.    Economic historian Chris Miller explains how the semiconductor came to play a critical role in modern life and how the US became dominant in chip design and manufacturing and applied this technology to military systems. America’s victory in the Cold War and its global military dominance stems from its ability to harness computing power more effectively than any other power. Until recently, China had been catching up, aligning its chip-building ambitions with military modernization.    Illuminating, timely, and fascinating, Chip War is “an essential and engrossing landmark study&amp;#039; (London Times).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fight of His Life: Inside Joe Biden&amp;#039;s White House by Chris Whipple</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight of His Life: Inside Joe Biden&amp;#039;s White House
Author: Chris Whipple
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers comes a revelatory, insider’s look at how President Joe Biden and his team have battled to achieve their agenda—based on the author’s extraordinary access to the White House during two years of crises at home and abroad. In January of 2021, the Biden administration inherited the most daunting array of challenges since FDR’s presidency: a lethal pandemic, a plummeting economy, an unresolved twenty-year war, and the aftermath of an attack on the Capitol that polarized the country. Waves of crises followed, including the fallout from a divisive Supreme Court, raging inflation, and Vladimir Putin’s unprovoked invasion of Ukraine.   Now prizewinning journalist Chris Whipple takes us inside the Oval Office as the critical decisions of Biden’s presidency are being made. With remarkable access to both President Biden and his inner circle—including Chief of Staff Ron Klain, Secretary of State Antony Blinken, and CIA Director William Burns—Whipple pulls back the curtain on the internal power struggles and back-room compromises. Featuring shocking new details about how renegade Trump officials enabled the transfer of power, which key staffers really make the White House run (it’s probably not who you think), why Joe Biden no longer speaks freely around his security detail, and what he really thinks of Vice President Kamala Harris, the press, and living in the White House, The Fight of His Life “is a valuable first draft of history” (Publishers Weekly).</description>
      <author>Chris Whipple</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797146201.mp3" length="894452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797146201.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight of His Life: Inside Joe Biden&amp;#039;s White House
Author: Chris Whipple
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers comes a revelatory, insider’s look at how President Joe Biden and his team have battled to achieve their agenda—based on the author’s extraordinary access to the White House during two years of crises at home and abroad. In January of 2021, the Biden administration inherited the most daunting array of challenges since FDR’s presidency: a lethal pandemic, a plummeting economy, an unresolved twenty-year war, and the aftermath of an attack on the Capitol that polarized the country. Waves of crises followed, including the fallout from a divisive Supreme Court, raging inflation, and Vladimir Putin’s unprovoked invasion of Ukraine.   Now prizewinning journalist Chris Whipple takes us inside the Oval Office as the critical decisions of Biden’s presidency are being made. With remarkable access to both President Biden and his inner circle—including Chief of Staff Ron Klain, Secretary of State Antony Blinken, and CIA Director William Burns—Whipple pulls back the curtain on the internal power struggles and back-room compromises. Featuring shocking new details about how renegade Trump officials enabled the transfer of power, which key staffers really make the White House run (it’s probably not who you think), why Joe Biden no longer speaks freely around his security detail, and what he really thinks of Vice President Kamala Harris, the press, and living in the White House, The Fight of His Life “is a valuable first draft of history” (Publishers Weekly).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight of His Life: Inside Joe Biden&amp;#039;s White House
Author: Chris Whipple
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.63 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author of The Gatekeepers comes a revelatory, insider’s look at how President Joe Biden and his team have battled to achieve their agenda—based on the author’s extraordinary access to the White House during two years of crises at home and abroad. In January of 2021, the Biden administration inherited the most daunting array of challenges since FDR’s presidency: a lethal pandemic, a plummeting economy, an unresolved twenty-year war, and the aftermath of an attack on the Capitol that polarized the country. Waves of crises followed, including the fallout from a divisive Supreme Court, raging inflation, and Vladimir Putin’s unprovoked invasion of Ukraine.   Now prizewinning journalist Chris Whipple takes us inside the Oval Office as the critical decisions of Biden’s presidency are being made. With remarkable access to both President Biden and his inner circle—including Chief of Staff Ron Klain, Secretary of State Antony Blinken, and CIA Director William Burns—Whipple pulls back the curtain on the internal power struggles and back-room compromises. Featuring shocking new details about how renegade Trump officials enabled the transfer of power, which key staffers really make the White House run (it’s probably not who you think), why Joe Biden no longer speaks freely around his security detail, and what he really thinks of Vice President Kamala Harris, the press, and living in the White House, The Fight of His Life “is a valuable first draft of history” (Publishers Weekly).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edda Mussolini: The Most Dangerous Woman in Europe by Caroline Moorehead</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edda Mussolini: The Most Dangerous Woman in Europe
Author: Caroline Moorehead
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Edda Mussolini was Benito&amp;#039;s favourite daughter: spoilt, venal, uneducated but clever, faithless but flamboyant, a brilliant diplomat, wild but brave, and ultimately strong and loyal. She was her father&amp;#039;s confidante during the 20 years of Fascist rule, acting as envoy to both Germany and Britain, and playing a part in steering Italy to join forces with Hitler. From her early twenties she was effectively first lady of Italy. She married Galeazzo Ciano, who would become the youngest Foreign Secretary in Italian history, and they were the most celebrated and glamorous couple in elegant, vulgar Roman fascist society. Their fortunes turned in 1943, when Ciano voted against Mussolini in a plot to bring him down, and his father-in-law did not forgive him. In a dramatic story that takes in hidden diaries, her father&amp;#039;s fall and her husband&amp;#039;s execution, an escape into Switzerland and a period in exile, we come to know a complicated, bold and determined woman who emerges not just as a witness but as a key player in some of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s defining moments. And we see Fascist Italy with all its glamour, decadence and political intrigue, and the turbulence before its violent end. © Caroline Moorehead 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Caroline Moorehead</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529194906.mp3" length="1392739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529194906.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edda Mussolini: The Most Dangerous Woman in Europe
Author: Caroline Moorehead
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Edda Mussolini was Benito&amp;#039;s favourite daughter: spoilt, venal, uneducated but clever, faithless but flamboyant, a brilliant diplomat, wild but brave, and ultimately strong and loyal. She was her father&amp;#039;s confidante during the 20 years of Fascist rule, acting as envoy to both Germany and Britain, and playing a part in steering Italy to join forces with Hitler. From her early twenties she was effectively first lady of Italy. She married Galeazzo Ciano, who would become the youngest Foreign Secretary in Italian history, and they were the most celebrated and glamorous couple in elegant, vulgar Roman fascist society. Their fortunes turned in 1943, when Ciano voted against Mussolini in a plot to bring him down, and his father-in-law did not forgive him. In a dramatic story that takes in hidden diaries, her father&amp;#039;s fall and her husband&amp;#039;s execution, an escape into Switzerland and a period in exile, we come to know a complicated, bold and determined woman who emerges not just as a witness but as a key player in some of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s defining moments. And we see Fascist Italy with all its glamour, decadence and political intrigue, and the turbulence before its violent end. © Caroline Moorehead 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edda Mussolini: The Most Dangerous Woman in Europe
Author: Caroline Moorehead
Narrator: Kathleen Gati
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Edda Mussolini was Benito&amp;#039;s favourite daughter: spoilt, venal, uneducated but clever, faithless but flamboyant, a brilliant diplomat, wild but brave, and ultimately strong and loyal. She was her father&amp;#039;s confidante during the 20 years of Fascist rule, acting as envoy to both Germany and Britain, and playing a part in steering Italy to join forces with Hitler. From her early twenties she was effectively first lady of Italy. She married Galeazzo Ciano, who would become the youngest Foreign Secretary in Italian history, and they were the most celebrated and glamorous couple in elegant, vulgar Roman fascist society. Their fortunes turned in 1943, when Ciano voted against Mussolini in a plot to bring him down, and his father-in-law did not forgive him. In a dramatic story that takes in hidden diaries, her father&amp;#039;s fall and her husband&amp;#039;s execution, an escape into Switzerland and a period in exile, we come to know a complicated, bold and determined woman who emerges not just as a witness but as a key player in some of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s defining moments. And we see Fascist Italy with all its glamour, decadence and political intrigue, and the turbulence before its violent end. © Caroline Moorehead 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America, a Redemption Story: Choosing Hope, Creating Unity by Tim Scott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America, a Redemption Story: Choosing Hope, Creating Unity
Author: Tim Scott
Narrator: Frances Scott, Tim Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. The American Dream isn’t a thing of the past, but a miracle of the present. Now more than ever it’s easy to focus on the divisions that plague our nation. It may seem as if our best days are behind us, but bestselling author and senator Tim Scott believes we have yet to realize the fullness of our identity. We are in the midst of a story that’s still unfolding. And beautiful opportunities await. In this powerful memoir, Scott recounts formative events of his life alongside the inspiring stories of other Americans who have risen above hardship and embodied the values that make our nation great. Together these personal and inspirational accounts call readers to embrace - the mountaintops as well as the valleys on the journey to a more perfect union; - a path marked by optimism, hope, and resolve; and - a future characterized by endurance, unity, and strength. Both a clear-eyed reckoning with our nation’s failures and an ode to its accomplishments, America, a Redemption Story issues a clarion call for all of us to rise courageously to the greatness within our reach. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Tim Scott</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400236510.mp3" length="819377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400236510.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America, a Redemption Story: Choosing Hope, Creating Unity
Author: Tim Scott
Narrator: Frances Scott, Tim Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. The American Dream isn’t a thing of the past, but a miracle of the present. Now more than ever it’s easy to focus on the divisions that plague our nation. It may seem as if our best days are behind us, but bestselling author and senator Tim Scott believes we have yet to realize the fullness of our identity. We are in the midst of a story that’s still unfolding. And beautiful opportunities await. In this powerful memoir, Scott recounts formative events of his life alongside the inspiring stories of other Americans who have risen above hardship and embodied the values that make our nation great. Together these personal and inspirational accounts call readers to embrace - the mountaintops as well as the valleys on the journey to a more perfect union; - a path marked by optimism, hope, and resolve; and - a future characterized by endurance, unity, and strength. Both a clear-eyed reckoning with our nation’s failures and an ode to its accomplishments, America, a Redemption Story issues a clarion call for all of us to rise courageously to the greatness within our reach. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: America, a Redemption Story: Choosing Hope, Creating Unity
Author: Tim Scott
Narrator: Frances Scott, Tim Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. The American Dream isn’t a thing of the past, but a miracle of the present. Now more than ever it’s easy to focus on the divisions that plague our nation. It may seem as if our best days are behind us, but bestselling author and senator Tim Scott believes we have yet to realize the fullness of our identity. We are in the midst of a story that’s still unfolding. And beautiful opportunities await. In this powerful memoir, Scott recounts formative events of his life alongside the inspiring stories of other Americans who have risen above hardship and embodied the values that make our nation great. Together these personal and inspirational accounts call readers to embrace - the mountaintops as well as the valleys on the journey to a more perfect union; - a path marked by optimism, hope, and resolve; and - a future characterized by endurance, unity, and strength. Both a clear-eyed reckoning with our nation’s failures and an ode to its accomplishments, America, a Redemption Story issues a clarion call for all of us to rise courageously to the greatness within our reach. Photos are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Direito Processual Constitucional: uma necessidade Jusbrasileira by Neuza Silva Ribeiro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Direito Processual Constitucional: uma necessidade Jusbrasileira
Author: Neuza Silva Ribeiro
Narrator: Alex Silva
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trata-se de um estudo voltado ao reconhecimento do Direito Processual Constitucional brasileiro. Apesar da sua aura científica ser plena, seu corpo formal carece de reconhecimento. Mostrou-se aqui a autonomia científica do novel ramo de Direito Público, imbricado numa necessidade não só acadêmica, mas profissional. O processo constitucional precisa e deve ser codificado, trazendo assim objetividade, clareza e celeridade no seu modus operandi. Finalmente, o Direito Processual Constitucional é sim ramo de Direito Público, líquido e certo.</description>
      <author>Neuza Silva Ribeiro</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525218809.mp3" length="827349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525218809.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Direito Processual Constitucional: uma necessidade Jusbrasileira
Author: Neuza Silva Ribeiro
Narrator: Alex Silva
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trata-se de um estudo voltado ao reconhecimento do Direito Processual Constitucional brasileiro. Apesar da sua aura científica ser plena, seu corpo formal carece de reconhecimento. Mostrou-se aqui a autonomia científica do novel ramo de Direito Público, imbricado numa necessidade não só acadêmica, mas profissional. O processo constitucional precisa e deve ser codificado, trazendo assim objetividade, clareza e celeridade no seu modus operandi. Finalmente, o Direito Processual Constitucional é sim ramo de Direito Público, líquido e certo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Direito Processual Constitucional: uma necessidade Jusbrasileira
Author: Neuza Silva Ribeiro
Narrator: Alex Silva
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trata-se de um estudo voltado ao reconhecimento do Direito Processual Constitucional brasileiro. Apesar da sua aura científica ser plena, seu corpo formal carece de reconhecimento. Mostrou-se aqui a autonomia científica do novel ramo de Direito Público, imbricado numa necessidade não só acadêmica, mas profissional. O processo constitucional precisa e deve ser codificado, trazendo assim objetividade, clareza e celeridade no seu modus operandi. Finalmente, o Direito Processual Constitucional é sim ramo de Direito Público, líquido e certo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking Through the Fire: My Fight for the Heart and Soul of America by Steve King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Through the Fire: My Fight for the Heart and Soul of America
Author: Steve King
Narrator: Steve King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just two weeks after winning reelection to his ninth term in Congress, Steve King was stunned to learn the “Swamp” was poised to unleash a treacherous media blitzkrieg designed to kill his Congressional political career on the spot. The words “They believe they can force you to resign” still ring in his ears today. He knew Democrats and the media would pile on. Unfortunately, the threat was from within his party, and it was far more dangerous. The Republican establishment, RINOs, elitists, globalists, and NeverTrumpers needed him out of the way. This is the full story.</description>
      <author>Steve King</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666567083.mp3" length="824152" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666567083.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Through the Fire: My Fight for the Heart and Soul of America
Author: Steve King
Narrator: Steve King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just two weeks after winning reelection to his ninth term in Congress, Steve King was stunned to learn the “Swamp” was poised to unleash a treacherous media blitzkrieg designed to kill his Congressional political career on the spot. The words “They believe they can force you to resign” still ring in his ears today. He knew Democrats and the media would pile on. Unfortunately, the threat was from within his party, and it was far more dangerous. The Republican establishment, RINOs, elitists, globalists, and NeverTrumpers needed him out of the way. This is the full story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking Through the Fire: My Fight for the Heart and Soul of America
Author: Steve King
Narrator: Steve King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Just two weeks after winning reelection to his ninth term in Congress, Steve King was stunned to learn the “Swamp” was poised to unleash a treacherous media blitzkrieg designed to kill his Congressional political career on the spot. The words “They believe they can force you to resign” still ring in his ears today. He knew Democrats and the media would pile on. Unfortunately, the threat was from within his party, and it was far more dangerous. The Republican establishment, RINOs, elitists, globalists, and NeverTrumpers needed him out of the way. This is the full story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rights of Man by Thomas Paine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by political activist and revolutionary Thomas Paine, Rights of Man defends the French Revolution and argued for written constitutions, welfare, and widespread education for all. Published in two parts in 1791 and 1792, it was a direct response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s attack in Reflections on the Revolution in France that was released in 1790. Born in England, Thomas Paine became an avid American activist who inspired patriots to declare independence to create the United States of America. Rights of Man advocates for political revolution when the government fails to safeguard the natural rights of its people.</description>
      <author>Thomas Paine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666560183.mp3" length="857420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666560183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by political activist and revolutionary Thomas Paine, Rights of Man defends the French Revolution and argued for written constitutions, welfare, and widespread education for all. Published in two parts in 1791 and 1792, it was a direct response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s attack in Reflections on the Revolution in France that was released in 1790. Born in England, Thomas Paine became an avid American activist who inspired patriots to declare independence to create the United States of America. Rights of Man advocates for political revolution when the government fails to safeguard the natural rights of its people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rights of Man
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by political activist and revolutionary Thomas Paine, Rights of Man defends the French Revolution and argued for written constitutions, welfare, and widespread education for all. Published in two parts in 1791 and 1792, it was a direct response to Edmund Burke&amp;#039;s attack in Reflections on the Revolution in France that was released in 1790. Born in England, Thomas Paine became an avid American activist who inspired patriots to declare independence to create the United States of America. Rights of Man advocates for political revolution when the government fails to safeguard the natural rights of its people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Apostate: My Search for Truth by Mark Christian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apostate: My Search for Truth
Author: Mark Christian
Narrator: Rezi Nasooti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book takes listeners on Dr. Mark Christian’s journey as he tries to prove to himself that Islam is the true religion. It shows the horror he feels as he faces the truth, and it leads to his greatest discovery: Jesus is love, and Jesus is the God he was searching for his entire life. Having now lived and ministered in America for years, he also has a message for America about the dangers we are headed toward based on his intimate knowledge of life in a dictatorial country (Egypt) and what he sees here.</description>
      <author>Mark Christian</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666567090.mp3" length="788670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666567090.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apostate: My Search for Truth
Author: Mark Christian
Narrator: Rezi Nasooti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book takes listeners on Dr. Mark Christian’s journey as he tries to prove to himself that Islam is the true religion. It shows the horror he feels as he faces the truth, and it leads to his greatest discovery: Jesus is love, and Jesus is the God he was searching for his entire life. Having now lived and ministered in America for years, he also has a message for America about the dangers we are headed toward based on his intimate knowledge of life in a dictatorial country (Egypt) and what he sees here.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apostate: My Search for Truth
Author: Mark Christian
Narrator: Rezi Nasooti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book takes listeners on Dr. Mark Christian’s journey as he tries to prove to himself that Islam is the true religion. It shows the horror he feels as he faces the truth, and it leads to his greatest discovery: Jesus is love, and Jesus is the God he was searching for his entire life. Having now lived and ministered in America for years, he also has a message for America about the dangers we are headed toward based on his intimate knowledge of life in a dictatorial country (Egypt) and what he sees here.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: With Strictures on Political and Moral Subjects by Mary Wollstonecraft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: With Strictures on Political and Moral Subjects
Author: Mary Wollstonecraft
Narrator: Jilly Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest works of feminist philosophy, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman advocates for the education of women in a time where the opposite belief was predominately held. Written during the French Revolution, Wollstonecraft&amp;#039;s work had a significant impact on those advocating for women&amp;#039;s rights during the nineteenth century.</description>
      <author>Mary Wollstonecraft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666560190.mp3" length="864058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666560190.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: With Strictures on Political and Moral Subjects
Author: Mary Wollstonecraft
Narrator: Jilly Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest works of feminist philosophy, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman advocates for the education of women in a time where the opposite belief was predominately held. Written during the French Revolution, Wollstonecraft&amp;#039;s work had a significant impact on those advocating for women&amp;#039;s rights during the nineteenth century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: With Strictures on Political and Moral Subjects
Author: Mary Wollstonecraft
Narrator: Jilly Bond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the earliest works of feminist philosophy, A Vindication of the Rights of Woman advocates for the education of women in a time where the opposite belief was predominately held. Written during the French Revolution, Wollstonecraft&amp;#039;s work had a significant impact on those advocating for women&amp;#039;s rights during the nineteenth century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Justiça do Trabalho na era digital: a transparência como caminho para práticas judiciais responsáveis by Odete Grasselli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça do Trabalho na era digital: a transparência como caminho para práticas judiciais responsáveis
Author: Odete Grasselli
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A tese investiga A transparência como impulso a práticas judiciais responsáveis no âmbito da Justiça do Trabalho: uma análise teórico-institucional, assentando-se em três eixos: Justiça do Trabalho, conceito de transparência e responsabilidade do julgador. Assim, procuram-se os caminhos que, na Justiça do Trabalho, efetivam a transparência como elemento capaz de promover práticas judiciais responsáveis, conjugando qualidade com eficiência – julgar bem de modo célere –, com especial apoio das novas tecnologias. A pesquisa desenvolveu-se a partir da metodologia adotada pela Crítica Hermenêutica do Direito, numa análise hermenêutica do problema. Discute-se a concepção de transparência, conjugada a práticas responsáveis na Justiça Trabalhista. Faz-se um recorte metodológico: pesquisa empírica, mediante enumeração de exemplos práticos da Justiça do Trabalho do Paraná, que viabilizam a transparência dos atos judiciais como garantia de qualidade (efetividade) e eficiência (economia processual). Conclui-se que transparente é a atividade dos juízes quando proporciona às partes em juízo a fundamental prestação de contas, fator de eficácia e de legitimidade da solução de conflitos a partir do Estado. Comprova-se empiricamente a tese através da perícia médica em um único ato, associada à utilização das novas tecnologias, concedendo previsibilidade do resultado e oferta de segurança jurídica à cidadania.</description>
      <author>Odete Grasselli</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525217659.mp3" length="771605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525217659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça do Trabalho na era digital: a transparência como caminho para práticas judiciais responsáveis
Author: Odete Grasselli
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A tese investiga A transparência como impulso a práticas judiciais responsáveis no âmbito da Justiça do Trabalho: uma análise teórico-institucional, assentando-se em três eixos: Justiça do Trabalho, conceito de transparência e responsabilidade do julgador. Assim, procuram-se os caminhos que, na Justiça do Trabalho, efetivam a transparência como elemento capaz de promover práticas judiciais responsáveis, conjugando qualidade com eficiência – julgar bem de modo célere –, com especial apoio das novas tecnologias. A pesquisa desenvolveu-se a partir da metodologia adotada pela Crítica Hermenêutica do Direito, numa análise hermenêutica do problema. Discute-se a concepção de transparência, conjugada a práticas responsáveis na Justiça Trabalhista. Faz-se um recorte metodológico: pesquisa empírica, mediante enumeração de exemplos práticos da Justiça do Trabalho do Paraná, que viabilizam a transparência dos atos judiciais como garantia de qualidade (efetividade) e eficiência (economia processual). Conclui-se que transparente é a atividade dos juízes quando proporciona às partes em juízo a fundamental prestação de contas, fator de eficácia e de legitimidade da solução de conflitos a partir do Estado. Comprova-se empiricamente a tese através da perícia médica em um único ato, associada à utilização das novas tecnologias, concedendo previsibilidade do resultado e oferta de segurança jurídica à cidadania.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Justiça do Trabalho na era digital: a transparência como caminho para práticas judiciais responsáveis
Author: Odete Grasselli
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A tese investiga A transparência como impulso a práticas judiciais responsáveis no âmbito da Justiça do Trabalho: uma análise teórico-institucional, assentando-se em três eixos: Justiça do Trabalho, conceito de transparência e responsabilidade do julgador. Assim, procuram-se os caminhos que, na Justiça do Trabalho, efetivam a transparência como elemento capaz de promover práticas judiciais responsáveis, conjugando qualidade com eficiência – julgar bem de modo célere –, com especial apoio das novas tecnologias. A pesquisa desenvolveu-se a partir da metodologia adotada pela Crítica Hermenêutica do Direito, numa análise hermenêutica do problema. Discute-se a concepção de transparência, conjugada a práticas responsáveis na Justiça Trabalhista. Faz-se um recorte metodológico: pesquisa empírica, mediante enumeração de exemplos práticos da Justiça do Trabalho do Paraná, que viabilizam a transparência dos atos judiciais como garantia de qualidade (efetividade) e eficiência (economia processual). Conclui-se que transparente é a atividade dos juízes quando proporciona às partes em juízo a fundamental prestação de contas, fator de eficácia e de legitimidade da solução de conflitos a partir do Estado. Comprova-se empiricamente a tese através da perícia médica em um único ato, associada à utilização das novas tecnologias, concedendo previsibilidade do resultado e oferta de segurança jurídica à cidadania.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Preâmbulos constitucionais: entre o reconhecimento e a formação do sentido identitário constitucional by Adriano Nedel Dos Santos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Preâmbulos constitucionais: entre o reconhecimento e a formação do sentido identitário constitucional
Author: Adriano Nedel Dos Santos
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra trata sobre a importância dos preâmbulos constitucionais para que seja conferido um sentido identitário às Constituições. Aqui o(a) leitor(a) encontrará importantes elementos acerca das funções desempenhadas pelos textos preambulares, as quais, aliadas à forma característica de sua escrita, propiciam um ambiente típico de salvaguarda de identidades e reconhecimento de diferenças e, com isso, um sentimento de inclusão constitucional. Trata-se de estudo imprescindível para quem deseja se aprofundar na temática, inclusive como fonte de consulta pelo detalhamento de vários preâmbulos constitucionais, em nível nacional e mundial, bem como pela relação existente entre tais textos no contexto das Federações, como a brasileira, a estadunidense e a alemã. Preâmbulos constitucionais são pórticos de entrada das Constituições, mas mais do que isso, são registros históricos prospectivos mirando o futuro, marcando presença em seu passado por serem simbólicos e significativos ao trazerem a marca da identidade e diferença de determinado povo, possibilitando, inclusive, o diálogo inter e intracultural, bem como o estabelecimento de limites. O debate acerca da normatividade dos preâmbulos é retomado nesta obra com base no viés identitário e de reconhecimento das diferenças, tornando-se importante elemento para a sua revisitação. Feitos heroicos e o resguardo da identidade aguardam o(a) leitor(a). É hora de lhes dar o devido reconhecimento.</description>
      <author>Adriano Nedel Dos Santos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525222486.mp3" length="822578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525222486.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Preâmbulos constitucionais: entre o reconhecimento e a formação do sentido identitário constitucional
Author: Adriano Nedel Dos Santos
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra trata sobre a importância dos preâmbulos constitucionais para que seja conferido um sentido identitário às Constituições. Aqui o(a) leitor(a) encontrará importantes elementos acerca das funções desempenhadas pelos textos preambulares, as quais, aliadas à forma característica de sua escrita, propiciam um ambiente típico de salvaguarda de identidades e reconhecimento de diferenças e, com isso, um sentimento de inclusão constitucional. Trata-se de estudo imprescindível para quem deseja se aprofundar na temática, inclusive como fonte de consulta pelo detalhamento de vários preâmbulos constitucionais, em nível nacional e mundial, bem como pela relação existente entre tais textos no contexto das Federações, como a brasileira, a estadunidense e a alemã. Preâmbulos constitucionais são pórticos de entrada das Constituições, mas mais do que isso, são registros históricos prospectivos mirando o futuro, marcando presença em seu passado por serem simbólicos e significativos ao trazerem a marca da identidade e diferença de determinado povo, possibilitando, inclusive, o diálogo inter e intracultural, bem como o estabelecimento de limites. O debate acerca da normatividade dos preâmbulos é retomado nesta obra com base no viés identitário e de reconhecimento das diferenças, tornando-se importante elemento para a sua revisitação. Feitos heroicos e o resguardo da identidade aguardam o(a) leitor(a). É hora de lhes dar o devido reconhecimento.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Preâmbulos constitucionais: entre o reconhecimento e a formação do sentido identitário constitucional
Author: Adriano Nedel Dos Santos
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra trata sobre a importância dos preâmbulos constitucionais para que seja conferido um sentido identitário às Constituições. Aqui o(a) leitor(a) encontrará importantes elementos acerca das funções desempenhadas pelos textos preambulares, as quais, aliadas à forma característica de sua escrita, propiciam um ambiente típico de salvaguarda de identidades e reconhecimento de diferenças e, com isso, um sentimento de inclusão constitucional. Trata-se de estudo imprescindível para quem deseja se aprofundar na temática, inclusive como fonte de consulta pelo detalhamento de vários preâmbulos constitucionais, em nível nacional e mundial, bem como pela relação existente entre tais textos no contexto das Federações, como a brasileira, a estadunidense e a alemã. Preâmbulos constitucionais são pórticos de entrada das Constituições, mas mais do que isso, são registros históricos prospectivos mirando o futuro, marcando presença em seu passado por serem simbólicos e significativos ao trazerem a marca da identidade e diferença de determinado povo, possibilitando, inclusive, o diálogo inter e intracultural, bem como o estabelecimento de limites. O debate acerca da normatividade dos preâmbulos é retomado nesta obra com base no viés identitário e de reconhecimento das diferenças, tornando-se importante elemento para a sua revisitação. Feitos heroicos e o resguardo da identidade aguardam o(a) leitor(a). É hora de lhes dar o devido reconhecimento.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Emendas constitucionais e constitucionalismo abusivo no Brasil: uma proposta de releitura do instituto da inconstitucionalidade progressiva by Davi Marques Da Silva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emendas constitucionais e constitucionalismo abusivo no Brasil: uma proposta de releitura do instituto da inconstitucionalidade progressiva
Author: Davi Marques Da Silva
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O livro é resultado de pesquisa doutoral realizada pelo autor junto ao Programa de Pós-Graduação em Direito pela Universidade Estácio de Sá. Partindo da perspectiva de Roger Myerson que associa a forma federativa estatal à democracia em países em transição democrática, o autor realiza um estudo do processo centralizador ocorrido no Brasil mediante o uso abusivo do processo de emendamento constitucional. Para a correção destes desvios da rota proposta pelo Poder Constituinte originário, o trabalho propõe o reconhecimento de um reexame conceitual do fenômeno da inconstitucionalidade progressiva como caminho corretivo dos rumos neste processo de centralização e recondução aos caminhos da democracia.</description>
      <author>Davi Marques Da Silva</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525218137.mp3" length="832663" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525218137.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emendas constitucionais e constitucionalismo abusivo no Brasil: uma proposta de releitura do instituto da inconstitucionalidade progressiva
Author: Davi Marques Da Silva
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O livro é resultado de pesquisa doutoral realizada pelo autor junto ao Programa de Pós-Graduação em Direito pela Universidade Estácio de Sá. Partindo da perspectiva de Roger Myerson que associa a forma federativa estatal à democracia em países em transição democrática, o autor realiza um estudo do processo centralizador ocorrido no Brasil mediante o uso abusivo do processo de emendamento constitucional. Para a correção destes desvios da rota proposta pelo Poder Constituinte originário, o trabalho propõe o reconhecimento de um reexame conceitual do fenômeno da inconstitucionalidade progressiva como caminho corretivo dos rumos neste processo de centralização e recondução aos caminhos da democracia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Emendas constitucionais e constitucionalismo abusivo no Brasil: uma proposta de releitura do instituto da inconstitucionalidade progressiva
Author: Davi Marques Da Silva
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O livro é resultado de pesquisa doutoral realizada pelo autor junto ao Programa de Pós-Graduação em Direito pela Universidade Estácio de Sá. Partindo da perspectiva de Roger Myerson que associa a forma federativa estatal à democracia em países em transição democrática, o autor realiza um estudo do processo centralizador ocorrido no Brasil mediante o uso abusivo do processo de emendamento constitucional. Para a correção destes desvios da rota proposta pelo Poder Constituinte originário, o trabalho propõe o reconhecimento de um reexame conceitual do fenômeno da inconstitucionalidade progressiva como caminho corretivo dos rumos neste processo de centralização e recondução aos caminhos da democracia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Racecraft: The Soul of Inequality in American Life by Karen E. Fields, Barbara J. Fields</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racecraft: The Soul of Inequality in American Life
Author: Karen E. Fields, Barbara J. Fields
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tackling the myth of a post-racial society Most people assume that racism grows from a perception of human difference: the fact of race gives rise to the practice of racism. Sociologist Karen E. Fields and historian Barbara J. Fields argue otherwise: the practice of racism produces the illusion of race, through what they call “racecraft.” And this phenomenon is intimately entwined with other forms of inequality in American life. So pervasive are the devices of racecraft in American history, economic doctrine, politics, and everyday thinking that the presence of racecraft itself goes unnoticed. That the promised post-racial age has not dawned, the authors argue, reflects the failure of Americans to develop a legitimate language for thinking about and discussing inequality. That failure should worry everyone who cares about democratic institutions.</description>
      <author>Karen E. Fields, Barbara J. Fields</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781713563198.mp3" length="752536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781713563198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racecraft: The Soul of Inequality in American Life
Author: Karen E. Fields, Barbara J. Fields
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tackling the myth of a post-racial society Most people assume that racism grows from a perception of human difference: the fact of race gives rise to the practice of racism. Sociologist Karen E. Fields and historian Barbara J. Fields argue otherwise: the practice of racism produces the illusion of race, through what they call “racecraft.” And this phenomenon is intimately entwined with other forms of inequality in American life. So pervasive are the devices of racecraft in American history, economic doctrine, politics, and everyday thinking that the presence of racecraft itself goes unnoticed. That the promised post-racial age has not dawned, the authors argue, reflects the failure of Americans to develop a legitimate language for thinking about and discussing inequality. That failure should worry everyone who cares about democratic institutions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racecraft: The Soul of Inequality in American Life
Author: Karen E. Fields, Barbara J. Fields
Narrator: Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tackling the myth of a post-racial society Most people assume that racism grows from a perception of human difference: the fact of race gives rise to the practice of racism. Sociologist Karen E. Fields and historian Barbara J. Fields argue otherwise: the practice of racism produces the illusion of race, through what they call “racecraft.” And this phenomenon is intimately entwined with other forms of inequality in American life. So pervasive are the devices of racecraft in American history, economic doctrine, politics, and everyday thinking that the presence of racecraft itself goes unnoticed. That the promised post-racial age has not dawned, the authors argue, reflects the failure of Americans to develop a legitimate language for thinking about and discussing inequality. That failure should worry everyone who cares about democratic institutions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Past Mistakes: How We Misinterpret History and Why it Matters by David Mountain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Mistakes: How We Misinterpret History and Why it Matters
Author: David Mountain
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the fall of Rome to the rise of the Wild West, David Mountain brings colour and perspective to historical mythmaking. The stories we tell about our past matter. But those stories have been shaped by prejudice, hoaxes and misinterpretations that have whitewashed entire chapters of history, erased women and invented civilisations. Today history is often used to justify xenophobia, nationalism and inequality as we cling to grand origin stories and heroic tales of extraordinary men. Exploring myths, mysteries and misconceptions about the past – from the legacies of figures like Pythagoras and Christopher Columbus, to the realities of life in the gun-toting Wild West, to the archaeological digs that have upset our understanding of the birth of civilisation – David Mountain reveals how ongoing revolutions in history and archaeology are shedding light on the truth. Full of adventures, and based on detailed research and interviews, Past Mistakes will make you reconsider your understanding of history – and of the world today.</description>
      <author>David Mountain</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781713552062.mp3" length="897909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781713552062.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Mistakes: How We Misinterpret History and Why it Matters
Author: David Mountain
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the fall of Rome to the rise of the Wild West, David Mountain brings colour and perspective to historical mythmaking. The stories we tell about our past matter. But those stories have been shaped by prejudice, hoaxes and misinterpretations that have whitewashed entire chapters of history, erased women and invented civilisations. Today history is often used to justify xenophobia, nationalism and inequality as we cling to grand origin stories and heroic tales of extraordinary men. Exploring myths, mysteries and misconceptions about the past – from the legacies of figures like Pythagoras and Christopher Columbus, to the realities of life in the gun-toting Wild West, to the archaeological digs that have upset our understanding of the birth of civilisation – David Mountain reveals how ongoing revolutions in history and archaeology are shedding light on the truth. Full of adventures, and based on detailed research and interviews, Past Mistakes will make you reconsider your understanding of history – and of the world today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Mistakes: How We Misinterpret History and Why it Matters
Author: David Mountain
Narrator: Alex Wyndham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the fall of Rome to the rise of the Wild West, David Mountain brings colour and perspective to historical mythmaking. The stories we tell about our past matter. But those stories have been shaped by prejudice, hoaxes and misinterpretations that have whitewashed entire chapters of history, erased women and invented civilisations. Today history is often used to justify xenophobia, nationalism and inequality as we cling to grand origin stories and heroic tales of extraordinary men. Exploring myths, mysteries and misconceptions about the past – from the legacies of figures like Pythagoras and Christopher Columbus, to the realities of life in the gun-toting Wild West, to the archaeological digs that have upset our understanding of the birth of civilisation – David Mountain reveals how ongoing revolutions in history and archaeology are shedding light on the truth. Full of adventures, and based on detailed research and interviews, Past Mistakes will make you reconsider your understanding of history – and of the world today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - زاد الحج by محمد صالح المنجد</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - زاد الحج
Author: محمد صالح المنجد
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;بطريقةٍ سلسةٍ تناسب الجميع، يشرح المؤلف فقه الحج وأحكامه وفرائضه ومناسكه. كما يقدم توجيهات للحجاج، ويضيف إلى ذلك بعض الرقائق والإيمانيات الخاصة بفترة الحج. وقد حقق هذا الكتاب شهرةً واسعةً في أوساط الشباب لسهولة معانيه ودقة تناوله.  استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</description>
      <author>محمد صالح المنجد</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875284.mp3" length="842454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - زاد الحج
Author: محمد صالح المنجد
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;بطريقةٍ سلسةٍ تناسب الجميع، يشرح المؤلف فقه الحج وأحكامه وفرائضه ومناسكه. كما يقدم توجيهات للحجاج، ويضيف إلى ذلك بعض الرقائق والإيمانيات الخاصة بفترة الحج. وقد حقق هذا الكتاب شهرةً واسعةً في أوساط الشباب لسهولة معانيه ودقة تناوله.  استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - زاد الحج
Author: محمد صالح المنجد
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;بطريقةٍ سلسةٍ تناسب الجميع، يشرح المؤلف فقه الحج وأحكامه وفرائضه ومناسكه. كما يقدم توجيهات للحجاج، ويضيف إلى ذلك بعض الرقائق والإيمانيات الخاصة بفترة الحج. وقد حقق هذا الكتاب شهرةً واسعةً في أوساط الشباب لسهولة معانيه ودقة تناوله.  استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - التبعية الثقافية by عبد العظيم الديب</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - التبعية الثقافية
Author: عبد العظيم الديب
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; من ينظر إلى واقع أمَّتنا المسلمة –الثقافي والفكري- يدرك ما آلَ إليه أمرنا من تبعيَّة ثقافية وفكرية، جعلتْ عقولنا تستنيم لكل ما يُلقى إليها، حتى صارت لدينا مسلَّماتٌ خادعة وبدهيات كاذبة، ترتاح إليها العقول وتؤمن بها! وكان من ثمرة هذه التبعية أن ثقافة عصرنا –في جُملتها- تدور على التهجُّم على تاريخنا السياسي والفكري، والسخرية منه، وازدراء علمائنا وأئمتنا، وفي المقابل الحديث عن أمجاد الغرب وتقدمه وعظمته! ومن هنا تأتي أهمية هذا الكتاب الذي يتناول هذه الظاهرة –التبعية الثقافية- ومعالجتها؛ ببيان معنى التبعية، والعوامل والوسائل التي أدَّت إلى هذه التبعية، ثم بيان مظاهرها وآثارها، وكيف النجاة منها. وقد التزم المؤلفُ بالأسلوب العلمي الهادئ، الموسوم بالموضوعية والدقة المنهجية أثناء معالجته هذه الظاهرة. استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</description>
      <author>عبد العظيم الديب</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870838.mp3" length="790091" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870838.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - التبعية الثقافية
Author: عبد العظيم الديب
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; من ينظر إلى واقع أمَّتنا المسلمة –الثقافي والفكري- يدرك ما آلَ إليه أمرنا من تبعيَّة ثقافية وفكرية، جعلتْ عقولنا تستنيم لكل ما يُلقى إليها، حتى صارت لدينا مسلَّماتٌ خادعة وبدهيات كاذبة، ترتاح إليها العقول وتؤمن بها! وكان من ثمرة هذه التبعية أن ثقافة عصرنا –في جُملتها- تدور على التهجُّم على تاريخنا السياسي والفكري، والسخرية منه، وازدراء علمائنا وأئمتنا، وفي المقابل الحديث عن أمجاد الغرب وتقدمه وعظمته! ومن هنا تأتي أهمية هذا الكتاب الذي يتناول هذه الظاهرة –التبعية الثقافية- ومعالجتها؛ ببيان معنى التبعية، والعوامل والوسائل التي أدَّت إلى هذه التبعية، ثم بيان مظاهرها وآثارها، وكيف النجاة منها. وقد التزم المؤلفُ بالأسلوب العلمي الهادئ، الموسوم بالموضوعية والدقة المنهجية أثناء معالجته هذه الظاهرة. استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - التبعية الثقافية
Author: عبد العظيم الديب
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; من ينظر إلى واقع أمَّتنا المسلمة –الثقافي والفكري- يدرك ما آلَ إليه أمرنا من تبعيَّة ثقافية وفكرية، جعلتْ عقولنا تستنيم لكل ما يُلقى إليها، حتى صارت لدينا مسلَّماتٌ خادعة وبدهيات كاذبة، ترتاح إليها العقول وتؤمن بها! وكان من ثمرة هذه التبعية أن ثقافة عصرنا –في جُملتها- تدور على التهجُّم على تاريخنا السياسي والفكري، والسخرية منه، وازدراء علمائنا وأئمتنا، وفي المقابل الحديث عن أمجاد الغرب وتقدمه وعظمته! ومن هنا تأتي أهمية هذا الكتاب الذي يتناول هذه الظاهرة –التبعية الثقافية- ومعالجتها؛ ببيان معنى التبعية، والعوامل والوسائل التي أدَّت إلى هذه التبعية، ثم بيان مظاهرها وآثارها، وكيف النجاة منها. وقد التزم المؤلفُ بالأسلوب العلمي الهادئ، الموسوم بالموضوعية والدقة المنهجية أثناء معالجته هذه الظاهرة. استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - المشروع الجديد by شيماء المرزوقي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المشروع الجديد
Author: شيماء المرزوقي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;يبحث بطلنا عن فكرة مشروعٍ يمكنه تنفيذه والمشاركة به في مسابقة المدرسة، فيسأل أفراد عائلته لمساعدته بأفكارِ مشاريعٍ يمكن أن تساعده. بالفعل يخبروه جميعًا بمقترحاتٍ متنوعة وجميلة، ولكن عندما زارتهم جدته اقترحت عليه فكرة مشروعٍ متعلق بتراث أجدادهم يُحيي به القديم ويبني جسورًا بينه وبين الحاضر. يا تُرى، ما المشروع الذي سيختاره بطلنا؟  تدعونا القصة إلى تعلم قيمة الشورى وأخذ الآراء، وأهمية التخطيط الجيد قبل القيام بعملٍ معين؛ كما تعلم أطفالنا فوق الأربعة أعوام، أهمية الماضي ودوره في حاضرنا، وضرورة التمسك بجذورنا والاستفادة مما قام به أجدادنا والمحافظة عليه ومحاولة التطوير منه.  استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</description>
      <author>شيماء المرزوقي</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179392130.mp3" length="322493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179392130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المشروع الجديد
Author: شيماء المرزوقي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;يبحث بطلنا عن فكرة مشروعٍ يمكنه تنفيذه والمشاركة به في مسابقة المدرسة، فيسأل أفراد عائلته لمساعدته بأفكارِ مشاريعٍ يمكن أن تساعده. بالفعل يخبروه جميعًا بمقترحاتٍ متنوعة وجميلة، ولكن عندما زارتهم جدته اقترحت عليه فكرة مشروعٍ متعلق بتراث أجدادهم يُحيي به القديم ويبني جسورًا بينه وبين الحاضر. يا تُرى، ما المشروع الذي سيختاره بطلنا؟  تدعونا القصة إلى تعلم قيمة الشورى وأخذ الآراء، وأهمية التخطيط الجيد قبل القيام بعملٍ معين؛ كما تعلم أطفالنا فوق الأربعة أعوام، أهمية الماضي ودوره في حاضرنا، وضرورة التمسك بجذورنا والاستفادة مما قام به أجدادنا والمحافظة عليه ومحاولة التطوير منه.  استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المشروع الجديد
Author: شيماء المرزوقي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;يبحث بطلنا عن فكرة مشروعٍ يمكنه تنفيذه والمشاركة به في مسابقة المدرسة، فيسأل أفراد عائلته لمساعدته بأفكارِ مشاريعٍ يمكن أن تساعده. بالفعل يخبروه جميعًا بمقترحاتٍ متنوعة وجميلة، ولكن عندما زارتهم جدته اقترحت عليه فكرة مشروعٍ متعلق بتراث أجدادهم يُحيي به القديم ويبني جسورًا بينه وبين الحاضر. يا تُرى، ما المشروع الذي سيختاره بطلنا؟  تدعونا القصة إلى تعلم قيمة الشورى وأخذ الآراء، وأهمية التخطيط الجيد قبل القيام بعملٍ معين؛ كما تعلم أطفالنا فوق الأربعة أعوام، أهمية الماضي ودوره في حاضرنا، وضرورة التمسك بجذورنا والاستفادة مما قام به أجدادنا والمحافظة عليه ومحاولة التطوير منه.  استمع الآن. &amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - حكيم العرب by مريم القاسمي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حكيم العرب
Author: مريم القاسمي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لحكيم العرب طموحاتٍ كثيرة، كيف سيستطيع تحقيقها؟ وما العقبات التي سيواجهها؟  تُعلِّم هذه القصة أطفالنا من سن خمسة عشر عامًا، أنه ليس هناك مستحيلًا، وأنه لا بُد من هدفٍ لحياتنا نسعى إليه ونطمح لتحقيقه. تبرز لنا شخصية حكيم العرب القدوة الصالحة لأطفالنا، وتغرز فيهم العديد من القيم الإيجابية التي تؤهلهم ليصبحوا قادة أوطانهم في المستقبل. استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</description>
      <author>مريم القاسمي</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179393953.mp3" length="319280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179393953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حكيم العرب
Author: مريم القاسمي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لحكيم العرب طموحاتٍ كثيرة، كيف سيستطيع تحقيقها؟ وما العقبات التي سيواجهها؟  تُعلِّم هذه القصة أطفالنا من سن خمسة عشر عامًا، أنه ليس هناك مستحيلًا، وأنه لا بُد من هدفٍ لحياتنا نسعى إليه ونطمح لتحقيقه. تبرز لنا شخصية حكيم العرب القدوة الصالحة لأطفالنا، وتغرز فيهم العديد من القيم الإيجابية التي تؤهلهم ليصبحوا قادة أوطانهم في المستقبل. استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - حكيم العرب
Author: مريم القاسمي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;لحكيم العرب طموحاتٍ كثيرة، كيف سيستطيع تحقيقها؟ وما العقبات التي سيواجهها؟  تُعلِّم هذه القصة أطفالنا من سن خمسة عشر عامًا، أنه ليس هناك مستحيلًا، وأنه لا بُد من هدفٍ لحياتنا نسعى إليه ونطمح لتحقيقه. تبرز لنا شخصية حكيم العرب القدوة الصالحة لأطفالنا، وتغرز فيهم العديد من القيم الإيجابية التي تؤهلهم ليصبحوا قادة أوطانهم في المستقبل. استمع الآن.  &amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - دواعش قبل داعش by جان طنوس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - دواعش قبل داعش
Author: جان طنوس
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; التكفيرُ إلغاءُ إنسانيةِ الإنسان. فمن يختلف عنّي في العقيدة والمذهب أراه شخصًا حقيرًا ينبغي تطهير الأرض من رجاسته. إنه يلوّث معتقداتي، في حين أريدها نظيفة، طاهرة، لا تشوبها شائبة. ولعل التكفير يتجاوز العنصرية بمراحل. فهذه الأخيرة قد تستبقي المرء على قيد الحياة في الوقت الذي تضطهده وتنزل به صنوف الإذلال. أما التكفير فهو نزعة استئصالية ترمي إلى إبادة المختلف في سبيل الحفاظ على مثالية مزعومة تقف نقيضًا لمن يجسِّد الشرور والخبائث كلَّها. ولقد كانت جماعة الخوارج أول نزعة إرهابية في التاريخ العربي على الرغم من ديموقراطية مبادئهم السياسية. فكثيرًا ما يتناقض النظر والعمل، كما تتناقض العقيدة والسلوك، والمعوَّل عليه في ذلك كله كيفية الممارسة، وليس المبدأ بحد ذاته. فهذه المسيحية دين الرحمة والمحبة استحالت، عبر التطبيق المشوَّه، إلى ديانة الحقد والكراهية في بعض المراحل التاريخية. وقد يظن الأكثرون أن المثالية في الإيمان والتفكير تعني حتمًا المثالية في السلوك، والحقيقة أن هناك هوّة بين عالمين يتقاربان في بعض الأوضاع الحضارية، ويتباعدان في أوضاع أخرى. فلا تقل إن مبادئي سامية، فأنا إذن شخص يتعالى على الصغائر. بل قلْ لي كيف تمارس هذه المبادىء، فأصدّق أنك شخص مؤمن بهذه العقيدة أو تلك، وأنك تسعى إلى تجسيدها من خلال سلوك يومي عماده المحبة الحاضنة لكل اختلاف. استمع الآن.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>جان طنوس</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875024.mp3" length="887154" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875024.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - دواعش قبل داعش
Author: جان طنوس
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; التكفيرُ إلغاءُ إنسانيةِ الإنسان. فمن يختلف عنّي في العقيدة والمذهب أراه شخصًا حقيرًا ينبغي تطهير الأرض من رجاسته. إنه يلوّث معتقداتي، في حين أريدها نظيفة، طاهرة، لا تشوبها شائبة. ولعل التكفير يتجاوز العنصرية بمراحل. فهذه الأخيرة قد تستبقي المرء على قيد الحياة في الوقت الذي تضطهده وتنزل به صنوف الإذلال. أما التكفير فهو نزعة استئصالية ترمي إلى إبادة المختلف في سبيل الحفاظ على مثالية مزعومة تقف نقيضًا لمن يجسِّد الشرور والخبائث كلَّها. ولقد كانت جماعة الخوارج أول نزعة إرهابية في التاريخ العربي على الرغم من ديموقراطية مبادئهم السياسية. فكثيرًا ما يتناقض النظر والعمل، كما تتناقض العقيدة والسلوك، والمعوَّل عليه في ذلك كله كيفية الممارسة، وليس المبدأ بحد ذاته. فهذه المسيحية دين الرحمة والمحبة استحالت، عبر التطبيق المشوَّه، إلى ديانة الحقد والكراهية في بعض المراحل التاريخية. وقد يظن الأكثرون أن المثالية في الإيمان والتفكير تعني حتمًا المثالية في السلوك، والحقيقة أن هناك هوّة بين عالمين يتقاربان في بعض الأوضاع الحضارية، ويتباعدان في أوضاع أخرى. فلا تقل إن مبادئي سامية، فأنا إذن شخص يتعالى على الصغائر. بل قلْ لي كيف تمارس هذه المبادىء، فأصدّق أنك شخص مؤمن بهذه العقيدة أو تلك، وأنك تسعى إلى تجسيدها من خلال سلوك يومي عماده المحبة الحاضنة لكل اختلاف. استمع الآن.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - دواعش قبل داعش
Author: جان طنوس
Narrator: محمد أبو عرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; التكفيرُ إلغاءُ إنسانيةِ الإنسان. فمن يختلف عنّي في العقيدة والمذهب أراه شخصًا حقيرًا ينبغي تطهير الأرض من رجاسته. إنه يلوّث معتقداتي، في حين أريدها نظيفة، طاهرة، لا تشوبها شائبة. ولعل التكفير يتجاوز العنصرية بمراحل. فهذه الأخيرة قد تستبقي المرء على قيد الحياة في الوقت الذي تضطهده وتنزل به صنوف الإذلال. أما التكفير فهو نزعة استئصالية ترمي إلى إبادة المختلف في سبيل الحفاظ على مثالية مزعومة تقف نقيضًا لمن يجسِّد الشرور والخبائث كلَّها. ولقد كانت جماعة الخوارج أول نزعة إرهابية في التاريخ العربي على الرغم من ديموقراطية مبادئهم السياسية. فكثيرًا ما يتناقض النظر والعمل، كما تتناقض العقيدة والسلوك، والمعوَّل عليه في ذلك كله كيفية الممارسة، وليس المبدأ بحد ذاته. فهذه المسيحية دين الرحمة والمحبة استحالت، عبر التطبيق المشوَّه، إلى ديانة الحقد والكراهية في بعض المراحل التاريخية. وقد يظن الأكثرون أن المثالية في الإيمان والتفكير تعني حتمًا المثالية في السلوك، والحقيقة أن هناك هوّة بين عالمين يتقاربان في بعض الأوضاع الحضارية، ويتباعدان في أوضاع أخرى. فلا تقل إن مبادئي سامية، فأنا إذن شخص يتعالى على الصغائر. بل قلْ لي كيف تمارس هذه المبادىء، فأصدّق أنك شخص مؤمن بهذه العقيدة أو تلك، وأنك تسعى إلى تجسيدها من خلال سلوك يومي عماده المحبة الحاضنة لكل اختلاف. استمع الآن.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Rudolf Diesel: Der Solidarismus. Natürliche wirtschaftliche Erlösung des Menschen: Solidarische Wirtschaft und Volkskasse als Vorläufer von Crowdfunding und Grundeinkommen by Rudolf Diesel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rudolf Diesel: Der Solidarismus. Natürliche wirtschaftliche Erlösung des Menschen: Solidarische Wirtschaft und Volkskasse als Vorläufer von Crowdfunding und Grundeinkommen
Author: Rudolf Diesel
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dass ich den Dieselmotor erfunden habe, ist schön und gut. Aber meine Hauptleistung ist, dass ich die soziale Frage gelöst habe.&amp;#039; Jeder kennt Rudolf Diesel (1858 – 1913) als Erfinder des gleichnamigen Motors. Doch weit wenigeren ist bekannt, dass er im Jahre 1903 mit seinem Werk &amp;#039;Der Solidarismus&amp;#039; das Bild einer neuen Wirtschafts- und Gesellschaftsordnung entwarf, das Konzepte wie Grundeinkommen und Crowdfunding praktisch einhundert Jahre vorwegnahm! Mit der Klarheit des Ingenieurs rechnet Diesel vor, welche Finanzierungskraft eine Gesellschaft entfacht, deren Mitglieder täglich einen Pfennig in die Volkskasse einzahlen – und entwirft ein faszinierendes Bild einer neuen Gesellschaft, in der jeder einzelne für die Gesamtheit einsteht – und die Gesamtheit für jeden einzelnen. Und auch wenn das Konzept des Solidarismus letztlich Utopie blieb, so ist Diesels Werk dennoch ein packendes Hörerlebnis, da es eine noble Idee klar strukturiert und schnörkellos überzeugend präsentiert.</description>
      <author>Rudolf Diesel</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783955979058.mp3" length="773777" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783955979058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rudolf Diesel: Der Solidarismus. Natürliche wirtschaftliche Erlösung des Menschen: Solidarische Wirtschaft und Volkskasse als Vorläufer von Crowdfunding und Grundeinkommen
Author: Rudolf Diesel
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dass ich den Dieselmotor erfunden habe, ist schön und gut. Aber meine Hauptleistung ist, dass ich die soziale Frage gelöst habe.&amp;#039; Jeder kennt Rudolf Diesel (1858 – 1913) als Erfinder des gleichnamigen Motors. Doch weit wenigeren ist bekannt, dass er im Jahre 1903 mit seinem Werk &amp;#039;Der Solidarismus&amp;#039; das Bild einer neuen Wirtschafts- und Gesellschaftsordnung entwarf, das Konzepte wie Grundeinkommen und Crowdfunding praktisch einhundert Jahre vorwegnahm! Mit der Klarheit des Ingenieurs rechnet Diesel vor, welche Finanzierungskraft eine Gesellschaft entfacht, deren Mitglieder täglich einen Pfennig in die Volkskasse einzahlen – und entwirft ein faszinierendes Bild einer neuen Gesellschaft, in der jeder einzelne für die Gesamtheit einsteht – und die Gesamtheit für jeden einzelnen. Und auch wenn das Konzept des Solidarismus letztlich Utopie blieb, so ist Diesels Werk dennoch ein packendes Hörerlebnis, da es eine noble Idee klar strukturiert und schnörkellos überzeugend präsentiert.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Rudolf Diesel: Der Solidarismus. Natürliche wirtschaftliche Erlösung des Menschen: Solidarische Wirtschaft und Volkskasse als Vorläufer von Crowdfunding und Grundeinkommen
Author: Rudolf Diesel
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Dass ich den Dieselmotor erfunden habe, ist schön und gut. Aber meine Hauptleistung ist, dass ich die soziale Frage gelöst habe.&amp;#039; Jeder kennt Rudolf Diesel (1858 – 1913) als Erfinder des gleichnamigen Motors. Doch weit wenigeren ist bekannt, dass er im Jahre 1903 mit seinem Werk &amp;#039;Der Solidarismus&amp;#039; das Bild einer neuen Wirtschafts- und Gesellschaftsordnung entwarf, das Konzepte wie Grundeinkommen und Crowdfunding praktisch einhundert Jahre vorwegnahm! Mit der Klarheit des Ingenieurs rechnet Diesel vor, welche Finanzierungskraft eine Gesellschaft entfacht, deren Mitglieder täglich einen Pfennig in die Volkskasse einzahlen – und entwirft ein faszinierendes Bild einer neuen Gesellschaft, in der jeder einzelne für die Gesamtheit einsteht – und die Gesamtheit für jeden einzelnen. Und auch wenn das Konzept des Solidarismus letztlich Utopie blieb, so ist Diesels Werk dennoch ein packendes Hörerlebnis, da es eine noble Idee klar strukturiert und schnörkellos überzeugend präsentiert.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future by Maria Ressa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future
Author: Maria Ressa
Narrator: Maria Ressa, Rebecca Mozo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the recipient of the 2021 Nobel Peace Prize comes an impassioned and inspiring memoir that chronicles her career fighting fascism, filled with insights and advice for standing against authoritarian bullies and confronting disinformation and lies. It includes a foreword by Amal Clooney. Maria Ressa is one of the most renowned international journalists of our time. For decades, she challenged corruption and malfeasance in her native country, the Philippines, on its rocky path from an authoritarian state to a democracy. As a reporter from CNN, she transformed news coverage in her region, which led her in 2012 to create a new and innovative online news organization, Rappler. Harnessing the emerging power of social media, Rappler crowdsourced breaking news, found pivotal sources and tips, harnessed collective action for climate change, and helped increase voter knowledge and participation in elections. But by their fifth year of existence, Rappler had gone from being lauded for its ideas to being targeted by the new Philippine government, and made Ressa an enemy of her country’s most powerful man: President Duterte. Still, she did not let up, tracking government seeded disinformation networks which spread lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate. Hounded by the state and its allies using the legal system to silence her, accused of numerous crimes, and charged with cyberlibel for which she was found guilty, Ressa faces years in prison and thousands in fines. There is another adversary Ressa is battling. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is also the story of how the creep toward authoritarianism, in the Phillipines and around the world, has been aided and abetted by the social media companies. Ressa exposes how they have allowed their platforms to spread a virus of lies that infect each of us, pitting us against one another, igniting, even creating, our fears, anger, and hate, and how this has accelerated the rise of authoritarians and dictators around the world. She maps a network of disinformation—a heinous web of cause and effect—that has netted the globe: from Duterte’s drug wars to America&amp;#039;s Capitol Hill; Britain’s Brexit to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare; Facebook and Silicon Valley to our own clicks and votes. Democracy is fragile. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is an urgent cry for Western readers to recognize and understand the dangers to our freedoms before it is too late. It is a book for anyone who might take democracy for granted, written by someone who never would. And in telling her dramatic and turbulent and courageous story, Ressa forces readers to ask themselves the same question she and her colleagues ask every day: What are you willing to sacrifice for the truth? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Maria Ressa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063257559.mp3" length="1321285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063257559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future
Author: Maria Ressa
Narrator: Maria Ressa, Rebecca Mozo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the recipient of the 2021 Nobel Peace Prize comes an impassioned and inspiring memoir that chronicles her career fighting fascism, filled with insights and advice for standing against authoritarian bullies and confronting disinformation and lies. It includes a foreword by Amal Clooney. Maria Ressa is one of the most renowned international journalists of our time. For decades, she challenged corruption and malfeasance in her native country, the Philippines, on its rocky path from an authoritarian state to a democracy. As a reporter from CNN, she transformed news coverage in her region, which led her in 2012 to create a new and innovative online news organization, Rappler. Harnessing the emerging power of social media, Rappler crowdsourced breaking news, found pivotal sources and tips, harnessed collective action for climate change, and helped increase voter knowledge and participation in elections. But by their fifth year of existence, Rappler had gone from being lauded for its ideas to being targeted by the new Philippine government, and made Ressa an enemy of her country’s most powerful man: President Duterte. Still, she did not let up, tracking government seeded disinformation networks which spread lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate. Hounded by the state and its allies using the legal system to silence her, accused of numerous crimes, and charged with cyberlibel for which she was found guilty, Ressa faces years in prison and thousands in fines. There is another adversary Ressa is battling. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is also the story of how the creep toward authoritarianism, in the Phillipines and around the world, has been aided and abetted by the social media companies. Ressa exposes how they have allowed their platforms to spread a virus of lies that infect each of us, pitting us against one another, igniting, even creating, our fears, anger, and hate, and how this has accelerated the rise of authoritarians and dictators around the world. She maps a network of disinformation—a heinous web of cause and effect—that has netted the globe: from Duterte’s drug wars to America&amp;#039;s Capitol Hill; Britain’s Brexit to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare; Facebook and Silicon Valley to our own clicks and votes. Democracy is fragile. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is an urgent cry for Western readers to recognize and understand the dangers to our freedoms before it is too late. It is a book for anyone who might take democracy for granted, written by someone who never would. And in telling her dramatic and turbulent and courageous story, Ressa forces readers to ask themselves the same question she and her colleagues ask every day: What are you willing to sacrifice for the truth? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572586</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: The Fight for Our Future
Author: Maria Ressa
Narrator: Maria Ressa, Rebecca Mozo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the recipient of the 2021 Nobel Peace Prize comes an impassioned and inspiring memoir that chronicles her career fighting fascism, filled with insights and advice for standing against authoritarian bullies and confronting disinformation and lies. It includes a foreword by Amal Clooney. Maria Ressa is one of the most renowned international journalists of our time. For decades, she challenged corruption and malfeasance in her native country, the Philippines, on its rocky path from an authoritarian state to a democracy. As a reporter from CNN, she transformed news coverage in her region, which led her in 2012 to create a new and innovative online news organization, Rappler. Harnessing the emerging power of social media, Rappler crowdsourced breaking news, found pivotal sources and tips, harnessed collective action for climate change, and helped increase voter knowledge and participation in elections. But by their fifth year of existence, Rappler had gone from being lauded for its ideas to being targeted by the new Philippine government, and made Ressa an enemy of her country’s most powerful man: President Duterte. Still, she did not let up, tracking government seeded disinformation networks which spread lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate. Hounded by the state and its allies using the legal system to silence her, accused of numerous crimes, and charged with cyberlibel for which she was found guilty, Ressa faces years in prison and thousands in fines. There is another adversary Ressa is battling. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is also the story of how the creep toward authoritarianism, in the Phillipines and around the world, has been aided and abetted by the social media companies. Ressa exposes how they have allowed their platforms to spread a virus of lies that infect each of us, pitting us against one another, igniting, even creating, our fears, anger, and hate, and how this has accelerated the rise of authoritarians and dictators around the world. She maps a network of disinformation—a heinous web of cause and effect—that has netted the globe: from Duterte’s drug wars to America&amp;#039;s Capitol Hill; Britain’s Brexit to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare; Facebook and Silicon Valley to our own clicks and votes. Democracy is fragile. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is an urgent cry for Western readers to recognize and understand the dangers to our freedoms before it is too late. It is a book for anyone who might take democracy for granted, written by someone who never would. And in telling her dramatic and turbulent and courageous story, Ressa forces readers to ask themselves the same question she and her colleagues ask every day: What are you willing to sacrifice for the truth? Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La bolsa o la vida by Rosa María Artal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La bolsa o la vida
Author: Rosa María Artal
Narrator: Marta Barriuso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un simple virus ha desbaratado a la sociedad mundial como nunca logró hacerlo, en profundidad y extensión, ningún arma premeditada. El coronavirus ha sido una enmienda a la totalidad de un sistema que despreció cuanto era valioso y hasta indispensable para el bien común, en aras del lucro de unos pocos. Era la sanidad pública la que se ocupaba de nuestra salud y había sido diezmada por las políticas neoliberales. Era, es, la gente corriente la que sustenta los países, especialmente en las situaciones más comprometidas.    España sufrirá un doble ataque vírico: del coronavirus y de una oposición depredadora, con gran apoyo mediático y de otros estamentos de poder. Una pesada mochila con la que cargamos desde hace décadas. En España, los emplastos nunca resueltos han emergido todos en su máxima intensidad.    Apenas asumido que nos invade una pandemia, sus víctimas habidas y por llegar, el debate principal es si hay que apostar por la salud o por la actividad económica. Entregarles la bolsa de nuevo o apostar por la vida. - Rosa María Artal es Licenciada en Ciencias de la Información y con estudios de sociología y ciencias políticas. Periodista de televisión, prensa y radio. Reportera todoterreno de Informe Semanal de TVE, cubrió la caída del Muro de Berlín (de la que fue testigo directo desde la RDA), el fin de la URSS y el del Pacto de Varsovia. El ascenso y el desplome de Margaret Thatcher o a la irrupción de «lo hispano» en Estados Unidos. Corresponsal de El País en Aragón durante la Transición, y colaboradora de otros medios, es columnista de eldiario.es desde su puesta en marcha. Como escritora, ha publicado una decena de libros. De literatura y ensayo. Desde el Diario de una mujer alta (Mileto, 2001) a La energía liberada, el estallido social de un mundo en crisis (Aguilar, 2011). Promotora y coordinadora de Reacciona (Aguilar, 2011), el ensayo español más vendido de ese año, y de Derribar los muros (Roca, 2019). Inconformista, tenaz, ciudadana sin fronteras, feminista por pura lógica, es muy activa e influyente en las redes sociales.</description>
      <author>Rosa María Artal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728280782.mp3" length="1401969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728280782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La bolsa o la vida
Author: Rosa María Artal
Narrator: Marta Barriuso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un simple virus ha desbaratado a la sociedad mundial como nunca logró hacerlo, en profundidad y extensión, ningún arma premeditada. El coronavirus ha sido una enmienda a la totalidad de un sistema que despreció cuanto era valioso y hasta indispensable para el bien común, en aras del lucro de unos pocos. Era la sanidad pública la que se ocupaba de nuestra salud y había sido diezmada por las políticas neoliberales. Era, es, la gente corriente la que sustenta los países, especialmente en las situaciones más comprometidas.    España sufrirá un doble ataque vírico: del coronavirus y de una oposición depredadora, con gran apoyo mediático y de otros estamentos de poder. Una pesada mochila con la que cargamos desde hace décadas. En España, los emplastos nunca resueltos han emergido todos en su máxima intensidad.    Apenas asumido que nos invade una pandemia, sus víctimas habidas y por llegar, el debate principal es si hay que apostar por la salud o por la actividad económica. Entregarles la bolsa de nuevo o apostar por la vida. - Rosa María Artal es Licenciada en Ciencias de la Información y con estudios de sociología y ciencias políticas. Periodista de televisión, prensa y radio. Reportera todoterreno de Informe Semanal de TVE, cubrió la caída del Muro de Berlín (de la que fue testigo directo desde la RDA), el fin de la URSS y el del Pacto de Varsovia. El ascenso y el desplome de Margaret Thatcher o a la irrupción de «lo hispano» en Estados Unidos. Corresponsal de El País en Aragón durante la Transición, y colaboradora de otros medios, es columnista de eldiario.es desde su puesta en marcha. Como escritora, ha publicado una decena de libros. De literatura y ensayo. Desde el Diario de una mujer alta (Mileto, 2001) a La energía liberada, el estallido social de un mundo en crisis (Aguilar, 2011). Promotora y coordinadora de Reacciona (Aguilar, 2011), el ensayo español más vendido de ese año, y de Derribar los muros (Roca, 2019). Inconformista, tenaz, ciudadana sin fronteras, feminista por pura lógica, es muy activa e influyente en las redes sociales.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La bolsa o la vida
Author: Rosa María Artal
Narrator: Marta Barriuso
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un simple virus ha desbaratado a la sociedad mundial como nunca logró hacerlo, en profundidad y extensión, ningún arma premeditada. El coronavirus ha sido una enmienda a la totalidad de un sistema que despreció cuanto era valioso y hasta indispensable para el bien común, en aras del lucro de unos pocos. Era la sanidad pública la que se ocupaba de nuestra salud y había sido diezmada por las políticas neoliberales. Era, es, la gente corriente la que sustenta los países, especialmente en las situaciones más comprometidas.    España sufrirá un doble ataque vírico: del coronavirus y de una oposición depredadora, con gran apoyo mediático y de otros estamentos de poder. Una pesada mochila con la que cargamos desde hace décadas. En España, los emplastos nunca resueltos han emergido todos en su máxima intensidad.    Apenas asumido que nos invade una pandemia, sus víctimas habidas y por llegar, el debate principal es si hay que apostar por la salud o por la actividad económica. Entregarles la bolsa de nuevo o apostar por la vida. - Rosa María Artal es Licenciada en Ciencias de la Información y con estudios de sociología y ciencias políticas. Periodista de televisión, prensa y radio. Reportera todoterreno de Informe Semanal de TVE, cubrió la caída del Muro de Berlín (de la que fue testigo directo desde la RDA), el fin de la URSS y el del Pacto de Varsovia. El ascenso y el desplome de Margaret Thatcher o a la irrupción de «lo hispano» en Estados Unidos. Corresponsal de El País en Aragón durante la Transición, y colaboradora de otros medios, es columnista de eldiario.es desde su puesta en marcha. Como escritora, ha publicado una decena de libros. De literatura y ensayo. Desde el Diario de una mujer alta (Mileto, 2001) a La energía liberada, el estallido social de un mundo en crisis (Aguilar, 2011). Promotora y coordinadora de Reacciona (Aguilar, 2011), el ensayo español más vendido de ese año, y de Derribar los muros (Roca, 2019). Inconformista, tenaz, ciudadana sin fronteras, feminista por pura lógica, es muy activa e influyente en las redes sociales.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - معذبو الأرض by فرانز فانون</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معذبو الأرض
Author: فرانز فانون
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب في العلاقة بين المُستعمِر والمُستعمَر، في كيفية إشعال الثورات، وكيفية الحفاظ عليها من تلاعبات الاستعمار والنخب المحلية الخاضعة له. ورغم أن &amp;#039;فرانز فانون&amp;#039; كتبه لثورات التحرُّر الأفريقي والآسيوي من الاستعمار القديم، إلا أن ما جرى، على الحقيقة، بعد مرور أكثر من نصف قرن على هذه الثورات أن الأوضاع الاستعمارية لم تتغير كثيرًا. بل استبدل الاستعمار العسكري المباشكر ذي الكلفة المادية والبشرية الضخمة، باستعمار محلي، أقل كلفة، وخاضع تمامًا لقوى الاستعمار السابقة، وترتبط مصالحه الثقافية والسياسية والاقتصادية بها داخل إطارٍ من ديباجات النعرات القومية والقبلية القُطرية الضيقة المصنوعة -أساسًا- بواسطة جهاز المعرفة الاستشراقية. ولهذا جميعًا من المهم إتاحة هذا النصِّ للقراءة والتأويل مرة أخرى في ظرف تاريخي ربما يكون أصعب وأكثر تعقيدًا من الظرف الذي كُتب فيه، وله.</description>
      <author>فرانز فانون</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177874829.mp3" length="819847" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177874829.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معذبو الأرض
Author: فرانز فانون
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب في العلاقة بين المُستعمِر والمُستعمَر، في كيفية إشعال الثورات، وكيفية الحفاظ عليها من تلاعبات الاستعمار والنخب المحلية الخاضعة له. ورغم أن &amp;#039;فرانز فانون&amp;#039; كتبه لثورات التحرُّر الأفريقي والآسيوي من الاستعمار القديم، إلا أن ما جرى، على الحقيقة، بعد مرور أكثر من نصف قرن على هذه الثورات أن الأوضاع الاستعمارية لم تتغير كثيرًا. بل استبدل الاستعمار العسكري المباشكر ذي الكلفة المادية والبشرية الضخمة، باستعمار محلي، أقل كلفة، وخاضع تمامًا لقوى الاستعمار السابقة، وترتبط مصالحه الثقافية والسياسية والاقتصادية بها داخل إطارٍ من ديباجات النعرات القومية والقبلية القُطرية الضيقة المصنوعة -أساسًا- بواسطة جهاز المعرفة الاستشراقية. ولهذا جميعًا من المهم إتاحة هذا النصِّ للقراءة والتأويل مرة أخرى في ظرف تاريخي ربما يكون أصعب وأكثر تعقيدًا من الظرف الذي كُتب فيه، وله.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معذبو الأرض
Author: فرانز فانون
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا الكتاب في العلاقة بين المُستعمِر والمُستعمَر، في كيفية إشعال الثورات، وكيفية الحفاظ عليها من تلاعبات الاستعمار والنخب المحلية الخاضعة له. ورغم أن &amp;#039;فرانز فانون&amp;#039; كتبه لثورات التحرُّر الأفريقي والآسيوي من الاستعمار القديم، إلا أن ما جرى، على الحقيقة، بعد مرور أكثر من نصف قرن على هذه الثورات أن الأوضاع الاستعمارية لم تتغير كثيرًا. بل استبدل الاستعمار العسكري المباشكر ذي الكلفة المادية والبشرية الضخمة، باستعمار محلي، أقل كلفة، وخاضع تمامًا لقوى الاستعمار السابقة، وترتبط مصالحه الثقافية والسياسية والاقتصادية بها داخل إطارٍ من ديباجات النعرات القومية والقبلية القُطرية الضيقة المصنوعة -أساسًا- بواسطة جهاز المعرفة الاستشراقية. ولهذا جميعًا من المهم إتاحة هذا النصِّ للقراءة والتأويل مرة أخرى في ظرف تاريخي ربما يكون أصعب وأكثر تعقيدًا من الظرف الذي كُتب فيه، وله.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - البيان الشيوعي by كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - البيان الشيوعي
Author: كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز
Narrator: محمد بن يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بيان الحزب الشيوعي هو كتيب نشره المنظران السياسيان كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز. ومنذ ذلك الحين، أصبح أحد أكثر الكتب السياسية تأثيرًا في العالم. قدم الكتيب نهجًا تحليليًا للصراع بين الطبقات الاجتماعية (تاريخيًا وفي زمن الكتاب) ومشاكل الرأسمالية، وتنبأ بأشكال المستقبل الشيوعي المحتمل. احتوى الكتاب على نظريات ماركس وإنجلز حول طبيعة المجتمع والسياسة، والذي وصفوه قائلين: &amp;#039;إن تاريخ كل مجتمع موجود حتى الآن هو تاريخ صراع الطبقات&amp;#039;. كما أوضحا اعتقادهما بأنه خلال فترة وجيزة سيستبدل المجتمع الرأسمالي بالاشتراكية، ثم في نهاية المطاف بالشيوعية.</description>
      <author>كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177876021.mp3" length="847623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177876021.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - البيان الشيوعي
Author: كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز
Narrator: محمد بن يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بيان الحزب الشيوعي هو كتيب نشره المنظران السياسيان كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز. ومنذ ذلك الحين، أصبح أحد أكثر الكتب السياسية تأثيرًا في العالم. قدم الكتيب نهجًا تحليليًا للصراع بين الطبقات الاجتماعية (تاريخيًا وفي زمن الكتاب) ومشاكل الرأسمالية، وتنبأ بأشكال المستقبل الشيوعي المحتمل. احتوى الكتاب على نظريات ماركس وإنجلز حول طبيعة المجتمع والسياسة، والذي وصفوه قائلين: &amp;#039;إن تاريخ كل مجتمع موجود حتى الآن هو تاريخ صراع الطبقات&amp;#039;. كما أوضحا اعتقادهما بأنه خلال فترة وجيزة سيستبدل المجتمع الرأسمالي بالاشتراكية، ثم في نهاية المطاف بالشيوعية.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - البيان الشيوعي
Author: كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز
Narrator: محمد بن يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
بيان الحزب الشيوعي هو كتيب نشره المنظران السياسيان كارل ماركس وفريدريك إنجلز. ومنذ ذلك الحين، أصبح أحد أكثر الكتب السياسية تأثيرًا في العالم. قدم الكتيب نهجًا تحليليًا للصراع بين الطبقات الاجتماعية (تاريخيًا وفي زمن الكتاب) ومشاكل الرأسمالية، وتنبأ بأشكال المستقبل الشيوعي المحتمل. احتوى الكتاب على نظريات ماركس وإنجلز حول طبيعة المجتمع والسياسة، والذي وصفوه قائلين: &amp;#039;إن تاريخ كل مجتمع موجود حتى الآن هو تاريخ صراع الطبقات&amp;#039;. كما أوضحا اعتقادهما بأنه خلال فترة وجيزة سيستبدل المجتمع الرأسمالي بالاشتراكية، ثم في نهاية المطاف بالشيوعية.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ما بعد إسرائيل by أحمد المسلماني</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ما بعد إسرائيل
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
نجحت الصهيونية في تحقيق المعجزة ، في أن تجمع ملايين اليهود من حول العالم إلي قلب العالم، وأن تربك التاريخ العربي الحديث بما لم يحدث من قبل حتي في عصور تشابهت في الضغوط وتماثلت في الشجون. وقد كان السؤال في إسرائيل.. لقد نجحت الصهيونية وجاءت الدولة.. وماذا بعد؟ وتوزعت الإجابات وكان من أبرزها ذلك الجواب الذي جاء به المؤرخون الجدد.. إنها نهاية الصهيونية وبداية ما بعدها. وعاد السؤال: وما الذي يمكن أن تكون عليه إسرائيل في مرحلة ما بعد الصهيونية؟</description>
      <author>أحمد المسلماني</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870371.mp3" length="840758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870371.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ما بعد إسرائيل
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
نجحت الصهيونية في تحقيق المعجزة ، في أن تجمع ملايين اليهود من حول العالم إلي قلب العالم، وأن تربك التاريخ العربي الحديث بما لم يحدث من قبل حتي في عصور تشابهت في الضغوط وتماثلت في الشجون. وقد كان السؤال في إسرائيل.. لقد نجحت الصهيونية وجاءت الدولة.. وماذا بعد؟ وتوزعت الإجابات وكان من أبرزها ذلك الجواب الذي جاء به المؤرخون الجدد.. إنها نهاية الصهيونية وبداية ما بعدها. وعاد السؤال: وما الذي يمكن أن تكون عليه إسرائيل في مرحلة ما بعد الصهيونية؟</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ما بعد إسرائيل
Author: أحمد المسلماني
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
نجحت الصهيونية في تحقيق المعجزة ، في أن تجمع ملايين اليهود من حول العالم إلي قلب العالم، وأن تربك التاريخ العربي الحديث بما لم يحدث من قبل حتي في عصور تشابهت في الضغوط وتماثلت في الشجون. وقد كان السؤال في إسرائيل.. لقد نجحت الصهيونية وجاءت الدولة.. وماذا بعد؟ وتوزعت الإجابات وكان من أبرزها ذلك الجواب الذي جاء به المؤرخون الجدد.. إنها نهاية الصهيونية وبداية ما بعدها. وعاد السؤال: وما الذي يمكن أن تكون عليه إسرائيل في مرحلة ما بعد الصهيونية؟</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - كل الأشياء by بثينة العيسى</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كل الأشياء
Author: بثينة العيسى
Narrator: بثينة شية
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; هذا ما يحدث للكاتب الذي يزعج السلطة، إنه يتحول إلى موعظة؛ أنت لا تستطيع، مهما فعلت، أن تفلت من النظام. كل شيء تفعله يمنح الشرعية لخصمك، خصمك أكبر منك، هذه اللعبة أكبر منك، وأنت مثل أطفال السياسة إياهم. لو أنه كتب شيئاً يومها، لكان كتب عن الآلة الصماء التي تسحق القلب. الآلة التي وجد نفسه أحد تروسها. لو أنه كتب لاعترف بالأمر ببساطة .. لا يوجد أبطال، وكلنا تروس &amp;#039;</description>
      <author>بثينة العيسى</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177872368.mp3" length="602341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177872368.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كل الأشياء
Author: بثينة العيسى
Narrator: بثينة شية
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; هذا ما يحدث للكاتب الذي يزعج السلطة، إنه يتحول إلى موعظة؛ أنت لا تستطيع، مهما فعلت، أن تفلت من النظام. كل شيء تفعله يمنح الشرعية لخصمك، خصمك أكبر منك، هذه اللعبة أكبر منك، وأنت مثل أطفال السياسة إياهم. لو أنه كتب شيئاً يومها، لكان كتب عن الآلة الصماء التي تسحق القلب. الآلة التي وجد نفسه أحد تروسها. لو أنه كتب لاعترف بالأمر ببساطة .. لا يوجد أبطال، وكلنا تروس &amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كل الأشياء
Author: بثينة العيسى
Narrator: بثينة شية
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039; هذا ما يحدث للكاتب الذي يزعج السلطة، إنه يتحول إلى موعظة؛ أنت لا تستطيع، مهما فعلت، أن تفلت من النظام. كل شيء تفعله يمنح الشرعية لخصمك، خصمك أكبر منك، هذه اللعبة أكبر منك، وأنت مثل أطفال السياسة إياهم. لو أنه كتب شيئاً يومها، لكان كتب عن الآلة الصماء التي تسحق القلب. الآلة التي وجد نفسه أحد تروسها. لو أنه كتب لاعترف بالأمر ببساطة .. لا يوجد أبطال، وكلنا تروس &amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - انتحار الغرب by ريتشارد كوخ</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - انتحار الغرب
Author: ريتشارد كوخ
Narrator: عبد السلام الصوفي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
منذ مئة سنة كان معظم الغربيين يشعرون بالاعتزاز الهائل والثقة الكبيرة بحضارتهم. وكان الغربيون يعرفون ما الذي تمثله حضارتهم وترمز له، وكانوا يؤمنون بها. أما اليوم فإن ذلك المعنى قد تلاشى. استمع إلى كتاب &amp;#039;انتحار الغرب&amp;#039; للكاتبين ريتشارد كوخ وكريس سميث على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</description>
      <author>ريتشارد كوخ</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177872245.mp3" length="841867" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177872245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - انتحار الغرب
Author: ريتشارد كوخ
Narrator: عبد السلام الصوفي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
منذ مئة سنة كان معظم الغربيين يشعرون بالاعتزاز الهائل والثقة الكبيرة بحضارتهم. وكان الغربيون يعرفون ما الذي تمثله حضارتهم وترمز له، وكانوا يؤمنون بها. أما اليوم فإن ذلك المعنى قد تلاشى. استمع إلى كتاب &amp;#039;انتحار الغرب&amp;#039; للكاتبين ريتشارد كوخ وكريس سميث على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572162</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - انتحار الغرب
Author: ريتشارد كوخ
Narrator: عبد السلام الصوفي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
منذ مئة سنة كان معظم الغربيين يشعرون بالاعتزاز الهائل والثقة الكبيرة بحضارتهم. وكان الغربيون يعرفون ما الذي تمثله حضارتهم وترمز له، وكانوا يؤمنون بها. أما اليوم فإن ذلك المعنى قد تلاشى. استمع إلى كتاب &amp;#039;انتحار الغرب&amp;#039; للكاتبين ريتشارد كوخ وكريس سميث على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - 1968 - الثوار الشباب by نوربرت فراي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 1968 - الثوار الشباب
Author: نوربرت فراي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يتناول هذا الكتاب تاريخ العام العاصف في أوروبا والغرب (1968) والذي شهد مظاهرات وانتفاضات للشباب ضد حرب فيتنام والانظمة الشيوعية والرأسمالية التقليدية . تسببت هذه المظاهرات في تحولات عميقة في السياسة والفكر الغربيين وأثرت على باقي العالم.</description>
      <author>نوربرت فراي</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177871620.mp3" length="823333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177871620.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 1968 - الثوار الشباب
Author: نوربرت فراي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يتناول هذا الكتاب تاريخ العام العاصف في أوروبا والغرب (1968) والذي شهد مظاهرات وانتفاضات للشباب ضد حرب فيتنام والانظمة الشيوعية والرأسمالية التقليدية . تسببت هذه المظاهرات في تحولات عميقة في السياسة والفكر الغربيين وأثرت على باقي العالم.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 1968 - الثوار الشباب
Author: نوربرت فراي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يتناول هذا الكتاب تاريخ العام العاصف في أوروبا والغرب (1968) والذي شهد مظاهرات وانتفاضات للشباب ضد حرب فيتنام والانظمة الشيوعية والرأسمالية التقليدية . تسببت هذه المظاهرات في تحولات عميقة في السياسة والفكر الغربيين وأثرت على باقي العالم.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - هوامش الفتح العربي لمصر by سناء المصري</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هوامش الفتح العربي لمصر
Author: سناء المصري
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;هناك مناطق شائكة في تاريخ مصر‏، يفضل أساتذة التاريخ عدم الخوض فيها، لأسباب عديدة قد يكون من بينها عدم وفرة المصادر والمراجع، لكن السبب الأكثر قوة هو إيثارهم السلامة بعيدًا عن وجع الدماغ، ولم تكن الراحلة سناء المصري ضمن هذه الفئة الغالبة، فآثرت أن تقطع الطريق الصعب وعكفت على مرحلة الفتح العربي لمصر&amp;#039; عزمي عبد الوهاب، الأهرام. كيف كانت المواجهات الأولى بين العرب الفاتحين وأقباط مصر؟ وكيف كان تصور كل طرف عن الآخر؟ وما الذي حدث في الحقيقة في اللحظات الأولى للفتح، قبل أن تستقر الأمور للعرب؟ أسئلة شائكة مضى عليها أكثر من أربعة عشر قرنًا، وأهال التاريخ على تفاصيلها رماده الصعب... وآثارها القليلة لا زالت تُروى وتُتداول من خلال صوت رسمي ووحيد انكمش أمامه الطرف الآخر رويدًا رويدًا، وانكمشت معه ذكرياته، حتى كادت أن تمحى من كثرة التجاهل والنسيان. دراسة كاشفة ومهمة وتعيد النظر في كثير من مسلماتنا، معتمدة في ذلك على المصادر العربية والقبطية الخاصة بتلك الفترة.</description>
      <author>سناء المصري</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875130.mp3" length="819516" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هوامش الفتح العربي لمصر
Author: سناء المصري
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;هناك مناطق شائكة في تاريخ مصر‏، يفضل أساتذة التاريخ عدم الخوض فيها، لأسباب عديدة قد يكون من بينها عدم وفرة المصادر والمراجع، لكن السبب الأكثر قوة هو إيثارهم السلامة بعيدًا عن وجع الدماغ، ولم تكن الراحلة سناء المصري ضمن هذه الفئة الغالبة، فآثرت أن تقطع الطريق الصعب وعكفت على مرحلة الفتح العربي لمصر&amp;#039; عزمي عبد الوهاب، الأهرام. كيف كانت المواجهات الأولى بين العرب الفاتحين وأقباط مصر؟ وكيف كان تصور كل طرف عن الآخر؟ وما الذي حدث في الحقيقة في اللحظات الأولى للفتح، قبل أن تستقر الأمور للعرب؟ أسئلة شائكة مضى عليها أكثر من أربعة عشر قرنًا، وأهال التاريخ على تفاصيلها رماده الصعب... وآثارها القليلة لا زالت تُروى وتُتداول من خلال صوت رسمي ووحيد انكمش أمامه الطرف الآخر رويدًا رويدًا، وانكمشت معه ذكرياته، حتى كادت أن تمحى من كثرة التجاهل والنسيان. دراسة كاشفة ومهمة وتعيد النظر في كثير من مسلماتنا، معتمدة في ذلك على المصادر العربية والقبطية الخاصة بتلك الفترة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هوامش الفتح العربي لمصر
Author: سناء المصري
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;هناك مناطق شائكة في تاريخ مصر‏، يفضل أساتذة التاريخ عدم الخوض فيها، لأسباب عديدة قد يكون من بينها عدم وفرة المصادر والمراجع، لكن السبب الأكثر قوة هو إيثارهم السلامة بعيدًا عن وجع الدماغ، ولم تكن الراحلة سناء المصري ضمن هذه الفئة الغالبة، فآثرت أن تقطع الطريق الصعب وعكفت على مرحلة الفتح العربي لمصر&amp;#039; عزمي عبد الوهاب، الأهرام. كيف كانت المواجهات الأولى بين العرب الفاتحين وأقباط مصر؟ وكيف كان تصور كل طرف عن الآخر؟ وما الذي حدث في الحقيقة في اللحظات الأولى للفتح، قبل أن تستقر الأمور للعرب؟ أسئلة شائكة مضى عليها أكثر من أربعة عشر قرنًا، وأهال التاريخ على تفاصيلها رماده الصعب... وآثارها القليلة لا زالت تُروى وتُتداول من خلال صوت رسمي ووحيد انكمش أمامه الطرف الآخر رويدًا رويدًا، وانكمشت معه ذكرياته، حتى كادت أن تمحى من كثرة التجاهل والنسيان. دراسة كاشفة ومهمة وتعيد النظر في كثير من مسلماتنا، معتمدة في ذلك على المصادر العربية والقبطية الخاصة بتلك الفترة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - طرائف سياسية مُضحكة by كريم فكري</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طرائف سياسية مُضحكة
Author: كريم فكري
Narrator: مؤمن المدرك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عادة ما تنحصر أخبار زعماء العالم وملوكه في السياسة وحسب، بين رئيس يستقيل وأخر يُقال، ملك يرحل وأخر ينصب، وزعيم يجتمع وأخر يخطب، رئيس يعلن الحرب وآخرون ينضمون، أو يرفضون.. إلى آخرة. ولكن يخرج علينا رجال الحكم والسياسة، وبرغم أنهم يمثلون دول، بتصرفات غريبة وعجيبة لا تتفق مع مناصبهم الحساسة، أو يتعرضون لمواقف محرجة أو مجنونة، قد لا يكون لبعضهم يد فيها، ولكنها فرضت عليهم، ولكن مثل هذه التصرفات، ومثل تلك المواقف عادة تصل إلى حد الطرافة، وقد يضحك لها الناس. هذا الكتاب يضم عشرات وعشرات الطرائف المضحكة التي أرطبت بالساسة من حكائم ووزراء وملوك.</description>
      <author>كريم فكري</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177879152.mp3" length="750406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177879152.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طرائف سياسية مُضحكة
Author: كريم فكري
Narrator: مؤمن المدرك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عادة ما تنحصر أخبار زعماء العالم وملوكه في السياسة وحسب، بين رئيس يستقيل وأخر يُقال، ملك يرحل وأخر ينصب، وزعيم يجتمع وأخر يخطب، رئيس يعلن الحرب وآخرون ينضمون، أو يرفضون.. إلى آخرة. ولكن يخرج علينا رجال الحكم والسياسة، وبرغم أنهم يمثلون دول، بتصرفات غريبة وعجيبة لا تتفق مع مناصبهم الحساسة، أو يتعرضون لمواقف محرجة أو مجنونة، قد لا يكون لبعضهم يد فيها، ولكنها فرضت عليهم، ولكن مثل هذه التصرفات، ومثل تلك المواقف عادة تصل إلى حد الطرافة، وقد يضحك لها الناس. هذا الكتاب يضم عشرات وعشرات الطرائف المضحكة التي أرطبت بالساسة من حكائم ووزراء وملوك.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طرائف سياسية مُضحكة
Author: كريم فكري
Narrator: مؤمن المدرك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
عادة ما تنحصر أخبار زعماء العالم وملوكه في السياسة وحسب، بين رئيس يستقيل وأخر يُقال، ملك يرحل وأخر ينصب، وزعيم يجتمع وأخر يخطب، رئيس يعلن الحرب وآخرون ينضمون، أو يرفضون.. إلى آخرة. ولكن يخرج علينا رجال الحكم والسياسة، وبرغم أنهم يمثلون دول، بتصرفات غريبة وعجيبة لا تتفق مع مناصبهم الحساسة، أو يتعرضون لمواقف محرجة أو مجنونة، قد لا يكون لبعضهم يد فيها، ولكنها فرضت عليهم، ولكن مثل هذه التصرفات، ومثل تلك المواقف عادة تصل إلى حد الطرافة، وقد يضحك لها الناس. هذا الكتاب يضم عشرات وعشرات الطرائف المضحكة التي أرطبت بالساسة من حكائم ووزراء وملوك.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ذكريات رجل غير مهم - فلسطيني عاصر النكبة by محي الدين عبد الرحمن</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات رجل غير مهم - فلسطيني عاصر النكبة
Author: محي الدين عبد الرحمن
Narrator: سلام ديك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
سيرة ذاتية لأحد أبناء قرية بيت سوريك بالقدس، يصف أحوال القرية قبل النكبة والحرب ثم العودة لإحياء القرية على يد أهلها وأملهم في استرداد بقية فلسطين المحتلة ينقل تفاصيل الحياة اليومية في الريف الفلسطيني فيما بعد النكبة وحتى خروجه منها إلى الشتات . مأساة فلسطينية يعرضها لنا الكاتب محي الين عبد الرحمن في كتابه &amp;#039;ذكريات رجل غير مهم&amp;#039; استمع إليه الآن على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</description>
      <author>محي الدين عبد الرحمن</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179398637.mp3" length="660325" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179398637.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات رجل غير مهم - فلسطيني عاصر النكبة
Author: محي الدين عبد الرحمن
Narrator: سلام ديك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
سيرة ذاتية لأحد أبناء قرية بيت سوريك بالقدس، يصف أحوال القرية قبل النكبة والحرب ثم العودة لإحياء القرية على يد أهلها وأملهم في استرداد بقية فلسطين المحتلة ينقل تفاصيل الحياة اليومية في الريف الفلسطيني فيما بعد النكبة وحتى خروجه منها إلى الشتات . مأساة فلسطينية يعرضها لنا الكاتب محي الين عبد الرحمن في كتابه &amp;#039;ذكريات رجل غير مهم&amp;#039; استمع إليه الآن على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ذكريات رجل غير مهم - فلسطيني عاصر النكبة
Author: محي الدين عبد الرحمن
Narrator: سلام ديك
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
سيرة ذاتية لأحد أبناء قرية بيت سوريك بالقدس، يصف أحوال القرية قبل النكبة والحرب ثم العودة لإحياء القرية على يد أهلها وأملهم في استرداد بقية فلسطين المحتلة ينقل تفاصيل الحياة اليومية في الريف الفلسطيني فيما بعد النكبة وحتى خروجه منها إلى الشتات . مأساة فلسطينية يعرضها لنا الكاتب محي الين عبد الرحمن في كتابه &amp;#039;ذكريات رجل غير مهم&amp;#039; استمع إليه الآن على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - مفهوم السياسي by كارل شميت</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مفهوم السياسي
Author: كارل شميت
Narrator: معتز أبو طالب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا هو النصُّ الأول للفقيه القانونيّ والدستوريّ ومنظّر السياسة الأشهر كارل شميت في العربية منقولًا عن الألمانية مباشرة في ترجمة شرعية كاملة ومنضبطة . عاش شميت (١٨٨٨ - ١٩٨٥م) حياة مديدة ناهزت قرنًا من الزمن عاصر فيه أهوالًا عظيمة أحاطت بوطنه ألمانيا وبالعالم أجمع. يُعالج شميت في هذا النصّ -الذي ألقاه للمرة الأولى كمحاضرة عام ١٩٢٧م، ثم نشره فيما بعد ككتاب عام ١٩٣٢م في ظروف تفكّك سياسيّ وهزيمة شاملة عاناها وطنه -؛ قضية &amp;#039;السياسيّ&amp;#039; ساعيًا إلى تحرير مفهومه من قيد المعيار الأخلاقيّ والحسبة الاقتصادية، وكاشفًا النقاب عن مكمنه الأساسيّ في اصطفاف البشر الوجوديِّ إلى أعداء وأصدقاء، ما يمنح الدولة المُمَثِّلة لهذا الاصطفاف صلاحيات القرار السياديِّ غير المنضبط إلا بذاته. في نصِّه هذا لا يرمي شميت إلى طرح إسهامٍ جديدٍ في النظرية القانونية والسياسية فحسب، بل إلى إعادة الاعتبار للسلطة السياسية بصلاحياتها المطلقة تجاه المجتمع أيضًا، وهو ما رأى فيه ترياقًا لألمانيا وطنه المُبتلى بتفكّكٍ وتشرذمٍ ردَّه إلى الليبرالية. وكان تشابه السياق التاريخي الذي أصدر فيه شميت نصّه هذا مع السياق التاريخي الذي يمر به عالمنا العربيّ اليوم، بالإضافة إلى ذكاء شميت وألمعيّٙته وتفرُّد تشريحه لهذا السياق وتغاير تعاطيه معه عن تقاليد النقد اليساريِّ العتيدة لليبرالية، بل ونقده المركّز لهذه التقاليد؛ من أهم العوامل التي شكَّلت دوافعنا لترجمة هذا النصِّ وإتاحته لقراء العربيّة حيث أنه يقدم إضاءة مغايرة على الشأن السياسيّ والتدبير العام.</description>
      <author>كارل شميت</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875314.mp3" length="793498" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مفهوم السياسي
Author: كارل شميت
Narrator: معتز أبو طالب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا هو النصُّ الأول للفقيه القانونيّ والدستوريّ ومنظّر السياسة الأشهر كارل شميت في العربية منقولًا عن الألمانية مباشرة في ترجمة شرعية كاملة ومنضبطة . عاش شميت (١٨٨٨ - ١٩٨٥م) حياة مديدة ناهزت قرنًا من الزمن عاصر فيه أهوالًا عظيمة أحاطت بوطنه ألمانيا وبالعالم أجمع. يُعالج شميت في هذا النصّ -الذي ألقاه للمرة الأولى كمحاضرة عام ١٩٢٧م، ثم نشره فيما بعد ككتاب عام ١٩٣٢م في ظروف تفكّك سياسيّ وهزيمة شاملة عاناها وطنه -؛ قضية &amp;#039;السياسيّ&amp;#039; ساعيًا إلى تحرير مفهومه من قيد المعيار الأخلاقيّ والحسبة الاقتصادية، وكاشفًا النقاب عن مكمنه الأساسيّ في اصطفاف البشر الوجوديِّ إلى أعداء وأصدقاء، ما يمنح الدولة المُمَثِّلة لهذا الاصطفاف صلاحيات القرار السياديِّ غير المنضبط إلا بذاته. في نصِّه هذا لا يرمي شميت إلى طرح إسهامٍ جديدٍ في النظرية القانونية والسياسية فحسب، بل إلى إعادة الاعتبار للسلطة السياسية بصلاحياتها المطلقة تجاه المجتمع أيضًا، وهو ما رأى فيه ترياقًا لألمانيا وطنه المُبتلى بتفكّكٍ وتشرذمٍ ردَّه إلى الليبرالية. وكان تشابه السياق التاريخي الذي أصدر فيه شميت نصّه هذا مع السياق التاريخي الذي يمر به عالمنا العربيّ اليوم، بالإضافة إلى ذكاء شميت وألمعيّٙته وتفرُّد تشريحه لهذا السياق وتغاير تعاطيه معه عن تقاليد النقد اليساريِّ العتيدة لليبرالية، بل ونقده المركّز لهذه التقاليد؛ من أهم العوامل التي شكَّلت دوافعنا لترجمة هذا النصِّ وإتاحته لقراء العربيّة حيث أنه يقدم إضاءة مغايرة على الشأن السياسيّ والتدبير العام.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مفهوم السياسي
Author: كارل شميت
Narrator: معتز أبو طالب
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
هذا هو النصُّ الأول للفقيه القانونيّ والدستوريّ ومنظّر السياسة الأشهر كارل شميت في العربية منقولًا عن الألمانية مباشرة في ترجمة شرعية كاملة ومنضبطة . عاش شميت (١٨٨٨ - ١٩٨٥م) حياة مديدة ناهزت قرنًا من الزمن عاصر فيه أهوالًا عظيمة أحاطت بوطنه ألمانيا وبالعالم أجمع. يُعالج شميت في هذا النصّ -الذي ألقاه للمرة الأولى كمحاضرة عام ١٩٢٧م، ثم نشره فيما بعد ككتاب عام ١٩٣٢م في ظروف تفكّك سياسيّ وهزيمة شاملة عاناها وطنه -؛ قضية &amp;#039;السياسيّ&amp;#039; ساعيًا إلى تحرير مفهومه من قيد المعيار الأخلاقيّ والحسبة الاقتصادية، وكاشفًا النقاب عن مكمنه الأساسيّ في اصطفاف البشر الوجوديِّ إلى أعداء وأصدقاء، ما يمنح الدولة المُمَثِّلة لهذا الاصطفاف صلاحيات القرار السياديِّ غير المنضبط إلا بذاته. في نصِّه هذا لا يرمي شميت إلى طرح إسهامٍ جديدٍ في النظرية القانونية والسياسية فحسب، بل إلى إعادة الاعتبار للسلطة السياسية بصلاحياتها المطلقة تجاه المجتمع أيضًا، وهو ما رأى فيه ترياقًا لألمانيا وطنه المُبتلى بتفكّكٍ وتشرذمٍ ردَّه إلى الليبرالية. وكان تشابه السياق التاريخي الذي أصدر فيه شميت نصّه هذا مع السياق التاريخي الذي يمر به عالمنا العربيّ اليوم، بالإضافة إلى ذكاء شميت وألمعيّٙته وتفرُّد تشريحه لهذا السياق وتغاير تعاطيه معه عن تقاليد النقد اليساريِّ العتيدة لليبرالية، بل ونقده المركّز لهذه التقاليد؛ من أهم العوامل التي شكَّلت دوافعنا لترجمة هذا النصِّ وإتاحته لقراء العربيّة حيث أنه يقدم إضاءة مغايرة على الشأن السياسيّ والتدبير العام.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الوزير المرافق by غازي القصبي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الوزير المرافق
Author: غازي القصبي
Narrator: عبد الرحمن زغلول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يدون فيه الكاتب والوزير السابق غازي القصبي فترة عمله وزيراً للصناعة ووزيراً للصحة في حكومة المملكة العربية السعودية؛ وقيامه بدور الوزير المرافق لرؤساء وملوك زاروا المملكة وكذلك مرافقة ولي العهد أو الملك السعودي في فترة السبعينات وحتى منتصف الثمانينات، يقف المؤلف على دقائق الأمور لجلسات القمة العربية المغلقة والمشادات بين الرؤساء مع المواقف المدهشة والمحرجة لبعض الملوك والأمراء وكذلك رؤساء الدول الغربية والأفريقية. استمع إليه الآن فقط وحصريًا على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</description>
      <author>غازي القصبي</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179394509.mp3" length="843705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179394509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الوزير المرافق
Author: غازي القصبي
Narrator: عبد الرحمن زغلول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يدون فيه الكاتب والوزير السابق غازي القصبي فترة عمله وزيراً للصناعة ووزيراً للصحة في حكومة المملكة العربية السعودية؛ وقيامه بدور الوزير المرافق لرؤساء وملوك زاروا المملكة وكذلك مرافقة ولي العهد أو الملك السعودي في فترة السبعينات وحتى منتصف الثمانينات، يقف المؤلف على دقائق الأمور لجلسات القمة العربية المغلقة والمشادات بين الرؤساء مع المواقف المدهشة والمحرجة لبعض الملوك والأمراء وكذلك رؤساء الدول الغربية والأفريقية. استمع إليه الآن فقط وحصريًا على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572062</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الوزير المرافق
Author: غازي القصبي
Narrator: عبد الرحمن زغلول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يدون فيه الكاتب والوزير السابق غازي القصبي فترة عمله وزيراً للصناعة ووزيراً للصحة في حكومة المملكة العربية السعودية؛ وقيامه بدور الوزير المرافق لرؤساء وملوك زاروا المملكة وكذلك مرافقة ولي العهد أو الملك السعودي في فترة السبعينات وحتى منتصف الثمانينات، يقف المؤلف على دقائق الأمور لجلسات القمة العربية المغلقة والمشادات بين الرؤساء مع المواقف المدهشة والمحرجة لبعض الملوك والأمراء وكذلك رؤساء الدول الغربية والأفريقية. استمع إليه الآن فقط وحصريًا على تطبيق كتاب صوتي</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - كافكا الأعمال الكاملة ج2 by فرانز كافكا</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كافكا الأعمال الكاملة ج2
Author: فرانز كافكا
Narrator: حمدي التايه
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الأعمال الكاملة للكاتب الألماني فرانز كافكا في ثلاثة أجزاء، ترجم جزءين عن اللغة التشيكية د.خالد البلتاجي، وتضم ١٢ عملاً بين القصة والرواية، منها &amp;#039;المسخ&amp;#039;، &amp;#039;في مستعمرة العقاب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;سور الصين العظيم&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;أبحاث كلب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;فنان الجوع&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;وطن الفئران&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;التحول&amp;#039; فضلا عن أجزاء من أعمال لم تكتمل مثل (صراع)، و (في مستعمرة العقاب) وغيرها، والجزء الثالث يضم أعمالاً لم تترجم من قبل للعربية وهي قصصه القصيرة جداً، ومسرحية تعبيرية وقصص وجدت في يومياته بعد وفاته، ترجمها عن الألمانية يسري خميس.</description>
      <author>فرانز كافكا</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177871255.mp3" length="789140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177871255.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كافكا الأعمال الكاملة ج2
Author: فرانز كافكا
Narrator: حمدي التايه
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الأعمال الكاملة للكاتب الألماني فرانز كافكا في ثلاثة أجزاء، ترجم جزءين عن اللغة التشيكية د.خالد البلتاجي، وتضم ١٢ عملاً بين القصة والرواية، منها &amp;#039;المسخ&amp;#039;، &amp;#039;في مستعمرة العقاب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;سور الصين العظيم&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;أبحاث كلب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;فنان الجوع&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;وطن الفئران&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;التحول&amp;#039; فضلا عن أجزاء من أعمال لم تكتمل مثل (صراع)، و (في مستعمرة العقاب) وغيرها، والجزء الثالث يضم أعمالاً لم تترجم من قبل للعربية وهي قصصه القصيرة جداً، ومسرحية تعبيرية وقصص وجدت في يومياته بعد وفاته، ترجمها عن الألمانية يسري خميس.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كافكا الأعمال الكاملة ج2
Author: فرانز كافكا
Narrator: حمدي التايه
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الأعمال الكاملة للكاتب الألماني فرانز كافكا في ثلاثة أجزاء، ترجم جزءين عن اللغة التشيكية د.خالد البلتاجي، وتضم ١٢ عملاً بين القصة والرواية، منها &amp;#039;المسخ&amp;#039;، &amp;#039;في مستعمرة العقاب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;سور الصين العظيم&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;أبحاث كلب&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;فنان الجوع&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;وطن الفئران&amp;#039;، و&amp;#039;التحول&amp;#039; فضلا عن أجزاء من أعمال لم تكتمل مثل (صراع)، و (في مستعمرة العقاب) وغيرها، والجزء الثالث يضم أعمالاً لم تترجم من قبل للعربية وهي قصصه القصيرة جداً، ومسرحية تعبيرية وقصص وجدت في يومياته بعد وفاته، ترجمها عن الألمانية يسري خميس.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - أساسیات في نظم الحكم في الإسلام by أ.د عبدالكريم بكار</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أساسیات في نظم الحكم في الإسلام
Author: أ.د عبدالكريم بكار
Narrator: محمد براء حمزة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يوضح الكاتب الكبير عبد الكريم بكّار من خلال هذا الكتاب مواضيع مهمة قد تكونُ مبهمة للكثيرين حول نظام الحكم في الإسلام، فتحدث عن قضية الخلافة والحكم، وطرائق اختيار القواد والحكام، وعلاقة ذلك بالإسلام، وبيان نظام الحكم الأمثل المتمثل بالشريعة والرافض للقوانين المعاصرة. يناقش أيضًا هذا الكتاب ما أدى إلى الإلحاد والتمرد على أحكام الدين، إذ إنه نتيجة حتميّة للتعامل السيئ للحكومة الفاسدة التي تدعي الدين. هي دروسٌ من التاريخ يقدمها لنا الكاتب، فاستمع الآن.</description>
      <author>أ.د عبدالكريم بكار</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179391867.mp3" length="794977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179391867.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أساسیات في نظم الحكم في الإسلام
Author: أ.د عبدالكريم بكار
Narrator: محمد براء حمزة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يوضح الكاتب الكبير عبد الكريم بكّار من خلال هذا الكتاب مواضيع مهمة قد تكونُ مبهمة للكثيرين حول نظام الحكم في الإسلام، فتحدث عن قضية الخلافة والحكم، وطرائق اختيار القواد والحكام، وعلاقة ذلك بالإسلام، وبيان نظام الحكم الأمثل المتمثل بالشريعة والرافض للقوانين المعاصرة. يناقش أيضًا هذا الكتاب ما أدى إلى الإلحاد والتمرد على أحكام الدين، إذ إنه نتيجة حتميّة للتعامل السيئ للحكومة الفاسدة التي تدعي الدين. هي دروسٌ من التاريخ يقدمها لنا الكاتب، فاستمع الآن.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أساسیات في نظم الحكم في الإسلام
Author: أ.د عبدالكريم بكار
Narrator: محمد براء حمزة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يوضح الكاتب الكبير عبد الكريم بكّار من خلال هذا الكتاب مواضيع مهمة قد تكونُ مبهمة للكثيرين حول نظام الحكم في الإسلام، فتحدث عن قضية الخلافة والحكم، وطرائق اختيار القواد والحكام، وعلاقة ذلك بالإسلام، وبيان نظام الحكم الأمثل المتمثل بالشريعة والرافض للقوانين المعاصرة. يناقش أيضًا هذا الكتاب ما أدى إلى الإلحاد والتمرد على أحكام الدين، إذ إنه نتيجة حتميّة للتعامل السيئ للحكومة الفاسدة التي تدعي الدين. هي دروسٌ من التاريخ يقدمها لنا الكاتب، فاستمع الآن.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الحرية بلا ثورة by سعد الحمودي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الحرية بلا ثورة
Author: سعد الحمودي
Narrator: نور الصباح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من يعرف التاريخ يضيف إلى عمره عدد سنوات ذلك التاريخ، ولذلك يعود العقلاء إليه ليتعلموا منه الدروس، ويستلهموا منه العبر والعظات، ويدرسوا تجارب الأمم، وما وقعت فيه من الأخطاء؛ للنجاة من زلات ومواطن الضرر. قد تستفزك بعض محتويات الكتاب؛ ولكنها شكل من أشكال الحقيقة، وكما قال الفيلسوف الألماني &amp;#039;فريدريش نيتشه&amp;#039;: أحيانا لا يرغب الناس في سماع الحقيقة؛ لأنهم لا يريدون أن تتحطم أوهامهم! أقول... لأولئك الذين يظنون أن للحرية طريقاً واحداً.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن طريق الحرية قصير.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن الحرية مجرد انتخابات وتدوير للسلطة.. وأنتم تفتشون عن حريتكم .. تأبطوا هذا الـسِـفـر!</description>
      <author>سعد الحمودي</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875819.mp3" length="778084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875819.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الحرية بلا ثورة
Author: سعد الحمودي
Narrator: نور الصباح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من يعرف التاريخ يضيف إلى عمره عدد سنوات ذلك التاريخ، ولذلك يعود العقلاء إليه ليتعلموا منه الدروس، ويستلهموا منه العبر والعظات، ويدرسوا تجارب الأمم، وما وقعت فيه من الأخطاء؛ للنجاة من زلات ومواطن الضرر. قد تستفزك بعض محتويات الكتاب؛ ولكنها شكل من أشكال الحقيقة، وكما قال الفيلسوف الألماني &amp;#039;فريدريش نيتشه&amp;#039;: أحيانا لا يرغب الناس في سماع الحقيقة؛ لأنهم لا يريدون أن تتحطم أوهامهم! أقول... لأولئك الذين يظنون أن للحرية طريقاً واحداً.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن طريق الحرية قصير.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن الحرية مجرد انتخابات وتدوير للسلطة.. وأنتم تفتشون عن حريتكم .. تأبطوا هذا الـسِـفـر!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الحرية بلا ثورة
Author: سعد الحمودي
Narrator: نور الصباح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من يعرف التاريخ يضيف إلى عمره عدد سنوات ذلك التاريخ، ولذلك يعود العقلاء إليه ليتعلموا منه الدروس، ويستلهموا منه العبر والعظات، ويدرسوا تجارب الأمم، وما وقعت فيه من الأخطاء؛ للنجاة من زلات ومواطن الضرر. قد تستفزك بعض محتويات الكتاب؛ ولكنها شكل من أشكال الحقيقة، وكما قال الفيلسوف الألماني &amp;#039;فريدريش نيتشه&amp;#039;: أحيانا لا يرغب الناس في سماع الحقيقة؛ لأنهم لا يريدون أن تتحطم أوهامهم! أقول... لأولئك الذين يظنون أن للحرية طريقاً واحداً.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن طريق الحرية قصير.. لأولئك الذين يظنون أن الحرية مجرد انتخابات وتدوير للسلطة.. وأنتم تفتشون عن حريتكم .. تأبطوا هذا الـسِـفـر!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الیھود في عقل ھؤلاء by د. عبدالوھاب المسیري</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الیھود في عقل ھؤلاء
Author: د. عبدالوھاب المسیري
Narrator: محمود ربيعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
اليهود إشكالية أساسية فى العقل الغربى، ويعود هذا إلى طبيعة تكوين المجتمع الغربى ذاته، وخاصة فى العصور الوسطى (كما بين الفصل الأول)، وقد ظهرت المسألة اليهودية فى أوائل القرن التاسع عشر، وتعامل مع هذه الإشكالية كثير من الكتاب اليهود غير الصهاينة مثل هاينى وكافكا وروت (كما بين الفصل الثانى). والمسألة اليهودية مسألة غربية أفرزها المجتمع الغربى. ولكنه صدرها لنا على هيئة الدولة الصهيونية التى غرست فى المنطقة فى وسطنا بقوة السلاح الغربى. ومن ثم وجدنا أن المسألة الإسرائيلية أصبحت جزءاً من تاريخنا، ووجدنا أنفسنا نواجه الكيان الصهيونى وندرسه ونتعامل معه. وهذا ما فعله العبقرى الفذ، جمال حمدان، كجزء من مشروع دراسته لمصر والعالم العربى. وقد كان جمال حمدان عبقرياً بمعنى الكلمة؛ فمنهجه فى التفكير والكتابة مختلف عن منهج أقرانه (كما تبين فى الفصل الرابع). والأصوات الغربية التى تتناول المسألة اليهودية والحل الصهيونى ليست كلها أصواتاً جائرة متحيزة؛ فروجيه جارودى -على سبيل المثال لا الحصر- إنطلاقاً من فكره الإنسانى، فى بداية الأمر، ثم فكره الإنسانى الإسلامى، تعامل مع هذه القضية بجرأة غير عادية وقدمنا لفكره ولمنهجه فى الفصل الرابع والأخير من هذه الدراسة. هذه جولة قصيرة فى عقل بعض المفكرين، وكلمة (عقل) هنا تعنى (وجدانه) أى الإنسان فى كليته. والعقل بهذا المعنى هو الإطار الكلى. أما الموضوع المحدد فهو (اليهود)، ونحن لا نزعم أننا أحطنا بالموضوع إحاطة كاملة مركبة، متعددة الأوجه، والله ولى التوفيق.</description>
      <author>د. عبدالوھاب المسیري</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177871316.mp3" length="834977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177871316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الیھود في عقل ھؤلاء
Author: د. عبدالوھاب المسیري
Narrator: محمود ربيعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
اليهود إشكالية أساسية فى العقل الغربى، ويعود هذا إلى طبيعة تكوين المجتمع الغربى ذاته، وخاصة فى العصور الوسطى (كما بين الفصل الأول)، وقد ظهرت المسألة اليهودية فى أوائل القرن التاسع عشر، وتعامل مع هذه الإشكالية كثير من الكتاب اليهود غير الصهاينة مثل هاينى وكافكا وروت (كما بين الفصل الثانى). والمسألة اليهودية مسألة غربية أفرزها المجتمع الغربى. ولكنه صدرها لنا على هيئة الدولة الصهيونية التى غرست فى المنطقة فى وسطنا بقوة السلاح الغربى. ومن ثم وجدنا أن المسألة الإسرائيلية أصبحت جزءاً من تاريخنا، ووجدنا أنفسنا نواجه الكيان الصهيونى وندرسه ونتعامل معه. وهذا ما فعله العبقرى الفذ، جمال حمدان، كجزء من مشروع دراسته لمصر والعالم العربى. وقد كان جمال حمدان عبقرياً بمعنى الكلمة؛ فمنهجه فى التفكير والكتابة مختلف عن منهج أقرانه (كما تبين فى الفصل الرابع). والأصوات الغربية التى تتناول المسألة اليهودية والحل الصهيونى ليست كلها أصواتاً جائرة متحيزة؛ فروجيه جارودى -على سبيل المثال لا الحصر- إنطلاقاً من فكره الإنسانى، فى بداية الأمر، ثم فكره الإنسانى الإسلامى، تعامل مع هذه القضية بجرأة غير عادية وقدمنا لفكره ولمنهجه فى الفصل الرابع والأخير من هذه الدراسة. هذه جولة قصيرة فى عقل بعض المفكرين، وكلمة (عقل) هنا تعنى (وجدانه) أى الإنسان فى كليته. والعقل بهذا المعنى هو الإطار الكلى. أما الموضوع المحدد فهو (اليهود)، ونحن لا نزعم أننا أحطنا بالموضوع إحاطة كاملة مركبة، متعددة الأوجه، والله ولى التوفيق.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الیھود في عقل ھؤلاء
Author: د. عبدالوھاب المسیري
Narrator: محمود ربيعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
اليهود إشكالية أساسية فى العقل الغربى، ويعود هذا إلى طبيعة تكوين المجتمع الغربى ذاته، وخاصة فى العصور الوسطى (كما بين الفصل الأول)، وقد ظهرت المسألة اليهودية فى أوائل القرن التاسع عشر، وتعامل مع هذه الإشكالية كثير من الكتاب اليهود غير الصهاينة مثل هاينى وكافكا وروت (كما بين الفصل الثانى). والمسألة اليهودية مسألة غربية أفرزها المجتمع الغربى. ولكنه صدرها لنا على هيئة الدولة الصهيونية التى غرست فى المنطقة فى وسطنا بقوة السلاح الغربى. ومن ثم وجدنا أن المسألة الإسرائيلية أصبحت جزءاً من تاريخنا، ووجدنا أنفسنا نواجه الكيان الصهيونى وندرسه ونتعامل معه. وهذا ما فعله العبقرى الفذ، جمال حمدان، كجزء من مشروع دراسته لمصر والعالم العربى. وقد كان جمال حمدان عبقرياً بمعنى الكلمة؛ فمنهجه فى التفكير والكتابة مختلف عن منهج أقرانه (كما تبين فى الفصل الرابع). والأصوات الغربية التى تتناول المسألة اليهودية والحل الصهيونى ليست كلها أصواتاً جائرة متحيزة؛ فروجيه جارودى -على سبيل المثال لا الحصر- إنطلاقاً من فكره الإنسانى، فى بداية الأمر، ثم فكره الإنسانى الإسلامى، تعامل مع هذه القضية بجرأة غير عادية وقدمنا لفكره ولمنهجه فى الفصل الرابع والأخير من هذه الدراسة. هذه جولة قصيرة فى عقل بعض المفكرين، وكلمة (عقل) هنا تعنى (وجدانه) أى الإنسان فى كليته. والعقل بهذا المعنى هو الإطار الكلى. أما الموضوع المحدد فهو (اليهود)، ونحن لا نزعم أننا أحطنا بالموضوع إحاطة كاملة مركبة، متعددة الأوجه، والله ولى التوفيق.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - المرتزقة جيوش الظل by باسل يوسف النيرب</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المرتزقة جيوش الظل
Author: باسل يوسف النيرب
Narrator: عدنان الزروق
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تمثل الصناعات العسكرية الأمريكية طوق النجاة للاقتصاد الأمريكي؛ بهذه الصناعة وحدها يمكن الخروج من شبح الركود، واحتواء التداعيات السلبية لتدني قيمة الدولار، وارتفاع معدّل البطالة، وتراجع مؤشرات الثقة في مناخ الأعمال، ولو أننا أردنا أن نعطي للحروب الأمريكية أسباباً لوجدنا أنها تأتي عادة بعد مرور حالة من الركود أو بسبب أزمة اقتصادية ألمّت بالولايات المتحدة. إن وجود الشركات الأمنية التي توظّف المرتزقة تسمح للإدارة الأمريكية بتنفيذ أهداف متعددة في السياسة الخارجية دون الخوف من الاهتمام الإعلامي الذي يترافق مع عودة الجنود الأمريكيين في توابيت بعد أن قتلوا في معارك خارج البلاد، والإنكار هنا أسهل على الحكومة عندما يكون أولئك العاملون في الخارج غير مرتدين الملابس العسكرية الرسمية. في هذا الكتاب عرض شامل لتلك المهنة القذرة، مهنة صناعة الموت، وتبيان لأهم شركاتها والدول التي ترعاها، وأماكن وجودها، وكيفية عملها، والقوانين والنظم الحاكمة لها والمنظمة لعملها ـ إن كانت هناك قوانين ونظم !!</description>
      <author>باسل يوسف النيرب</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870470.mp3" length="840768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870470.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المرتزقة جيوش الظل
Author: باسل يوسف النيرب
Narrator: عدنان الزروق
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تمثل الصناعات العسكرية الأمريكية طوق النجاة للاقتصاد الأمريكي؛ بهذه الصناعة وحدها يمكن الخروج من شبح الركود، واحتواء التداعيات السلبية لتدني قيمة الدولار، وارتفاع معدّل البطالة، وتراجع مؤشرات الثقة في مناخ الأعمال، ولو أننا أردنا أن نعطي للحروب الأمريكية أسباباً لوجدنا أنها تأتي عادة بعد مرور حالة من الركود أو بسبب أزمة اقتصادية ألمّت بالولايات المتحدة. إن وجود الشركات الأمنية التي توظّف المرتزقة تسمح للإدارة الأمريكية بتنفيذ أهداف متعددة في السياسة الخارجية دون الخوف من الاهتمام الإعلامي الذي يترافق مع عودة الجنود الأمريكيين في توابيت بعد أن قتلوا في معارك خارج البلاد، والإنكار هنا أسهل على الحكومة عندما يكون أولئك العاملون في الخارج غير مرتدين الملابس العسكرية الرسمية. في هذا الكتاب عرض شامل لتلك المهنة القذرة، مهنة صناعة الموت، وتبيان لأهم شركاتها والدول التي ترعاها، وأماكن وجودها، وكيفية عملها، والقوانين والنظم الحاكمة لها والمنظمة لعملها ـ إن كانت هناك قوانين ونظم !!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - المرتزقة جيوش الظل
Author: باسل يوسف النيرب
Narrator: عدنان الزروق
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تمثل الصناعات العسكرية الأمريكية طوق النجاة للاقتصاد الأمريكي؛ بهذه الصناعة وحدها يمكن الخروج من شبح الركود، واحتواء التداعيات السلبية لتدني قيمة الدولار، وارتفاع معدّل البطالة، وتراجع مؤشرات الثقة في مناخ الأعمال، ولو أننا أردنا أن نعطي للحروب الأمريكية أسباباً لوجدنا أنها تأتي عادة بعد مرور حالة من الركود أو بسبب أزمة اقتصادية ألمّت بالولايات المتحدة. إن وجود الشركات الأمنية التي توظّف المرتزقة تسمح للإدارة الأمريكية بتنفيذ أهداف متعددة في السياسة الخارجية دون الخوف من الاهتمام الإعلامي الذي يترافق مع عودة الجنود الأمريكيين في توابيت بعد أن قتلوا في معارك خارج البلاد، والإنكار هنا أسهل على الحكومة عندما يكون أولئك العاملون في الخارج غير مرتدين الملابس العسكرية الرسمية. في هذا الكتاب عرض شامل لتلك المهنة القذرة، مهنة صناعة الموت، وتبيان لأهم شركاتها والدول التي ترعاها، وأماكن وجودها، وكيفية عملها، والقوانين والنظم الحاكمة لها والمنظمة لعملها ـ إن كانت هناك قوانين ونظم !!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - 42 عاماً من القمع by ريم مغربي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 42 عاماً من القمع
Author: ريم مغربي
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مرت الدولة الليبية بفترة عصيبة راح ضحيتها الكثير من أبناء ليبيا الأبرياء. المعتقلات ليئة بالمسجونين والموت كان يقف خلف كل منزل. سير للضحايا وعائلاتهم تقدمها ريم المغربي في كتابها &amp;#039;اثنان وأربعون عامًا من القمع&amp;#039; استمع الآن</description>
      <author>ريم مغربي</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177876984.mp3" length="815402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177876984.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 42 عاماً من القمع
Author: ريم مغربي
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مرت الدولة الليبية بفترة عصيبة راح ضحيتها الكثير من أبناء ليبيا الأبرياء. المعتقلات ليئة بالمسجونين والموت كان يقف خلف كل منزل. سير للضحايا وعائلاتهم تقدمها ريم المغربي في كتابها &amp;#039;اثنان وأربعون عامًا من القمع&amp;#039; استمع الآن</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571903</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - 42 عاماً من القمع
Author: ريم مغربي
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مرت الدولة الليبية بفترة عصيبة راح ضحيتها الكثير من أبناء ليبيا الأبرياء. المعتقلات ليئة بالمسجونين والموت كان يقف خلف كل منزل. سير للضحايا وعائلاتهم تقدمها ريم المغربي في كتابها &amp;#039;اثنان وأربعون عامًا من القمع&amp;#039; استمع الآن</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - كلمة السر by منال عمر</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كلمة السر
Author: منال عمر
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يقول الشاعر الكبير &amp;#039; سيد حجاب &amp;#039; عن كتاب &amp;#039;كلمة السر &amp;#039; للدكتورة / منال عمر أسعدنى زماني فعرفت الدكتورة &amp;#039;منال&amp;#039; منذ سنوات، وانعقدت بيننا أواصر صداقةٍ عميقة، وأعرف عشقها للآداب والفنون، ولا شك عندي أن ذائقتها الجمالية المرهفة، قد أضافت إلى علمها نوراً على نور، فجاء هذا الكتاب على هذا القدر من العمق والإحاطة</description>
      <author>منال عمر</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870388.mp3" length="723774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870388.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كلمة السر
Author: منال عمر
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يقول الشاعر الكبير &amp;#039; سيد حجاب &amp;#039; عن كتاب &amp;#039;كلمة السر &amp;#039; للدكتورة / منال عمر أسعدنى زماني فعرفت الدكتورة &amp;#039;منال&amp;#039; منذ سنوات، وانعقدت بيننا أواصر صداقةٍ عميقة، وأعرف عشقها للآداب والفنون، ولا شك عندي أن ذائقتها الجمالية المرهفة، قد أضافت إلى علمها نوراً على نور، فجاء هذا الكتاب على هذا القدر من العمق والإحاطة</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - كلمة السر
Author: منال عمر
Narrator: نسمة البرعي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يقول الشاعر الكبير &amp;#039; سيد حجاب &amp;#039; عن كتاب &amp;#039;كلمة السر &amp;#039; للدكتورة / منال عمر أسعدنى زماني فعرفت الدكتورة &amp;#039;منال&amp;#039; منذ سنوات، وانعقدت بيننا أواصر صداقةٍ عميقة، وأعرف عشقها للآداب والفنون، ولا شك عندي أن ذائقتها الجمالية المرهفة، قد أضافت إلى علمها نوراً على نور، فجاء هذا الكتاب على هذا القدر من العمق والإحاطة</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - معركة اليونيسكو by زياد الدريس</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معركة اليونيسكو
Author: زياد الدريس
Narrator: محمد التام
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ربما هزم غازي في حياته من قبل, مرة واحدة أو أكثر من مرة, وربما لم يحدث ذلك. لكن المؤكد أن الناس لا يعرفون هزيمة لغازي القصيبي, رغم مشواره المليء بالغزوات, أكثر من هزيمته عام 1999 م في معركة اليونسكو. كفى بالمرء نبلا أن تعد (هزائمه)! حين تأسست منظمة اليونسكو, من أجل السلام, لم تكن المنطقة العربية أو أفريقيا أو معظم آسيا وأمريكا اللاتينية حينذاك في حالة حرب, بل كانت أوروبا وأمريكا وبعض الجيوب الآسيوية المناوئة خارجة للتو من حروب وحشية طاحنة, تحتاج معها إلى آلة تساعد على ضبط السلام. الوضع الآن بات مقلوبا, فالتي كانت تعيش في حرب حينذاك باتت تعيش في سلام الآن, بينما تشتعل الدول العربية والأفريقية الآن بالحروب والأزمات. أي أننا أحوج إلى اليونسكو الآن منا إليها يوم تأسست, والعكس بالعكس بالنسبة للغرب. السؤال الآن: هل سيستطيع (المرشح) العربي المنتظر لرئاسة المنظمة في العام 2017 , إنقاذ اليونسكو من الهلاك على أيدي من باتوا في غنى عنها؟!</description>
      <author>زياد الدريس</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177875352.mp3" length="873714" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177875352.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معركة اليونيسكو
Author: زياد الدريس
Narrator: محمد التام
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ربما هزم غازي في حياته من قبل, مرة واحدة أو أكثر من مرة, وربما لم يحدث ذلك. لكن المؤكد أن الناس لا يعرفون هزيمة لغازي القصيبي, رغم مشواره المليء بالغزوات, أكثر من هزيمته عام 1999 م في معركة اليونسكو. كفى بالمرء نبلا أن تعد (هزائمه)! حين تأسست منظمة اليونسكو, من أجل السلام, لم تكن المنطقة العربية أو أفريقيا أو معظم آسيا وأمريكا اللاتينية حينذاك في حالة حرب, بل كانت أوروبا وأمريكا وبعض الجيوب الآسيوية المناوئة خارجة للتو من حروب وحشية طاحنة, تحتاج معها إلى آلة تساعد على ضبط السلام. الوضع الآن بات مقلوبا, فالتي كانت تعيش في حرب حينذاك باتت تعيش في سلام الآن, بينما تشتعل الدول العربية والأفريقية الآن بالحروب والأزمات. أي أننا أحوج إلى اليونسكو الآن منا إليها يوم تأسست, والعكس بالعكس بالنسبة للغرب. السؤال الآن: هل سيستطيع (المرشح) العربي المنتظر لرئاسة المنظمة في العام 2017 , إنقاذ اليونسكو من الهلاك على أيدي من باتوا في غنى عنها؟!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - معركة اليونيسكو
Author: زياد الدريس
Narrator: محمد التام
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ربما هزم غازي في حياته من قبل, مرة واحدة أو أكثر من مرة, وربما لم يحدث ذلك. لكن المؤكد أن الناس لا يعرفون هزيمة لغازي القصيبي, رغم مشواره المليء بالغزوات, أكثر من هزيمته عام 1999 م في معركة اليونسكو. كفى بالمرء نبلا أن تعد (هزائمه)! حين تأسست منظمة اليونسكو, من أجل السلام, لم تكن المنطقة العربية أو أفريقيا أو معظم آسيا وأمريكا اللاتينية حينذاك في حالة حرب, بل كانت أوروبا وأمريكا وبعض الجيوب الآسيوية المناوئة خارجة للتو من حروب وحشية طاحنة, تحتاج معها إلى آلة تساعد على ضبط السلام. الوضع الآن بات مقلوبا, فالتي كانت تعيش في حرب حينذاك باتت تعيش في سلام الآن, بينما تشتعل الدول العربية والأفريقية الآن بالحروب والأزمات. أي أننا أحوج إلى اليونسكو الآن منا إليها يوم تأسست, والعكس بالعكس بالنسبة للغرب. السؤال الآن: هل سيستطيع (المرشح) العربي المنتظر لرئاسة المنظمة في العام 2017 , إنقاذ اليونسكو من الهلاك على أيدي من باتوا في غنى عنها؟!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - أعراس آمنة by إبراهيم نصرالله</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أعراس آمنة
Series: #6 of الملهاة الفلسطينية
Author: إبراهيم نصرالله
Narrator: أحمد عادل
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
(آعراس آمنة): لقداخترت موضوعاً صعباً، هو الموت والشهادة، وهو موضوع يغري بالعويل والبكاء والندب والميلودراما، لكنك ابتعدت ببراعة عن كل ذلك، ورحت تستبطن الحالة الفلسطينية التي تقع بين حدي الفرح والحزن، العرس والجنازة، ورحت تحاور الموت بعمق وذكاء، لتضيء جانباً جديداً في تجربة الفلسطينيين.</description>
      <author>إبراهيم نصرالله</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177870111.mp3" length="765045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177870111.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أعراس آمنة
Series: #6 of الملهاة الفلسطينية
Author: إبراهيم نصرالله
Narrator: أحمد عادل
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
(آعراس آمنة): لقداخترت موضوعاً صعباً، هو الموت والشهادة، وهو موضوع يغري بالعويل والبكاء والندب والميلودراما، لكنك ابتعدت ببراعة عن كل ذلك، ورحت تستبطن الحالة الفلسطينية التي تقع بين حدي الفرح والحزن، العرس والجنازة، ورحت تحاور الموت بعمق وذكاء، لتضيء جانباً جديداً في تجربة الفلسطينيين.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - أعراس آمنة
Series: #6 of الملهاة الفلسطينية
Author: إبراهيم نصرالله
Narrator: أحمد عادل
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
(آعراس آمنة): لقداخترت موضوعاً صعباً، هو الموت والشهادة، وهو موضوع يغري بالعويل والبكاء والندب والميلودراما، لكنك ابتعدت ببراعة عن كل ذلك، ورحت تستبطن الحالة الفلسطينية التي تقع بين حدي الفرح والحزن، العرس والجنازة، ورحت تحاور الموت بعمق وذكاء، لتضيء جانباً جديداً في تجربة الفلسطينيين.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الناشطية السياسية - جدل by ندى عصام وأسماء خليفة</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الناشطية السياسية - جدل
Series: #6 of جدل
Author: ندى عصام وأسماء خليفة
Narrator: حنة الحاج ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
البيضة أم الفرخة؟ س أم ص؟ سؤالٌ لازمنا منذ الطفولة وكَبُر معنا حتى وإن تعددت الاختيارات. بعد الربيع العربي الذي اجتاح الشرق الأوسط وأصحاب السترات الصفراء في فرنسا عاد السؤال مرةً أخرى ولكن بشكل مختلف. صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي هي من تحرك الشارع أم الشارع هو من يحرك صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الناشطية السياسية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات كتاب صوتي نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>ندى عصام وأسماء خليفة</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177879992.mp3" length="955258" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177879992.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الناشطية السياسية - جدل
Series: #6 of جدل
Author: ندى عصام وأسماء خليفة
Narrator: حنة الحاج ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
البيضة أم الفرخة؟ س أم ص؟ سؤالٌ لازمنا منذ الطفولة وكَبُر معنا حتى وإن تعددت الاختيارات. بعد الربيع العربي الذي اجتاح الشرق الأوسط وأصحاب السترات الصفراء في فرنسا عاد السؤال مرةً أخرى ولكن بشكل مختلف. صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي هي من تحرك الشارع أم الشارع هو من يحرك صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الناشطية السياسية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات كتاب صوتي نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571708</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الناشطية السياسية - جدل
Series: #6 of جدل
Author: ندى عصام وأسماء خليفة
Narrator: حنة الحاج ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
البيضة أم الفرخة؟ س أم ص؟ سؤالٌ لازمنا منذ الطفولة وكَبُر معنا حتى وإن تعددت الاختيارات. بعد الربيع العربي الذي اجتاح الشرق الأوسط وأصحاب السترات الصفراء في فرنسا عاد السؤال مرةً أخرى ولكن بشكل مختلف. صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي هي من تحرك الشارع أم الشارع هو من يحرك صفحات التواصل الاجتماعي؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الناشطية السياسية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات كتاب صوتي نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الاشتراكية والرأسمالية - جدل by سارة سيف ومحمد رمضان</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الاشتراكية والرأسمالية - جدل
Series: #4 of جدل
Author: سارة سيف ومحمد رمضان
Narrator: ماجد سليم وعزيزة يحيى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
قبل أن تهيمن الرأسمالية على حياتنا، وتتوغل في أدق تفاصيل يومنا، كان هناك نظامٌ اقتصاديٌ مختلف يُدعى الاشتراكية، فمتى كان نشأتها؟ وهل فشلت؟ وهل الرأسمالية هي النموذج الأمثل؟ كيف طُبقت هذه الأنظمة وما المنافع والأضرار التي وقعت بسببهما؟ يُقال أن &amp;#039;الرأسمالية هي الحرب، والاشتراكية هي السلام&amp;#039; ولكن في هذه الحلقة لنا رأي آخر حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الاشتراكية والرأسمالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>سارة سيف ومحمد رمضان</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179393410.mp3" length="968382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179393410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الاشتراكية والرأسمالية - جدل
Series: #4 of جدل
Author: سارة سيف ومحمد رمضان
Narrator: ماجد سليم وعزيزة يحيى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
قبل أن تهيمن الرأسمالية على حياتنا، وتتوغل في أدق تفاصيل يومنا، كان هناك نظامٌ اقتصاديٌ مختلف يُدعى الاشتراكية، فمتى كان نشأتها؟ وهل فشلت؟ وهل الرأسمالية هي النموذج الأمثل؟ كيف طُبقت هذه الأنظمة وما المنافع والأضرار التي وقعت بسببهما؟ يُقال أن &amp;#039;الرأسمالية هي الحرب، والاشتراكية هي السلام&amp;#039; ولكن في هذه الحلقة لنا رأي آخر حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الاشتراكية والرأسمالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الاشتراكية والرأسمالية - جدل
Series: #4 of جدل
Author: سارة سيف ومحمد رمضان
Narrator: ماجد سليم وعزيزة يحيى
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
قبل أن تهيمن الرأسمالية على حياتنا، وتتوغل في أدق تفاصيل يومنا، كان هناك نظامٌ اقتصاديٌ مختلف يُدعى الاشتراكية، فمتى كان نشأتها؟ وهل فشلت؟ وهل الرأسمالية هي النموذج الأمثل؟ كيف طُبقت هذه الأنظمة وما المنافع والأضرار التي وقعت بسببهما؟ يُقال أن &amp;#039;الرأسمالية هي الحرب، والاشتراكية هي السلام&amp;#039; ولكن في هذه الحلقة لنا رأي آخر حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الاشتراكية والرأسمالية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - العلمانية - جدل by أحمد الشربيني وبلال علاء</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العلمانية - جدل
Series: #1 of جدل
Author: أحمد الشربيني وبلال علاء
Narrator: يحيى الزهراني و ماجد سليم
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
فكرةٌ ادعى معتنقوها أنها حل لكل أزمات الأنظمة سلطةٌ مستقلة عن التيار الديني، وانفتاح على العوالم الخارجية. ولكنها قوبلت بحرب شرسة ظلت من القرن الثالث عشر إلى الآن. العلمانية والدين من يسيطر على مقاليد الحكم؟ وما أثر ظهورها في المجتمع العربي المصبوغ بالتيار الديني؟ وهل &amp;#039;العلمانية&amp;#039; تعني فقط فصل الدين عن الدولة؟ أم لها جوانب أخرى؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;سؤال العلمانية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات&amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>أحمد الشربيني وبلال علاء</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179393212.mp3" length="959326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179393212.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العلمانية - جدل
Series: #1 of جدل
Author: أحمد الشربيني وبلال علاء
Narrator: يحيى الزهراني و ماجد سليم
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
فكرةٌ ادعى معتنقوها أنها حل لكل أزمات الأنظمة سلطةٌ مستقلة عن التيار الديني، وانفتاح على العوالم الخارجية. ولكنها قوبلت بحرب شرسة ظلت من القرن الثالث عشر إلى الآن. العلمانية والدين من يسيطر على مقاليد الحكم؟ وما أثر ظهورها في المجتمع العربي المصبوغ بالتيار الديني؟ وهل &amp;#039;العلمانية&amp;#039; تعني فقط فصل الدين عن الدولة؟ أم لها جوانب أخرى؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;سؤال العلمانية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات&amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العلمانية - جدل
Series: #1 of جدل
Author: أحمد الشربيني وبلال علاء
Narrator: يحيى الزهراني و ماجد سليم
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
فكرةٌ ادعى معتنقوها أنها حل لكل أزمات الأنظمة سلطةٌ مستقلة عن التيار الديني، وانفتاح على العوالم الخارجية. ولكنها قوبلت بحرب شرسة ظلت من القرن الثالث عشر إلى الآن. العلمانية والدين من يسيطر على مقاليد الحكم؟ وما أثر ظهورها في المجتمع العربي المصبوغ بالتيار الديني؟ وهل &amp;#039;العلمانية&amp;#039; تعني فقط فصل الدين عن الدولة؟ أم لها جوانب أخرى؟ حلقةٌ جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;سؤال العلمانية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات&amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Raising Lazarus: Hope,  Justice, and the Future of America&amp;#039;s Overdose Crisis by Beth Macy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Lazarus: Hope,  Justice, and the Future of America&amp;#039;s Overdose Crisis
Author: Beth Macy
Narrator: Beth Macy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “deeply reported, deeply moving” (Patrick Radden Keefe) account of everyday heroes fighting on the front lines of the overdose crisis, from the New York Times bestselling author of Dopesick (inspiration for the Peabody Award-winning Hulu limited series) and Factory Man.  Nearly a decade into the second wave of America&amp;#039;s overdose crisis, pharmaceutical companies have yet to answer for the harms they created. As pending court battles against opioid makers, distributors, and retailers drag on, addiction rates have soared to record-breaking levels during the COVID pandemic, illustrating the critical need for leadership, urgency, and change. Meanwhile, there is scant consensus between law enforcement and medical leaders, nor an understanding of how to truly scale the programs that are out there, working at the ragged edge of capacity and actually saving lives.  Distilling this massive, unprecedented national health crisis down to its character-driven emotional core as only she can, Beth Macy takes us into the country’s hardest hit places to witness the devastating personal costs that one-third of America&amp;#039;s families are now being forced to shoulder. Here we meet the ordinary people fighting for the least of us with the fewest resources, from harm reductionists risking arrest to bring lifesaving care to the homeless and addicted to the activists and bereaved families pushing to hold Purdue and the Sackler family accountable. These heroes come from all walks of life; what they have in common is an up-close and personal understanding of addiction that refuses to stigmatize—and therefore abandon—people who use drugs, as big pharma execs and many politicians are all too ready to do.   Like the treatment innovators she profiles, Beth Macy meets the opioid crisis where it is—not where we think it should be or wish it was. Bearing witness with clear eyes, intrepid curiosity, and unfailing empathy, she brings us the crucial next installment in the story of the defining disaster of our era, one that touches every single one of us, whether directly or indirectly. A complex story of public health, big pharma, dark money, politics, race, and class that is by turns harrowing and heartening, infuriating and inspiring, Raising Lazarus is a must-read for all Americans.</description>
      <author>Beth Macy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549103711.mp3" length="816628" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549103711.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Lazarus: Hope,  Justice, and the Future of America&amp;#039;s Overdose Crisis
Author: Beth Macy
Narrator: Beth Macy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “deeply reported, deeply moving” (Patrick Radden Keefe) account of everyday heroes fighting on the front lines of the overdose crisis, from the New York Times bestselling author of Dopesick (inspiration for the Peabody Award-winning Hulu limited series) and Factory Man.  Nearly a decade into the second wave of America&amp;#039;s overdose crisis, pharmaceutical companies have yet to answer for the harms they created. As pending court battles against opioid makers, distributors, and retailers drag on, addiction rates have soared to record-breaking levels during the COVID pandemic, illustrating the critical need for leadership, urgency, and change. Meanwhile, there is scant consensus between law enforcement and medical leaders, nor an understanding of how to truly scale the programs that are out there, working at the ragged edge of capacity and actually saving lives.  Distilling this massive, unprecedented national health crisis down to its character-driven emotional core as only she can, Beth Macy takes us into the country’s hardest hit places to witness the devastating personal costs that one-third of America&amp;#039;s families are now being forced to shoulder. Here we meet the ordinary people fighting for the least of us with the fewest resources, from harm reductionists risking arrest to bring lifesaving care to the homeless and addicted to the activists and bereaved families pushing to hold Purdue and the Sackler family accountable. These heroes come from all walks of life; what they have in common is an up-close and personal understanding of addiction that refuses to stigmatize—and therefore abandon—people who use drugs, as big pharma execs and many politicians are all too ready to do.   Like the treatment innovators she profiles, Beth Macy meets the opioid crisis where it is—not where we think it should be or wish it was. Bearing witness with clear eyes, intrepid curiosity, and unfailing empathy, she brings us the crucial next installment in the story of the defining disaster of our era, one that touches every single one of us, whether directly or indirectly. A complex story of public health, big pharma, dark money, politics, race, and class that is by turns harrowing and heartening, infuriating and inspiring, Raising Lazarus is a must-read for all Americans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Lazarus: Hope,  Justice, and the Future of America&amp;#039;s Overdose Crisis
Author: Beth Macy
Narrator: Beth Macy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “deeply reported, deeply moving” (Patrick Radden Keefe) account of everyday heroes fighting on the front lines of the overdose crisis, from the New York Times bestselling author of Dopesick (inspiration for the Peabody Award-winning Hulu limited series) and Factory Man.  Nearly a decade into the second wave of America&amp;#039;s overdose crisis, pharmaceutical companies have yet to answer for the harms they created. As pending court battles against opioid makers, distributors, and retailers drag on, addiction rates have soared to record-breaking levels during the COVID pandemic, illustrating the critical need for leadership, urgency, and change. Meanwhile, there is scant consensus between law enforcement and medical leaders, nor an understanding of how to truly scale the programs that are out there, working at the ragged edge of capacity and actually saving lives.  Distilling this massive, unprecedented national health crisis down to its character-driven emotional core as only she can, Beth Macy takes us into the country’s hardest hit places to witness the devastating personal costs that one-third of America&amp;#039;s families are now being forced to shoulder. Here we meet the ordinary people fighting for the least of us with the fewest resources, from harm reductionists risking arrest to bring lifesaving care to the homeless and addicted to the activists and bereaved families pushing to hold Purdue and the Sackler family accountable. These heroes come from all walks of life; what they have in common is an up-close and personal understanding of addiction that refuses to stigmatize—and therefore abandon—people who use drugs, as big pharma execs and many politicians are all too ready to do.   Like the treatment innovators she profiles, Beth Macy meets the opioid crisis where it is—not where we think it should be or wish it was. Bearing witness with clear eyes, intrepid curiosity, and unfailing empathy, she brings us the crucial next installment in the story of the defining disaster of our era, one that touches every single one of us, whether directly or indirectly. A complex story of public health, big pharma, dark money, politics, race, and class that is by turns harrowing and heartening, infuriating and inspiring, Raising Lazarus is a must-read for all Americans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - طريق جهنم by أيمن العتوم</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طريق جهنم
Author: أيمن العتوم
Narrator: طه الشوماني
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الكاتب أيمن العتوم يقتحم الأبواب المغلقة داخل السجون الليبية. تنقسم الروية إلى قمسين الأول عن شخص يمكث في أحد السجون الليبية 30عامًا ينقلها إلينا الكاتب بحرفية شديدة. والثاني على لسان الرئيس السابق معمر القذافي، يحكي كواليس حكمه وكيف كانت نهايته. روايةٌ تضعك داخل ليبيا لتعرف أكثر عما يحدث هناك &amp;#039;طريق جهنم&amp;#039; للكاتب أيمن العتوم فقط وحصريًا على كتاب صوتي</description>
      <author>أيمن العتوم</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179392666.mp3" length="679675" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179392666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طريق جهنم
Author: أيمن العتوم
Narrator: طه الشوماني
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الكاتب أيمن العتوم يقتحم الأبواب المغلقة داخل السجون الليبية. تنقسم الروية إلى قمسين الأول عن شخص يمكث في أحد السجون الليبية 30عامًا ينقلها إلينا الكاتب بحرفية شديدة. والثاني على لسان الرئيس السابق معمر القذافي، يحكي كواليس حكمه وكيف كانت نهايته. روايةٌ تضعك داخل ليبيا لتعرف أكثر عما يحدث هناك &amp;#039;طريق جهنم&amp;#039; للكاتب أيمن العتوم فقط وحصريًا على كتاب صوتي</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571266</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - طريق جهنم
Author: أيمن العتوم
Narrator: طه الشوماني
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
الكاتب أيمن العتوم يقتحم الأبواب المغلقة داخل السجون الليبية. تنقسم الروية إلى قمسين الأول عن شخص يمكث في أحد السجون الليبية 30عامًا ينقلها إلينا الكاتب بحرفية شديدة. والثاني على لسان الرئيس السابق معمر القذافي، يحكي كواليس حكمه وكيف كانت نهايته. روايةٌ تضعك داخل ليبيا لتعرف أكثر عما يحدث هناك &amp;#039;طريق جهنم&amp;#039; للكاتب أيمن العتوم فقط وحصريًا على كتاب صوتي</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - هجوم علي العقل by آل جور</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هجوم علي العقل
Author: آل جور
Narrator: محمد أبوعرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مؤلف الكتاب هو آل جور السياسي الأمريكي ونائب الرئيس الأمريكي بيل كلينتون في فترتيه الرئاسيتين وهو ناشط معروف في مجال الحفاظ على البيئة والطاقة وقد قدّم فيلما وثائقيا عن هذا الموضوع وحاز على الأوسكار عام ٢٠٠٧ ، وحاز آل جور على جائزة نوبل للسلام لنشاطه في مجال التغيير المناخي. هذه المقدمة عن المؤلف ضرورية لفهم هذا الكتاب الذي شن فيه فضحا وهجوما على الرئيس جورج بوش الابن وإدارته وسياسته في إدارة الحرب واستراتيجياته لحشد المجتمع الامريكى فى حربه ضد الارهاب وهجومه على العقل في تسعة فصول هي: سياسات الخوف – تضليل المؤمنين – سياسات الثروة – أكاذيب محبوكة – هجوم على الفرد – انعدام الأمن القومي -أزمة الكربون – الديموقراطية في خطر – جماعة مواطنين وثيقة الصلة.</description>
      <author>آل جور</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188655325.mp3" length="792025" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188655325.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هجوم علي العقل
Author: آل جور
Narrator: محمد أبوعرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مؤلف الكتاب هو آل جور السياسي الأمريكي ونائب الرئيس الأمريكي بيل كلينتون في فترتيه الرئاسيتين وهو ناشط معروف في مجال الحفاظ على البيئة والطاقة وقد قدّم فيلما وثائقيا عن هذا الموضوع وحاز على الأوسكار عام ٢٠٠٧ ، وحاز آل جور على جائزة نوبل للسلام لنشاطه في مجال التغيير المناخي. هذه المقدمة عن المؤلف ضرورية لفهم هذا الكتاب الذي شن فيه فضحا وهجوما على الرئيس جورج بوش الابن وإدارته وسياسته في إدارة الحرب واستراتيجياته لحشد المجتمع الامريكى فى حربه ضد الارهاب وهجومه على العقل في تسعة فصول هي: سياسات الخوف – تضليل المؤمنين – سياسات الثروة – أكاذيب محبوكة – هجوم على الفرد – انعدام الأمن القومي -أزمة الكربون – الديموقراطية في خطر – جماعة مواطنين وثيقة الصلة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - هجوم علي العقل
Author: آل جور
Narrator: محمد أبوعرابة
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
مؤلف الكتاب هو آل جور السياسي الأمريكي ونائب الرئيس الأمريكي بيل كلينتون في فترتيه الرئاسيتين وهو ناشط معروف في مجال الحفاظ على البيئة والطاقة وقد قدّم فيلما وثائقيا عن هذا الموضوع وحاز على الأوسكار عام ٢٠٠٧ ، وحاز آل جور على جائزة نوبل للسلام لنشاطه في مجال التغيير المناخي. هذه المقدمة عن المؤلف ضرورية لفهم هذا الكتاب الذي شن فيه فضحا وهجوما على الرئيس جورج بوش الابن وإدارته وسياسته في إدارة الحرب واستراتيجياته لحشد المجتمع الامريكى فى حربه ضد الارهاب وهجومه على العقل في تسعة فصول هي: سياسات الخوف – تضليل المؤمنين – سياسات الثروة – أكاذيب محبوكة – هجوم على الفرد – انعدام الأمن القومي -أزمة الكربون – الديموقراطية في خطر – جماعة مواطنين وثيقة الصلة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - اعترافات قرصان اقتصادي by جون بير كنز ت: بسام أبو غزالة</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - اعترافات قرصان اقتصادي
Author: جون بير كنز ت: بسام أبو غزالة
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
القراصنة قديماً.. كانوا يجوبون البحار قاطعين طرقها بوجوه لفحتها حرارة الشمس وأشعتها، وأعين متربصة عادة ماتكون إحداها معصوبة وسيوف لامعة وأطماع نهمة، يبحثون عن السفن وما تحمل من كنوز وبضائع وأموال.. هؤلاء صاروا فى أيامنا المعاصرة يلبسون البذات الأنيقة، يحملون حقائبهم ومؤهلاتهم ودرجاتهم العلمية والوظيفية الراقية ليجوبوا العالم أراضيه وبحاره ومحيطاته، ولكن ليس للإستيلاء على السفن وإنما على الدول . هؤلاء هم قراصنة الإقتصاد.. قراصنة قرن العولمة وعصر المعلومات، مهمتهم أن يجعلوا إقتصاديات الدول تنهار بعد إقناعها وإقحامها فى مشروعات تنموية تنهار تحت وطأتها، يكبلونها بسلاسل من ديون وقروض لا تنتهى فوائدها.. هؤلاء هم من يقص علينا حكايتهم من البداية حتى النهاية &amp;#039;جون بركنز&amp;#039; فى هذا الكتاب الفريد فى نوعه وصراحته، وقد قام بترجمته إلى اللغة العربية كل من الأستاذ &amp;#039;مصطفى الطنانى&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;عاطف معتمد&amp;#039; والذى هو وفقاً لما قالته نيورك تايمز الكتاب الأكثر مبيعاً، وفيه يكشف لنا المؤلف وهو قرصان إقتصادى سابق أسرار تلك المهنة الغريبة والبغيضة فى ذات الوقت، يشرح ويعرّي لنا الحقائق ويبين لنا كيف توزع الولايات المتحدة &amp;#039;قراصنتها&amp;#039; على دول العالم مما يسمى بالدول النامية ودول العالم الثالث لتجعلها دولاً تدور فى أفلاك تبعيتها، تدور فى دائرة مفرغة لا تخرج منها أبداً، تزيد فيها معدلات الفقر والمجاعات والديون وتنهب الثروات وتسجن الشعوب خلف أسوار من الحاجة والعوز والجهل والصراعات والإغتيالات أقامتها الشركات الأمريكية ومتعددة الجنسيات فلا تستطيع الفكاك منها.</description>
      <author>جون بير كنز ت: بسام أبو غزالة</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177874805.mp3" length="806702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177874805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - اعترافات قرصان اقتصادي
Author: جون بير كنز ت: بسام أبو غزالة
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
القراصنة قديماً.. كانوا يجوبون البحار قاطعين طرقها بوجوه لفحتها حرارة الشمس وأشعتها، وأعين متربصة عادة ماتكون إحداها معصوبة وسيوف لامعة وأطماع نهمة، يبحثون عن السفن وما تحمل من كنوز وبضائع وأموال.. هؤلاء صاروا فى أيامنا المعاصرة يلبسون البذات الأنيقة، يحملون حقائبهم ومؤهلاتهم ودرجاتهم العلمية والوظيفية الراقية ليجوبوا العالم أراضيه وبحاره ومحيطاته، ولكن ليس للإستيلاء على السفن وإنما على الدول . هؤلاء هم قراصنة الإقتصاد.. قراصنة قرن العولمة وعصر المعلومات، مهمتهم أن يجعلوا إقتصاديات الدول تنهار بعد إقناعها وإقحامها فى مشروعات تنموية تنهار تحت وطأتها، يكبلونها بسلاسل من ديون وقروض لا تنتهى فوائدها.. هؤلاء هم من يقص علينا حكايتهم من البداية حتى النهاية &amp;#039;جون بركنز&amp;#039; فى هذا الكتاب الفريد فى نوعه وصراحته، وقد قام بترجمته إلى اللغة العربية كل من الأستاذ &amp;#039;مصطفى الطنانى&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;عاطف معتمد&amp;#039; والذى هو وفقاً لما قالته نيورك تايمز الكتاب الأكثر مبيعاً، وفيه يكشف لنا المؤلف وهو قرصان إقتصادى سابق أسرار تلك المهنة الغريبة والبغيضة فى ذات الوقت، يشرح ويعرّي لنا الحقائق ويبين لنا كيف توزع الولايات المتحدة &amp;#039;قراصنتها&amp;#039; على دول العالم مما يسمى بالدول النامية ودول العالم الثالث لتجعلها دولاً تدور فى أفلاك تبعيتها، تدور فى دائرة مفرغة لا تخرج منها أبداً، تزيد فيها معدلات الفقر والمجاعات والديون وتنهب الثروات وتسجن الشعوب خلف أسوار من الحاجة والعوز والجهل والصراعات والإغتيالات أقامتها الشركات الأمريكية ومتعددة الجنسيات فلا تستطيع الفكاك منها.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - اعترافات قرصان اقتصادي
Author: جون بير كنز ت: بسام أبو غزالة
Narrator: مهاب شريف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
القراصنة قديماً.. كانوا يجوبون البحار قاطعين طرقها بوجوه لفحتها حرارة الشمس وأشعتها، وأعين متربصة عادة ماتكون إحداها معصوبة وسيوف لامعة وأطماع نهمة، يبحثون عن السفن وما تحمل من كنوز وبضائع وأموال.. هؤلاء صاروا فى أيامنا المعاصرة يلبسون البذات الأنيقة، يحملون حقائبهم ومؤهلاتهم ودرجاتهم العلمية والوظيفية الراقية ليجوبوا العالم أراضيه وبحاره ومحيطاته، ولكن ليس للإستيلاء على السفن وإنما على الدول . هؤلاء هم قراصنة الإقتصاد.. قراصنة قرن العولمة وعصر المعلومات، مهمتهم أن يجعلوا إقتصاديات الدول تنهار بعد إقناعها وإقحامها فى مشروعات تنموية تنهار تحت وطأتها، يكبلونها بسلاسل من ديون وقروض لا تنتهى فوائدها.. هؤلاء هم من يقص علينا حكايتهم من البداية حتى النهاية &amp;#039;جون بركنز&amp;#039; فى هذا الكتاب الفريد فى نوعه وصراحته، وقد قام بترجمته إلى اللغة العربية كل من الأستاذ &amp;#039;مصطفى الطنانى&amp;#039; و &amp;#039;عاطف معتمد&amp;#039; والذى هو وفقاً لما قالته نيورك تايمز الكتاب الأكثر مبيعاً، وفيه يكشف لنا المؤلف وهو قرصان إقتصادى سابق أسرار تلك المهنة الغريبة والبغيضة فى ذات الوقت، يشرح ويعرّي لنا الحقائق ويبين لنا كيف توزع الولايات المتحدة &amp;#039;قراصنتها&amp;#039; على دول العالم مما يسمى بالدول النامية ودول العالم الثالث لتجعلها دولاً تدور فى أفلاك تبعيتها، تدور فى دائرة مفرغة لا تخرج منها أبداً، تزيد فيها معدلات الفقر والمجاعات والديون وتنهب الثروات وتسجن الشعوب خلف أسوار من الحاجة والعوز والجهل والصراعات والإغتيالات أقامتها الشركات الأمريكية ومتعددة الجنسيات فلا تستطيع الفكاك منها.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - سفينة الموتى by ب. ترافن</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - سفينة الموتى
Author: ب. ترافن
Narrator: إسلام صلاح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ملحمة إنسانية تنتظرك. إن فقدت أوراق هويتك فسفينة الموتى تنتظرك، هكذا هي اللعبة. ما الذي يحدث على هذه السفينة؟ ولماذا لا تستطيع مغادرتها؟ وهل تنتهي حياة البشر لمجرد ضياع أوراقهم؟ ب.ترافن الكاتب الألماني الكبير الذي تنصل من جنسيته في الماضي اعتراضًا على سياسات ألمانيا، يناقش الآن قضية الحرية من نظور مختلف. استمع الآن</description>
      <author>ب. ترافن</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179396053.mp3" length="774589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179396053.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - سفينة الموتى
Author: ب. ترافن
Narrator: إسلام صلاح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ملحمة إنسانية تنتظرك. إن فقدت أوراق هويتك فسفينة الموتى تنتظرك، هكذا هي اللعبة. ما الذي يحدث على هذه السفينة؟ ولماذا لا تستطيع مغادرتها؟ وهل تنتهي حياة البشر لمجرد ضياع أوراقهم؟ ب.ترافن الكاتب الألماني الكبير الذي تنصل من جنسيته في الماضي اعتراضًا على سياسات ألمانيا، يناقش الآن قضية الحرية من نظور مختلف. استمع الآن</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - سفينة الموتى
Author: ب. ترافن
Narrator: إسلام صلاح
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
ملحمة إنسانية تنتظرك. إن فقدت أوراق هويتك فسفينة الموتى تنتظرك، هكذا هي اللعبة. ما الذي يحدث على هذه السفينة؟ ولماذا لا تستطيع مغادرتها؟ وهل تنتهي حياة البشر لمجرد ضياع أوراقهم؟ ب.ترافن الكاتب الألماني الكبير الذي تنصل من جنسيته في الماضي اعتراضًا على سياسات ألمانيا، يناقش الآن قضية الحرية من نظور مختلف. استمع الآن</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - قادمون يا عتيق &amp;#039;الكتاب الذي قتل ناشره&amp;#039; by نوزت شمدين</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - قادمون يا عتيق &amp;#039;الكتاب الذي قتل ناشره&amp;#039;
Author: نوزت شمدين
Narrator: مجهول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب &amp;#039;قادمون يا عتيق&amp;#039; لمؤلفه &amp;#039;نوزت شمدين&amp;#039;، من أهم الكتب التى دافعت عن مدينة الموصل العراقية، معقل تنظيم &amp;#039;داعش&amp;#039; الإرهابي؛ حيث كشف أكذوبة &amp;#039;دولة العراق الإسلامية&amp;#039; التى يعتبرها التنظيم دولة &amp;#039;الخلافة&amp;#039; المزعومة، موضحًا حقيقة هذه العصابة التى قامت على أخذ إتاوات من قيادات أمنية فى عدد من المناطق، لا سيما الغربية منها ثمنا لعدم التعرض لوحداتها، وكان القادة يستعيدون ما يدفعونه من التجار بالاعتقال وإطلاق السراح، أو التهديد بالاعتقال.</description>
      <author>نوزت شمدين</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179398866.mp3" length="781507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179398866.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - قادمون يا عتيق &amp;#039;الكتاب الذي قتل ناشره&amp;#039;
Author: نوزت شمدين
Narrator: مجهول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب &amp;#039;قادمون يا عتيق&amp;#039; لمؤلفه &amp;#039;نوزت شمدين&amp;#039;، من أهم الكتب التى دافعت عن مدينة الموصل العراقية، معقل تنظيم &amp;#039;داعش&amp;#039; الإرهابي؛ حيث كشف أكذوبة &amp;#039;دولة العراق الإسلامية&amp;#039; التى يعتبرها التنظيم دولة &amp;#039;الخلافة&amp;#039; المزعومة، موضحًا حقيقة هذه العصابة التى قامت على أخذ إتاوات من قيادات أمنية فى عدد من المناطق، لا سيما الغربية منها ثمنا لعدم التعرض لوحداتها، وكان القادة يستعيدون ما يدفعونه من التجار بالاعتقال وإطلاق السراح، أو التهديد بالاعتقال.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571116</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - قادمون يا عتيق &amp;#039;الكتاب الذي قتل ناشره&amp;#039;
Author: نوزت شمدين
Narrator: مجهول
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر كتاب &amp;#039;قادمون يا عتيق&amp;#039; لمؤلفه &amp;#039;نوزت شمدين&amp;#039;، من أهم الكتب التى دافعت عن مدينة الموصل العراقية، معقل تنظيم &amp;#039;داعش&amp;#039; الإرهابي؛ حيث كشف أكذوبة &amp;#039;دولة العراق الإسلامية&amp;#039; التى يعتبرها التنظيم دولة &amp;#039;الخلافة&amp;#039; المزعومة، موضحًا حقيقة هذه العصابة التى قامت على أخذ إتاوات من قيادات أمنية فى عدد من المناطق، لا سيما الغربية منها ثمنا لعدم التعرض لوحداتها، وكان القادة يستعيدون ما يدفعونه من التجار بالاعتقال وإطلاق السراح، أو التهديد بالاعتقال.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الأمير by نيكولو مكيافيلي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الأمير
Author: نيكولو مكيافيلي
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
حدث ذات يوم أن أفادنى رجال فرق القمصان السوداء فى إيمولا بأن سيفا سيهدى إلي منقوشا عليها قول مكيافيللى &amp;#039;ليست المحافظة على الدول بالكلام&amp;#039; وكان أن وضع حد لترددى وتحدد اختيار موضوع الرسالة الذى أقدمه اليوم لتقترعوا عليه. وبإمكانى تسميته &amp;#039;تعليق عام 1924 على كتاب الأمير لمكيافيللى&amp;#039; . وذلك الكتاب الذى أود أن أطلق عليه &amp;#039;ملازم رجل الحكم&amp;#039; يقتضى للأمانة الفكرية أن أذكر أن مراجع رسالتى هذه قليلة، كما سنرى فيما بعد. لقد قرأت كتاب &amp;#039;الأمير&amp;#039; وغيره من مؤلفات ذلك (الأمين العظيم) قراءة واعية ولكن الوقت والإرادة حالا دون أن أقرأ جميع ما كتب عن مكيافيللى فى إيطاليا وفى العالم. وأردت أن أضع بينى وبينه أقل عدد من الوسطاء القدامى أو المحدثين، الإيطاليين والأجانب، كى لا أفسد عملية الاتصال المباشر بين مذهبه وحياتى التى عشتها وبين ما لاحظ ولاحظت عن البشر والأشياء وبين ممارسته للحكم وممارستى.</description>
      <author>نيكولو مكيافيلي</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188521620.mp3" length="799197" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188521620.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الأمير
Author: نيكولو مكيافيلي
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
حدث ذات يوم أن أفادنى رجال فرق القمصان السوداء فى إيمولا بأن سيفا سيهدى إلي منقوشا عليها قول مكيافيللى &amp;#039;ليست المحافظة على الدول بالكلام&amp;#039; وكان أن وضع حد لترددى وتحدد اختيار موضوع الرسالة الذى أقدمه اليوم لتقترعوا عليه. وبإمكانى تسميته &amp;#039;تعليق عام 1924 على كتاب الأمير لمكيافيللى&amp;#039; . وذلك الكتاب الذى أود أن أطلق عليه &amp;#039;ملازم رجل الحكم&amp;#039; يقتضى للأمانة الفكرية أن أذكر أن مراجع رسالتى هذه قليلة، كما سنرى فيما بعد. لقد قرأت كتاب &amp;#039;الأمير&amp;#039; وغيره من مؤلفات ذلك (الأمين العظيم) قراءة واعية ولكن الوقت والإرادة حالا دون أن أقرأ جميع ما كتب عن مكيافيللى فى إيطاليا وفى العالم. وأردت أن أضع بينى وبينه أقل عدد من الوسطاء القدامى أو المحدثين، الإيطاليين والأجانب، كى لا أفسد عملية الاتصال المباشر بين مذهبه وحياتى التى عشتها وبين ما لاحظ ولاحظت عن البشر والأشياء وبين ممارسته للحكم وممارستى.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571099</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الأمير
Author: نيكولو مكيافيلي
Narrator: أيمن كوانين
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
حدث ذات يوم أن أفادنى رجال فرق القمصان السوداء فى إيمولا بأن سيفا سيهدى إلي منقوشا عليها قول مكيافيللى &amp;#039;ليست المحافظة على الدول بالكلام&amp;#039; وكان أن وضع حد لترددى وتحدد اختيار موضوع الرسالة الذى أقدمه اليوم لتقترعوا عليه. وبإمكانى تسميته &amp;#039;تعليق عام 1924 على كتاب الأمير لمكيافيللى&amp;#039; . وذلك الكتاب الذى أود أن أطلق عليه &amp;#039;ملازم رجل الحكم&amp;#039; يقتضى للأمانة الفكرية أن أذكر أن مراجع رسالتى هذه قليلة، كما سنرى فيما بعد. لقد قرأت كتاب &amp;#039;الأمير&amp;#039; وغيره من مؤلفات ذلك (الأمين العظيم) قراءة واعية ولكن الوقت والإرادة حالا دون أن أقرأ جميع ما كتب عن مكيافيللى فى إيطاليا وفى العالم. وأردت أن أضع بينى وبينه أقل عدد من الوسطاء القدامى أو المحدثين، الإيطاليين والأجانب، كى لا أفسد عملية الاتصال المباشر بين مذهبه وحياتى التى عشتها وبين ما لاحظ ولاحظت عن البشر والأشياء وبين ممارسته للحكم وممارستى.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الديمقراطية - جدل by سارة مصطفى وميادة مجاهد</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الديمقراطية - جدل
Series: #3 of جدل
Author: سارة مصطفى وميادة مجاهد
Narrator: حنة الحاج وزينة رمضان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تخرج الحشود في مظاهرات تطالب بتطبيق نظام ديمقراطي عادل، ولكن هل يتفق الجميع على تعريف واحد للديمقراطية؟ وكيف تحولت الديمقراطية من وسيلة لتحقيق العدالة إلى أداة يُغلف بها القمع؟ وهل هي النظام الأمثل لنا رغم عيوبها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الديمقراطية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>سارة مصطفى وميادة مجاهد</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179396770.mp3" length="934723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179396770.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الديمقراطية - جدل
Series: #3 of جدل
Author: سارة مصطفى وميادة مجاهد
Narrator: حنة الحاج وزينة رمضان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تخرج الحشود في مظاهرات تطالب بتطبيق نظام ديمقراطي عادل، ولكن هل يتفق الجميع على تعريف واحد للديمقراطية؟ وكيف تحولت الديمقراطية من وسيلة لتحقيق العدالة إلى أداة يُغلف بها القمع؟ وهل هي النظام الأمثل لنا رغم عيوبها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الديمقراطية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الديمقراطية - جدل
Series: #3 of جدل
Author: سارة مصطفى وميادة مجاهد
Narrator: حنة الحاج وزينة رمضان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
تخرج الحشود في مظاهرات تطالب بتطبيق نظام ديمقراطي عادل، ولكن هل يتفق الجميع على تعريف واحد للديمقراطية؟ وكيف تحولت الديمقراطية من وسيلة لتحقيق العدالة إلى أداة يُغلف بها القمع؟ وهل هي النظام الأمثل لنا رغم عيوبها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;الديمقراطية&amp;#039; من سلسلة حلقات &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - العدالة الاجتماعية - جدل by أحمد عبدالحميد وداليا موسى</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالة الاجتماعية - جدل
Series: #5 of جدل
Author: أحمد عبدالحميد وداليا موسى
Narrator: سائد نجم ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لطالما هتفت الشعوب في الشوارع باسم العدالة ولكن ما هي العدالة الاجتماعية؟ هل هي أن نمنح فرصًا متساوية للأفراد، أم نمنح فرصة وفقًا لكفاءة كل فرد؟ وما دور الدولة في تطبيقها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الاجتماعية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</description>
      <author>أحمد عبدالحميد وداليا موسى</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179395308.mp3" length="944253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179395308.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالة الاجتماعية - جدل
Series: #5 of جدل
Author: أحمد عبدالحميد وداليا موسى
Narrator: سائد نجم ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لطالما هتفت الشعوب في الشوارع باسم العدالة ولكن ما هي العدالة الاجتماعية؟ هل هي أن نمنح فرصًا متساوية للأفراد، أم نمنح فرصة وفقًا لكفاءة كل فرد؟ وما دور الدولة في تطبيقها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الاجتماعية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571060</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - العدالة الاجتماعية - جدل
Series: #5 of جدل
Author: أحمد عبدالحميد وداليا موسى
Narrator: سائد نجم ومها يوسف
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لطالما هتفت الشعوب في الشوارع باسم العدالة ولكن ما هي العدالة الاجتماعية؟ هل هي أن نمنح فرصًا متساوية للأفراد، أم نمنح فرصة وفقًا لكفاءة كل فرد؟ وما دور الدولة في تطبيقها؟ حلقة جديدة بعنوان &amp;#039;العدالة الاجتماعية&amp;#039; من سلسلة &amp;#039;جدل&amp;#039; نطرح سؤالًا ونرد بإجابات كثيرة. مقالات سياسية من إنتاج كتاب صوتي، بدعم من المؤسسة السويدية Swedish Institute وبالتعاون مع دار صفصافة للنشر</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - الصفقة .. من يشتري ترامب؟ by خلف جابر</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الصفقة .. من يشتري ترامب؟
Author: خلف جابر
Narrator: يامن عبد النور
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من سلسلة ألف سيرة وسيرة. وقف البائع الشاب وفي يده دمية صغيرة؛ لرجل بملامح مميزة وشعر أصفر، لا تحتاج إلى وقت لمعرفة صاحبها، وإن جاءت بشكل كاريكاتوري، ولم يشغله كون صاحبها أحد مشاهير رجال الأعمال في العالم، كما أنه رئيس أقوى دولة على كوكب الأرض. كانت طرافته وغرابة سيرته، التي تنوعت ما بين الأعمال وضخامة الثروة والإفلاس وجولات من الصعود والهبوط؛ جعلت الجميع ينظرون إليه بوصفه رجل الصفقات الأمهر في العالم، حتى إنه عندما أصدر كتابه &amp;#039;كيف تعقد صفقة&amp;#039; بيع منه ملايين النسخ. ربما كان بائع الدمى أحد تلاميذه، لذلك رأى في بيع دميته الشهيرة صفقة لا بد أن تعقد على طريقته، طريقة أقرب إلى الحواة ورجال السيرك، تجعله يكسب أكبر قدر من المال، من دون أن يعطي شيئًا بالمقابل، إذًا فكيف لبائع الدمى أن يبيع صنيعته بسعر كبير؟ استمع الآن.</description>
      <author>خلف جابر</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179399573.mp3" length="795770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179399573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الصفقة .. من يشتري ترامب؟
Author: خلف جابر
Narrator: يامن عبد النور
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من سلسلة ألف سيرة وسيرة. وقف البائع الشاب وفي يده دمية صغيرة؛ لرجل بملامح مميزة وشعر أصفر، لا تحتاج إلى وقت لمعرفة صاحبها، وإن جاءت بشكل كاريكاتوري، ولم يشغله كون صاحبها أحد مشاهير رجال الأعمال في العالم، كما أنه رئيس أقوى دولة على كوكب الأرض. كانت طرافته وغرابة سيرته، التي تنوعت ما بين الأعمال وضخامة الثروة والإفلاس وجولات من الصعود والهبوط؛ جعلت الجميع ينظرون إليه بوصفه رجل الصفقات الأمهر في العالم، حتى إنه عندما أصدر كتابه &amp;#039;كيف تعقد صفقة&amp;#039; بيع منه ملايين النسخ. ربما كان بائع الدمى أحد تلاميذه، لذلك رأى في بيع دميته الشهيرة صفقة لا بد أن تعقد على طريقته، طريقة أقرب إلى الحواة ورجال السيرك، تجعله يكسب أكبر قدر من المال، من دون أن يعطي شيئًا بالمقابل، إذًا فكيف لبائع الدمى أن يبيع صنيعته بسعر كبير؟ استمع الآن.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571056</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - الصفقة .. من يشتري ترامب؟
Author: خلف جابر
Narrator: يامن عبد النور
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
من سلسلة ألف سيرة وسيرة. وقف البائع الشاب وفي يده دمية صغيرة؛ لرجل بملامح مميزة وشعر أصفر، لا تحتاج إلى وقت لمعرفة صاحبها، وإن جاءت بشكل كاريكاتوري، ولم يشغله كون صاحبها أحد مشاهير رجال الأعمال في العالم، كما أنه رئيس أقوى دولة على كوكب الأرض. كانت طرافته وغرابة سيرته، التي تنوعت ما بين الأعمال وضخامة الثروة والإفلاس وجولات من الصعود والهبوط؛ جعلت الجميع ينظرون إليه بوصفه رجل الصفقات الأمهر في العالم، حتى إنه عندما أصدر كتابه &amp;#039;كيف تعقد صفقة&amp;#039; بيع منه ملايين النسخ. ربما كان بائع الدمى أحد تلاميذه، لذلك رأى في بيع دميته الشهيرة صفقة لا بد أن تعقد على طريقته، طريقة أقرب إلى الحواة ورجال السيرك، تجعله يكسب أكبر قدر من المال، من دون أن يعطي شيئًا بالمقابل، إذًا فكيف لبائع الدمى أن يبيع صنيعته بسعر كبير؟ استمع الآن.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - بنبو بطريق ( البطاريق البدويه) by أسماء الكتبي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - بنبو بطريق ( البطاريق البدويه)
Author: أسماء الكتبي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
في عائلة في دبي تعيش أربعة بطاريق وفي يوم تلتقي البطاريق عائلة بدوية، وتعجب بملامبس التراث الإماراتي تقرر البطاريق إلى خوض رحلة في الصحرا للتعرف أكثر على التراث الإماراتي</description>
      <author>أسماء الكتبي</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179391959.mp3" length="613497" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179391959.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - بنبو بطريق ( البطاريق البدويه)
Author: أسماء الكتبي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
في عائلة في دبي تعيش أربعة بطاريق وفي يوم تلتقي البطاريق عائلة بدوية، وتعجب بملامبس التراث الإماراتي تقرر البطاريق إلى خوض رحلة في الصحرا للتعرف أكثر على التراث الإماراتي</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - بنبو بطريق ( البطاريق البدويه)
Author: أسماء الكتبي
Narrator: رهام حمدي زيدان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
في عائلة في دبي تعيش أربعة بطاريق وفي يوم تلتقي البطاريق عائلة بدوية، وتعجب بملامبس التراث الإماراتي تقرر البطاريق إلى خوض رحلة في الصحرا للتعرف أكثر على التراث الإماراتي</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Profit over Privacy: How Surveillance Advertising Conquered the Internet by Matthew Crain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profit over Privacy: How Surveillance Advertising Conquered the Internet
Author: Matthew Crain
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Profit over Privacy, Matthew Crain gives internet surveillance a much-needed origin story by chronicling the development of its most important historical catalyst: web advertising. Profit over Privacy uses the 1990s as its backdrop to show how the massive data-collection infrastructure that undergirds the internet today is the result of twenty-five years of technical and political economic engineering. Crain considers the social causes and consequences of the internet&amp;#039;s rapid embrace of consumer monitoring, detailing how advertisers and marketers adapted to the existential threat of the internet and marshaled venture capital to develop the now-ubiquitous business model called &amp;#039;surveillance advertising.&amp;#039; He draws on a range of primary resources from government, industry, and the press and highlights the political roots of internet advertising to underscore the necessity of political solutions to reign in unaccountable commercial surveillance. Surveillance advertising is the result of political choices—not the inevitable march of technology. Unlike many other countries, the United States has no internet privacy law. A fascinating prehistory of internet advertising giants like Google and Facebook, Profit over Privacy argues that the internet did not have to turn out this way and that it can be remade into something better.</description>
      <author>Matthew Crain</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666198041.mp3" length="8012059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666198041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profit over Privacy: How Surveillance Advertising Conquered the Internet
Author: Matthew Crain
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Profit over Privacy, Matthew Crain gives internet surveillance a much-needed origin story by chronicling the development of its most important historical catalyst: web advertising. Profit over Privacy uses the 1990s as its backdrop to show how the massive data-collection infrastructure that undergirds the internet today is the result of twenty-five years of technical and political economic engineering. Crain considers the social causes and consequences of the internet&amp;#039;s rapid embrace of consumer monitoring, detailing how advertisers and marketers adapted to the existential threat of the internet and marshaled venture capital to develop the now-ubiquitous business model called &amp;#039;surveillance advertising.&amp;#039; He draws on a range of primary resources from government, industry, and the press and highlights the political roots of internet advertising to underscore the necessity of political solutions to reign in unaccountable commercial surveillance. Surveillance advertising is the result of political choices—not the inevitable march of technology. Unlike many other countries, the United States has no internet privacy law. A fascinating prehistory of internet advertising giants like Google and Facebook, Profit over Privacy argues that the internet did not have to turn out this way and that it can be remade into something better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Profit over Privacy: How Surveillance Advertising Conquered the Internet
Author: Matthew Crain
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Profit over Privacy, Matthew Crain gives internet surveillance a much-needed origin story by chronicling the development of its most important historical catalyst: web advertising. Profit over Privacy uses the 1990s as its backdrop to show how the massive data-collection infrastructure that undergirds the internet today is the result of twenty-five years of technical and political economic engineering. Crain considers the social causes and consequences of the internet&amp;#039;s rapid embrace of consumer monitoring, detailing how advertisers and marketers adapted to the existential threat of the internet and marshaled venture capital to develop the now-ubiquitous business model called &amp;#039;surveillance advertising.&amp;#039; He draws on a range of primary resources from government, industry, and the press and highlights the political roots of internet advertising to underscore the necessity of political solutions to reign in unaccountable commercial surveillance. Surveillance advertising is the result of political choices—not the inevitable march of technology. Unlike many other countries, the United States has no internet privacy law. A fascinating prehistory of internet advertising giants like Google and Facebook, Profit over Privacy argues that the internet did not have to turn out this way and that it can be remade into something better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Freedom Speaks: The Boundaries and the Boundlessness of Our First Amendment Right by Lynn Greenky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Freedom Speaks: The Boundaries and the Boundlessness of Our First Amendment Right
Author: Lynn Greenky
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book makes first amendment issues immediate and contemporary.   When Freedom Speaks chronicles the stories behind our First Amendment right to speak our minds. Lynn Levine Greenky&amp;#039;s background as a lawyer, rhetorician, and teacher gives her a unique perspective on the protection we have from laws that abridge our right to the freedom of speech. Rhetoricians focus on language and how it influences perception and moves people to action. Powerfully employing that rhetorical approach, this book explores concepts related to free speech as moral narratives that proscribe the boundaries of our constitutionally protected right. Using the characters and drama embedded in legal cases that elucidate First Amendment principles, When Freedom Speaks makes the concepts easier to understand and clearly applicable to our lives. With a wide range of examples and accessible language, this book is the perfect overview of the First Amendment.</description>
      <author>Lynn Greenky</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765017005.mp3" length="7825350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765017005.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Freedom Speaks: The Boundaries and the Boundlessness of Our First Amendment Right
Author: Lynn Greenky
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book makes first amendment issues immediate and contemporary.   When Freedom Speaks chronicles the stories behind our First Amendment right to speak our minds. Lynn Levine Greenky&amp;#039;s background as a lawyer, rhetorician, and teacher gives her a unique perspective on the protection we have from laws that abridge our right to the freedom of speech. Rhetoricians focus on language and how it influences perception and moves people to action. Powerfully employing that rhetorical approach, this book explores concepts related to free speech as moral narratives that proscribe the boundaries of our constitutionally protected right. Using the characters and drama embedded in legal cases that elucidate First Amendment principles, When Freedom Speaks makes the concepts easier to understand and clearly applicable to our lives. With a wide range of examples and accessible language, this book is the perfect overview of the First Amendment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Freedom Speaks: The Boundaries and the Boundlessness of Our First Amendment Right
Author: Lynn Greenky
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book makes first amendment issues immediate and contemporary.   When Freedom Speaks chronicles the stories behind our First Amendment right to speak our minds. Lynn Levine Greenky&amp;#039;s background as a lawyer, rhetorician, and teacher gives her a unique perspective on the protection we have from laws that abridge our right to the freedom of speech. Rhetoricians focus on language and how it influences perception and moves people to action. Powerfully employing that rhetorical approach, this book explores concepts related to free speech as moral narratives that proscribe the boundaries of our constitutionally protected right. Using the characters and drama embedded in legal cases that elucidate First Amendment principles, When Freedom Speaks makes the concepts easier to understand and clearly applicable to our lives. With a wide range of examples and accessible language, this book is the perfect overview of the First Amendment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis by James Gustave Speth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</description>
      <author>James Gustave Speth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666193343.mp3" length="8615602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666193343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sludge: What Stops Us from Getting Things Done and What to Do about It by Cass R. Sunstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sludge: What Stops Us from Getting Things Done and What to Do about It
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Asa Siegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How we became so burdened by red tape and unnecessary paperwork, and why we must do better. We&amp;#039;ve all had to fight our way through administrative sludge—filling out complicated online forms, mailing in paperwork, standing in line at the motor vehicle registry. This kind of red tape is a nuisance, but, as Cass Sunstein shows in Sludge, it can also also impair health, reduce growth, entrench poverty, and exacerbate inequality. Confronted by sludge, people just give up—and lose a promised outcome: a visa, a job, a permit, an educational opportunity, necessary medical help. In this lively and entertaining look at the terribleness of sludge, Sunstein explains what we can do to reduce it. Because of sludge, Sunstein, explains, too many people don&amp;#039;t receive benefits to which they are entitled. Sludge even prevents many people from exercising their constitutional rights—when, for example, barriers to voting in an election are too high. Sunstein takes listeners on a tour of the not-so-wonderful world of sludge, describes justifications for certain kinds of sludge, and proposes &amp;#039;Sludge Audits&amp;#039; as a way to measure the effects of sludge. On balance, Sunstein argues, sludge infringes on human dignity, making people feel that their time and even their lives don&amp;#039;t matter. We must do better.</description>
      <author>Cass R. Sunstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666195767.mp3" length="7977786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666195767.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sludge: What Stops Us from Getting Things Done and What to Do about It
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Asa Siegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How we became so burdened by red tape and unnecessary paperwork, and why we must do better. We&amp;#039;ve all had to fight our way through administrative sludge—filling out complicated online forms, mailing in paperwork, standing in line at the motor vehicle registry. This kind of red tape is a nuisance, but, as Cass Sunstein shows in Sludge, it can also also impair health, reduce growth, entrench poverty, and exacerbate inequality. Confronted by sludge, people just give up—and lose a promised outcome: a visa, a job, a permit, an educational opportunity, necessary medical help. In this lively and entertaining look at the terribleness of sludge, Sunstein explains what we can do to reduce it. Because of sludge, Sunstein, explains, too many people don&amp;#039;t receive benefits to which they are entitled. Sludge even prevents many people from exercising their constitutional rights—when, for example, barriers to voting in an election are too high. Sunstein takes listeners on a tour of the not-so-wonderful world of sludge, describes justifications for certain kinds of sludge, and proposes &amp;#039;Sludge Audits&amp;#039; as a way to measure the effects of sludge. On balance, Sunstein argues, sludge infringes on human dignity, making people feel that their time and even their lives don&amp;#039;t matter. We must do better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sludge: What Stops Us from Getting Things Done and What to Do about It
Author: Cass R. Sunstein
Narrator: Asa Siegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How we became so burdened by red tape and unnecessary paperwork, and why we must do better. We&amp;#039;ve all had to fight our way through administrative sludge—filling out complicated online forms, mailing in paperwork, standing in line at the motor vehicle registry. This kind of red tape is a nuisance, but, as Cass Sunstein shows in Sludge, it can also also impair health, reduce growth, entrench poverty, and exacerbate inequality. Confronted by sludge, people just give up—and lose a promised outcome: a visa, a job, a permit, an educational opportunity, necessary medical help. In this lively and entertaining look at the terribleness of sludge, Sunstein explains what we can do to reduce it. Because of sludge, Sunstein, explains, too many people don&amp;#039;t receive benefits to which they are entitled. Sludge even prevents many people from exercising their constitutional rights—when, for example, barriers to voting in an election are too high. Sunstein takes listeners on a tour of the not-so-wonderful world of sludge, describes justifications for certain kinds of sludge, and proposes &amp;#039;Sludge Audits&amp;#039; as a way to measure the effects of sludge. On balance, Sunstein argues, sludge infringes on human dignity, making people feel that their time and even their lives don&amp;#039;t matter. We must do better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Colonialism: A Moral Reckoning by Nigel Biggar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colonialism: A Moral Reckoning
Author: Nigel Biggar
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Sunday Times Bestseller                        A new assessment of the West’s colonial record                      In the wake of the dissolution of the Soviet empire in 1989, many believed that we had arrived at the ‘End of History’ – that the global dominance of liberal democracy had been secured forever.           Now however, with Russia rattling its sabre on the borders of Europe and China rising to challenge the post-1945 world order, the liberal West faces major threats.           These threats are not only external. Especially in the Anglosphere, the ‘decolonisation’ movement corrodes the West’s self-confidence by retelling the history of European and American colonial dominance as a litany of racism, exploitation, and massively murderous violence.           Nigel Biggar tests this indictment, addressing the crucial questions in eight chapters: Was the British Empire driven primarily by greed and the lust to dominate? Should we speak of ‘colonialism and slavery’ in the same breath, as if they were identical? Was the Empire essentially racist? How far was it based on the theft of land? Did it involve genocide? Was it driven fundamentally by the motive of economic exploitation? Was undemocratic colonial government necessarily illegitimate? and, Was the Empire essentially violent, and its violence pervasively racist and terroristic?           Biggar makes clear that, like any other long-standing state, the British Empire involved elements of injustice, sometimes appalling. On occasions it was culpably incompetent and presided over moments of dreadful tragedy.           Nevertheless, from the early 1800s the Empire was committed to abolishing the slave trade in the name of a Christian conviction of the basic equality of all human beings. It ended endemic inter-tribal warfare, opened local economies to the opportunities of global trade, moderated the impact of inescapable modernisation, established the rule of law and liberal institutions such as a free press, and spent itself in defeating the murderously racist Nazi and Japanese empires in the Second World War.           As encyclopaedic in historical breadth as it is penetrating in analytical depth, Colonialism offers a moral inquest into the colonial past, forensically contesting damaging falsehoods and thereby helping to rejuvenate faith in the West’s future.</description>
      <author>Nigel Biggar</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008511661.mp3" length="1414019" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008511661.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colonialism: A Moral Reckoning
Author: Nigel Biggar
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Sunday Times Bestseller                        A new assessment of the West’s colonial record                      In the wake of the dissolution of the Soviet empire in 1989, many believed that we had arrived at the ‘End of History’ – that the global dominance of liberal democracy had been secured forever.           Now however, with Russia rattling its sabre on the borders of Europe and China rising to challenge the post-1945 world order, the liberal West faces major threats.           These threats are not only external. Especially in the Anglosphere, the ‘decolonisation’ movement corrodes the West’s self-confidence by retelling the history of European and American colonial dominance as a litany of racism, exploitation, and massively murderous violence.           Nigel Biggar tests this indictment, addressing the crucial questions in eight chapters: Was the British Empire driven primarily by greed and the lust to dominate? Should we speak of ‘colonialism and slavery’ in the same breath, as if they were identical? Was the Empire essentially racist? How far was it based on the theft of land? Did it involve genocide? Was it driven fundamentally by the motive of economic exploitation? Was undemocratic colonial government necessarily illegitimate? and, Was the Empire essentially violent, and its violence pervasively racist and terroristic?           Biggar makes clear that, like any other long-standing state, the British Empire involved elements of injustice, sometimes appalling. On occasions it was culpably incompetent and presided over moments of dreadful tragedy.           Nevertheless, from the early 1800s the Empire was committed to abolishing the slave trade in the name of a Christian conviction of the basic equality of all human beings. It ended endemic inter-tribal warfare, opened local economies to the opportunities of global trade, moderated the impact of inescapable modernisation, established the rule of law and liberal institutions such as a free press, and spent itself in defeating the murderously racist Nazi and Japanese empires in the Second World War.           As encyclopaedic in historical breadth as it is penetrating in analytical depth, Colonialism offers a moral inquest into the colonial past, forensically contesting damaging falsehoods and thereby helping to rejuvenate faith in the West’s future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Colonialism: A Moral Reckoning
Author: Nigel Biggar
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Sunday Times Bestseller                        A new assessment of the West’s colonial record                      In the wake of the dissolution of the Soviet empire in 1989, many believed that we had arrived at the ‘End of History’ – that the global dominance of liberal democracy had been secured forever.           Now however, with Russia rattling its sabre on the borders of Europe and China rising to challenge the post-1945 world order, the liberal West faces major threats.           These threats are not only external. Especially in the Anglosphere, the ‘decolonisation’ movement corrodes the West’s self-confidence by retelling the history of European and American colonial dominance as a litany of racism, exploitation, and massively murderous violence.           Nigel Biggar tests this indictment, addressing the crucial questions in eight chapters: Was the British Empire driven primarily by greed and the lust to dominate? Should we speak of ‘colonialism and slavery’ in the same breath, as if they were identical? Was the Empire essentially racist? How far was it based on the theft of land? Did it involve genocide? Was it driven fundamentally by the motive of economic exploitation? Was undemocratic colonial government necessarily illegitimate? and, Was the Empire essentially violent, and its violence pervasively racist and terroristic?           Biggar makes clear that, like any other long-standing state, the British Empire involved elements of injustice, sometimes appalling. On occasions it was culpably incompetent and presided over moments of dreadful tragedy.           Nevertheless, from the early 1800s the Empire was committed to abolishing the slave trade in the name of a Christian conviction of the basic equality of all human beings. It ended endemic inter-tribal warfare, opened local economies to the opportunities of global trade, moderated the impact of inescapable modernisation, established the rule of law and liberal institutions such as a free press, and spent itself in defeating the murderously racist Nazi and Japanese empires in the Second World War.           As encyclopaedic in historical breadth as it is penetrating in analytical depth, Colonialism offers a moral inquest into the colonial past, forensically contesting damaging falsehoods and thereby helping to rejuvenate faith in the West’s future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Electable: Why America Hasn&amp;#039;t Put a Woman in the White House . . . Yet by Ali Vitali</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Electable: Why America Hasn&amp;#039;t Put a Woman in the White House . . . Yet
Author: Ali Vitali
Narrator: Ali Vitali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fearless deep dive into the 2020 election from former MSNBC “Road Warrior” and now NBC Capitol Hill correspondent Ali Vitali, who covered the campaign trail every step of the way—investigating the gendered double standards placed on women presidential candidates of that cycle and those who came before, and what it will take for a woman to finally break the glass ceiling and win the White House. Opening with the moment when Joe Biden and Kamala Harris were finally declared the winners of the 2020 race—the long, drawn-out journey towards who would next inhabit the White House, and the resulting and disputed defeat of Donald Trump, Electable is a sweeping look at a lingering question from that Presidential race. Why, when we saw more women run for President of the United States than ever before in our history, did we still not cross that final hurdle? Following the 2020 race minute by minute as the reporter embedded with Elizabeth Warren, Ali Vitali witnessed up-close the way that our most recent election was unique—not simply for the way in which the incumbent conducted himself, but for the ways in which the field, rich with Democrats from all kinds of backgrounds, was both modern but also more of the same. With more female candidates than ever before, this was a history-making race, and yet these women—most of them incredibly qualified with decades of public service on their resumes—dealt once again with a different level of scrutiny than their male counterparts. Woven throughout is close examination of the treatment of Hillary Clinton, Geraldine Ferraro, Shirley Chisholm, and those on the right as well. Grappling with ideas around the “likeability” and “electability” issues, as well as fundraising hurdles many female candidates face, Vitali asks the same questions she and so many have been grappling with for decades, but especially since Hillary Clinton’s devastating defeat in 2016: Why is it so hard for a woman to be taken seriously as a presidential contender? What will it take for men and women to be held to the same standard? What happens next? Electable tackles these questions, with specific, behind-the-scenes, play-by-play detail. Gabbard, Harris, Williamson, Gillibrand, Warren, Klobuchar…and then there were none. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Ali Vitali</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063058668.mp3" length="1312070" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063058668.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Electable: Why America Hasn&amp;#039;t Put a Woman in the White House . . . Yet
Author: Ali Vitali
Narrator: Ali Vitali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fearless deep dive into the 2020 election from former MSNBC “Road Warrior” and now NBC Capitol Hill correspondent Ali Vitali, who covered the campaign trail every step of the way—investigating the gendered double standards placed on women presidential candidates of that cycle and those who came before, and what it will take for a woman to finally break the glass ceiling and win the White House. Opening with the moment when Joe Biden and Kamala Harris were finally declared the winners of the 2020 race—the long, drawn-out journey towards who would next inhabit the White House, and the resulting and disputed defeat of Donald Trump, Electable is a sweeping look at a lingering question from that Presidential race. Why, when we saw more women run for President of the United States than ever before in our history, did we still not cross that final hurdle? Following the 2020 race minute by minute as the reporter embedded with Elizabeth Warren, Ali Vitali witnessed up-close the way that our most recent election was unique—not simply for the way in which the incumbent conducted himself, but for the ways in which the field, rich with Democrats from all kinds of backgrounds, was both modern but also more of the same. With more female candidates than ever before, this was a history-making race, and yet these women—most of them incredibly qualified with decades of public service on their resumes—dealt once again with a different level of scrutiny than their male counterparts. Woven throughout is close examination of the treatment of Hillary Clinton, Geraldine Ferraro, Shirley Chisholm, and those on the right as well. Grappling with ideas around the “likeability” and “electability” issues, as well as fundraising hurdles many female candidates face, Vitali asks the same questions she and so many have been grappling with for decades, but especially since Hillary Clinton’s devastating defeat in 2016: Why is it so hard for a woman to be taken seriously as a presidential contender? What will it take for men and women to be held to the same standard? What happens next? Electable tackles these questions, with specific, behind-the-scenes, play-by-play detail. Gabbard, Harris, Williamson, Gillibrand, Warren, Klobuchar…and then there were none. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Electable: Why America Hasn&amp;#039;t Put a Woman in the White House . . . Yet
Author: Ali Vitali
Narrator: Ali Vitali
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A fearless deep dive into the 2020 election from former MSNBC “Road Warrior” and now NBC Capitol Hill correspondent Ali Vitali, who covered the campaign trail every step of the way—investigating the gendered double standards placed on women presidential candidates of that cycle and those who came before, and what it will take for a woman to finally break the glass ceiling and win the White House. Opening with the moment when Joe Biden and Kamala Harris were finally declared the winners of the 2020 race—the long, drawn-out journey towards who would next inhabit the White House, and the resulting and disputed defeat of Donald Trump, Electable is a sweeping look at a lingering question from that Presidential race. Why, when we saw more women run for President of the United States than ever before in our history, did we still not cross that final hurdle? Following the 2020 race minute by minute as the reporter embedded with Elizabeth Warren, Ali Vitali witnessed up-close the way that our most recent election was unique—not simply for the way in which the incumbent conducted himself, but for the ways in which the field, rich with Democrats from all kinds of backgrounds, was both modern but also more of the same. With more female candidates than ever before, this was a history-making race, and yet these women—most of them incredibly qualified with decades of public service on their resumes—dealt once again with a different level of scrutiny than their male counterparts. Woven throughout is close examination of the treatment of Hillary Clinton, Geraldine Ferraro, Shirley Chisholm, and those on the right as well. Grappling with ideas around the “likeability” and “electability” issues, as well as fundraising hurdles many female candidates face, Vitali asks the same questions she and so many have been grappling with for decades, but especially since Hillary Clinton’s devastating defeat in 2016: Why is it so hard for a woman to be taken seriously as a presidential contender? What will it take for men and women to be held to the same standard? What happens next? Electable tackles these questions, with specific, behind-the-scenes, play-by-play detail. Gabbard, Harris, Williamson, Gillibrand, Warren, Klobuchar…and then there were none. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Awakening: The Story of the Indian Economy since Independence by Chirag Yadav, Amit Kapoor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Awakening: The Story of the Indian Economy since Independence
Author: Chirag Yadav, Amit Kapoor
Narrator: Rajiv Dadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Indian leaders at the time of Independence had their tasks cut out. The nation that was marred by an ugly Partition, had to be prevented from coming apart at the seams. A Constitution had to be framed for a complex society. An election system had to be designed for an electorate that was mostly illiterate. An economic policy had to be shaped for a widely impoverished population. Among these aspects, the success of India&amp;#039;s economic policy has been debatable. The economic path that India chose at that time is often questioned and criticised. It led to lacklustre growth outcomes which eventually ended in a full-blown crisis in 1991. Since then India has shifted gears. The economy has become more welcoming of the outside world and grown at a pace that has never been witnessed in its history. But why did India make these choices? What was the role of our political leaders? Where did they falter and where did they succeed? The Age of Awakening tells India&amp;#039;s economic story since the country gained independence. It unfolds a tale of titanic figures, colossal failures, triumphant breakthroughs and great moral shortcomings. Weaving together vivid history and economic analysis, this book makes for a gripping narrative.</description>
      <author>Chirag Yadav, Amit Kapoor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354921858.mp3" length="2780702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354921858.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Awakening: The Story of the Indian Economy since Independence
Author: Chirag Yadav, Amit Kapoor
Narrator: Rajiv Dadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Indian leaders at the time of Independence had their tasks cut out. The nation that was marred by an ugly Partition, had to be prevented from coming apart at the seams. A Constitution had to be framed for a complex society. An election system had to be designed for an electorate that was mostly illiterate. An economic policy had to be shaped for a widely impoverished population. Among these aspects, the success of India&amp;#039;s economic policy has been debatable. The economic path that India chose at that time is often questioned and criticised. It led to lacklustre growth outcomes which eventually ended in a full-blown crisis in 1991. Since then India has shifted gears. The economy has become more welcoming of the outside world and grown at a pace that has never been witnessed in its history. But why did India make these choices? What was the role of our political leaders? Where did they falter and where did they succeed? The Age of Awakening tells India&amp;#039;s economic story since the country gained independence. It unfolds a tale of titanic figures, colossal failures, triumphant breakthroughs and great moral shortcomings. Weaving together vivid history and economic analysis, this book makes for a gripping narrative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Awakening: The Story of the Indian Economy since Independence
Author: Chirag Yadav, Amit Kapoor
Narrator: Rajiv Dadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Indian leaders at the time of Independence had their tasks cut out. The nation that was marred by an ugly Partition, had to be prevented from coming apart at the seams. A Constitution had to be framed for a complex society. An election system had to be designed for an electorate that was mostly illiterate. An economic policy had to be shaped for a widely impoverished population. Among these aspects, the success of India&amp;#039;s economic policy has been debatable. The economic path that India chose at that time is often questioned and criticised. It led to lacklustre growth outcomes which eventually ended in a full-blown crisis in 1991. Since then India has shifted gears. The economy has become more welcoming of the outside world and grown at a pace that has never been witnessed in its history. But why did India make these choices? What was the role of our political leaders? Where did they falter and where did they succeed? The Age of Awakening tells India&amp;#039;s economic story since the country gained independence. It unfolds a tale of titanic figures, colossal failures, triumphant breakthroughs and great moral shortcomings. Weaving together vivid history and economic analysis, this book makes for a gripping narrative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Life and Death of Sambhaji (Part 2) by Medha Bhaskaran</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Death of Sambhaji (Part 2)
Author: Medha Bhaskaran
Narrator: Vasundhra Bose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the shadow of an illustrious father, Sambhaji finds himself thrust into the Maratha-Mughal conflict from a tender age. His mistakes cost him dearly and when his father suddenly dies and he becomes the chhatrapati, it is as if he has inherited a crown of thorns. In the nine years that follow, he faces a constant battle-internally, as palace intrigues simmer to kill him, and externally, as Aurangzeb descends on the Deccan with full military force. Even Chhatrapati Shivaji had never faced a full-blown Mughal aggression. Will he be able to protect the Maratha nation and Swaraj that was his father&amp;#039;s dream? Will he prove to be a worthy son to his father-in life as well as in death? History has been unfair to Sambhaji, but it can&amp;#039;t deny that he inspired a generation of Maratha warriors, who eventually ensured the end of Aurangzeb&amp;#039;s jihad.</description>
      <author>Medha Bhaskaran</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354921698.mp3" length="2290604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354921698.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Death of Sambhaji (Part 2)
Author: Medha Bhaskaran
Narrator: Vasundhra Bose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the shadow of an illustrious father, Sambhaji finds himself thrust into the Maratha-Mughal conflict from a tender age. His mistakes cost him dearly and when his father suddenly dies and he becomes the chhatrapati, it is as if he has inherited a crown of thorns. In the nine years that follow, he faces a constant battle-internally, as palace intrigues simmer to kill him, and externally, as Aurangzeb descends on the Deccan with full military force. Even Chhatrapati Shivaji had never faced a full-blown Mughal aggression. Will he be able to protect the Maratha nation and Swaraj that was his father&amp;#039;s dream? Will he prove to be a worthy son to his father-in life as well as in death? History has been unfair to Sambhaji, but it can&amp;#039;t deny that he inspired a generation of Maratha warriors, who eventually ensured the end of Aurangzeb&amp;#039;s jihad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Death of Sambhaji (Part 2)
Author: Medha Bhaskaran
Narrator: Vasundhra Bose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the shadow of an illustrious father, Sambhaji finds himself thrust into the Maratha-Mughal conflict from a tender age. His mistakes cost him dearly and when his father suddenly dies and he becomes the chhatrapati, it is as if he has inherited a crown of thorns. In the nine years that follow, he faces a constant battle-internally, as palace intrigues simmer to kill him, and externally, as Aurangzeb descends on the Deccan with full military force. Even Chhatrapati Shivaji had never faced a full-blown Mughal aggression. Will he be able to protect the Maratha nation and Swaraj that was his father&amp;#039;s dream? Will he prove to be a worthy son to his father-in life as well as in death? History has been unfair to Sambhaji, but it can&amp;#039;t deny that he inspired a generation of Maratha warriors, who eventually ensured the end of Aurangzeb&amp;#039;s jihad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships: How You Can Help Heal Racial Divides, One Relationship at a Time by Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships: How You Can Help Heal Racial Divides, One Relationship at a Time
Author: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Narrator: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the authors. We can heal our communities--one friendship at a time. Everyone wants to do something to improve race relations, but many of us don&amp;#039;t know where to start. In Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships, lifelong friends Gary Chapman and Clarence Shuler will show you how. Through important lessons they have learned, you will learn how to begin and grow authentic friendships across racial and ethnic barriers. Each chapter will guide you toward deeper understanding of what it takes to foster cross-cultural friendships. These powerful lessons include: - How to overcome the fear of developing cross-cultural friendships - How to differentiate true friends from mere acquaintances - How Jesus initiated cross-cultural relationships - The first two steps to your own cross-cultural friendship - Three ways to resolve conflict in a cross-cultural friendship - How to make friendships last a lifetime Chapman and Shuler challenge every reader to join a movement, the Cross-Cultural Friendship Challenge, and begin changing the world one friendship at a time. Reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310365037.mp3" length="1458126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310365037.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships: How You Can Help Heal Racial Divides, One Relationship at a Time
Author: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Narrator: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the authors. We can heal our communities--one friendship at a time. Everyone wants to do something to improve race relations, but many of us don&amp;#039;t know where to start. In Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships, lifelong friends Gary Chapman and Clarence Shuler will show you how. Through important lessons they have learned, you will learn how to begin and grow authentic friendships across racial and ethnic barriers. Each chapter will guide you toward deeper understanding of what it takes to foster cross-cultural friendships. These powerful lessons include: - How to overcome the fear of developing cross-cultural friendships - How to differentiate true friends from mere acquaintances - How Jesus initiated cross-cultural relationships - The first two steps to your own cross-cultural friendship - Three ways to resolve conflict in a cross-cultural friendship - How to make friendships last a lifetime Chapman and Shuler challenge every reader to join a movement, the Cross-Cultural Friendship Challenge, and begin changing the world one friendship at a time. Reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships: How You Can Help Heal Racial Divides, One Relationship at a Time
Author: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Narrator: Clarence Shuler, Gary Chapman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the authors. We can heal our communities--one friendship at a time. Everyone wants to do something to improve race relations, but many of us don&amp;#039;t know where to start. In Life-Changing Cross-Cultural Friendships, lifelong friends Gary Chapman and Clarence Shuler will show you how. Through important lessons they have learned, you will learn how to begin and grow authentic friendships across racial and ethnic barriers. Each chapter will guide you toward deeper understanding of what it takes to foster cross-cultural friendships. These powerful lessons include: - How to overcome the fear of developing cross-cultural friendships - How to differentiate true friends from mere acquaintances - How Jesus initiated cross-cultural relationships - The first two steps to your own cross-cultural friendship - Three ways to resolve conflict in a cross-cultural friendship - How to make friendships last a lifetime Chapman and Shuler challenge every reader to join a movement, the Cross-Cultural Friendship Challenge, and begin changing the world one friendship at a time. Reflection questions are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Persuaders: Winning Hearts and Minds in a Divided Age by Anand Giridharadas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: Winning Hearts and Minds in a Divided Age
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A riveting insider account of how activists, politicians, educators and citizens are working to change minds, bridge divisions and save democracy The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people&amp;#039;s minds to enable real change. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. People increasingly write each other off instead of seeking to win each other over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the sceptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalition are labelled sell-outs. In The Persuaders best-selling author Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a co-founder of Black Lives Matter; a leader of the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of colour; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; and an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer. As they grapple with how to &amp;#039;call out&amp;#039; threats and injustices while &amp;#039;calling in&amp;#039; those who don&amp;#039;t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a broken society. © Anand Giridharadas 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Anand Giridharadas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141999326.mp3" length="1378380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141999326.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: Winning Hearts and Minds in a Divided Age
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A riveting insider account of how activists, politicians, educators and citizens are working to change minds, bridge divisions and save democracy The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people&amp;#039;s minds to enable real change. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. People increasingly write each other off instead of seeking to win each other over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the sceptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalition are labelled sell-outs. In The Persuaders best-selling author Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a co-founder of Black Lives Matter; a leader of the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of colour; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; and an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer. As they grapple with how to &amp;#039;call out&amp;#039; threats and injustices while &amp;#039;calling in&amp;#039; those who don&amp;#039;t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a broken society. © Anand Giridharadas 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570359</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: Winning Hearts and Minds in a Divided Age
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A riveting insider account of how activists, politicians, educators and citizens are working to change minds, bridge divisions and save democracy The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people&amp;#039;s minds to enable real change. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. People increasingly write each other off instead of seeking to win each other over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the sceptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalition are labelled sell-outs. In The Persuaders best-selling author Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a co-founder of Black Lives Matter; a leader of the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of colour; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; and an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer. As they grapple with how to &amp;#039;call out&amp;#039; threats and injustices while &amp;#039;calling in&amp;#039; those who don&amp;#039;t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a broken society. © Anand Giridharadas 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Bullshit: Cómo ser escéptico en un mundo basado en los datos by Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Bullshit: Cómo ser escéptico en un mundo basado en los datos
Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi, Angi Sansón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Los charlatanes de la era digital se cuelan todos los días en la actualidad informativa y cada vez es más difícil discernir la verdad entre las mentiras y las medias verdades. «Bullshit» es el ensayo que necesitamos para desenmascarar a los que manipulan los datos y se sirven del lenguaje científico para construir un discurso que no se ajusta a la realidad. Según proponen Carl T. Bergstrom y Jevin D. West, profesores de ciencias de la Universidad de Washington, debemos volver a aprender el arte del escepticismo y nos brindan con este ensayo las claves para destapar la desinformación y así lograr pensar con claridad en un mundo contaminado por las noticias falsas y los datos erróneos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Carl T. Bergstrom es un biólogo teórico y evolutivo que trabaja como profesor en la Universidad de Washington, donde imparte una asignatura sobre la investigación científica engañosa o de baja calidad y, en general, sobre la desinformación en la actualidad. En 2007 recibió junto con su padre el Premio al Innovador SPARC por sus trabajos en el terreno del acceso abierto, u open access. Jevin D. West es un profesor asociado en la Escuela de Información de la Universidad de Washington. Es cofundador del DataLab y dirige el Centro para un Público Informado (Center for an Informed Public). Entre sus intereses principales se encuentra la ciencia de la ciencia y la lucha contra la desinformación.</description>
      <author>Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728026809.mp3" length="1398429" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728026809.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Bullshit: Cómo ser escéptico en un mundo basado en los datos
Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi, Angi Sansón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Los charlatanes de la era digital se cuelan todos los días en la actualidad informativa y cada vez es más difícil discernir la verdad entre las mentiras y las medias verdades. «Bullshit» es el ensayo que necesitamos para desenmascarar a los que manipulan los datos y se sirven del lenguaje científico para construir un discurso que no se ajusta a la realidad. Según proponen Carl T. Bergstrom y Jevin D. West, profesores de ciencias de la Universidad de Washington, debemos volver a aprender el arte del escepticismo y nos brindan con este ensayo las claves para destapar la desinformación y así lograr pensar con claridad en un mundo contaminado por las noticias falsas y los datos erróneos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Carl T. Bergstrom es un biólogo teórico y evolutivo que trabaja como profesor en la Universidad de Washington, donde imparte una asignatura sobre la investigación científica engañosa o de baja calidad y, en general, sobre la desinformación en la actualidad. En 2007 recibió junto con su padre el Premio al Innovador SPARC por sus trabajos en el terreno del acceso abierto, u open access. Jevin D. West es un profesor asociado en la Escuela de Información de la Universidad de Washington. Es cofundador del DataLab y dirige el Centro para un Público Informado (Center for an Informed Public). Entre sus intereses principales se encuentra la ciencia de la ciencia y la lucha contra la desinformación.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570240</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Bullshit: Cómo ser escéptico en un mundo basado en los datos
Author: Carl T. Bergstrom, Jevin D. West
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi, Angi Sansón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Los charlatanes de la era digital se cuelan todos los días en la actualidad informativa y cada vez es más difícil discernir la verdad entre las mentiras y las medias verdades. «Bullshit» es el ensayo que necesitamos para desenmascarar a los que manipulan los datos y se sirven del lenguaje científico para construir un discurso que no se ajusta a la realidad. Según proponen Carl T. Bergstrom y Jevin D. West, profesores de ciencias de la Universidad de Washington, debemos volver a aprender el arte del escepticismo y nos brindan con este ensayo las claves para destapar la desinformación y así lograr pensar con claridad en un mundo contaminado por las noticias falsas y los datos erróneos. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Carl T. Bergstrom es un biólogo teórico y evolutivo que trabaja como profesor en la Universidad de Washington, donde imparte una asignatura sobre la investigación científica engañosa o de baja calidad y, en general, sobre la desinformación en la actualidad. En 2007 recibió junto con su padre el Premio al Innovador SPARC por sus trabajos en el terreno del acceso abierto, u open access. Jevin D. West es un profesor asociado en la Escuela de Información de la Universidad de Washington. Es cofundador del DataLab y dirige el Centro para un Público Informado (Center for an Informed Public). Entre sus intereses principales se encuentra la ciencia de la ciencia y la lucha contra la desinformación.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Aufstand in Amerika: Der nächste Bürgerkrieg - ein Szenario. Die brisante Reportage über die gespaltenen USA by Stephen Marche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufstand in Amerika: Der nächste Bürgerkrieg - ein Szenario. Die brisante Reportage über die gespaltenen USA
Author: Stephen Marche
Narrator: Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
WOHIN TREIBT AMERIKA? Die USA stehen am Abgrund: Verschwörer und Milizen planen den Umsturz. Separatisten in Texas fordern die Abspaltung von Washington. Die Küstenstädte drohen beim nächsten Hurricane unterzugehen. Politiker wagen sich nur noch mit Personenschutz aus dem Haus. Faktenbasiert und hochspannend erzählt der renommierte Journalist Stephen Marche nun die wahrscheinlichsten Bedrohungsszenarien vom Untergang der Vereinigten Staaten. Anhand von wissenschaftlichen Analysen zeichnet er das Bild eines zerrissenen Landes kurz vor dem Staatsversagen. Dieses Buch ist ein Weckruf, die Warnsignale nicht länger zu ignorieren - der nächste Bürgerkrieg steht bevor.</description>
      <author>Stephen Marche</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783948343859.mp3" length="825881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783948343859.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufstand in Amerika: Der nächste Bürgerkrieg - ein Szenario. Die brisante Reportage über die gespaltenen USA
Author: Stephen Marche
Narrator: Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
WOHIN TREIBT AMERIKA? Die USA stehen am Abgrund: Verschwörer und Milizen planen den Umsturz. Separatisten in Texas fordern die Abspaltung von Washington. Die Küstenstädte drohen beim nächsten Hurricane unterzugehen. Politiker wagen sich nur noch mit Personenschutz aus dem Haus. Faktenbasiert und hochspannend erzählt der renommierte Journalist Stephen Marche nun die wahrscheinlichsten Bedrohungsszenarien vom Untergang der Vereinigten Staaten. Anhand von wissenschaftlichen Analysen zeichnet er das Bild eines zerrissenen Landes kurz vor dem Staatsversagen. Dieses Buch ist ein Weckruf, die Warnsignale nicht länger zu ignorieren - der nächste Bürgerkrieg steht bevor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aufstand in Amerika: Der nächste Bürgerkrieg - ein Szenario. Die brisante Reportage über die gespaltenen USA
Author: Stephen Marche
Narrator: Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
WOHIN TREIBT AMERIKA? Die USA stehen am Abgrund: Verschwörer und Milizen planen den Umsturz. Separatisten in Texas fordern die Abspaltung von Washington. Die Küstenstädte drohen beim nächsten Hurricane unterzugehen. Politiker wagen sich nur noch mit Personenschutz aus dem Haus. Faktenbasiert und hochspannend erzählt der renommierte Journalist Stephen Marche nun die wahrscheinlichsten Bedrohungsszenarien vom Untergang der Vereinigten Staaten. Anhand von wissenschaftlichen Analysen zeichnet er das Bild eines zerrissenen Landes kurz vor dem Staatsversagen. Dieses Buch ist ein Weckruf, die Warnsignale nicht länger zu ignorieren - der nächste Bürgerkrieg steht bevor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Empire of the United States: Forged by the Spirit of God in Man by Martin K. Ettington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Empire of the United States: Forged by the Spirit of God in Man
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the United States of America today we live in a time of problems, confusion, and with lots of fighting between the main political parties. Yet, people from all over the world still want to come here. Why do so many persons still want to become Americans? I think it is because the United States has become the guiding star for the growth of humanity, now and in the future. People see their best futures to be here. There is nowhere else that the rights our citizens possess allow many to go from being penniless to a multimillionaire in their lifetimes. And the provisions of freedom of religion and freedom of speech are important to our full expression as human beings. But most American citizens despair about their lives, and the future of our country. Due to our poor educational system many don’t know the true history of this country and how it was formed to spread the Spirit of God in our country and around the world. And what about new industries created here in the USA? In fact can anyone name a new industry which was not created here? The purpose of this book is to show how the Spirit of God in man during the history of United States of America has made a huge positive difference in our world. We should be extremely proud of the country we live in. The United States was the light of the world in the past, is still in the present, and will continue to be so in the future.</description>
      <author>Martin K. Ettington</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667940564.mp3" length="1290310" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667940564.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Empire of the United States: Forged by the Spirit of God in Man
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the United States of America today we live in a time of problems, confusion, and with lots of fighting between the main political parties. Yet, people from all over the world still want to come here. Why do so many persons still want to become Americans? I think it is because the United States has become the guiding star for the growth of humanity, now and in the future. People see their best futures to be here. There is nowhere else that the rights our citizens possess allow many to go from being penniless to a multimillionaire in their lifetimes. And the provisions of freedom of religion and freedom of speech are important to our full expression as human beings. But most American citizens despair about their lives, and the future of our country. Due to our poor educational system many don’t know the true history of this country and how it was formed to spread the Spirit of God in our country and around the world. And what about new industries created here in the USA? In fact can anyone name a new industry which was not created here? The purpose of this book is to show how the Spirit of God in man during the history of United States of America has made a huge positive difference in our world. We should be extremely proud of the country we live in. The United States was the light of the world in the past, is still in the present, and will continue to be so in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570003</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Empire of the United States: Forged by the Spirit of God in Man
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the United States of America today we live in a time of problems, confusion, and with lots of fighting between the main political parties. Yet, people from all over the world still want to come here. Why do so many persons still want to become Americans? I think it is because the United States has become the guiding star for the growth of humanity, now and in the future. People see their best futures to be here. There is nowhere else that the rights our citizens possess allow many to go from being penniless to a multimillionaire in their lifetimes. And the provisions of freedom of religion and freedom of speech are important to our full expression as human beings. But most American citizens despair about their lives, and the future of our country. Due to our poor educational system many don’t know the true history of this country and how it was formed to spread the Spirit of God in our country and around the world. And what about new industries created here in the USA? In fact can anyone name a new industry which was not created here? The purpose of this book is to show how the Spirit of God in man during the history of United States of America has made a huge positive difference in our world. We should be extremely proud of the country we live in. The United States was the light of the world in the past, is still in the present, and will continue to be so in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>25 Lies: Exposing Democrats&amp;#039; Most Dangerous, Seductive, Damnable, Destructive Lies and How to Refute Them by Vince Everett Ellison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Lies: Exposing Democrats&amp;#039; Most Dangerous, Seductive, Damnable, Destructive Lies and How to Refute Them
Author: Vince Everett Ellison
Narrator: Vince Everett Ellison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As a young man, Vince Ellison began his career in the belly of the beast—as a prison guard working in the worst cellblock imaginable—the one housing mass murderers, rapists, child molesters, and others who would never be released, and whose crimes would never be redeemed in this world. Vince Ellison saw the face of evil up close. He knows it like few of us ever could. And it was to his dismay and sadness that he has seen that same evil later in life. This time, not in the faces of incarcerated criminals, but rather in the eyes of the leaders of the Democratic party. In this stunningly persuasive work, Vince marshals his own experience and couples it with a learned and original analysis to conclude that the leaders of America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; party aren&amp;#039;t just wrong on their policy stances—they are deliberately destructive. Ellison painstakingly dismantles the twenty-five lies underlying Democratic policies and arguments, and provides listeners with the tools they need to understand and refute these myths and deceptions. Finally, Ellison implores his fellow Americans and Christians to open their eyes to the damage being done to the nation&amp;#039;s heart and soul in the name of progressivism.</description>
      <author>Vince Everett Ellison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696607605.mp3" length="7054698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696607605.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Lies: Exposing Democrats&amp;#039; Most Dangerous, Seductive, Damnable, Destructive Lies and How to Refute Them
Author: Vince Everett Ellison
Narrator: Vince Everett Ellison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As a young man, Vince Ellison began his career in the belly of the beast—as a prison guard working in the worst cellblock imaginable—the one housing mass murderers, rapists, child molesters, and others who would never be released, and whose crimes would never be redeemed in this world. Vince Ellison saw the face of evil up close. He knows it like few of us ever could. And it was to his dismay and sadness that he has seen that same evil later in life. This time, not in the faces of incarcerated criminals, but rather in the eyes of the leaders of the Democratic party. In this stunningly persuasive work, Vince marshals his own experience and couples it with a learned and original analysis to conclude that the leaders of America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; party aren&amp;#039;t just wrong on their policy stances—they are deliberately destructive. Ellison painstakingly dismantles the twenty-five lies underlying Democratic policies and arguments, and provides listeners with the tools they need to understand and refute these myths and deceptions. Finally, Ellison implores his fellow Americans and Christians to open their eyes to the damage being done to the nation&amp;#039;s heart and soul in the name of progressivism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 25 Lies: Exposing Democrats&amp;#039; Most Dangerous, Seductive, Damnable, Destructive Lies and How to Refute Them
Author: Vince Everett Ellison
Narrator: Vince Everett Ellison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As a young man, Vince Ellison began his career in the belly of the beast—as a prison guard working in the worst cellblock imaginable—the one housing mass murderers, rapists, child molesters, and others who would never be released, and whose crimes would never be redeemed in this world. Vince Ellison saw the face of evil up close. He knows it like few of us ever could. And it was to his dismay and sadness that he has seen that same evil later in life. This time, not in the faces of incarcerated criminals, but rather in the eyes of the leaders of the Democratic party. In this stunningly persuasive work, Vince marshals his own experience and couples it with a learned and original analysis to conclude that the leaders of America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;progressive&amp;#039; party aren&amp;#039;t just wrong on their policy stances—they are deliberately destructive. Ellison painstakingly dismantles the twenty-five lies underlying Democratic policies and arguments, and provides listeners with the tools they need to understand and refute these myths and deceptions. Finally, Ellison implores his fellow Americans and Christians to open their eyes to the damage being done to the nation&amp;#039;s heart and soul in the name of progressivism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defying the Dragon: Hong Kong and the World&amp;#039;s Largest Dictatorship by Stephen Vines</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defying the Dragon: Hong Kong and the World&amp;#039;s Largest Dictatorship
Author: Stephen Vines
Narrator: Kathleen Li
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Defying the Dragon tells a remarkable story of audacity: of how the people of Hong Kong challenged the PRC&amp;#039;s authority, just as its president reached the height of his powers. Is Xi&amp;#039;s China as unshakeable as it seems? What are its real interests in Hong Kong? Why are Beijing&amp;#039;s time-honored means of control no longer working there? And where does this leave Hongkongers themselves? Stephen Vines has lived in Hong Kong for over three decades. His book shrewdly unpacks the Hong Kong-China relationship and its wider significance—right up to the astonishing convergence of political turmoil and international crisis with Covid-19 and the 2020-21 crackdown. Vividly describing the uprising from street level, Vines explains how and why it unfolded, and its global repercussions. Now, the international community is reassessing relations with Beijing, just as Hong Kong&amp;#039;s rebellion and China&amp;#039;s handling of the pandemic have exposed the regime&amp;#039;s weakness. In a crisis that has become existential all round, what lies ahead for Hong Kong, China and the world?</description>
      <author>Stephen Vines</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765003664.mp3" length="8338008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765003664.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defying the Dragon: Hong Kong and the World&amp;#039;s Largest Dictatorship
Author: Stephen Vines
Narrator: Kathleen Li
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Defying the Dragon tells a remarkable story of audacity: of how the people of Hong Kong challenged the PRC&amp;#039;s authority, just as its president reached the height of his powers. Is Xi&amp;#039;s China as unshakeable as it seems? What are its real interests in Hong Kong? Why are Beijing&amp;#039;s time-honored means of control no longer working there? And where does this leave Hongkongers themselves? Stephen Vines has lived in Hong Kong for over three decades. His book shrewdly unpacks the Hong Kong-China relationship and its wider significance—right up to the astonishing convergence of political turmoil and international crisis with Covid-19 and the 2020-21 crackdown. Vividly describing the uprising from street level, Vines explains how and why it unfolded, and its global repercussions. Now, the international community is reassessing relations with Beijing, just as Hong Kong&amp;#039;s rebellion and China&amp;#039;s handling of the pandemic have exposed the regime&amp;#039;s weakness. In a crisis that has become existential all round, what lies ahead for Hong Kong, China and the world?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defying the Dragon: Hong Kong and the World&amp;#039;s Largest Dictatorship
Author: Stephen Vines
Narrator: Kathleen Li
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Defying the Dragon tells a remarkable story of audacity: of how the people of Hong Kong challenged the PRC&amp;#039;s authority, just as its president reached the height of his powers. Is Xi&amp;#039;s China as unshakeable as it seems? What are its real interests in Hong Kong? Why are Beijing&amp;#039;s time-honored means of control no longer working there? And where does this leave Hongkongers themselves? Stephen Vines has lived in Hong Kong for over three decades. His book shrewdly unpacks the Hong Kong-China relationship and its wider significance—right up to the astonishing convergence of political turmoil and international crisis with Covid-19 and the 2020-21 crackdown. Vividly describing the uprising from street level, Vines explains how and why it unfolded, and its global repercussions. Now, the international community is reassessing relations with Beijing, just as Hong Kong&amp;#039;s rebellion and China&amp;#039;s handling of the pandemic have exposed the regime&amp;#039;s weakness. In a crisis that has become existential all round, what lies ahead for Hong Kong, China and the world?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trial of Julian Assange: A Story of Persecution by Nils Melzer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of Julian Assange: A Story of Persecution
Author: Nils Melzer
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In July 2010, Wikileaks published Cablegate, one of the biggest leaks in the history of the US military, including evidence for war crimes and torture. In the aftermath Julian Assange, the founder and spokesman of Wikileaks, found himself at the center of a media storm, accused of hacking and later sexual assault. He spent the next seven years in asylum in the Ecuadorian embassy in London, fearful that he would be extradited to Sweden to face the accusations of assault and then sent to US. At this point, Nils Melzer, UN Special Rapporteur on Torture, started his investigation into how the US and UK governments were working together to ensure a conviction. His findings are explosive, revealing that Assange has faced grave and systematic due process violations, judicial bias, collusion and manipulated evidence. Melzer also gathered together consolidated medical evidence that proves that Assange has suffered prolonged psychological torture. Melzer&amp;#039;s compelling investigation puts the UK and US state into the dock, showing how, through secrecy, impunity and, crucially, public indifference, unchecked power reveals a deeply undemocratic system. Furthermore, the Assange case sets a dangerous precedent: once telling the truth becomes a crime, censorship and tyranny will inevitably follow.</description>
      <author>Nils Melzer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765014783.mp3" length="8484246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765014783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of Julian Assange: A Story of Persecution
Author: Nils Melzer
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In July 2010, Wikileaks published Cablegate, one of the biggest leaks in the history of the US military, including evidence for war crimes and torture. In the aftermath Julian Assange, the founder and spokesman of Wikileaks, found himself at the center of a media storm, accused of hacking and later sexual assault. He spent the next seven years in asylum in the Ecuadorian embassy in London, fearful that he would be extradited to Sweden to face the accusations of assault and then sent to US. At this point, Nils Melzer, UN Special Rapporteur on Torture, started his investigation into how the US and UK governments were working together to ensure a conviction. His findings are explosive, revealing that Assange has faced grave and systematic due process violations, judicial bias, collusion and manipulated evidence. Melzer also gathered together consolidated medical evidence that proves that Assange has suffered prolonged psychological torture. Melzer&amp;#039;s compelling investigation puts the UK and US state into the dock, showing how, through secrecy, impunity and, crucially, public indifference, unchecked power reveals a deeply undemocratic system. Furthermore, the Assange case sets a dangerous precedent: once telling the truth becomes a crime, censorship and tyranny will inevitably follow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of Julian Assange: A Story of Persecution
Author: Nils Melzer
Narrator: Gareth Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In July 2010, Wikileaks published Cablegate, one of the biggest leaks in the history of the US military, including evidence for war crimes and torture. In the aftermath Julian Assange, the founder and spokesman of Wikileaks, found himself at the center of a media storm, accused of hacking and later sexual assault. He spent the next seven years in asylum in the Ecuadorian embassy in London, fearful that he would be extradited to Sweden to face the accusations of assault and then sent to US. At this point, Nils Melzer, UN Special Rapporteur on Torture, started his investigation into how the US and UK governments were working together to ensure a conviction. His findings are explosive, revealing that Assange has faced grave and systematic due process violations, judicial bias, collusion and manipulated evidence. Melzer also gathered together consolidated medical evidence that proves that Assange has suffered prolonged psychological torture. Melzer&amp;#039;s compelling investigation puts the UK and US state into the dock, showing how, through secrecy, impunity and, crucially, public indifference, unchecked power reveals a deeply undemocratic system. Furthermore, the Assange case sets a dangerous precedent: once telling the truth becomes a crime, censorship and tyranny will inevitably follow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wall and the Bridge: Fear and Opportunity in Disruption&amp;#039;s Wake by Glenn Hubbard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wall and the Bridge: Fear and Opportunity in Disruption&amp;#039;s Wake
Author: Glenn Hubbard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An informed argument for an economic policy based on bridges of preparation and adaptation rather than walls of protection and exclusion Free-market economists often have noted that there are winners and losers in a competitive capitalist world. The question of how to deal with the difficult real-life consequences faced by the losers, however, has largely been ignored. Populist politicians have tried repeatedly to address the issue by creating walls—of both the physical and economic kinds—to insulate communities and keep competition at bay. While recognizing the broad emotional appeal of walls, economist Glenn Hubbard argues that because they delay needed adaptations to the ever-changing world, walls are essentially backward-looking and ultimately destined to fail. Taking Adam Smith&amp;#039;s logic to Youngstown, Ohio, as a case study in economic disruption, Hubbard promotes the benefits of an open economy and creating bridges to support people in turbulent times so that they remain engaged and prepared to participate in, and reap the rewards of, a new economic landscape.</description>
      <author>Glenn Hubbard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765015629.mp3" length="7781669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765015629.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wall and the Bridge: Fear and Opportunity in Disruption&amp;#039;s Wake
Author: Glenn Hubbard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An informed argument for an economic policy based on bridges of preparation and adaptation rather than walls of protection and exclusion Free-market economists often have noted that there are winners and losers in a competitive capitalist world. The question of how to deal with the difficult real-life consequences faced by the losers, however, has largely been ignored. Populist politicians have tried repeatedly to address the issue by creating walls—of both the physical and economic kinds—to insulate communities and keep competition at bay. While recognizing the broad emotional appeal of walls, economist Glenn Hubbard argues that because they delay needed adaptations to the ever-changing world, walls are essentially backward-looking and ultimately destined to fail. Taking Adam Smith&amp;#039;s logic to Youngstown, Ohio, as a case study in economic disruption, Hubbard promotes the benefits of an open economy and creating bridges to support people in turbulent times so that they remain engaged and prepared to participate in, and reap the rewards of, a new economic landscape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569937</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wall and the Bridge: Fear and Opportunity in Disruption&amp;#039;s Wake
Author: Glenn Hubbard
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An informed argument for an economic policy based on bridges of preparation and adaptation rather than walls of protection and exclusion Free-market economists often have noted that there are winners and losers in a competitive capitalist world. The question of how to deal with the difficult real-life consequences faced by the losers, however, has largely been ignored. Populist politicians have tried repeatedly to address the issue by creating walls—of both the physical and economic kinds—to insulate communities and keep competition at bay. While recognizing the broad emotional appeal of walls, economist Glenn Hubbard argues that because they delay needed adaptations to the ever-changing world, walls are essentially backward-looking and ultimately destined to fail. Taking Adam Smith&amp;#039;s logic to Youngstown, Ohio, as a case study in economic disruption, Hubbard promotes the benefits of an open economy and creating bridges to support people in turbulent times so that they remain engaged and prepared to participate in, and reap the rewards of, a new economic landscape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A People&amp;#039;s Guide to Capitalism: An Introduction to Marxist Economics by Hadas Thier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A People&amp;#039;s Guide to Capitalism: An Introduction to Marxist Economics
Author: Hadas Thier
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively, accessible, and timely guide to Marxist economics for those who want to understand and dismantle the world of the 1%. Economists regularly promote Capitalism as the greatest system ever to grace the planet. With the same breath, they implore us to leave the job of understanding the magical powers of the market to the &amp;#039;experts.&amp;#039; Despite the efforts of these mainstream commentators to convince us otherwise, many of us have begun to question why this system has produced such vast inequality and wanton disregard for its own environmental destruction. This book offers answers to exactly these questions on their own terms: in the form of a radical economic theory.</description>
      <author>Hadas Thier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666138702.mp3" length="8474351" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666138702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A People&amp;#039;s Guide to Capitalism: An Introduction to Marxist Economics
Author: Hadas Thier
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively, accessible, and timely guide to Marxist economics for those who want to understand and dismantle the world of the 1%. Economists regularly promote Capitalism as the greatest system ever to grace the planet. With the same breath, they implore us to leave the job of understanding the magical powers of the market to the &amp;#039;experts.&amp;#039; Despite the efforts of these mainstream commentators to convince us otherwise, many of us have begun to question why this system has produced such vast inequality and wanton disregard for its own environmental destruction. This book offers answers to exactly these questions on their own terms: in the form of a radical economic theory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A People&amp;#039;s Guide to Capitalism: An Introduction to Marxist Economics
Author: Hadas Thier
Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 18 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A lively, accessible, and timely guide to Marxist economics for those who want to understand and dismantle the world of the 1%. Economists regularly promote Capitalism as the greatest system ever to grace the planet. With the same breath, they implore us to leave the job of understanding the magical powers of the market to the &amp;#039;experts.&amp;#039; Despite the efforts of these mainstream commentators to convince us otherwise, many of us have begun to question why this system has produced such vast inequality and wanton disregard for its own environmental destruction. This book offers answers to exactly these questions on their own terms: in the form of a radical economic theory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China&amp;#039;s Leaders: From Mao to Now by David Shambaugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Leaders: From Mao to Now
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the founding of the People&amp;#039;s Republic of China over seventy years ago, five paramount leaders have shaped the fates and fortunes of the nation and the ruling Chinese Communist Party: Mao Zedong, Deng Xiaoping, Jiang Zemin, Hu Jintao, and Xi Jinping. Under their leaderships, China has undergone an extraordinary transformation from an undeveloped and insular country to a comprehensive world power. In this definitive study, renowned Sinologist David Shambaugh offers a refreshing account of China&amp;#039;s dramatic post-revolutionary history through the prism of those who ruled it. Exploring the persona, formative socialization, psychology, and professional experiences of each leader, Shambaugh shows how their differing leadership styles and tactics of rule shaped China domestically and internationally: Mao was a populist tyrant, Deng a pragmatic Leninist, Jiang a bureaucratic politician, Hu a technocratic apparatchik, and Xi a modern emperor. Covering the full scope of these leaders&amp;#039; personalities and power, this is an illuminating guide to China&amp;#039;s modern history and understanding how China has become the superpower of today.</description>
      <author>David Shambaugh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666197587.mp3" length="7813244" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666197587.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Leaders: From Mao to Now
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the founding of the People&amp;#039;s Republic of China over seventy years ago, five paramount leaders have shaped the fates and fortunes of the nation and the ruling Chinese Communist Party: Mao Zedong, Deng Xiaoping, Jiang Zemin, Hu Jintao, and Xi Jinping. Under their leaderships, China has undergone an extraordinary transformation from an undeveloped and insular country to a comprehensive world power. In this definitive study, renowned Sinologist David Shambaugh offers a refreshing account of China&amp;#039;s dramatic post-revolutionary history through the prism of those who ruled it. Exploring the persona, formative socialization, psychology, and professional experiences of each leader, Shambaugh shows how their differing leadership styles and tactics of rule shaped China domestically and internationally: Mao was a populist tyrant, Deng a pragmatic Leninist, Jiang a bureaucratic politician, Hu a technocratic apparatchik, and Xi a modern emperor. Covering the full scope of these leaders&amp;#039; personalities and power, this is an illuminating guide to China&amp;#039;s modern history and understanding how China has become the superpower of today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Leaders: From Mao to Now
Author: David Shambaugh
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Since the founding of the People&amp;#039;s Republic of China over seventy years ago, five paramount leaders have shaped the fates and fortunes of the nation and the ruling Chinese Communist Party: Mao Zedong, Deng Xiaoping, Jiang Zemin, Hu Jintao, and Xi Jinping. Under their leaderships, China has undergone an extraordinary transformation from an undeveloped and insular country to a comprehensive world power. In this definitive study, renowned Sinologist David Shambaugh offers a refreshing account of China&amp;#039;s dramatic post-revolutionary history through the prism of those who ruled it. Exploring the persona, formative socialization, psychology, and professional experiences of each leader, Shambaugh shows how their differing leadership styles and tactics of rule shaped China domestically and internationally: Mao was a populist tyrant, Deng a pragmatic Leninist, Jiang a bureaucratic politician, Hu a technocratic apparatchik, and Xi a modern emperor. Covering the full scope of these leaders&amp;#039; personalities and power, this is an illuminating guide to China&amp;#039;s modern history and understanding how China has become the superpower of today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility by Martha C. Nussbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</description>
      <author>Martha C. Nussbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797146843.mp3" length="883908" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797146843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fight to Save the Town: Reimagining Discarded America by Michelle Wilde Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight to Save the Town: Reimagining Discarded America
Author: Michelle Wilde Anderson
Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and eye-opening study of wealth inequality and the dismantling of local government in four working-class US cities that passionately argues for reinvestment in people-centered leadership and offers “a welcome reminder of what government can accomplish if given the chance” (San Francisco Chronicle). Decades of cuts to local government amidst rising concentrations of poverty have wreaked havoc on communities left behind by the modern economy. Some of these discarded places are rural. Others are big cities, small cities, or historic suburbs. Some vote blue, others red. Some are the most diverse communities in America, while others are nearly all white, all Latino, or all Black. All are routinely trashed by outsiders for their poverty and their politics. Mostly, their governments are just broke. Forty years after the anti-tax revolution began protecting wealthy taxpayers and their cities, our high-poverty cities and counties have run out of services to cut, properties to sell, bills to defer, and risky loans to take.   In this “astute and powerful vision for improving America” (Publishers Weekly), urban law expert and author Michelle Wilde Anderson offers unsparing, humanistic portraits of the hardships left behind in four such places. But this book is not a eulogy or a lament. Instead, Anderson travels to four blue-collar communities that are poor, broke, and progressing. Networks of leaders and residents in these places are facing down some of the hardest challenges in American poverty today. In Stockton, California, locals are finding ways, beyond the police department, to reduce gun violence and treat the trauma it leaves behind. In Josephine County, Oregon, community leaders have enacted new taxes to support basic services in a rural area with fiercely anti-government politics. In Lawrence, Massachusetts, leaders are figuring out how to improve job security and wages in an era of backbreaking poverty for the working class. And a social movement in Detroit, Michigan, is pioneering ways to stabilize low-income housing after a wave of foreclosures and housing loss.   Our smallest governments shape people’s safety, comfort, and life chances. For decades, these governments have no longer just reflected inequality—they have helped drive it. But it doesn’t have to be that way. Anderson shows that “if we learn to save our towns, we will also be learning to save ourselves” (The New York Times Book Review).</description>
      <author>Michelle Wilde Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797146782.mp3" length="809784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797146782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight to Save the Town: Reimagining Discarded America
Author: Michelle Wilde Anderson
Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and eye-opening study of wealth inequality and the dismantling of local government in four working-class US cities that passionately argues for reinvestment in people-centered leadership and offers “a welcome reminder of what government can accomplish if given the chance” (San Francisco Chronicle). Decades of cuts to local government amidst rising concentrations of poverty have wreaked havoc on communities left behind by the modern economy. Some of these discarded places are rural. Others are big cities, small cities, or historic suburbs. Some vote blue, others red. Some are the most diverse communities in America, while others are nearly all white, all Latino, or all Black. All are routinely trashed by outsiders for their poverty and their politics. Mostly, their governments are just broke. Forty years after the anti-tax revolution began protecting wealthy taxpayers and their cities, our high-poverty cities and counties have run out of services to cut, properties to sell, bills to defer, and risky loans to take.   In this “astute and powerful vision for improving America” (Publishers Weekly), urban law expert and author Michelle Wilde Anderson offers unsparing, humanistic portraits of the hardships left behind in four such places. But this book is not a eulogy or a lament. Instead, Anderson travels to four blue-collar communities that are poor, broke, and progressing. Networks of leaders and residents in these places are facing down some of the hardest challenges in American poverty today. In Stockton, California, locals are finding ways, beyond the police department, to reduce gun violence and treat the trauma it leaves behind. In Josephine County, Oregon, community leaders have enacted new taxes to support basic services in a rural area with fiercely anti-government politics. In Lawrence, Massachusetts, leaders are figuring out how to improve job security and wages in an era of backbreaking poverty for the working class. And a social movement in Detroit, Michigan, is pioneering ways to stabilize low-income housing after a wave of foreclosures and housing loss.   Our smallest governments shape people’s safety, comfort, and life chances. For decades, these governments have no longer just reflected inequality—they have helped drive it. But it doesn’t have to be that way. Anderson shows that “if we learn to save our towns, we will also be learning to save ourselves” (The New York Times Book Review).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight to Save the Town: Reimagining Discarded America
Author: Michelle Wilde Anderson
Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping and eye-opening study of wealth inequality and the dismantling of local government in four working-class US cities that passionately argues for reinvestment in people-centered leadership and offers “a welcome reminder of what government can accomplish if given the chance” (San Francisco Chronicle). Decades of cuts to local government amidst rising concentrations of poverty have wreaked havoc on communities left behind by the modern economy. Some of these discarded places are rural. Others are big cities, small cities, or historic suburbs. Some vote blue, others red. Some are the most diverse communities in America, while others are nearly all white, all Latino, or all Black. All are routinely trashed by outsiders for their poverty and their politics. Mostly, their governments are just broke. Forty years after the anti-tax revolution began protecting wealthy taxpayers and their cities, our high-poverty cities and counties have run out of services to cut, properties to sell, bills to defer, and risky loans to take.   In this “astute and powerful vision for improving America” (Publishers Weekly), urban law expert and author Michelle Wilde Anderson offers unsparing, humanistic portraits of the hardships left behind in four such places. But this book is not a eulogy or a lament. Instead, Anderson travels to four blue-collar communities that are poor, broke, and progressing. Networks of leaders and residents in these places are facing down some of the hardest challenges in American poverty today. In Stockton, California, locals are finding ways, beyond the police department, to reduce gun violence and treat the trauma it leaves behind. In Josephine County, Oregon, community leaders have enacted new taxes to support basic services in a rural area with fiercely anti-government politics. In Lawrence, Massachusetts, leaders are figuring out how to improve job security and wages in an era of backbreaking poverty for the working class. And a social movement in Detroit, Michigan, is pioneering ways to stabilize low-income housing after a wave of foreclosures and housing loss.   Our smallest governments shape people’s safety, comfort, and life chances. For decades, these governments have no longer just reflected inequality—they have helped drive it. But it doesn’t have to be that way. Anderson shows that “if we learn to save our towns, we will also be learning to save ourselves” (The New York Times Book Review).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Going Public: A Survivor&amp;#039;s Journey from Grief to Action by Julie Macfarlane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Going Public: A Survivor&amp;#039;s Journey from Grief to Action
Author: Julie Macfarlane
Narrator: Dayna Cornwall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It took Julie Macfarlane a lifetime to say the words out loud - the words that finally broke the calm and traveled farther than she could have imagined. In this clear-eyed account, she confronts her own silence and deeply rooted trauma to chart a remarkable course from sexual abuse victim to agent of change. 		Going Public merges the worlds of personal and professional, activism and scholarship. Drawing upon decades of legal training, Macfarlane decodes the well-worn methods used by church, school, and state to silence survivors, from first reporting to cross-examination to non-disclosure agreements. At the same time, she lays bare the isolation and exhaustion of going public in her own life, as she takes her abuser to court, challenges her colleagues, and weathers a defamation lawsuit. 		The result is far more than a memoir. It&amp;#039;s a courageous and essential blueprint on how to go toe-to-toe with the powers behind institutional abuse and protectionism. At long last, Macfarlane&amp;#039;s experiences bring her to the most important realization of her life: that only she can stand in her own shoes, and only she can stand up and speak about what happened to her.</description>
      <author>Julie Macfarlane</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771135719.mp3" length="1505934" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771135719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Going Public: A Survivor&amp;#039;s Journey from Grief to Action
Author: Julie Macfarlane
Narrator: Dayna Cornwall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It took Julie Macfarlane a lifetime to say the words out loud - the words that finally broke the calm and traveled farther than she could have imagined. In this clear-eyed account, she confronts her own silence and deeply rooted trauma to chart a remarkable course from sexual abuse victim to agent of change. 		Going Public merges the worlds of personal and professional, activism and scholarship. Drawing upon decades of legal training, Macfarlane decodes the well-worn methods used by church, school, and state to silence survivors, from first reporting to cross-examination to non-disclosure agreements. At the same time, she lays bare the isolation and exhaustion of going public in her own life, as she takes her abuser to court, challenges her colleagues, and weathers a defamation lawsuit. 		The result is far more than a memoir. It&amp;#039;s a courageous and essential blueprint on how to go toe-to-toe with the powers behind institutional abuse and protectionism. At long last, Macfarlane&amp;#039;s experiences bring her to the most important realization of her life: that only she can stand in her own shoes, and only she can stand up and speak about what happened to her.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Going Public: A Survivor&amp;#039;s Journey from Grief to Action
Author: Julie Macfarlane
Narrator: Dayna Cornwall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It took Julie Macfarlane a lifetime to say the words out loud - the words that finally broke the calm and traveled farther than she could have imagined. In this clear-eyed account, she confronts her own silence and deeply rooted trauma to chart a remarkable course from sexual abuse victim to agent of change. 		Going Public merges the worlds of personal and professional, activism and scholarship. Drawing upon decades of legal training, Macfarlane decodes the well-worn methods used by church, school, and state to silence survivors, from first reporting to cross-examination to non-disclosure agreements. At the same time, she lays bare the isolation and exhaustion of going public in her own life, as she takes her abuser to court, challenges her colleagues, and weathers a defamation lawsuit. 		The result is far more than a memoir. It&amp;#039;s a courageous and essential blueprint on how to go toe-to-toe with the powers behind institutional abuse and protectionism. At long last, Macfarlane&amp;#039;s experiences bring her to the most important realization of her life: that only she can stand in her own shoes, and only she can stand up and speak about what happened to her.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Beauty That Hurts: Life and Death in Guatemala by W. George Lovell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Beauty That Hurts: Life and Death in Guatemala
Author: W. George Lovell
Narrator: W. George Lovell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When A Beauty That Hurts first appeared in 1995, Guatemala was one of the world&amp;#039;s most flagrant violators of human rights. An accord brokered by the United Nations brought a measure of peace after three decades of civil war, but the country&amp;#039;s troubles are far from over. W. George Lovell revisits Guatemala to grapple once again with the terror inflicted on its Maya peoples by a military-dominated state.</description>
      <author>W. George Lovell</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 30 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771136068.mp3" length="1459711" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771136068.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Beauty That Hurts: Life and Death in Guatemala
Author: W. George Lovell
Narrator: W. George Lovell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When A Beauty That Hurts first appeared in 1995, Guatemala was one of the world&amp;#039;s most flagrant violators of human rights. An accord brokered by the United Nations brought a measure of peace after three decades of civil war, but the country&amp;#039;s troubles are far from over. W. George Lovell revisits Guatemala to grapple once again with the terror inflicted on its Maya peoples by a military-dominated state.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569831</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Beauty That Hurts: Life and Death in Guatemala
Author: W. George Lovell
Narrator: W. George Lovell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When A Beauty That Hurts first appeared in 1995, Guatemala was one of the world&amp;#039;s most flagrant violators of human rights. An accord brokered by the United Nations brought a measure of peace after three decades of civil war, but the country&amp;#039;s troubles are far from over. W. George Lovell revisits Guatemala to grapple once again with the terror inflicted on its Maya peoples by a military-dominated state.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Confesiones de un bot ruso by Bot Ruso</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un bot ruso
Author: Bot Ruso
Narrator: óscar Vegas Naval
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS SECRETOS QUE PARTIDOS POLÍTICOS, MULTINACIONALES Y ORGANIZACIONES MUNDIALES   NO QUIEREN QUE CONOZCAMOS CONTADOS DESDE DENTRO.  ME HE PASADO BASTANTE AÑOS INSULTÁNDOTE EN REDES SOCIALES PORQUE ALGUIEN ME PAGABA. AHORA QUE YA NO ESTOY EN NÓMINA, QUIERO CONTARTE CÓMO LO HACÍA.  Bot Ruso pasó los últimos años de su trayectoria profesional al servicio de una agencia dedicada al astroturfing, con un equipo de trols a su cargo y operando en distintas misiones cuyo objetivo era manipular la conversación en la red. Ahora que ya no trabaja allí, se ha decidido a contar detalles sobre cómo se preparan y funcionan hoy las célebres campañas de bots y trols para empresas, partidos políticos o clubes deportivos.  Con un enfoque divertido, irónico y muy didáctico, este libro nos abre los ojos y nos da las herramientas para reconocer este tipo de prácticas, evitar caer en la red de bulos y desenmascarar el modus operandi de los que mueven este negocio oscuro y poco ético.</description>
      <author>Bot Ruso</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418967139.mp3" length="1498878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418967139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un bot ruso
Author: Bot Ruso
Narrator: óscar Vegas Naval
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS SECRETOS QUE PARTIDOS POLÍTICOS, MULTINACIONALES Y ORGANIZACIONES MUNDIALES   NO QUIEREN QUE CONOZCAMOS CONTADOS DESDE DENTRO.  ME HE PASADO BASTANTE AÑOS INSULTÁNDOTE EN REDES SOCIALES PORQUE ALGUIEN ME PAGABA. AHORA QUE YA NO ESTOY EN NÓMINA, QUIERO CONTARTE CÓMO LO HACÍA.  Bot Ruso pasó los últimos años de su trayectoria profesional al servicio de una agencia dedicada al astroturfing, con un equipo de trols a su cargo y operando en distintas misiones cuyo objetivo era manipular la conversación en la red. Ahora que ya no trabaja allí, se ha decidido a contar detalles sobre cómo se preparan y funcionan hoy las célebres campañas de bots y trols para empresas, partidos políticos o clubes deportivos.  Con un enfoque divertido, irónico y muy didáctico, este libro nos abre los ojos y nos da las herramientas para reconocer este tipo de prácticas, evitar caer en la red de bulos y desenmascarar el modus operandi de los que mueven este negocio oscuro y poco ético.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un bot ruso
Author: Bot Ruso
Narrator: óscar Vegas Naval
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
LOS SECRETOS QUE PARTIDOS POLÍTICOS, MULTINACIONALES Y ORGANIZACIONES MUNDIALES   NO QUIEREN QUE CONOZCAMOS CONTADOS DESDE DENTRO.  ME HE PASADO BASTANTE AÑOS INSULTÁNDOTE EN REDES SOCIALES PORQUE ALGUIEN ME PAGABA. AHORA QUE YA NO ESTOY EN NÓMINA, QUIERO CONTARTE CÓMO LO HACÍA.  Bot Ruso pasó los últimos años de su trayectoria profesional al servicio de una agencia dedicada al astroturfing, con un equipo de trols a su cargo y operando en distintas misiones cuyo objetivo era manipular la conversación en la red. Ahora que ya no trabaja allí, se ha decidido a contar detalles sobre cómo se preparan y funcionan hoy las célebres campañas de bots y trols para empresas, partidos políticos o clubes deportivos.  Con un enfoque divertido, irónico y muy didáctico, este libro nos abre los ojos y nos da las herramientas para reconocer este tipo de prácticas, evitar caer en la red de bulos y desenmascarar el modus operandi de los que mueven este negocio oscuro y poco ético.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Persuaders: At the Front Lines of the Fight for Hearts, Minds, and Democracy by Anand Giridharadas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: At the Front Lines of the Fight for Hearts, Minds, and Democracy
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An insider account of activists, politicians, educators, and everyday citizens working to change minds, bridge divisions, and fight for democracy—from disinformation fighters to a leader of Black Lives Matter to Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and more—by the best-selling author of Winners Take All and award-winning former New York Times columnist “Anand Giridharadas shows the way we get real progressive change in America—by refusing to write others off, building more welcoming movements, and rededicating ourselves to the work of changing minds.” —Robert B. Reich, best-selling author of The System The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people’s minds in order to change things. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. Americans increasingly write one another off instead of seeking to win one another over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the skeptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalitions are labeled sellouts. In The Persuaders, Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a leader of Black Lives Matter; a trailblazer in the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of color; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer; and, hovering menacingly offstage, Russian operatives clandestinely stoking Americans’ fatalism about one another. As the book’s subjects grapple with how to call out threats and injustices while calling in those who don’t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a fracturing country.</description>
      <author>Anand Giridharadas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593627785.mp3" length="2767236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593627785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: At the Front Lines of the Fight for Hearts, Minds, and Democracy
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An insider account of activists, politicians, educators, and everyday citizens working to change minds, bridge divisions, and fight for democracy—from disinformation fighters to a leader of Black Lives Matter to Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and more—by the best-selling author of Winners Take All and award-winning former New York Times columnist “Anand Giridharadas shows the way we get real progressive change in America—by refusing to write others off, building more welcoming movements, and rededicating ourselves to the work of changing minds.” —Robert B. Reich, best-selling author of The System The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people’s minds in order to change things. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. Americans increasingly write one another off instead of seeking to win one another over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the skeptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalitions are labeled sellouts. In The Persuaders, Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a leader of Black Lives Matter; a trailblazer in the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of color; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer; and, hovering menacingly offstage, Russian operatives clandestinely stoking Americans’ fatalism about one another. As the book’s subjects grapple with how to call out threats and injustices while calling in those who don’t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a fracturing country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569534</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Persuaders: At the Front Lines of the Fight for Hearts, Minds, and Democracy
Author: Anand Giridharadas
Narrator: Anand Giridharadas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An insider account of activists, politicians, educators, and everyday citizens working to change minds, bridge divisions, and fight for democracy—from disinformation fighters to a leader of Black Lives Matter to Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and more—by the best-selling author of Winners Take All and award-winning former New York Times columnist “Anand Giridharadas shows the way we get real progressive change in America—by refusing to write others off, building more welcoming movements, and rededicating ourselves to the work of changing minds.” —Robert B. Reich, best-selling author of The System The lifeblood of any free society is persuasion: changing other people’s minds in order to change things. But America is suffering a crisis of faith in persuasion that is putting its democracy and the planet itself at risk. Americans increasingly write one another off instead of seeking to win one another over. Debates are framed in moralistic terms, with enemies battling the righteous. Movements for justice build barriers to entry, instead of on-ramps. Political parties focus on mobilizing the faithful rather than wooing the skeptical. And leaders who seek to forge coalitions are labeled sellouts. In The Persuaders, Anand Giridharadas takes us inside these movements and battles, seeking out the dissenters who continue to champion persuasion in an age of polarization. We meet a leader of Black Lives Matter; a trailblazer in the feminist resistance to Trumpism; white parents at a seminar on raising adopted children of color; Bernie Sanders and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez; a team of door knockers with an uncanny formula for changing minds on immigration; an ex-cult member turned QAnon deprogrammer; and, hovering menacingly offstage, Russian operatives clandestinely stoking Americans’ fatalism about one another. As the book’s subjects grapple with how to call out threats and injustices while calling in those who don’t agree with them but just might one day, they point a way to healing, and changing, a fracturing country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cheap Land Colorado: Off-Gridders at America&amp;#039;s Edge by Ted Conover</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Land Colorado: Off-Gridders at America&amp;#039;s Edge
Author: Ted Conover
Narrator: Ted Conover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize finalist and National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Newjack, a passage through an America lived wild and off the grid, where along with independence and stunning views come fierce winds, neighbors with criminal pasts, and minimal government and medical services. “In these dispatches, [Conover] invites readers to ride shotgun along an unraveling edge of the American West, where sepia-toned myths about making a fresh start collide with modern modes of alienation, volatility, and exile.... In a nation whose edges have come to define its center, this is essential reading.”—Jessica Bruder, author of Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century  In May 2017, Ted Conover went to Colorado to explore firsthand a rural way of life that is about living cheaply, on your own land—and keeping clear of the mainstream. The failed subdivisions of the enormous San Luis Valley make this possible. Five-acre lots on the high prairie can be had for five thousand dollars, sometimes less.  Conover volunteered for a local group trying to prevent homelessness during the bitter winters. He encountered an unexpected diversity: veterans with PTSD, families homeschooling, addicts young and old, gay people, people of color, lovers of guns and marijuana, people with social anxiety—most of them spurning charity and aiming, and sometimes failing, to be self-sufficient. And more than a few predicting they’ll be the last ones standing when society collapses. Conover bought his own five acres and immersed himself for parts of four years in the often contentious culture of the far margins. He found many who dislike the government but depend on its subsidies; who love their space but nevertheless find themselves in each other’s business; who are generous but wary of thieves; who endure squalor but appreciate beauty. In their struggles to survive and get along, they tell us about an America riven by difference where the edges speak more and more loudly to the mainstream.</description>
      <author>Ted Conover</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593627761.mp3" length="2684028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593627761.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Land Colorado: Off-Gridders at America&amp;#039;s Edge
Author: Ted Conover
Narrator: Ted Conover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize finalist and National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Newjack, a passage through an America lived wild and off the grid, where along with independence and stunning views come fierce winds, neighbors with criminal pasts, and minimal government and medical services. “In these dispatches, [Conover] invites readers to ride shotgun along an unraveling edge of the American West, where sepia-toned myths about making a fresh start collide with modern modes of alienation, volatility, and exile.... In a nation whose edges have come to define its center, this is essential reading.”—Jessica Bruder, author of Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century  In May 2017, Ted Conover went to Colorado to explore firsthand a rural way of life that is about living cheaply, on your own land—and keeping clear of the mainstream. The failed subdivisions of the enormous San Luis Valley make this possible. Five-acre lots on the high prairie can be had for five thousand dollars, sometimes less.  Conover volunteered for a local group trying to prevent homelessness during the bitter winters. He encountered an unexpected diversity: veterans with PTSD, families homeschooling, addicts young and old, gay people, people of color, lovers of guns and marijuana, people with social anxiety—most of them spurning charity and aiming, and sometimes failing, to be self-sufficient. And more than a few predicting they’ll be the last ones standing when society collapses. Conover bought his own five acres and immersed himself for parts of four years in the often contentious culture of the far margins. He found many who dislike the government but depend on its subsidies; who love their space but nevertheless find themselves in each other’s business; who are generous but wary of thieves; who endure squalor but appreciate beauty. In their struggles to survive and get along, they tell us about an America riven by difference where the edges speak more and more loudly to the mainstream.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569531</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Land Colorado: Off-Gridders at America&amp;#039;s Edge
Author: Ted Conover
Narrator: Ted Conover
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize finalist and National Book Critics Circle Award–winning author of Newjack, a passage through an America lived wild and off the grid, where along with independence and stunning views come fierce winds, neighbors with criminal pasts, and minimal government and medical services. “In these dispatches, [Conover] invites readers to ride shotgun along an unraveling edge of the American West, where sepia-toned myths about making a fresh start collide with modern modes of alienation, volatility, and exile.... In a nation whose edges have come to define its center, this is essential reading.”—Jessica Bruder, author of Nomadland: Surviving America in the Twenty-First Century  In May 2017, Ted Conover went to Colorado to explore firsthand a rural way of life that is about living cheaply, on your own land—and keeping clear of the mainstream. The failed subdivisions of the enormous San Luis Valley make this possible. Five-acre lots on the high prairie can be had for five thousand dollars, sometimes less.  Conover volunteered for a local group trying to prevent homelessness during the bitter winters. He encountered an unexpected diversity: veterans with PTSD, families homeschooling, addicts young and old, gay people, people of color, lovers of guns and marijuana, people with social anxiety—most of them spurning charity and aiming, and sometimes failing, to be self-sufficient. And more than a few predicting they’ll be the last ones standing when society collapses. Conover bought his own five acres and immersed himself for parts of four years in the often contentious culture of the far margins. He found many who dislike the government but depend on its subsidies; who love their space but nevertheless find themselves in each other’s business; who are generous but wary of thieves; who endure squalor but appreciate beauty. In their struggles to survive and get along, they tell us about an America riven by difference where the edges speak more and more loudly to the mainstream.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Middle Out: The Rise of Progressive Economics by Michael Tomasky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Middle Out: The Rise of Progressive Economics
Author: Michael Tomasky
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Political journalist Michael Tomasky tracks an exciting change among  progressive economists who are overturning decades of conservative dogma and offering an alternative version of capitalism that can serve broadly shared prosperity to all. &amp;#039;Engaging, briskly paced ... On balance, history appears to be on Tomasky’s side.&amp;#039; —The New York Times Book Review In the first half of the twentieth century the Keynesian brand of economics, which saw government spending as a necessary spur to economic growth, prevailed. Then in the 1970s, conservatives fought back. Once they got people to believe a few simple ideas instead—that only the free market could produce growth, that taxes and regulation stifle growth—the battle was won. The era of conservative dogma, often called neoliberal economics, had begun. It ushered in increasing inequality, a shrinking middle class, and declining public investment. For fifty years, liberals have not been able to make a dent in it. Until now.  In The Middle Out, journalist Michael Tomasky narrates this history and reports on the work of today&amp;#039;s progressive economists, who are using mountains of historical evidence to contradict neoliberal claims. Their research reveals conservative dogma to be unfounded and shows how concentrated wealth has been built on the exploitation of women, minorities, and the politically powerless. Middle-out economics, in contrast, is the belief that prosperity comes from a thriving middle class, and therefore government plays a role in supporting families and communities. This version of capitalism--more just, more equal, and in which prosperity is shared--could be the American future.</description>
      <author>Michael Tomasky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593628249.mp3" length="2904910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593628249.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Middle Out: The Rise of Progressive Economics
Author: Michael Tomasky
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Political journalist Michael Tomasky tracks an exciting change among  progressive economists who are overturning decades of conservative dogma and offering an alternative version of capitalism that can serve broadly shared prosperity to all. &amp;#039;Engaging, briskly paced ... On balance, history appears to be on Tomasky’s side.&amp;#039; —The New York Times Book Review In the first half of the twentieth century the Keynesian brand of economics, which saw government spending as a necessary spur to economic growth, prevailed. Then in the 1970s, conservatives fought back. Once they got people to believe a few simple ideas instead—that only the free market could produce growth, that taxes and regulation stifle growth—the battle was won. The era of conservative dogma, often called neoliberal economics, had begun. It ushered in increasing inequality, a shrinking middle class, and declining public investment. For fifty years, liberals have not been able to make a dent in it. Until now.  In The Middle Out, journalist Michael Tomasky narrates this history and reports on the work of today&amp;#039;s progressive economists, who are using mountains of historical evidence to contradict neoliberal claims. Their research reveals conservative dogma to be unfounded and shows how concentrated wealth has been built on the exploitation of women, minorities, and the politically powerless. Middle-out economics, in contrast, is the belief that prosperity comes from a thriving middle class, and therefore government plays a role in supporting families and communities. This version of capitalism--more just, more equal, and in which prosperity is shared--could be the American future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Middle Out: The Rise of Progressive Economics
Author: Michael Tomasky
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Political journalist Michael Tomasky tracks an exciting change among  progressive economists who are overturning decades of conservative dogma and offering an alternative version of capitalism that can serve broadly shared prosperity to all. &amp;#039;Engaging, briskly paced ... On balance, history appears to be on Tomasky’s side.&amp;#039; —The New York Times Book Review In the first half of the twentieth century the Keynesian brand of economics, which saw government spending as a necessary spur to economic growth, prevailed. Then in the 1970s, conservatives fought back. Once they got people to believe a few simple ideas instead—that only the free market could produce growth, that taxes and regulation stifle growth—the battle was won. The era of conservative dogma, often called neoliberal economics, had begun. It ushered in increasing inequality, a shrinking middle class, and declining public investment. For fifty years, liberals have not been able to make a dent in it. Until now.  In The Middle Out, journalist Michael Tomasky narrates this history and reports on the work of today&amp;#039;s progressive economists, who are using mountains of historical evidence to contradict neoliberal claims. Their research reveals conservative dogma to be unfounded and shows how concentrated wealth has been built on the exploitation of women, minorities, and the politically powerless. Middle-out economics, in contrast, is the belief that prosperity comes from a thriving middle class, and therefore government plays a role in supporting families and communities. This version of capitalism--more just, more equal, and in which prosperity is shared--could be the American future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homecoming: The Path to Prosperity in a Post-Global World by Rana Foroohar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homecoming: The Path to Prosperity in a Post-Global World
Author: Rana Foroohar
Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping case that a new age of economic localization will reunite place and prosperity, putting an end to the last half century of globalization—by one of the preeminent economic journalists writing today “This invaluable book is as bold in its ambitions as it is readable.”—Ian Bremmer, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Crisis ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Kirkus Reviews At the dawn of the twenty-first century, Thomas Friedman, in The World Is Flat, declared globalization the new economic order. But the reign of globalization as we’ve known it is over, argues Financial Times columnist and CNN analyst Rana Foroohar, and the rise of local, regional, and homegrown business is now at hand.   With bare supermarket shelves and the shortage of PPE, the pandemic brought the fragility of global trade and supply chains into stark relief. The tragic war in Ukraine and the political and economic chaos that followed have further underlined the vulnerabilities of globalization. The world, it turns out, isn’t flat—in fact, it’s quite bumpy.   This fragmentation has been coming for decades, observes Foroohar. Our neoliberal economic philosophy of prioritizing efficiency over resilience and profits over local prosperity has produced massive inequality, persistent economic insecurity, and distrust in our institutions. This philosophy, which underpinned the last half century of globalization, has run its course. Place-based economics and a wave of technological innovations now make it possible to keep operations, investment, and wealth closer to home, wherever that may be.   With the pendulum of history swinging back, Homecoming explores both the challenges and the possibilities of this new era, and how it can usher in a more equitable and prosperous future.</description>
      <author>Rana Foroohar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593629550.mp3" length="2823938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593629550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homecoming: The Path to Prosperity in a Post-Global World
Author: Rana Foroohar
Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping case that a new age of economic localization will reunite place and prosperity, putting an end to the last half century of globalization—by one of the preeminent economic journalists writing today “This invaluable book is as bold in its ambitions as it is readable.”—Ian Bremmer, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Crisis ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Kirkus Reviews At the dawn of the twenty-first century, Thomas Friedman, in The World Is Flat, declared globalization the new economic order. But the reign of globalization as we’ve known it is over, argues Financial Times columnist and CNN analyst Rana Foroohar, and the rise of local, regional, and homegrown business is now at hand.   With bare supermarket shelves and the shortage of PPE, the pandemic brought the fragility of global trade and supply chains into stark relief. The tragic war in Ukraine and the political and economic chaos that followed have further underlined the vulnerabilities of globalization. The world, it turns out, isn’t flat—in fact, it’s quite bumpy.   This fragmentation has been coming for decades, observes Foroohar. Our neoliberal economic philosophy of prioritizing efficiency over resilience and profits over local prosperity has produced massive inequality, persistent economic insecurity, and distrust in our institutions. This philosophy, which underpinned the last half century of globalization, has run its course. Place-based economics and a wave of technological innovations now make it possible to keep operations, investment, and wealth closer to home, wherever that may be.   With the pendulum of history swinging back, Homecoming explores both the challenges and the possibilities of this new era, and how it can usher in a more equitable and prosperous future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homecoming: The Path to Prosperity in a Post-Global World
Author: Rana Foroohar
Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping case that a new age of economic localization will reunite place and prosperity, putting an end to the last half century of globalization—by one of the preeminent economic journalists writing today “This invaluable book is as bold in its ambitions as it is readable.”—Ian Bremmer, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Crisis ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Kirkus Reviews At the dawn of the twenty-first century, Thomas Friedman, in The World Is Flat, declared globalization the new economic order. But the reign of globalization as we’ve known it is over, argues Financial Times columnist and CNN analyst Rana Foroohar, and the rise of local, regional, and homegrown business is now at hand.   With bare supermarket shelves and the shortage of PPE, the pandemic brought the fragility of global trade and supply chains into stark relief. The tragic war in Ukraine and the political and economic chaos that followed have further underlined the vulnerabilities of globalization. The world, it turns out, isn’t flat—in fact, it’s quite bumpy.   This fragmentation has been coming for decades, observes Foroohar. Our neoliberal economic philosophy of prioritizing efficiency over resilience and profits over local prosperity has produced massive inequality, persistent economic insecurity, and distrust in our institutions. This philosophy, which underpinned the last half century of globalization, has run its course. Place-based economics and a wave of technological innovations now make it possible to keep operations, investment, and wealth closer to home, wherever that may be.   With the pendulum of history swinging back, Homecoming explores both the challenges and the possibilities of this new era, and how it can usher in a more equitable and prosperous future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rebel and the Kingdom: The True Story of the Secret Mission to Overthrow the North Korean Regime by Bradley Hope</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebel and the Kingdom: The True Story of the Secret Mission to Overthrow the North Korean Regime
Author: Bradley Hope
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How did an Ivy League activist become a global fugitive? The New York Times bestselling co-author of Billion Dollar Whale and Blood and Oil chronicles the heart-pounding tale of a self-taught operative his high-stakes attempt subvert the North Korean regime.   “Propulsive . . . Hope’s account is both deeply reported and novelistic.”—Ed Caesar, contributing staff writer for The New Yorker, author of The Moth and the Mountain In the early 2000s, Adrian Hong was a soft-spoken Yale undergraduate looking for his place in the world. After reading a harrowing account of life inside North Korea, he realized he had found a cause so pressing that he was ready to devote his life to it.   What began as a trip down the safe and well-worn path of organizing soon morphed into something more dangerous. Hong journeyed to China, outwitting Chinese security services as he helped asylum-seeking North Koreans escape across the border. Meanwhile, Hong’s secret organization, Cheollima Civil Defense (later renamed Free Joseon), began tracking the North Korean government’s activities, and its volatile third-generation ruler, Kim Jong-un. Free Joseon targeted North Korean diplomats who might be persuaded to defect, while drawing up plans for a government-in-exile. After the shocking broad-daylight assassination in 2017 of Kim Jong-nam, the dictator’s older brother, Hong, along with U.S. Marine veteran Christopher Ahn, helped ferry Kim Jong-nam’s family to safety. Then Hong took the group a step further. He initiated a series of high-stakes direct actions, culminating in an armed raid at the North Korean embassy in Madrid—an act that would put Ahn behind bars and turn Hong into one of the world’s most unlikely fugitives.   In the tradition of Jon Krakauer’s Into the Wild, The Rebel and the Kingdom is an exhilarating account of a man who turns his back on the status quo—to instead live boldly by his principles. Acclaimed journalist and bestselling author Bradley Hope—who broke numerous details of Hong’s operations in The Wall Street Journal—now reveals the full contours of this remarkable story of idealism and insanity, hubris and heroism, all set within the secret battle for the future of the world’s most mysterious and unsettling nation.</description>
      <author>Bradley Hope</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593629574.mp3" length="2572043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593629574.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebel and the Kingdom: The True Story of the Secret Mission to Overthrow the North Korean Regime
Author: Bradley Hope
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How did an Ivy League activist become a global fugitive? The New York Times bestselling co-author of Billion Dollar Whale and Blood and Oil chronicles the heart-pounding tale of a self-taught operative his high-stakes attempt subvert the North Korean regime.   “Propulsive . . . Hope’s account is both deeply reported and novelistic.”—Ed Caesar, contributing staff writer for The New Yorker, author of The Moth and the Mountain In the early 2000s, Adrian Hong was a soft-spoken Yale undergraduate looking for his place in the world. After reading a harrowing account of life inside North Korea, he realized he had found a cause so pressing that he was ready to devote his life to it.   What began as a trip down the safe and well-worn path of organizing soon morphed into something more dangerous. Hong journeyed to China, outwitting Chinese security services as he helped asylum-seeking North Koreans escape across the border. Meanwhile, Hong’s secret organization, Cheollima Civil Defense (later renamed Free Joseon), began tracking the North Korean government’s activities, and its volatile third-generation ruler, Kim Jong-un. Free Joseon targeted North Korean diplomats who might be persuaded to defect, while drawing up plans for a government-in-exile. After the shocking broad-daylight assassination in 2017 of Kim Jong-nam, the dictator’s older brother, Hong, along with U.S. Marine veteran Christopher Ahn, helped ferry Kim Jong-nam’s family to safety. Then Hong took the group a step further. He initiated a series of high-stakes direct actions, culminating in an armed raid at the North Korean embassy in Madrid—an act that would put Ahn behind bars and turn Hong into one of the world’s most unlikely fugitives.   In the tradition of Jon Krakauer’s Into the Wild, The Rebel and the Kingdom is an exhilarating account of a man who turns his back on the status quo—to instead live boldly by his principles. Acclaimed journalist and bestselling author Bradley Hope—who broke numerous details of Hong’s operations in The Wall Street Journal—now reveals the full contours of this remarkable story of idealism and insanity, hubris and heroism, all set within the secret battle for the future of the world’s most mysterious and unsettling nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebel and the Kingdom: The True Story of the Secret Mission to Overthrow the North Korean Regime
Author: Bradley Hope
Narrator: Lee Osorio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How did an Ivy League activist become a global fugitive? The New York Times bestselling co-author of Billion Dollar Whale and Blood and Oil chronicles the heart-pounding tale of a self-taught operative his high-stakes attempt subvert the North Korean regime.   “Propulsive . . . Hope’s account is both deeply reported and novelistic.”—Ed Caesar, contributing staff writer for The New Yorker, author of The Moth and the Mountain In the early 2000s, Adrian Hong was a soft-spoken Yale undergraduate looking for his place in the world. After reading a harrowing account of life inside North Korea, he realized he had found a cause so pressing that he was ready to devote his life to it.   What began as a trip down the safe and well-worn path of organizing soon morphed into something more dangerous. Hong journeyed to China, outwitting Chinese security services as he helped asylum-seeking North Koreans escape across the border. Meanwhile, Hong’s secret organization, Cheollima Civil Defense (later renamed Free Joseon), began tracking the North Korean government’s activities, and its volatile third-generation ruler, Kim Jong-un. Free Joseon targeted North Korean diplomats who might be persuaded to defect, while drawing up plans for a government-in-exile. After the shocking broad-daylight assassination in 2017 of Kim Jong-nam, the dictator’s older brother, Hong, along with U.S. Marine veteran Christopher Ahn, helped ferry Kim Jong-nam’s family to safety. Then Hong took the group a step further. He initiated a series of high-stakes direct actions, culminating in an armed raid at the North Korean embassy in Madrid—an act that would put Ahn behind bars and turn Hong into one of the world’s most unlikely fugitives.   In the tradition of Jon Krakauer’s Into the Wild, The Rebel and the Kingdom is an exhilarating account of a man who turns his back on the status quo—to instead live boldly by his principles. Acclaimed journalist and bestselling author Bradley Hope—who broke numerous details of Hong’s operations in The Wall Street Journal—now reveals the full contours of this remarkable story of idealism and insanity, hubris and heroism, all set within the secret battle for the future of the world’s most mysterious and unsettling nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weapons of Mass Delusion: When the Republican Party Lost Its Mind by Robert Draper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weapons of Mass Delusion: When the Republican Party Lost Its Mind
Author: Robert Draper
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The Washington Post&amp;#039;s 10 Best Books of 2022 The disturbing eyewitness account of how a new breed of Republicans—led by Marjorie Taylor Greene, Paul Gosar, Matt Gaetz, Lauren Boebert, and Madison Cawthorn—far from moving on from Trump, have taken the politics of hysteria to even greater extremes and brought American democracy to the edge The violent insurrection at the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021, was a terrible day for American democracy, but many people dared to hope that at least it would break the fever that had overcome the Republican Party and banish Trump&amp;#039;s relentless lies about the stealing of the 2020 election. That is not what happened. Instead, “the big steal” has become dogma among an ever-higher percentage of American Republicans. What happened to the Republican Party, and America, during the Trump presidency is a story we more or less think we know. What has happened to the party since, it turns out, is even more disquieting. That is the story Robert Draper tells in Weapons of Mass Delusion.   Through his extraordinarily intrepid cross-country reporting, Draper chronicles the road from January 6 to the 2022 midterms among the Republican base and in the U.S. Congress, rendering unforgettable portraits of how Marjorie Taylor Greene and her ilk came to shape their party’s terms of engagement to an extent that would have been unimaginable even five years ago. He also brings to life the efforts of a dwindling group of Republicans who are willing to push back against the falsehoods, in the face of a group of ascendent demagogues who are merrily weaponizing them. With a base whipped up into a perpetual frenzy of outrage by conspiracy theories—not just about the big steal but about COVID and vaccines, pedophilia and Antifa and Black Lives Matter and George Soros and President Obama, and on and on and on—the forces of reason within the GOP are on the defensive, to put it mildly. The book also benefits greatly from reporting conducted in Texas, Arizona, Georgia, New Hampshire, and other bellwether states in the country of the mind one might call a fever of undending conspiracies.  Robert Draper has been a wise, fearless, and fair-minded chronicler of the American political scene for over twenty-five years. He has seen the good, the bad, and the ugly. He has never seen it this ugly. Ultimately, this book tells the story of a fearful test of our ability, as a country, to hold together a system of government grounded in truth and the rule of law. Written on the eve of the 2022 midterm elections, Draper’s account of a party teetering on the precipice of madness reveals how the GOP fringe became its center of gravity.</description>
      <author>Robert Draper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593629499.mp3" length="2565971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593629499.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weapons of Mass Delusion: When the Republican Party Lost Its Mind
Author: Robert Draper
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The Washington Post&amp;#039;s 10 Best Books of 2022 The disturbing eyewitness account of how a new breed of Republicans—led by Marjorie Taylor Greene, Paul Gosar, Matt Gaetz, Lauren Boebert, and Madison Cawthorn—far from moving on from Trump, have taken the politics of hysteria to even greater extremes and brought American democracy to the edge The violent insurrection at the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021, was a terrible day for American democracy, but many people dared to hope that at least it would break the fever that had overcome the Republican Party and banish Trump&amp;#039;s relentless lies about the stealing of the 2020 election. That is not what happened. Instead, “the big steal” has become dogma among an ever-higher percentage of American Republicans. What happened to the Republican Party, and America, during the Trump presidency is a story we more or less think we know. What has happened to the party since, it turns out, is even more disquieting. That is the story Robert Draper tells in Weapons of Mass Delusion.   Through his extraordinarily intrepid cross-country reporting, Draper chronicles the road from January 6 to the 2022 midterms among the Republican base and in the U.S. Congress, rendering unforgettable portraits of how Marjorie Taylor Greene and her ilk came to shape their party’s terms of engagement to an extent that would have been unimaginable even five years ago. He also brings to life the efforts of a dwindling group of Republicans who are willing to push back against the falsehoods, in the face of a group of ascendent demagogues who are merrily weaponizing them. With a base whipped up into a perpetual frenzy of outrage by conspiracy theories—not just about the big steal but about COVID and vaccines, pedophilia and Antifa and Black Lives Matter and George Soros and President Obama, and on and on and on—the forces of reason within the GOP are on the defensive, to put it mildly. The book also benefits greatly from reporting conducted in Texas, Arizona, Georgia, New Hampshire, and other bellwether states in the country of the mind one might call a fever of undending conspiracies.  Robert Draper has been a wise, fearless, and fair-minded chronicler of the American political scene for over twenty-five years. He has seen the good, the bad, and the ugly. He has never seen it this ugly. Ultimately, this book tells the story of a fearful test of our ability, as a country, to hold together a system of government grounded in truth and the rule of law. Written on the eve of the 2022 midterm elections, Draper’s account of a party teetering on the precipice of madness reveals how the GOP fringe became its center of gravity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Weapons of Mass Delusion: When the Republican Party Lost Its Mind
Author: Robert Draper
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of The Washington Post&amp;#039;s 10 Best Books of 2022 The disturbing eyewitness account of how a new breed of Republicans—led by Marjorie Taylor Greene, Paul Gosar, Matt Gaetz, Lauren Boebert, and Madison Cawthorn—far from moving on from Trump, have taken the politics of hysteria to even greater extremes and brought American democracy to the edge The violent insurrection at the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021, was a terrible day for American democracy, but many people dared to hope that at least it would break the fever that had overcome the Republican Party and banish Trump&amp;#039;s relentless lies about the stealing of the 2020 election. That is not what happened. Instead, “the big steal” has become dogma among an ever-higher percentage of American Republicans. What happened to the Republican Party, and America, during the Trump presidency is a story we more or less think we know. What has happened to the party since, it turns out, is even more disquieting. That is the story Robert Draper tells in Weapons of Mass Delusion.   Through his extraordinarily intrepid cross-country reporting, Draper chronicles the road from January 6 to the 2022 midterms among the Republican base and in the U.S. Congress, rendering unforgettable portraits of how Marjorie Taylor Greene and her ilk came to shape their party’s terms of engagement to an extent that would have been unimaginable even five years ago. He also brings to life the efforts of a dwindling group of Republicans who are willing to push back against the falsehoods, in the face of a group of ascendent demagogues who are merrily weaponizing them. With a base whipped up into a perpetual frenzy of outrage by conspiracy theories—not just about the big steal but about COVID and vaccines, pedophilia and Antifa and Black Lives Matter and George Soros and President Obama, and on and on and on—the forces of reason within the GOP are on the defensive, to put it mildly. The book also benefits greatly from reporting conducted in Texas, Arizona, Georgia, New Hampshire, and other bellwether states in the country of the mind one might call a fever of undending conspiracies.  Robert Draper has been a wise, fearless, and fair-minded chronicler of the American political scene for over twenty-five years. He has seen the good, the bad, and the ugly. He has never seen it this ugly. Ultimately, this book tells the story of a fearful test of our ability, as a country, to hold together a system of government grounded in truth and the rule of law. Written on the eve of the 2022 midterm elections, Draper’s account of a party teetering on the precipice of madness reveals how the GOP fringe became its center of gravity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Storm Is Here: An American Crucible by Luke Mogelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Storm Is Here: An American Crucible
Author: Luke Mogelson
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Yorker&amp;#039;s award-winning war correspondent returns to his own country to chronicle its accelerating civic breakdown, in an indelible eyewitness narrative of startling explanatory power After years of living abroad and covering the Global War on Terrorism, Luke Mogelson went home in early 2020 to report on the social discord that the pandemic was bringing to the fore across the US. An assignment that began with right-wing militias in Michigan soon took him to an uprising for racial justice in Minneapolis, then to antifascist clashes in the streets of Portland, and ultimately to an attempted insurrection in Washington, D.C. His dispatches for The New Yorker revealed a larger story with ominous implications for America. They were only the beginning. This is the definitive eyewitness account of how—during a season of sickness, economic uncertainty, and violence—a large segment of Americans became convinced of the need to battle against dark forces plotting to take their country away from them. It builds month by month, through vivid depictions of events on the ground, from the onset of COVID-19 to the attack on the US Capitol—during which Mogelson followed the mob into the Senate chamber—and its aftermath. Bravely reported and beautifully written, The Storm Is Here is both a unique record of a pivotal moment in American history and an urgent warning about those to come.</description>
      <author>Luke Mogelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593629666.mp3" length="2605358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593629666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Storm Is Here: An American Crucible
Author: Luke Mogelson
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Yorker&amp;#039;s award-winning war correspondent returns to his own country to chronicle its accelerating civic breakdown, in an indelible eyewitness narrative of startling explanatory power After years of living abroad and covering the Global War on Terrorism, Luke Mogelson went home in early 2020 to report on the social discord that the pandemic was bringing to the fore across the US. An assignment that began with right-wing militias in Michigan soon took him to an uprising for racial justice in Minneapolis, then to antifascist clashes in the streets of Portland, and ultimately to an attempted insurrection in Washington, D.C. His dispatches for The New Yorker revealed a larger story with ominous implications for America. They were only the beginning. This is the definitive eyewitness account of how—during a season of sickness, economic uncertainty, and violence—a large segment of Americans became convinced of the need to battle against dark forces plotting to take their country away from them. It builds month by month, through vivid depictions of events on the ground, from the onset of COVID-19 to the attack on the US Capitol—during which Mogelson followed the mob into the Senate chamber—and its aftermath. Bravely reported and beautifully written, The Storm Is Here is both a unique record of a pivotal moment in American history and an urgent warning about those to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Storm Is Here: An American Crucible
Author: Luke Mogelson
Narrator: Rob Shapiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Yorker&amp;#039;s award-winning war correspondent returns to his own country to chronicle its accelerating civic breakdown, in an indelible eyewitness narrative of startling explanatory power After years of living abroad and covering the Global War on Terrorism, Luke Mogelson went home in early 2020 to report on the social discord that the pandemic was bringing to the fore across the US. An assignment that began with right-wing militias in Michigan soon took him to an uprising for racial justice in Minneapolis, then to antifascist clashes in the streets of Portland, and ultimately to an attempted insurrection in Washington, D.C. His dispatches for The New Yorker revealed a larger story with ominous implications for America. They were only the beginning. This is the definitive eyewitness account of how—during a season of sickness, economic uncertainty, and violence—a large segment of Americans became convinced of the need to battle against dark forces plotting to take their country away from them. It builds month by month, through vivid depictions of events on the ground, from the onset of COVID-19 to the attack on the US Capitol—during which Mogelson followed the mob into the Senate chamber—and its aftermath. Bravely reported and beautifully written, The Storm Is Here is both a unique record of a pivotal moment in American history and an urgent warning about those to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gustave le Bon: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind: A seminal masterpiece on crowd psychology by Gustave Le Bon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gustave le Bon: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind: A seminal masterpiece on crowd psychology
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens to individuals when they become part of a crowd? How can it be explained that intelligent human beings commit unspeakable cruelties once they have become one with an anonymous mass of people? Le Bon&amp;#039;s analysis dates back to 1895 - however, the razor-sharp analysis of human behavior is still valid today! Included: a pdf document with track list.</description>
      <author>Gustave Le Bon</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783955978884.mp3" length="776813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783955978884.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gustave le Bon: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind: A seminal masterpiece on crowd psychology
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens to individuals when they become part of a crowd? How can it be explained that intelligent human beings commit unspeakable cruelties once they have become one with an anonymous mass of people? Le Bon&amp;#039;s analysis dates back to 1895 - however, the razor-sharp analysis of human behavior is still valid today! Included: a pdf document with track list.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gustave le Bon: The Crowd - A Study of the Popular Mind: A seminal masterpiece on crowd psychology
Author: Gustave Le Bon
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: December 31, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens to individuals when they become part of a crowd? How can it be explained that intelligent human beings commit unspeakable cruelties once they have become one with an anonymous mass of people? Le Bon&amp;#039;s analysis dates back to 1895 - however, the razor-sharp analysis of human behavior is still valid today! Included: a pdf document with track list.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Damn Thing After Another: Memoirs of an Attorney General by William P. Barr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Damn Thing After Another: Memoirs of an Attorney General
Author: William P. Barr
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  The former attorney general provides a candid account of his historic tenures serving two vastly different presidents, George H.W. Bush and Donald J. Trump. William Barr’s first tenure as attorney general under President George H.W. Bush was largely the result of chance, while his second tenure under President Donald Trump a deliberate and difficult choice. In this candid memoir, Barr takes readers behind the scenes during seminal moments of the 1990s, from the LA riots to Pan Am 103 and Iran Contra. Thirty years later, Barr faced an unrelenting barrage of issues, such as Russiagate, the COVID outbreak, civil unrest, the impeachments, and the 2020 election fallout. One Damn Thing After Another is vivid, forthright, and essential not only to understanding the Bush and Trump legacies, but also how both men viewed power and justice at critical junctures of their presidencies.</description>
      <author>William P. Barr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063158634.mp3" length="875543" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063158634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Damn Thing After Another: Memoirs of an Attorney General
Author: William P. Barr
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  The former attorney general provides a candid account of his historic tenures serving two vastly different presidents, George H.W. Bush and Donald J. Trump. William Barr’s first tenure as attorney general under President George H.W. Bush was largely the result of chance, while his second tenure under President Donald Trump a deliberate and difficult choice. In this candid memoir, Barr takes readers behind the scenes during seminal moments of the 1990s, from the LA riots to Pan Am 103 and Iran Contra. Thirty years later, Barr faced an unrelenting barrage of issues, such as Russiagate, the COVID outbreak, civil unrest, the impeachments, and the 2020 election fallout. One Damn Thing After Another is vivid, forthright, and essential not only to understanding the Bush and Trump legacies, but also how both men viewed power and justice at critical junctures of their presidencies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Damn Thing After Another: Memoirs of an Attorney General
Author: William P. Barr
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  The former attorney general provides a candid account of his historic tenures serving two vastly different presidents, George H.W. Bush and Donald J. Trump. William Barr’s first tenure as attorney general under President George H.W. Bush was largely the result of chance, while his second tenure under President Donald Trump a deliberate and difficult choice. In this candid memoir, Barr takes readers behind the scenes during seminal moments of the 1990s, from the LA riots to Pan Am 103 and Iran Contra. Thirty years later, Barr faced an unrelenting barrage of issues, such as Russiagate, the COVID outbreak, civil unrest, the impeachments, and the 2020 election fallout. One Damn Thing After Another is vivid, forthright, and essential not only to understanding the Bush and Trump legacies, but also how both men viewed power and justice at critical junctures of their presidencies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Contra la creatividad: Capitalismo y domesticación del talento by Oli Mould, Pablo Hermida Lazcano (translator)</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra la creatividad: Capitalismo y domesticación del talento
Author: Oli Mould, Pablo Hermida Lazcano (translator)
Narrator: Jordi Domenech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pregonada como la fuerza motriz de la sociedad, la creatividad es supuestamente la fuente de la economía del conocimiento, que configura las ciudades en las que habitamos y define incluso nuestra política. ¿Qué podría haber de malo en ello? En una réplica brillante y antiintuitiva, Oli Mould nos exhorta a replantearnos la historia que nos están vendiendo. Nos muestra que la creatividad es una forma apenas disimulada de un mercado en continua expansión. Es un régimen que prioriza el éxito individual sobre el florecimiento colectivo y se niega a reconocer todo aquello (trabajos, lugares, personas) que no resulte rentable. Y eso lo cambia todo: los lugares en los que trabajamos, la forma en la que nos dirigen y el uso que hacemos de nuestro tiempo libre. ¿Existe alguna alternativa? Mould ofrece una redefinición radical de la creatividad, incorporada a la idea del avance colectivo y libre de la tiranía del lucro. &amp;#039;Mould demuestra con gran acierto que la creatividad es una excusa retórica para que los gobiernos neoliberales impongan una austeridad fiscal represiva.&amp;#039;—The Guardian</description>
      <author>Oli Mould, Pablo Hermida Lazcano (translator)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094421957.mp3" length="766541" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094421957.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra la creatividad: Capitalismo y domesticación del talento
Author: Oli Mould, Pablo Hermida Lazcano (translator)
Narrator: Jordi Domenech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pregonada como la fuerza motriz de la sociedad, la creatividad es supuestamente la fuente de la economía del conocimiento, que configura las ciudades en las que habitamos y define incluso nuestra política. ¿Qué podría haber de malo en ello? En una réplica brillante y antiintuitiva, Oli Mould nos exhorta a replantearnos la historia que nos están vendiendo. Nos muestra que la creatividad es una forma apenas disimulada de un mercado en continua expansión. Es un régimen que prioriza el éxito individual sobre el florecimiento colectivo y se niega a reconocer todo aquello (trabajos, lugares, personas) que no resulte rentable. Y eso lo cambia todo: los lugares en los que trabajamos, la forma en la que nos dirigen y el uso que hacemos de nuestro tiempo libre. ¿Existe alguna alternativa? Mould ofrece una redefinición radical de la creatividad, incorporada a la idea del avance colectivo y libre de la tiranía del lucro. &amp;#039;Mould demuestra con gran acierto que la creatividad es una excusa retórica para que los gobiernos neoliberales impongan una austeridad fiscal represiva.&amp;#039;—The Guardian</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569241</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra la creatividad: Capitalismo y domesticación del talento
Author: Oli Mould, Pablo Hermida Lazcano (translator)
Narrator: Jordi Domenech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pregonada como la fuerza motriz de la sociedad, la creatividad es supuestamente la fuente de la economía del conocimiento, que configura las ciudades en las que habitamos y define incluso nuestra política. ¿Qué podría haber de malo en ello? En una réplica brillante y antiintuitiva, Oli Mould nos exhorta a replantearnos la historia que nos están vendiendo. Nos muestra que la creatividad es una forma apenas disimulada de un mercado en continua expansión. Es un régimen que prioriza el éxito individual sobre el florecimiento colectivo y se niega a reconocer todo aquello (trabajos, lugares, personas) que no resulte rentable. Y eso lo cambia todo: los lugares en los que trabajamos, la forma en la que nos dirigen y el uso que hacemos de nuestro tiempo libre. ¿Existe alguna alternativa? Mould ofrece una redefinición radical de la creatividad, incorporada a la idea del avance colectivo y libre de la tiranía del lucro. &amp;#039;Mould demuestra con gran acierto que la creatividad es una excusa retórica para que los gobiernos neoliberales impongan una austeridad fiscal represiva.&amp;#039;—The Guardian</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>There Is Nothing for You Here: Finding Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century by Fiona Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is Nothing for You Here: Finding Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Fiona Hill
Narrator: Fiona Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This book has a miraculous quality.... As a memoir this is hard to put down; if you are seeking a better American future you should pick it up.”—Timothy Snyder, New York Times best-selling author of On Tyranny INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER | A celebrated foreign policy expert and key impeachment witness reveals how declining opportunity has set America on the grim path of modern Russia—and draws on her personal journey out of poverty, as well as her unique perspectives as an historian and policy maker, to show how we can return hope to our forgotten places. Fiona Hill grew up in a world of terminal decay. The last of the local mines had closed, businesses were shuttering, and despair was etched in the faces around her. Her father urged her to get out of their blighted corner of northern England: “There is nothing for you here, pet,” he said.    The coal-miner’s daughter managed to go further than he ever could have dreamed. She studied in Moscow and at Harvard, became an American citizen, and served three U.S. Presidents. But in the heartlands of both Russia and the United States, she saw troubling reflections of her hometown and similar populist impulses. By the time she offered her brave testimony in the first impeachment inquiry of President Trump, Hill knew that the desperation of forgotten people was driving American politics over the brink—and that we were running out of time to save ourselves from Russia’s fate. In this powerful, deeply personal account, she shares what she has learned, and shows why expanding opportunity is the only long-term hope for our democracy. “Of every book written by anybody associated with the Trump administration, in any way, [this] is absolutely the one to read.”—Rachel Maddow   A New York Times Bestseller | A Washington Post Bestseller | A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year | A Financial Times Best Book of the Year</description>
      <author>Fiona Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358578499.mp3" length="906904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358578499.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is Nothing for You Here: Finding Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Fiona Hill
Narrator: Fiona Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This book has a miraculous quality.... As a memoir this is hard to put down; if you are seeking a better American future you should pick it up.”—Timothy Snyder, New York Times best-selling author of On Tyranny INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER | A celebrated foreign policy expert and key impeachment witness reveals how declining opportunity has set America on the grim path of modern Russia—and draws on her personal journey out of poverty, as well as her unique perspectives as an historian and policy maker, to show how we can return hope to our forgotten places. Fiona Hill grew up in a world of terminal decay. The last of the local mines had closed, businesses were shuttering, and despair was etched in the faces around her. Her father urged her to get out of their blighted corner of northern England: “There is nothing for you here, pet,” he said.    The coal-miner’s daughter managed to go further than he ever could have dreamed. She studied in Moscow and at Harvard, became an American citizen, and served three U.S. Presidents. But in the heartlands of both Russia and the United States, she saw troubling reflections of her hometown and similar populist impulses. By the time she offered her brave testimony in the first impeachment inquiry of President Trump, Hill knew that the desperation of forgotten people was driving American politics over the brink—and that we were running out of time to save ourselves from Russia’s fate. In this powerful, deeply personal account, she shares what she has learned, and shows why expanding opportunity is the only long-term hope for our democracy. “Of every book written by anybody associated with the Trump administration, in any way, [this] is absolutely the one to read.”—Rachel Maddow   A New York Times Bestseller | A Washington Post Bestseller | A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year | A Financial Times Best Book of the Year</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569166</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is Nothing for You Here: Finding Opportunity in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Fiona Hill
Narrator: Fiona Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;This book has a miraculous quality.... As a memoir this is hard to put down; if you are seeking a better American future you should pick it up.”—Timothy Snyder, New York Times best-selling author of On Tyranny INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER | A celebrated foreign policy expert and key impeachment witness reveals how declining opportunity has set America on the grim path of modern Russia—and draws on her personal journey out of poverty, as well as her unique perspectives as an historian and policy maker, to show how we can return hope to our forgotten places. Fiona Hill grew up in a world of terminal decay. The last of the local mines had closed, businesses were shuttering, and despair was etched in the faces around her. Her father urged her to get out of their blighted corner of northern England: “There is nothing for you here, pet,” he said.    The coal-miner’s daughter managed to go further than he ever could have dreamed. She studied in Moscow and at Harvard, became an American citizen, and served three U.S. Presidents. But in the heartlands of both Russia and the United States, she saw troubling reflections of her hometown and similar populist impulses. By the time she offered her brave testimony in the first impeachment inquiry of President Trump, Hill knew that the desperation of forgotten people was driving American politics over the brink—and that we were running out of time to save ourselves from Russia’s fate. In this powerful, deeply personal account, she shares what she has learned, and shows why expanding opportunity is the only long-term hope for our democracy. “Of every book written by anybody associated with the Trump administration, in any way, [this] is absolutely the one to read.”—Rachel Maddow   A New York Times Bestseller | A Washington Post Bestseller | A Washington Post Notable Book of the Year | A Financial Times Best Book of the Year</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chaos Under Heaven: Trump, Xi, and the Battle for the Twenty-First Century by Josh Rogin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos Under Heaven: Trump, Xi, and the Battle for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Josh Rogin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive, behind-the-scenes story of Donald Trump’s high-stakes confrontation with Beijing, from an award-winning Washington Post columnist and peerless observer of the U.S.–China relationship  There was no calm before the storm. Donald Trump’s surprise electoral victory shattered the fragile understanding between Washington and Beijing, putting the most important relationship of the twenty-first century in the hands of a novice who had bitterly attacked China from the campaign trail. Almost as soon as he entered office, Trump brought to a boil the long-simmering rivalry between the two countries, while also striking up a “friendship” with Chinese president Xi Jinping — whose manipulations of his American counterpart would undermine the White House’s already disjointed response to the historic challenge of a rising China. All the while, Trump’s own officials fought to steer U.S. policy from within.  By the time the COVID-19 pandemic erupted in Wuhan, Trump’s love-hate relationship with Xi had sparked a trade war, while Xi’s aggression had pushed the world to the brink of a new Cold War. But their quarrel had also forced a long-overdue reckoning within the United States over China’s audacious foreign-influence operations, horrific human rights abuses, and creeping digital despotism. Ironically, this awakening was one of the biggest foreign-policy victories of Trump’s fractious term in office.  ​Filled with shocking revelations drawn from Josh Rogin’s unparalleled access to top U.S. officials from the White House and deep within the country’s foreign policy machine, Chaos Under Heaven reveals an administration at war with itself during perhaps our most urgent hour.</description>
      <author>Josh Rogin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358449348.mp3" length="811527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358449348.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos Under Heaven: Trump, Xi, and the Battle for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Josh Rogin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive, behind-the-scenes story of Donald Trump’s high-stakes confrontation with Beijing, from an award-winning Washington Post columnist and peerless observer of the U.S.–China relationship  There was no calm before the storm. Donald Trump’s surprise electoral victory shattered the fragile understanding between Washington and Beijing, putting the most important relationship of the twenty-first century in the hands of a novice who had bitterly attacked China from the campaign trail. Almost as soon as he entered office, Trump brought to a boil the long-simmering rivalry between the two countries, while also striking up a “friendship” with Chinese president Xi Jinping — whose manipulations of his American counterpart would undermine the White House’s already disjointed response to the historic challenge of a rising China. All the while, Trump’s own officials fought to steer U.S. policy from within.  By the time the COVID-19 pandemic erupted in Wuhan, Trump’s love-hate relationship with Xi had sparked a trade war, while Xi’s aggression had pushed the world to the brink of a new Cold War. But their quarrel had also forced a long-overdue reckoning within the United States over China’s audacious foreign-influence operations, horrific human rights abuses, and creeping digital despotism. Ironically, this awakening was one of the biggest foreign-policy victories of Trump’s fractious term in office.  ​Filled with shocking revelations drawn from Josh Rogin’s unparalleled access to top U.S. officials from the White House and deep within the country’s foreign policy machine, Chaos Under Heaven reveals an administration at war with itself during perhaps our most urgent hour.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos Under Heaven: Trump, Xi, and the Battle for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Josh Rogin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The explosive, behind-the-scenes story of Donald Trump’s high-stakes confrontation with Beijing, from an award-winning Washington Post columnist and peerless observer of the U.S.–China relationship  There was no calm before the storm. Donald Trump’s surprise electoral victory shattered the fragile understanding between Washington and Beijing, putting the most important relationship of the twenty-first century in the hands of a novice who had bitterly attacked China from the campaign trail. Almost as soon as he entered office, Trump brought to a boil the long-simmering rivalry between the two countries, while also striking up a “friendship” with Chinese president Xi Jinping — whose manipulations of his American counterpart would undermine the White House’s already disjointed response to the historic challenge of a rising China. All the while, Trump’s own officials fought to steer U.S. policy from within.  By the time the COVID-19 pandemic erupted in Wuhan, Trump’s love-hate relationship with Xi had sparked a trade war, while Xi’s aggression had pushed the world to the brink of a new Cold War. But their quarrel had also forced a long-overdue reckoning within the United States over China’s audacious foreign-influence operations, horrific human rights abuses, and creeping digital despotism. Ironically, this awakening was one of the biggest foreign-policy victories of Trump’s fractious term in office.  ​Filled with shocking revelations drawn from Josh Rogin’s unparalleled access to top U.S. officials from the White House and deep within the country’s foreign policy machine, Chaos Under Heaven reveals an administration at war with itself during perhaps our most urgent hour.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Rights Went Wrong: Why Our Obsession with Rights Is Tearing America Apart by Jamal Greene</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Rights Went Wrong: Why Our Obsession with Rights Is Tearing America Apart
Author: Jamal Greene
Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PUBLISHERS PROSE AWARD FINALIST | “Essential and fresh and vital . . . It is the argument of this important book that until Americans can reimagine rights, there is no path forward, and there is, especially, no way to get race right. No peace, no justice.”—from the foreword by Jill Lepore, New York Times best-selling author of These Truths: A History of the United States  An eminent constitutional scholar reveals how our approach to rights is dividing America, and shows how we can build a better system of justice.  You have the right to remain silent—and the right to free speech. The right to worship, and to doubt. The right to be free from discrimination, and to hate. The right to life, and the right to own a gun.  Rights are a sacred part of American identity. Yet they also are the source of some of our greatest divisions. We believe that holding a right means getting a judge to let us do whatever the right protects. And judges, for their part, seem unable to imagine two rights coexisting—reducing the law to winners and losers. The resulting system of legal absolutism distorts our law, debases our politics, and exacerbates our differences rather than helping to bridge them.  As renowned legal scholar Jamal Greene argues, we need a different approach—and in How Rights Went Wrong, he proposes one that the Founders would have approved. They preferred to leave rights to legislatures and juries, not judges, he explains. Only because of the Founders’ original sin of racial discrimination—and subsequent missteps by the Supreme Court—did courts gain such outsized power over Americans’ rights. In this paradigm-shifting account, Greene forces readers to rethink the relationship between constitutional law and political dysfunction and shows how we can recover America’s original vision of rights, while updating them to confront the challenges of the twenty-first century.  Audiobook read by Ryan Vincent Anderson.</description>
      <author>Jamal Greene</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358450443.mp3" length="835240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358450443.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Rights Went Wrong: Why Our Obsession with Rights Is Tearing America Apart
Author: Jamal Greene
Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PUBLISHERS PROSE AWARD FINALIST | “Essential and fresh and vital . . . It is the argument of this important book that until Americans can reimagine rights, there is no path forward, and there is, especially, no way to get race right. No peace, no justice.”—from the foreword by Jill Lepore, New York Times best-selling author of These Truths: A History of the United States  An eminent constitutional scholar reveals how our approach to rights is dividing America, and shows how we can build a better system of justice.  You have the right to remain silent—and the right to free speech. The right to worship, and to doubt. The right to be free from discrimination, and to hate. The right to life, and the right to own a gun.  Rights are a sacred part of American identity. Yet they also are the source of some of our greatest divisions. We believe that holding a right means getting a judge to let us do whatever the right protects. And judges, for their part, seem unable to imagine two rights coexisting—reducing the law to winners and losers. The resulting system of legal absolutism distorts our law, debases our politics, and exacerbates our differences rather than helping to bridge them.  As renowned legal scholar Jamal Greene argues, we need a different approach—and in How Rights Went Wrong, he proposes one that the Founders would have approved. They preferred to leave rights to legislatures and juries, not judges, he explains. Only because of the Founders’ original sin of racial discrimination—and subsequent missteps by the Supreme Court—did courts gain such outsized power over Americans’ rights. In this paradigm-shifting account, Greene forces readers to rethink the relationship between constitutional law and political dysfunction and shows how we can recover America’s original vision of rights, while updating them to confront the challenges of the twenty-first century.  Audiobook read by Ryan Vincent Anderson.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Rights Went Wrong: Why Our Obsession with Rights Is Tearing America Apart
Author: Jamal Greene
Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PUBLISHERS PROSE AWARD FINALIST | “Essential and fresh and vital . . . It is the argument of this important book that until Americans can reimagine rights, there is no path forward, and there is, especially, no way to get race right. No peace, no justice.”—from the foreword by Jill Lepore, New York Times best-selling author of These Truths: A History of the United States  An eminent constitutional scholar reveals how our approach to rights is dividing America, and shows how we can build a better system of justice.  You have the right to remain silent—and the right to free speech. The right to worship, and to doubt. The right to be free from discrimination, and to hate. The right to life, and the right to own a gun.  Rights are a sacred part of American identity. Yet they also are the source of some of our greatest divisions. We believe that holding a right means getting a judge to let us do whatever the right protects. And judges, for their part, seem unable to imagine two rights coexisting—reducing the law to winners and losers. The resulting system of legal absolutism distorts our law, debases our politics, and exacerbates our differences rather than helping to bridge them.  As renowned legal scholar Jamal Greene argues, we need a different approach—and in How Rights Went Wrong, he proposes one that the Founders would have approved. They preferred to leave rights to legislatures and juries, not judges, he explains. Only because of the Founders’ original sin of racial discrimination—and subsequent missteps by the Supreme Court—did courts gain such outsized power over Americans’ rights. In this paradigm-shifting account, Greene forces readers to rethink the relationship between constitutional law and political dysfunction and shows how we can recover America’s original vision of rights, while updating them to confront the challenges of the twenty-first century.  Audiobook read by Ryan Vincent Anderson.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demagogue: The Life and Long Shadow of Senator Joe McCarthy by Larry Tye</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue: The Life and Long Shadow of Senator Joe McCarthy
Author: Larry Tye
Narrator: Ben Jaeger-Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the most dangerous demagogue in American history, based on first-ever review of his personal and professional papers, medical and military records, and recently unsealed transcripts of his closed-door Congressional hearings  In the long history of American demagogues, from Huey Long to Donald Trump, never has one man caused so much damage in such a short time as Senator Joseph McCarthy. We still use “McCarthyism” to stand for outrageous charges of guilt by association, a weapon of polarizing slander. From 1950 to 1954, McCarthy destroyed many careers and even entire lives, whipping the nation into a frenzy of paranoia, accusation, loyalty oaths, and terror. When the public finally turned on him, he came crashing down, dying of alcoholism in 1957. Only now, through bestselling author Larry Tye’s exclusive look at the senator’s records, can the full story be told. Demagogue is a masterful portrait of a human being capable of immense evil, yet beguiling charm. McCarthy was a tireless worker and a genuine war hero. His ambitions knew few limits. Neither did his socializing, his drinking, nor his gambling. When he finally made it to the Senate, he flailed around in search of an agenda and angered many with his sharp elbows and lack of integrity. Finally, after three years, he hit upon anti-communism. By recklessly charging treason against everyone from George Marshall to much of the State Department, he became the most influential and controversial man in America. His chaotic, meteoric rise is a gripping and terrifying object lesson for us all. Yet his equally sudden fall from fame offers reason for hope that, given the rope, most American demagogues eventually hang themselves.</description>
      <author>Larry Tye</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358316619.mp3" length="910842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358316619.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue: The Life and Long Shadow of Senator Joe McCarthy
Author: Larry Tye
Narrator: Ben Jaeger-Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the most dangerous demagogue in American history, based on first-ever review of his personal and professional papers, medical and military records, and recently unsealed transcripts of his closed-door Congressional hearings  In the long history of American demagogues, from Huey Long to Donald Trump, never has one man caused so much damage in such a short time as Senator Joseph McCarthy. We still use “McCarthyism” to stand for outrageous charges of guilt by association, a weapon of polarizing slander. From 1950 to 1954, McCarthy destroyed many careers and even entire lives, whipping the nation into a frenzy of paranoia, accusation, loyalty oaths, and terror. When the public finally turned on him, he came crashing down, dying of alcoholism in 1957. Only now, through bestselling author Larry Tye’s exclusive look at the senator’s records, can the full story be told. Demagogue is a masterful portrait of a human being capable of immense evil, yet beguiling charm. McCarthy was a tireless worker and a genuine war hero. His ambitions knew few limits. Neither did his socializing, his drinking, nor his gambling. When he finally made it to the Senate, he flailed around in search of an agenda and angered many with his sharp elbows and lack of integrity. Finally, after three years, he hit upon anti-communism. By recklessly charging treason against everyone from George Marshall to much of the State Department, he became the most influential and controversial man in America. His chaotic, meteoric rise is a gripping and terrifying object lesson for us all. Yet his equally sudden fall from fame offers reason for hope that, given the rope, most American demagogues eventually hang themselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue: The Life and Long Shadow of Senator Joe McCarthy
Author: Larry Tye
Narrator: Ben Jaeger-Thomas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive biography of the most dangerous demagogue in American history, based on first-ever review of his personal and professional papers, medical and military records, and recently unsealed transcripts of his closed-door Congressional hearings  In the long history of American demagogues, from Huey Long to Donald Trump, never has one man caused so much damage in such a short time as Senator Joseph McCarthy. We still use “McCarthyism” to stand for outrageous charges of guilt by association, a weapon of polarizing slander. From 1950 to 1954, McCarthy destroyed many careers and even entire lives, whipping the nation into a frenzy of paranoia, accusation, loyalty oaths, and terror. When the public finally turned on him, he came crashing down, dying of alcoholism in 1957. Only now, through bestselling author Larry Tye’s exclusive look at the senator’s records, can the full story be told. Demagogue is a masterful portrait of a human being capable of immense evil, yet beguiling charm. McCarthy was a tireless worker and a genuine war hero. His ambitions knew few limits. Neither did his socializing, his drinking, nor his gambling. When he finally made it to the Senate, he flailed around in search of an agenda and angered many with his sharp elbows and lack of integrity. Finally, after three years, he hit upon anti-communism. By recklessly charging treason against everyone from George Marshall to much of the State Department, he became the most influential and controversial man in America. His chaotic, meteoric rise is a gripping and terrifying object lesson for us all. Yet his equally sudden fall from fame offers reason for hope that, given the rope, most American demagogues eventually hang themselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mayday 1971: A White House at War, a Revolt in the Streets, and the Untold History of America&amp;#039;s Biggest Mass Arrest by Lawrence Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayday 1971: A White House at War, a Revolt in the Streets, and the Untold History of America&amp;#039;s Biggest Mass Arrest
Author: Lawrence Roberts
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the largest act of civil disobedience in US history, in Richard Nixon’s Washington  They surged into Washington by the tens of thousands in the spring of 1971. Fiery radicals, flower children, and militant vets gathered for the most audacious act in a years-long movement to end America’s war in Vietnam: a blockade of the nation’s capital. And the White House, headed by an increasingly paranoid Richard Nixon, was determined to stop it.  Washington journalist Lawrence Roberts, drawing on dozens of interviews, unexplored archives, and newfound White House transcripts, recreates these largely forgotten events through the eyes of dueling characters. Woven into the story too are now-familiar names including John Kerry, Jane Fonda, and Daniel Ellsberg, leaker of the Pentagon Papers. It began with a bombing inside the U.S. Capitol—a still-unsolved case to which Roberts brings new information. To prevent the Mayday Tribe’s guerrilla-style traffic blockade, the government mustered the military. Riot squads swept through the city, arresting more than 12,000 people. As a young female public defender led a thrilling legal battle to free the detainees, Nixon and his men took their first steps down the road to the Watergate scandal and the implosion of the presidency.    Mayday 1971 is the ultimately inspiring story of a season when our democracy faced grave danger, and survived.</description>
      <author>Lawrence Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358386193.mp3" length="733125" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358386193.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayday 1971: A White House at War, a Revolt in the Streets, and the Untold History of America&amp;#039;s Biggest Mass Arrest
Author: Lawrence Roberts
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the largest act of civil disobedience in US history, in Richard Nixon’s Washington  They surged into Washington by the tens of thousands in the spring of 1971. Fiery radicals, flower children, and militant vets gathered for the most audacious act in a years-long movement to end America’s war in Vietnam: a blockade of the nation’s capital. And the White House, headed by an increasingly paranoid Richard Nixon, was determined to stop it.  Washington journalist Lawrence Roberts, drawing on dozens of interviews, unexplored archives, and newfound White House transcripts, recreates these largely forgotten events through the eyes of dueling characters. Woven into the story too are now-familiar names including John Kerry, Jane Fonda, and Daniel Ellsberg, leaker of the Pentagon Papers. It began with a bombing inside the U.S. Capitol—a still-unsolved case to which Roberts brings new information. To prevent the Mayday Tribe’s guerrilla-style traffic blockade, the government mustered the military. Riot squads swept through the city, arresting more than 12,000 people. As a young female public defender led a thrilling legal battle to free the detainees, Nixon and his men took their first steps down the road to the Watergate scandal and the implosion of the presidency.    Mayday 1971 is the ultimately inspiring story of a season when our democracy faced grave danger, and survived.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayday 1971: A White House at War, a Revolt in the Streets, and the Untold History of America&amp;#039;s Biggest Mass Arrest
Author: Lawrence Roberts
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A vivid account of the largest act of civil disobedience in US history, in Richard Nixon’s Washington  They surged into Washington by the tens of thousands in the spring of 1971. Fiery radicals, flower children, and militant vets gathered for the most audacious act in a years-long movement to end America’s war in Vietnam: a blockade of the nation’s capital. And the White House, headed by an increasingly paranoid Richard Nixon, was determined to stop it.  Washington journalist Lawrence Roberts, drawing on dozens of interviews, unexplored archives, and newfound White House transcripts, recreates these largely forgotten events through the eyes of dueling characters. Woven into the story too are now-familiar names including John Kerry, Jane Fonda, and Daniel Ellsberg, leaker of the Pentagon Papers. It began with a bombing inside the U.S. Capitol—a still-unsolved case to which Roberts brings new information. To prevent the Mayday Tribe’s guerrilla-style traffic blockade, the government mustered the military. Riot squads swept through the city, arresting more than 12,000 people. As a young female public defender led a thrilling legal battle to free the detainees, Nixon and his men took their first steps down the road to the Watergate scandal and the implosion of the presidency.    Mayday 1971 is the ultimately inspiring story of a season when our democracy faced grave danger, and survived.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Impeach: The Case Against Donald Trump by Sam Koppelman, Neal Katyal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Impeach: The Case Against Donald Trump
Author: Sam Koppelman, Neal Katyal
Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why President Trump has left us with no choice but to remove him from office, as explained by celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal.  No one is above the law. This belief is as American as freedom of speech and turkey on Thanksgiving—held sacred by Democrats and Republicans alike. But as celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal argues in Impeach, if President Trump is not held accountable for repeatedly asking foreign powers to interfere in the 2020 presidential election, this could very well mark the end of our democracy. To quote President George Washington’s Farewell Address: “Foreign influence is one of the most baneful foes of republican government.” Impeachment should always be our last resort, explains Katyal, but our founders, our principles, and our Constitution leave us with no choice but to impeach President Trump—before it’s too late.   Read by Christopher Ryan Grant CHRISTOPHER RYAN GRANT  is an actor and voice artist based in New York City. As well as narrating numerous audiobooks, and lending his voice to video games, animated shows, and radio/TV campaigns, he has also appeared on Broadway in The Iceman Cometh starring Denzel Washington and the Tony Award winning Million Dollar Quartet. He has been seen on stage recently in Coriolanus at Shakespeare in the Park, at The Public, Lincoln Center, New World Stages, Yale  Rep, Shakespeare Theatre (D.C.), The MUNY, and at NY Stage &amp;amp; Film among many others. Film/TV credits include Rolling on the Floor Laughing, Hard Times For Softcore, How You Are To Me, “The Other Two”, and “Nella the Princess Knight”.</description>
      <author>Sam Koppelman, Neal Katyal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358395454.mp3" length="912029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358395454.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Impeach: The Case Against Donald Trump
Author: Sam Koppelman, Neal Katyal
Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why President Trump has left us with no choice but to remove him from office, as explained by celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal.  No one is above the law. This belief is as American as freedom of speech and turkey on Thanksgiving—held sacred by Democrats and Republicans alike. But as celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal argues in Impeach, if President Trump is not held accountable for repeatedly asking foreign powers to interfere in the 2020 presidential election, this could very well mark the end of our democracy. To quote President George Washington’s Farewell Address: “Foreign influence is one of the most baneful foes of republican government.” Impeachment should always be our last resort, explains Katyal, but our founders, our principles, and our Constitution leave us with no choice but to impeach President Trump—before it’s too late.   Read by Christopher Ryan Grant CHRISTOPHER RYAN GRANT  is an actor and voice artist based in New York City. As well as narrating numerous audiobooks, and lending his voice to video games, animated shows, and radio/TV campaigns, he has also appeared on Broadway in The Iceman Cometh starring Denzel Washington and the Tony Award winning Million Dollar Quartet. He has been seen on stage recently in Coriolanus at Shakespeare in the Park, at The Public, Lincoln Center, New World Stages, Yale  Rep, Shakespeare Theatre (D.C.), The MUNY, and at NY Stage &amp;amp; Film among many others. Film/TV credits include Rolling on the Floor Laughing, Hard Times For Softcore, How You Are To Me, “The Other Two”, and “Nella the Princess Knight”.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569020</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Impeach: The Case Against Donald Trump
Author: Sam Koppelman, Neal Katyal
Narrator: Christopher Ryan Grant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why President Trump has left us with no choice but to remove him from office, as explained by celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal.  No one is above the law. This belief is as American as freedom of speech and turkey on Thanksgiving—held sacred by Democrats and Republicans alike. But as celebrated Supreme Court lawyer and former Acting Solicitor General Neal Katyal argues in Impeach, if President Trump is not held accountable for repeatedly asking foreign powers to interfere in the 2020 presidential election, this could very well mark the end of our democracy. To quote President George Washington’s Farewell Address: “Foreign influence is one of the most baneful foes of republican government.” Impeachment should always be our last resort, explains Katyal, but our founders, our principles, and our Constitution leave us with no choice but to impeach President Trump—before it’s too late.   Read by Christopher Ryan Grant CHRISTOPHER RYAN GRANT  is an actor and voice artist based in New York City. As well as narrating numerous audiobooks, and lending his voice to video games, animated shows, and radio/TV campaigns, he has also appeared on Broadway in The Iceman Cometh starring Denzel Washington and the Tony Award winning Million Dollar Quartet. He has been seen on stage recently in Coriolanus at Shakespeare in the Park, at The Public, Lincoln Center, New World Stages, Yale  Rep, Shakespeare Theatre (D.C.), The MUNY, and at NY Stage &amp;amp; Film among many others. Film/TV credits include Rolling on the Floor Laughing, Hard Times For Softcore, How You Are To Me, “The Other Two”, and “Nella the Princess Knight”.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Running While Black: Finding Freedom in a Sport that Wasn&amp;#039;t Built for Us by Alison Mariella Désir</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running While Black: Finding Freedom in a Sport that Wasn&amp;#039;t Built for Us
Author: Alison Mariella Désir
Narrator: Alison Mariella Désir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing exposé on the whiteness of running, a supposedly egalitarian sport, and a call to reimagine the industry “Runners know that running brings us to ourselves. But for Black people, the simple act of running has never been so simple. It is a declaration of the right to move through the world. If running is claiming public space, why, then, does it feel like a negotiation?”     Running saved Alison Désir’s life. At rock bottom and searching for meaning and structure, Désir started marathon training, finding that it vastly improved both her physical and mental health. Yet as she became involved in the community and learned its history, she realized that the sport was largely built with white people in mind.     Running While Black draws on Désir’s experience as an endurance athlete, activist, and mental health advocate to explore why the seemingly simple, human act of long distance running for exercise and health has never been truly open to Black people. Weaving historical context—from the first recreational running boom to the horrific murder of Ahmaud Arbery—together with her own story of growth in the sport, Désir unpacks how we got here and advocates for a world where everyone is free to safely experience the life-changing power of movement.      As America reckons with its history of white supremacy across major institutions, Désir argues that, as a litmus test for an inclusive society, the fitness industry has the opportunity to lead the charge—fulfilling its promise of empowerment.</description>
      <author>Alison Mariella Désir</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593613436.mp3" length="2499845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593613436.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running While Black: Finding Freedom in a Sport that Wasn&amp;#039;t Built for Us
Author: Alison Mariella Désir
Narrator: Alison Mariella Désir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing exposé on the whiteness of running, a supposedly egalitarian sport, and a call to reimagine the industry “Runners know that running brings us to ourselves. But for Black people, the simple act of running has never been so simple. It is a declaration of the right to move through the world. If running is claiming public space, why, then, does it feel like a negotiation?”     Running saved Alison Désir’s life. At rock bottom and searching for meaning and structure, Désir started marathon training, finding that it vastly improved both her physical and mental health. Yet as she became involved in the community and learned its history, she realized that the sport was largely built with white people in mind.     Running While Black draws on Désir’s experience as an endurance athlete, activist, and mental health advocate to explore why the seemingly simple, human act of long distance running for exercise and health has never been truly open to Black people. Weaving historical context—from the first recreational running boom to the horrific murder of Ahmaud Arbery—together with her own story of growth in the sport, Désir unpacks how we got here and advocates for a world where everyone is free to safely experience the life-changing power of movement.      As America reckons with its history of white supremacy across major institutions, Désir argues that, as a litmus test for an inclusive society, the fitness industry has the opportunity to lead the charge—fulfilling its promise of empowerment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568867</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Running While Black: Finding Freedom in a Sport that Wasn&amp;#039;t Built for Us
Author: Alison Mariella Désir
Narrator: Alison Mariella Désir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing exposé on the whiteness of running, a supposedly egalitarian sport, and a call to reimagine the industry “Runners know that running brings us to ourselves. But for Black people, the simple act of running has never been so simple. It is a declaration of the right to move through the world. If running is claiming public space, why, then, does it feel like a negotiation?”     Running saved Alison Désir’s life. At rock bottom and searching for meaning and structure, Désir started marathon training, finding that it vastly improved both her physical and mental health. Yet as she became involved in the community and learned its history, she realized that the sport was largely built with white people in mind.     Running While Black draws on Désir’s experience as an endurance athlete, activist, and mental health advocate to explore why the seemingly simple, human act of long distance running for exercise and health has never been truly open to Black people. Weaving historical context—from the first recreational running boom to the horrific murder of Ahmaud Arbery—together with her own story of growth in the sport, Désir unpacks how we got here and advocates for a world where everyone is free to safely experience the life-changing power of movement.      As America reckons with its history of white supremacy across major institutions, Désir argues that, as a litmus test for an inclusive society, the fitness industry has the opportunity to lead the charge—fulfilling its promise of empowerment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lady Justice: Women, the Law, and the Battle to Save America by Dahlia Lithwick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Justice: Women, the Law, and the Battle to Save America
Author: Dahlia Lithwick
Narrator: Dahlia Lithwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the LA Times Book Prize in Current Interest An instant New York Times Bestseller! “Stirring . . . Lithwick’s approach, interweaving interviews with legal commentary, allows her subjects to shine...Inspiring.” —New York Times Book Review “In Dahlia Lithwick’s urgent, engaging Lady Justice, Dobbs serves as a devastating bookend to a story that begins in hope.” —Boston Globe Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, tells the gripping and heroic story of the women lawyers who fought the racism, sexism, and xenophobia of Donald Trump’s presidency—and won In the immediate aftershocks of Donald Trump’s victory over Hilary Clinton in 2016, women lawyers across the country, independently of one another, sprang into action. They were determined not to stand by while the Republican party did everything in their power to pursue devastating and often retrograde policies. In Lady Justice, Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, illuminates these many heroes of the Trump years. From Sally Yates and Becca Heller, who fought the Muslim travel ban, to Roberta Kaplan, who sued the neo-Nazis in Charlottesville, to Stacey Abrams, who worked to protect the voting rights of millions of Georgians, Lithwick dramatizes in thrilling detail the women lawyers who worked tirelessly to hold the line against the most chaotic presidency in living memory. A celebration of the legal ingenuity and indefatigable spirit of the women whose work all too often went unrecognized at the time, Lady Justice is destined to be treasured and passed from hand to hand for generations to come.</description>
      <author>Dahlia Lithwick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593629642.mp3" length="2773029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593629642.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Justice: Women, the Law, and the Battle to Save America
Author: Dahlia Lithwick
Narrator: Dahlia Lithwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the LA Times Book Prize in Current Interest An instant New York Times Bestseller! “Stirring . . . Lithwick’s approach, interweaving interviews with legal commentary, allows her subjects to shine...Inspiring.” —New York Times Book Review “In Dahlia Lithwick’s urgent, engaging Lady Justice, Dobbs serves as a devastating bookend to a story that begins in hope.” —Boston Globe Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, tells the gripping and heroic story of the women lawyers who fought the racism, sexism, and xenophobia of Donald Trump’s presidency—and won In the immediate aftershocks of Donald Trump’s victory over Hilary Clinton in 2016, women lawyers across the country, independently of one another, sprang into action. They were determined not to stand by while the Republican party did everything in their power to pursue devastating and often retrograde policies. In Lady Justice, Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, illuminates these many heroes of the Trump years. From Sally Yates and Becca Heller, who fought the Muslim travel ban, to Roberta Kaplan, who sued the neo-Nazis in Charlottesville, to Stacey Abrams, who worked to protect the voting rights of millions of Georgians, Lithwick dramatizes in thrilling detail the women lawyers who worked tirelessly to hold the line against the most chaotic presidency in living memory. A celebration of the legal ingenuity and indefatigable spirit of the women whose work all too often went unrecognized at the time, Lady Justice is destined to be treasured and passed from hand to hand for generations to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lady Justice: Women, the Law, and the Battle to Save America
Author: Dahlia Lithwick
Narrator: Dahlia Lithwick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the LA Times Book Prize in Current Interest An instant New York Times Bestseller! “Stirring . . . Lithwick’s approach, interweaving interviews with legal commentary, allows her subjects to shine...Inspiring.” —New York Times Book Review “In Dahlia Lithwick’s urgent, engaging Lady Justice, Dobbs serves as a devastating bookend to a story that begins in hope.” —Boston Globe Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, tells the gripping and heroic story of the women lawyers who fought the racism, sexism, and xenophobia of Donald Trump’s presidency—and won In the immediate aftershocks of Donald Trump’s victory over Hilary Clinton in 2016, women lawyers across the country, independently of one another, sprang into action. They were determined not to stand by while the Republican party did everything in their power to pursue devastating and often retrograde policies. In Lady Justice, Dahlia Lithwick, one of the nation’s foremost legal commentators, illuminates these many heroes of the Trump years. From Sally Yates and Becca Heller, who fought the Muslim travel ban, to Roberta Kaplan, who sued the neo-Nazis in Charlottesville, to Stacey Abrams, who worked to protect the voting rights of millions of Georgians, Lithwick dramatizes in thrilling detail the women lawyers who worked tirelessly to hold the line against the most chaotic presidency in living memory. A celebration of the legal ingenuity and indefatigable spirit of the women whose work all too often went unrecognized at the time, Lady Justice is destined to be treasured and passed from hand to hand for generations to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Born in Blackness: Africa, Africans, and the Making of the Modern World, 1471 to the Second World War by Howard W. French</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blackness: Africa, Africans, and the Making of the Modern World, 1471 to the Second World War
Author: Howard W. French
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditional accounts of the making of the modern world afford a place of primacy to European history. Some credit the fifteenth-century Age of Discovery and the maritime connection it established between West and East; others the accidental unearthing of the &amp;#039;New World.&amp;#039; Still others point to the development of the scientific method, or the spread of Judeo-Christian beliefs; and so on, ad infinitum. The history of Africa, by contrast, has long been relegated to the remote outskirts of our global story. What if, instead, we put Africa and Africans at the very center of our thinking about the origins of modernity? In a sweeping narrative spanning more than six centuries, Howard W. French does just that, for Born in Blackness vitally reframes the story of medieval and emerging Africa, demonstrating how the economic ascendancy of Europe, the anchoring of democracy in the West, and the fulfillment of so-called Enlightenment ideals all grew out of Europe&amp;#039;s dehumanizing engagement with the &amp;#039;dark&amp;#039; continent. In fact, French reveals, the first impetus for the Age of Discovery was not—as we are so often told, even today—Europe&amp;#039;s yearning for ties with Asia, but rather its centuries-old desire to forge a trade in gold with legendarily rich Black societies sequestered away in the heart of West Africa.</description>
      <author>Howard W. French</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696606943.mp3" length="8006170" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696606943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blackness: Africa, Africans, and the Making of the Modern World, 1471 to the Second World War
Author: Howard W. French
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditional accounts of the making of the modern world afford a place of primacy to European history. Some credit the fifteenth-century Age of Discovery and the maritime connection it established between West and East; others the accidental unearthing of the &amp;#039;New World.&amp;#039; Still others point to the development of the scientific method, or the spread of Judeo-Christian beliefs; and so on, ad infinitum. The history of Africa, by contrast, has long been relegated to the remote outskirts of our global story. What if, instead, we put Africa and Africans at the very center of our thinking about the origins of modernity? In a sweeping narrative spanning more than six centuries, Howard W. French does just that, for Born in Blackness vitally reframes the story of medieval and emerging Africa, demonstrating how the economic ascendancy of Europe, the anchoring of democracy in the West, and the fulfillment of so-called Enlightenment ideals all grew out of Europe&amp;#039;s dehumanizing engagement with the &amp;#039;dark&amp;#039; continent. In fact, French reveals, the first impetus for the Age of Discovery was not—as we are so often told, even today—Europe&amp;#039;s yearning for ties with Asia, but rather its centuries-old desire to forge a trade in gold with legendarily rich Black societies sequestered away in the heart of West Africa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blackness: Africa, Africans, and the Making of the Modern World, 1471 to the Second World War
Author: Howard W. French
Narrator: James Fouhey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditional accounts of the making of the modern world afford a place of primacy to European history. Some credit the fifteenth-century Age of Discovery and the maritime connection it established between West and East; others the accidental unearthing of the &amp;#039;New World.&amp;#039; Still others point to the development of the scientific method, or the spread of Judeo-Christian beliefs; and so on, ad infinitum. The history of Africa, by contrast, has long been relegated to the remote outskirts of our global story. What if, instead, we put Africa and Africans at the very center of our thinking about the origins of modernity? In a sweeping narrative spanning more than six centuries, Howard W. French does just that, for Born in Blackness vitally reframes the story of medieval and emerging Africa, demonstrating how the economic ascendancy of Europe, the anchoring of democracy in the West, and the fulfillment of so-called Enlightenment ideals all grew out of Europe&amp;#039;s dehumanizing engagement with the &amp;#039;dark&amp;#039; continent. In fact, French reveals, the first impetus for the Age of Discovery was not—as we are so often told, even today—Europe&amp;#039;s yearning for ties with Asia, but rather its centuries-old desire to forge a trade in gold with legendarily rich Black societies sequestered away in the heart of West Africa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prophets without Honor: The 2000 Camp David Summit and the End of the Two-State Solution by Shlomo Ben-Ami</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophets without Honor: The 2000 Camp David Summit and the End of the Two-State Solution
Author: Shlomo Ben-Ami
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The clash between Israel and Palestine has been one of the most emotionally engaging causes of modern times. Prophets without Honor tells the story of the attempts to solve the conflict and examines the reasons for its resilience. Shlomo Ben-Ami, who participated at a high level in the July 2000 Camp David peace talks that almost led to a historic deal, uses his insider experience to illuminate the specific factors that impede a solution to the conflict. Ben-Ami challenges the funereal historiography that emerged in the wake of the Camp David process, when Israelis and Palestinians engaged in the Sisyphean task of breaking the taboos surrounding the conflict. The Clinton Peace Parameters that emerged out of this process eventually became the litmus test of every serious peace proposal in the future. But all-or-nothing theological fanaticism and a lack of bold and enlightened leadership have made these attempts at peace-making a defining failure of the two-state concept. Ben-Ami scrutinizes the ominous alternatives to the two-state solution, such as the binational state and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s Deal of the Century. He also examines the merits of a Jordanian-Palestinian solution. In discussing Palestine from a comparative perspective, he underlines its singularity while also shedding light on the dilemmas that stand at the center of any peace enterprise.</description>
      <author>Shlomo Ben-Ami</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696607261.mp3" length="8164205" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696607261.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophets without Honor: The 2000 Camp David Summit and the End of the Two-State Solution
Author: Shlomo Ben-Ami
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The clash between Israel and Palestine has been one of the most emotionally engaging causes of modern times. Prophets without Honor tells the story of the attempts to solve the conflict and examines the reasons for its resilience. Shlomo Ben-Ami, who participated at a high level in the July 2000 Camp David peace talks that almost led to a historic deal, uses his insider experience to illuminate the specific factors that impede a solution to the conflict. Ben-Ami challenges the funereal historiography that emerged in the wake of the Camp David process, when Israelis and Palestinians engaged in the Sisyphean task of breaking the taboos surrounding the conflict. The Clinton Peace Parameters that emerged out of this process eventually became the litmus test of every serious peace proposal in the future. But all-or-nothing theological fanaticism and a lack of bold and enlightened leadership have made these attempts at peace-making a defining failure of the two-state concept. Ben-Ami scrutinizes the ominous alternatives to the two-state solution, such as the binational state and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s Deal of the Century. He also examines the merits of a Jordanian-Palestinian solution. In discussing Palestine from a comparative perspective, he underlines its singularity while also shedding light on the dilemmas that stand at the center of any peace enterprise.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophets without Honor: The 2000 Camp David Summit and the End of the Two-State Solution
Author: Shlomo Ben-Ami
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The clash between Israel and Palestine has been one of the most emotionally engaging causes of modern times. Prophets without Honor tells the story of the attempts to solve the conflict and examines the reasons for its resilience. Shlomo Ben-Ami, who participated at a high level in the July 2000 Camp David peace talks that almost led to a historic deal, uses his insider experience to illuminate the specific factors that impede a solution to the conflict. Ben-Ami challenges the funereal historiography that emerged in the wake of the Camp David process, when Israelis and Palestinians engaged in the Sisyphean task of breaking the taboos surrounding the conflict. The Clinton Peace Parameters that emerged out of this process eventually became the litmus test of every serious peace proposal in the future. But all-or-nothing theological fanaticism and a lack of bold and enlightened leadership have made these attempts at peace-making a defining failure of the two-state concept. Ben-Ami scrutinizes the ominous alternatives to the two-state solution, such as the binational state and Donald Trump&amp;#039;s Deal of the Century. He also examines the merits of a Jordanian-Palestinian solution. In discussing Palestine from a comparative perspective, he underlines its singularity while also shedding light on the dilemmas that stand at the center of any peace enterprise.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vision of the Anointed: Self-congratulation as a Basis for Social Policy by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision of the Anointed: Self-congratulation as a Basis for Social Policy
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell&amp;#039;s provocative critique of liberalism&amp;#039;s failures The Vision of the Anointed is a devastating critique of the mindset behind the failed social policies of the past thirty years. Thomas Sowell sees what has happened not as a series of isolated mistakes but as a logical consequence of a vision whose defects have led to disasters in education, crime, family disintegration, and other social pathology. In this book, &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; theory is repeatedly confronted with facts—and sharp contradictions between the two are explained in terms of a whole set of self-congratulatory assumptions held by political and intellectual elites. These elites—the anointed—often consider themselves &amp;#039;thinking people,&amp;#039; but much of what they call thinking turns out, on examination, to be rhetorical assertion, followed by evasions of mounting evidence against those assertions.</description>
      <author>Thomas Sowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666197662.mp3" length="8324299" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666197662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision of the Anointed: Self-congratulation as a Basis for Social Policy
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell&amp;#039;s provocative critique of liberalism&amp;#039;s failures The Vision of the Anointed is a devastating critique of the mindset behind the failed social policies of the past thirty years. Thomas Sowell sees what has happened not as a series of isolated mistakes but as a logical consequence of a vision whose defects have led to disasters in education, crime, family disintegration, and other social pathology. In this book, &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; theory is repeatedly confronted with facts—and sharp contradictions between the two are explained in terms of a whole set of self-congratulatory assumptions held by political and intellectual elites. These elites—the anointed—often consider themselves &amp;#039;thinking people,&amp;#039; but much of what they call thinking turns out, on examination, to be rhetorical assertion, followed by evasions of mounting evidence against those assertions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision of the Anointed: Self-congratulation as a Basis for Social Policy
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell&amp;#039;s provocative critique of liberalism&amp;#039;s failures The Vision of the Anointed is a devastating critique of the mindset behind the failed social policies of the past thirty years. Thomas Sowell sees what has happened not as a series of isolated mistakes but as a logical consequence of a vision whose defects have led to disasters in education, crime, family disintegration, and other social pathology. In this book, &amp;#039;politically correct&amp;#039; theory is repeatedly confronted with facts—and sharp contradictions between the two are explained in terms of a whole set of self-congratulatory assumptions held by political and intellectual elites. These elites—the anointed—often consider themselves &amp;#039;thinking people,&amp;#039; but much of what they call thinking turns out, on examination, to be rhetorical assertion, followed by evasions of mounting evidence against those assertions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reckoning: Black Lives Matter and the Democratic Necessity of Social Movements by Deva R. Woodly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reckoning: Black Lives Matter and the Democratic Necessity of Social Movements
Author: Deva R. Woodly
Narrator: Deanna Anthony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examining the significance of the Movement for Black Lives, Reckoning uncovers a broadly applicable argument for the democratic necessity of social movements. Barack Obama famously said that the purpose of social movements is to get a seat at the table. However, as Deva Woodly argues in Reckoning—a sweeping account of the meaning and purpose of the Movement for Black Lives (M4BL)—the value of such movements is something much more profound: they are necessary for the health and survival of democracy. Drawing from on-the-ground interviews with activists in the movement, Woodly analyzes the emergence of the M4BL, its organizational structure and culture, and its strategies and tactics. She also shows how a unique political philosophy—Radical Black Feminist Pragmatism—served as an intellectual foundation of the movement and documents the role it played in transforming public meanings, public opinion, and policy. Interweaving theoretical and empirical observations throughout, Woodly provides both a unique portrait of the movement and a powerful explanation of the labor social movements do in democracy. A major work that speaks to both scholars and activists, Woodly&amp;#039;s account of the rise and spread of M4BL will reshape our understanding of why the movement is so important—and so necessary—for democracy.</description>
      <author>Deva R. Woodly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765003428.mp3" length="8273879" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765003428.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reckoning: Black Lives Matter and the Democratic Necessity of Social Movements
Author: Deva R. Woodly
Narrator: Deanna Anthony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examining the significance of the Movement for Black Lives, Reckoning uncovers a broadly applicable argument for the democratic necessity of social movements. Barack Obama famously said that the purpose of social movements is to get a seat at the table. However, as Deva Woodly argues in Reckoning—a sweeping account of the meaning and purpose of the Movement for Black Lives (M4BL)—the value of such movements is something much more profound: they are necessary for the health and survival of democracy. Drawing from on-the-ground interviews with activists in the movement, Woodly analyzes the emergence of the M4BL, its organizational structure and culture, and its strategies and tactics. She also shows how a unique political philosophy—Radical Black Feminist Pragmatism—served as an intellectual foundation of the movement and documents the role it played in transforming public meanings, public opinion, and policy. Interweaving theoretical and empirical observations throughout, Woodly provides both a unique portrait of the movement and a powerful explanation of the labor social movements do in democracy. A major work that speaks to both scholars and activists, Woodly&amp;#039;s account of the rise and spread of M4BL will reshape our understanding of why the movement is so important—and so necessary—for democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reckoning: Black Lives Matter and the Democratic Necessity of Social Movements
Author: Deva R. Woodly
Narrator: Deanna Anthony
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examining the significance of the Movement for Black Lives, Reckoning uncovers a broadly applicable argument for the democratic necessity of social movements. Barack Obama famously said that the purpose of social movements is to get a seat at the table. However, as Deva Woodly argues in Reckoning—a sweeping account of the meaning and purpose of the Movement for Black Lives (M4BL)—the value of such movements is something much more profound: they are necessary for the health and survival of democracy. Drawing from on-the-ground interviews with activists in the movement, Woodly analyzes the emergence of the M4BL, its organizational structure and culture, and its strategies and tactics. She also shows how a unique political philosophy—Radical Black Feminist Pragmatism—served as an intellectual foundation of the movement and documents the role it played in transforming public meanings, public opinion, and policy. Interweaving theoretical and empirical observations throughout, Woodly provides both a unique portrait of the movement and a powerful explanation of the labor social movements do in democracy. A major work that speaks to both scholars and activists, Woodly&amp;#039;s account of the rise and spread of M4BL will reshape our understanding of why the movement is so important—and so necessary—for democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change by Tamar Haddad</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change
Author: Tamar Haddad
Narrator: Tamar Haddad
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change was inspired by the shocking &amp;#039;honor killing&amp;#039; of the author&amp;#039;s classmate and friend, Israa Ghrayeb. Her alleged crime? The simple act of going out, in broad daylight, with her fiancé and his sister-an act Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s cousin maintained was unacceptable in a conservative society. While Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s killers may be free, their manner of thinking is anything but. In The Future of Palestine, author Tamar Haddad seeks to open minds to diverse perspectives and to give voice to those who are commonly marginalized in conservative Palestinian society. In a world where prejudice is all too familiar, The Future of Palestine suggests that change can occur through: - Engaging in theoretical readings such as post colonialism, Orientalism, psychoanalysis, nationalism, race theory, queer theory, feminism, and marxism - Sharing stories of marginalized Palestinians - Providing non-Palestinians with a background about the Palestinian-Israeli conflict This book is for those who reject discrimination against the marginalized and wish to make a difference. Coming together and discussing Palestinian history, identity, trauma, the notion of religion, women, race, sexual orientation, and class should change us all for the better.</description>
      <author>Tamar Haddad</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667939179.mp3" length="856671" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667939179.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change
Author: Tamar Haddad
Narrator: Tamar Haddad
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change was inspired by the shocking &amp;#039;honor killing&amp;#039; of the author&amp;#039;s classmate and friend, Israa Ghrayeb. Her alleged crime? The simple act of going out, in broad daylight, with her fiancé and his sister-an act Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s cousin maintained was unacceptable in a conservative society. While Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s killers may be free, their manner of thinking is anything but. In The Future of Palestine, author Tamar Haddad seeks to open minds to diverse perspectives and to give voice to those who are commonly marginalized in conservative Palestinian society. In a world where prejudice is all too familiar, The Future of Palestine suggests that change can occur through: - Engaging in theoretical readings such as post colonialism, Orientalism, psychoanalysis, nationalism, race theory, queer theory, feminism, and marxism - Sharing stories of marginalized Palestinians - Providing non-Palestinians with a background about the Palestinian-Israeli conflict This book is for those who reject discrimination against the marginalized and wish to make a difference. Coming together and discussing Palestinian history, identity, trauma, the notion of religion, women, race, sexual orientation, and class should change us all for the better.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change
Author: Tamar Haddad
Narrator: Tamar Haddad
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Future of Palestine: How Discrimination Hinders Change was inspired by the shocking &amp;#039;honor killing&amp;#039; of the author&amp;#039;s classmate and friend, Israa Ghrayeb. Her alleged crime? The simple act of going out, in broad daylight, with her fiancé and his sister-an act Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s cousin maintained was unacceptable in a conservative society. While Ghrayeb&amp;#039;s killers may be free, their manner of thinking is anything but. In The Future of Palestine, author Tamar Haddad seeks to open minds to diverse perspectives and to give voice to those who are commonly marginalized in conservative Palestinian society. In a world where prejudice is all too familiar, The Future of Palestine suggests that change can occur through: - Engaging in theoretical readings such as post colonialism, Orientalism, psychoanalysis, nationalism, race theory, queer theory, feminism, and marxism - Sharing stories of marginalized Palestinians - Providing non-Palestinians with a background about the Palestinian-Israeli conflict This book is for those who reject discrimination against the marginalized and wish to make a difference. Coming together and discussing Palestinian history, identity, trauma, the notion of religion, women, race, sexual orientation, and class should change us all for the better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Un paraíso en el infierno: Las extraordinarias comunidades que surgen en el desastre by Rebecca Solnit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un paraíso en el infierno: Las extraordinarias comunidades que surgen en el desastre
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Marta Martín
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Un hito&amp;#039;. —The New York Times Book Review. &amp;#039;Una tesis convincente sobre la capacidad de la gente común de superar colectivamente los desafíos más difíciles&amp;#039;. —Publishers Weekly Libro del año en The New York Times Después de un desastre, sea provocado por el hombre o por la naturaleza, ¿la gente se vuelve más altruista, ingeniosa y valiente? ¿A qué deben él ánimo las nuevas comunidades que surgen entre las ruinas y en momentos de crisis, con sus nuevos propósitos? ¿Qué revela su alegría sobre la posibilidad y el deseo de cambio social, normalmente insatisfecho? Solnit explora este fenómeno a través de algunas calamidades como el terremoto de 1906 en San Francisco, la explosión que casi acabó con Halifax en 1917, el terremoto de Ciudad de México de 1985, el 11-S en Nueva York y el huracán Katrina, que arrasó Nueva Orleans. Lo sorprendente, ante estas y otras desgracias, no es que tanta haya estado y siga estando a la altura de las circunstancias, sino que lo haga con alegría. Un paraíso en el infierno es una investigación ejemplar sobre la nobleza y el ingenio que surgen en medio del dolor y la catástrofe. &amp;#039;Este magnífico libro tiene una cualidad esperanzadora, optimista e incluso contagiosa&amp;#039;. —Los Angeles Times</description>
      <author>Rebecca Solnit</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094422787.mp3" length="809386" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094422787.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un paraíso en el infierno: Las extraordinarias comunidades que surgen en el desastre
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Marta Martín
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Un hito&amp;#039;. —The New York Times Book Review. &amp;#039;Una tesis convincente sobre la capacidad de la gente común de superar colectivamente los desafíos más difíciles&amp;#039;. —Publishers Weekly Libro del año en The New York Times Después de un desastre, sea provocado por el hombre o por la naturaleza, ¿la gente se vuelve más altruista, ingeniosa y valiente? ¿A qué deben él ánimo las nuevas comunidades que surgen entre las ruinas y en momentos de crisis, con sus nuevos propósitos? ¿Qué revela su alegría sobre la posibilidad y el deseo de cambio social, normalmente insatisfecho? Solnit explora este fenómeno a través de algunas calamidades como el terremoto de 1906 en San Francisco, la explosión que casi acabó con Halifax en 1917, el terremoto de Ciudad de México de 1985, el 11-S en Nueva York y el huracán Katrina, que arrasó Nueva Orleans. Lo sorprendente, ante estas y otras desgracias, no es que tanta haya estado y siga estando a la altura de las circunstancias, sino que lo haga con alegría. Un paraíso en el infierno es una investigación ejemplar sobre la nobleza y el ingenio que surgen en medio del dolor y la catástrofe. &amp;#039;Este magnífico libro tiene una cualidad esperanzadora, optimista e incluso contagiosa&amp;#039;. —Los Angeles Times</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Un paraíso en el infierno: Las extraordinarias comunidades que surgen en el desastre
Author: Rebecca Solnit
Narrator: Marta Martín
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Un hito&amp;#039;. —The New York Times Book Review. &amp;#039;Una tesis convincente sobre la capacidad de la gente común de superar colectivamente los desafíos más difíciles&amp;#039;. —Publishers Weekly Libro del año en The New York Times Después de un desastre, sea provocado por el hombre o por la naturaleza, ¿la gente se vuelve más altruista, ingeniosa y valiente? ¿A qué deben él ánimo las nuevas comunidades que surgen entre las ruinas y en momentos de crisis, con sus nuevos propósitos? ¿Qué revela su alegría sobre la posibilidad y el deseo de cambio social, normalmente insatisfecho? Solnit explora este fenómeno a través de algunas calamidades como el terremoto de 1906 en San Francisco, la explosión que casi acabó con Halifax en 1917, el terremoto de Ciudad de México de 1985, el 11-S en Nueva York y el huracán Katrina, que arrasó Nueva Orleans. Lo sorprendente, ante estas y otras desgracias, no es que tanta haya estado y siga estando a la altura de las circunstancias, sino que lo haga con alegría. Un paraíso en el infierno es una investigación ejemplar sobre la nobleza y el ingenio que surgen en medio del dolor y la catástrofe. &amp;#039;Este magnífico libro tiene una cualidad esperanzadora, optimista e incluso contagiosa&amp;#039;. —Los Angeles Times</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Gulag: Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos by Anne Applebaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Gulag: Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Estela Fernández
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
***Premio de Periodismo de El Mundo y Premio Francisco Cerecedo de Periodismo 2021***    Una extensa y detallada historia del origen y el desarrollo de los Gulags soviéticos y su herencia hasta la actualidad.  El Gulag aparece en la conciencia de occidente en 1977 con la publicación de la obra de Aleksandr Solzhenitsin Archipiélago Gulag. A partir de nuevos estudios, memorias publicadas tras la caída de la URSS y algunos archivos hasta ahora secretos, Anne Applebaum realiza una reconstrucción histórica del origen y la evolución de los campos de concentración soviéticos que devuelve este infausto e inolvidable episodio al centro de la tormentosa historia del convulso siglo XX. Con detalle y precisión asistimos a la vida cotidiana en el campo: las automutilaciones para evitar los trabajos forzados, las bodas entre prisioneros, la vida de las mujeres y los niños, las rebeliones y los intentos de fuga.  El libro, documentado y riguroso, sostiene que el Gulag nació no solo por la necesidad de aislar a los elementos que el Partido Comunista consideraba enemigos, sino para conseguir, al mismo tiempo, una masa de trabajadores-esclavos que trabajara a cambio de comida en inmensos proyectos como el canal del mar Blanco o las minas de Kolimá. Tras la descripción del horror organizado por el régimen soviético, el libro narra cómo Gorbachov, cuya familia se vio directamente afectada por esta política represiva, decidió terminar con este régimen carcelario liberando a la ciudadanía de uno de los más perversos y crueles sistemas represivos que el mundo ha conocido.  Reseña: «El Gulag de Anne Applebaum es un libro importante. Sus muchos años de minuciosa investigación han provisto a la autora de un inmenso caudal de fascinantes detalles para recrear una terrible e inolvidable historia.» Anthony Beevor, autor de Stalingrado</description>
      <author>Anne Applebaum</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418619953.mp3" length="1347896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418619953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Gulag: Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Estela Fernández
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
***Premio de Periodismo de El Mundo y Premio Francisco Cerecedo de Periodismo 2021***    Una extensa y detallada historia del origen y el desarrollo de los Gulags soviéticos y su herencia hasta la actualidad.  El Gulag aparece en la conciencia de occidente en 1977 con la publicación de la obra de Aleksandr Solzhenitsin Archipiélago Gulag. A partir de nuevos estudios, memorias publicadas tras la caída de la URSS y algunos archivos hasta ahora secretos, Anne Applebaum realiza una reconstrucción histórica del origen y la evolución de los campos de concentración soviéticos que devuelve este infausto e inolvidable episodio al centro de la tormentosa historia del convulso siglo XX. Con detalle y precisión asistimos a la vida cotidiana en el campo: las automutilaciones para evitar los trabajos forzados, las bodas entre prisioneros, la vida de las mujeres y los niños, las rebeliones y los intentos de fuga.  El libro, documentado y riguroso, sostiene que el Gulag nació no solo por la necesidad de aislar a los elementos que el Partido Comunista consideraba enemigos, sino para conseguir, al mismo tiempo, una masa de trabajadores-esclavos que trabajara a cambio de comida en inmensos proyectos como el canal del mar Blanco o las minas de Kolimá. Tras la descripción del horror organizado por el régimen soviético, el libro narra cómo Gorbachov, cuya familia se vio directamente afectada por esta política represiva, decidió terminar con este régimen carcelario liberando a la ciudadanía de uno de los más perversos y crueles sistemas represivos que el mundo ha conocido.  Reseña: «El Gulag de Anne Applebaum es un libro importante. Sus muchos años de minuciosa investigación han provisto a la autora de un inmenso caudal de fascinantes detalles para recrear una terrible e inolvidable historia.» Anthony Beevor, autor de Stalingrado</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Gulag: Historia de los campos de concentración soviéticos
Author: Anne Applebaum
Narrator: Estela Fernández
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
***Premio de Periodismo de El Mundo y Premio Francisco Cerecedo de Periodismo 2021***    Una extensa y detallada historia del origen y el desarrollo de los Gulags soviéticos y su herencia hasta la actualidad.  El Gulag aparece en la conciencia de occidente en 1977 con la publicación de la obra de Aleksandr Solzhenitsin Archipiélago Gulag. A partir de nuevos estudios, memorias publicadas tras la caída de la URSS y algunos archivos hasta ahora secretos, Anne Applebaum realiza una reconstrucción histórica del origen y la evolución de los campos de concentración soviéticos que devuelve este infausto e inolvidable episodio al centro de la tormentosa historia del convulso siglo XX. Con detalle y precisión asistimos a la vida cotidiana en el campo: las automutilaciones para evitar los trabajos forzados, las bodas entre prisioneros, la vida de las mujeres y los niños, las rebeliones y los intentos de fuga.  El libro, documentado y riguroso, sostiene que el Gulag nació no solo por la necesidad de aislar a los elementos que el Partido Comunista consideraba enemigos, sino para conseguir, al mismo tiempo, una masa de trabajadores-esclavos que trabajara a cambio de comida en inmensos proyectos como el canal del mar Blanco o las minas de Kolimá. Tras la descripción del horror organizado por el régimen soviético, el libro narra cómo Gorbachov, cuya familia se vio directamente afectada por esta política represiva, decidió terminar con este régimen carcelario liberando a la ciudadanía de uno de los más perversos y crueles sistemas represivos que el mundo ha conocido.  Reseña: «El Gulag de Anne Applebaum es un libro importante. Sus muchos años de minuciosa investigación han provisto a la autora de un inmenso caudal de fascinantes detalles para recrear una terrible e inolvidable historia.» Anthony Beevor, autor de Stalingrado</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Regreso a la jaula: El fracaso de López Obrador by Roger Bartra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Regreso a la jaula: El fracaso de López Obrador
Author: Roger Bartra
Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cuáles fueron las verdaderas razones del triunfo electoral de Andrés Manuel López Obrador en 2018? Y aún más importante: a dos años de iniciado su gobierno, ¿dónde están las tan esperadas transformaciones políticas que prometía con vehemencia?  Una de las claves para el éxito de AMLO, asegura Roger Bartra en este libro, fueron las cuestionables alianzas que impulsaron la campaña del hoy presidente, y que revelaron finalmente su verdadera orientación política.Aunque para los seguidores más fieles de su partido se vendió como un demócrata firmemente anclado en la izquierda, los hechos lo han revelado como un populista de la más conservadora derecha, inspirado en el priismo autoritario de los años sesenta y setenta. Para  Bartra,esto significa sólo una cosa: la así autonombrada «Cuarta Transformación» no es sino un retroceso a una etapa de nuestra historia política que parecía ya superada, con todos los riesgos políticos, económicos y sociales que esto implica.  Para muestra, basta un somero recuento de los resultados que han traído sus maltrechosprogramas sociales y sus agresivas medidas de austeridad, amén de su errática respuesta ante la emergencia derivada de la covid-19. Hoy es claro, quizá más que nunca, que el proyecto político de AMLO ha sido un fracaso que puede ser peligroso para el destino de México en el corto plazo. Ante ese escenario, las elecciones de 2021 tienen la posibilidad de equilibrar la balanza política del país en favor de una verdadera democracia plural o consolidar uno de los movimientos políticos más nocivos de nuestra historia reciente. ¿Qué camino elegirán los votantes?</description>
      <author>Roger Bartra</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073812986.mp3" length="1432734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073812986.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Regreso a la jaula: El fracaso de López Obrador
Author: Roger Bartra
Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cuáles fueron las verdaderas razones del triunfo electoral de Andrés Manuel López Obrador en 2018? Y aún más importante: a dos años de iniciado su gobierno, ¿dónde están las tan esperadas transformaciones políticas que prometía con vehemencia?  Una de las claves para el éxito de AMLO, asegura Roger Bartra en este libro, fueron las cuestionables alianzas que impulsaron la campaña del hoy presidente, y que revelaron finalmente su verdadera orientación política.Aunque para los seguidores más fieles de su partido se vendió como un demócrata firmemente anclado en la izquierda, los hechos lo han revelado como un populista de la más conservadora derecha, inspirado en el priismo autoritario de los años sesenta y setenta. Para  Bartra,esto significa sólo una cosa: la así autonombrada «Cuarta Transformación» no es sino un retroceso a una etapa de nuestra historia política que parecía ya superada, con todos los riesgos políticos, económicos y sociales que esto implica.  Para muestra, basta un somero recuento de los resultados que han traído sus maltrechosprogramas sociales y sus agresivas medidas de austeridad, amén de su errática respuesta ante la emergencia derivada de la covid-19. Hoy es claro, quizá más que nunca, que el proyecto político de AMLO ha sido un fracaso que puede ser peligroso para el destino de México en el corto plazo. Ante ese escenario, las elecciones de 2021 tienen la posibilidad de equilibrar la balanza política del país en favor de una verdadera democracia plural o consolidar uno de los movimientos políticos más nocivos de nuestra historia reciente. ¿Qué camino elegirán los votantes?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Regreso a la jaula: El fracaso de López Obrador
Author: Roger Bartra
Narrator: Mauricio Pérez Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Cuáles fueron las verdaderas razones del triunfo electoral de Andrés Manuel López Obrador en 2018? Y aún más importante: a dos años de iniciado su gobierno, ¿dónde están las tan esperadas transformaciones políticas que prometía con vehemencia?  Una de las claves para el éxito de AMLO, asegura Roger Bartra en este libro, fueron las cuestionables alianzas que impulsaron la campaña del hoy presidente, y que revelaron finalmente su verdadera orientación política.Aunque para los seguidores más fieles de su partido se vendió como un demócrata firmemente anclado en la izquierda, los hechos lo han revelado como un populista de la más conservadora derecha, inspirado en el priismo autoritario de los años sesenta y setenta. Para  Bartra,esto significa sólo una cosa: la así autonombrada «Cuarta Transformación» no es sino un retroceso a una etapa de nuestra historia política que parecía ya superada, con todos los riesgos políticos, económicos y sociales que esto implica.  Para muestra, basta un somero recuento de los resultados que han traído sus maltrechosprogramas sociales y sus agresivas medidas de austeridad, amén de su errática respuesta ante la emergencia derivada de la covid-19. Hoy es claro, quizá más que nunca, que el proyecto político de AMLO ha sido un fracaso que puede ser peligroso para el destino de México en el corto plazo. Ante ese escenario, las elecciones de 2021 tienen la posibilidad de equilibrar la balanza política del país en favor de una verdadera democracia plural o consolidar uno de los movimientos políticos más nocivos de nuestra historia reciente. ¿Qué camino elegirán los votantes?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Peligro by Bob Woodward, Robert Costa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Peligro
Author: Bob Woodward, Robert Costa
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La transición del presidente Donald J. Trump al presidente Joseph R. Biden Jr. es uno de los períodos más peligrosos de la historia de Estados Unidos. Pero como revelan por vez primera el ganador del Premio Pulitzer Bob Woodward y el aclamado reportero Robert Costa, se trataba de mucho más que una simple crisis política interna. Woodward y Costa entrevistaron a más de 200 personas en el centro de la confusión, lo que resultó en más de 6.000 páginas de transcripciones y un retrato fascinante y definitivo de una nación al borde del abismo. Este estudio clásico de Washington lleva a los lectores a lo más profundo de la Casa Blanca de Trump, la Casa Blanca de Biden, la carrera electoral de 2020, al Pentágono y al Congreso, con vívidos relatos de testigos presenciales de lo que realmente sucedió. Peligro se complementa con material nunca antes visto de órdenes secretas, transcripciones de llamadas confidenciales, diarios, correos electrónicos, notas de reuniones y otros registros personales y gubernamentales, lo que lo convierte en una historia incomparable. También es la primera mirada al interior de la presidencia de Biden mientras enfrenta los desafíos de su vida: la continua pandemia mortal y un mundo plagado de amenazas bajo la sombra oscura y flotante del ex presidente Trump. &amp;#039;Tenemos mucho que hacer en este invierno de peligro&amp;#039;, declaró Biden en su toma de posesión, un evento marcado por una alarma de seguridad angustiosa y la amenaza del terrorismo nacional.&amp;#039; - Bob Woodward es editor asociado en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado durante cuarenta y siete años. Ganador de dos Premios Pulitzer, el primero por su cobertura del Watergate y el segundo en 2003 como reportero líder cubriendo el atentado terrorista del 11-S. Robert Costa es un reportero político nacional en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado desde 2014. Anteriormente se desempeñó como moderador y editor gerente de Washington Week en PBS y como analista político para NBC News y MSNBC. Tiene una licenciatura de la Universidad de Notre Dame y una maestría de la Universidad de Cambridge.</description>
      <author>Bob Woodward, Robert Costa</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728264041.mp3" length="1353972" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728264041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Peligro
Author: Bob Woodward, Robert Costa
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La transición del presidente Donald J. Trump al presidente Joseph R. Biden Jr. es uno de los períodos más peligrosos de la historia de Estados Unidos. Pero como revelan por vez primera el ganador del Premio Pulitzer Bob Woodward y el aclamado reportero Robert Costa, se trataba de mucho más que una simple crisis política interna. Woodward y Costa entrevistaron a más de 200 personas en el centro de la confusión, lo que resultó en más de 6.000 páginas de transcripciones y un retrato fascinante y definitivo de una nación al borde del abismo. Este estudio clásico de Washington lleva a los lectores a lo más profundo de la Casa Blanca de Trump, la Casa Blanca de Biden, la carrera electoral de 2020, al Pentágono y al Congreso, con vívidos relatos de testigos presenciales de lo que realmente sucedió. Peligro se complementa con material nunca antes visto de órdenes secretas, transcripciones de llamadas confidenciales, diarios, correos electrónicos, notas de reuniones y otros registros personales y gubernamentales, lo que lo convierte en una historia incomparable. También es la primera mirada al interior de la presidencia de Biden mientras enfrenta los desafíos de su vida: la continua pandemia mortal y un mundo plagado de amenazas bajo la sombra oscura y flotante del ex presidente Trump. &amp;#039;Tenemos mucho que hacer en este invierno de peligro&amp;#039;, declaró Biden en su toma de posesión, un evento marcado por una alarma de seguridad angustiosa y la amenaza del terrorismo nacional.&amp;#039; - Bob Woodward es editor asociado en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado durante cuarenta y siete años. Ganador de dos Premios Pulitzer, el primero por su cobertura del Watergate y el segundo en 2003 como reportero líder cubriendo el atentado terrorista del 11-S. Robert Costa es un reportero político nacional en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado desde 2014. Anteriormente se desempeñó como moderador y editor gerente de Washington Week en PBS y como analista político para NBC News y MSNBC. Tiene una licenciatura de la Universidad de Notre Dame y una maestría de la Universidad de Cambridge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Peligro
Author: Bob Woodward, Robert Costa
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La transición del presidente Donald J. Trump al presidente Joseph R. Biden Jr. es uno de los períodos más peligrosos de la historia de Estados Unidos. Pero como revelan por vez primera el ganador del Premio Pulitzer Bob Woodward y el aclamado reportero Robert Costa, se trataba de mucho más que una simple crisis política interna. Woodward y Costa entrevistaron a más de 200 personas en el centro de la confusión, lo que resultó en más de 6.000 páginas de transcripciones y un retrato fascinante y definitivo de una nación al borde del abismo. Este estudio clásico de Washington lleva a los lectores a lo más profundo de la Casa Blanca de Trump, la Casa Blanca de Biden, la carrera electoral de 2020, al Pentágono y al Congreso, con vívidos relatos de testigos presenciales de lo que realmente sucedió. Peligro se complementa con material nunca antes visto de órdenes secretas, transcripciones de llamadas confidenciales, diarios, correos electrónicos, notas de reuniones y otros registros personales y gubernamentales, lo que lo convierte en una historia incomparable. También es la primera mirada al interior de la presidencia de Biden mientras enfrenta los desafíos de su vida: la continua pandemia mortal y un mundo plagado de amenazas bajo la sombra oscura y flotante del ex presidente Trump. &amp;#039;Tenemos mucho que hacer en este invierno de peligro&amp;#039;, declaró Biden en su toma de posesión, un evento marcado por una alarma de seguridad angustiosa y la amenaza del terrorismo nacional.&amp;#039; - Bob Woodward es editor asociado en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado durante cuarenta y siete años. Ganador de dos Premios Pulitzer, el primero por su cobertura del Watergate y el segundo en 2003 como reportero líder cubriendo el atentado terrorista del 11-S. Robert Costa es un reportero político nacional en The Washington Post, donde ha trabajado desde 2014. Anteriormente se desempeñó como moderador y editor gerente de Washington Week en PBS y como analista político para NBC News y MSNBC. Tiene una licenciatura de la Universidad de Notre Dame y una maestría de la Universidad de Cambridge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Strafrecht AT I Definitionen by Ahmet-Furkan Akgün</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strafrecht AT I Definitionen
Series: #1 of Strafrecht Definitionen
Author: Ahmet-Furkan Akgün
Narrator: Jurepeat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hier findet ihr sämtliche Definitionen zum allgemeinen Teil des Strafrechts (Strafrecht AT I). Sowohl in den Anfangs-Semestern, als auch in späteren Semestern werden Definitionen wichtig sein.</description>
      <author>Ahmet-Furkan Akgün</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707823183.mp3" length="410257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707823183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strafrecht AT I Definitionen
Series: #1 of Strafrecht Definitionen
Author: Ahmet-Furkan Akgün
Narrator: Jurepeat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hier findet ihr sämtliche Definitionen zum allgemeinen Teil des Strafrechts (Strafrecht AT I). Sowohl in den Anfangs-Semestern, als auch in späteren Semestern werden Definitionen wichtig sein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strafrecht AT I Definitionen
Series: #1 of Strafrecht Definitionen
Author: Ahmet-Furkan Akgün
Narrator: Jurepeat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hier findet ihr sämtliche Definitionen zum allgemeinen Teil des Strafrechts (Strafrecht AT I). Sowohl in den Anfangs-Semestern, als auch in späteren Semestern werden Definitionen wichtig sein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Prinzessin in der Seifenblase by Marie Wollatz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Prinzessin in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma wollte schon immer einmal eine Prinzessin sein. Durch Zufall entdeckt sie die Zauberseifenblasen ihres besten Freundes Mika und landet im Garten eines prunkvollen Schlosses. Plötzlich ist sie tatsächlich eine Prinzessin und ihr Abenteuer beginnt.</description>
      <author>Marie Wollatz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707842061.mp3" length="519095" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707842061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Prinzessin in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma wollte schon immer einmal eine Prinzessin sein. Durch Zufall entdeckt sie die Zauberseifenblasen ihres besten Freundes Mika und landet im Garten eines prunkvollen Schlosses. Plötzlich ist sie tatsächlich eine Prinzessin und ihr Abenteuer beginnt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Prinzessin in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Emma wollte schon immer einmal eine Prinzessin sein. Durch Zufall entdeckt sie die Zauberseifenblasen ihres besten Freundes Mika und landet im Garten eines prunkvollen Schlosses. Plötzlich ist sie tatsächlich eine Prinzessin und ihr Abenteuer beginnt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Governments Get It Wrong: and how they can get it right by Dennis C. Grube</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Governments Get It Wrong: and how they can get it right
Author: Dennis C. Grube
Narrator: Dennis C. Grube
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This humane, accessible and lucid work will enlighten any voter, and remind any would-be – or currently serving – politician of the pitfalls to avoid&amp;#039; - TLS Barely a week goes by without another government U-turn and with the cost of living crisis and rising mortgage rates we really need those in charge to get it right. In this timely book Cambridge Professor Dennis C. Grube explores the pitfalls, failures and successes of those in power around the world. &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; - Sebastian Payne &amp;#039;Convincing&amp;#039; - David Lammy MP We live in an era when we really need governments to be effective – the economy, our health and the future of the planet are at stake – but so often they can seem clueless, and their decisions leave us confused. With insight and wit, Grube explains how governments can improve their decision-making and by examining fascinating case studies he highlights the key factors that make for effective government. With the stakes higher than ever before, this original and important book is an essential read for any concerned citizen who wants to understand why governments make the wrong decisions and, crucially, what can be done about it. ‘Highly original and very entertaining&amp;#039; - Gavin Esler &amp;#039;There is a real gap for this book&amp;#039; - Isabel Hardman</description>
      <author>Dennis C. Grube</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529083378.mp3" length="1254126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529083378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Governments Get It Wrong: and how they can get it right
Author: Dennis C. Grube
Narrator: Dennis C. Grube
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This humane, accessible and lucid work will enlighten any voter, and remind any would-be – or currently serving – politician of the pitfalls to avoid&amp;#039; - TLS Barely a week goes by without another government U-turn and with the cost of living crisis and rising mortgage rates we really need those in charge to get it right. In this timely book Cambridge Professor Dennis C. Grube explores the pitfalls, failures and successes of those in power around the world. &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; - Sebastian Payne &amp;#039;Convincing&amp;#039; - David Lammy MP We live in an era when we really need governments to be effective – the economy, our health and the future of the planet are at stake – but so often they can seem clueless, and their decisions leave us confused. With insight and wit, Grube explains how governments can improve their decision-making and by examining fascinating case studies he highlights the key factors that make for effective government. With the stakes higher than ever before, this original and important book is an essential read for any concerned citizen who wants to understand why governments make the wrong decisions and, crucially, what can be done about it. ‘Highly original and very entertaining&amp;#039; - Gavin Esler &amp;#039;There is a real gap for this book&amp;#039; - Isabel Hardman</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Governments Get It Wrong: and how they can get it right
Author: Dennis C. Grube
Narrator: Dennis C. Grube
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This humane, accessible and lucid work will enlighten any voter, and remind any would-be – or currently serving – politician of the pitfalls to avoid&amp;#039; - TLS Barely a week goes by without another government U-turn and with the cost of living crisis and rising mortgage rates we really need those in charge to get it right. In this timely book Cambridge Professor Dennis C. Grube explores the pitfalls, failures and successes of those in power around the world. &amp;#039;A must-read&amp;#039; - Sebastian Payne &amp;#039;Convincing&amp;#039; - David Lammy MP We live in an era when we really need governments to be effective – the economy, our health and the future of the planet are at stake – but so often they can seem clueless, and their decisions leave us confused. With insight and wit, Grube explains how governments can improve their decision-making and by examining fascinating case studies he highlights the key factors that make for effective government. With the stakes higher than ever before, this original and important book is an essential read for any concerned citizen who wants to understand why governments make the wrong decisions and, crucially, what can be done about it. ‘Highly original and very entertaining&amp;#039; - Gavin Esler &amp;#039;There is a real gap for this book&amp;#039; - Isabel Hardman</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rigged: How the Media, Big Tech, and the Democrats Seized Our Elections by Mollie Hemingway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: How the Media, Big Tech, and the Democrats Seized Our Elections
Author: Mollie Hemingway
Narrator: Elizabeth Railing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Stunned by the turbulence of the 2020 election, millions of Americans are asking the forbidden question: what really happened? It was a devastating triple punch. Capping their four-year campaign to destroy the Trump presidency, the media portrayed a Democratic victory as necessary and inevitable. Big Tech, wielding unprecedented powers, vaporized dissent and erased damning reports about the Biden family’s corruption. And Democratic operatives, exploiting a public health crisis, shamelessly manipulated the voting process itself. Silenced and subjected, the American people lost their faith in the system. Rigged is the definitive account of the 2020 election. Based on Mollie Hemingway’s exclusive interviews with campaign officials, reporters, Supreme Court justices, and President Trump himself, it exposes the fraud and cynicism behind the Democrats’ historic power-grab. Rewriting history is a specialty of the radical left, now in control of America’s political and cultural heights. But they will have to contend with the determination, insight, and eloquence of Mollie Hemingway. Rigged is a reminder for weary patriots that truth is still the most powerful weapon. The stakes for our democracy have never been higher.</description>
      <author>Mollie Hemingway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200758616.mp3" length="872624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200758616.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: How the Media, Big Tech, and the Democrats Seized Our Elections
Author: Mollie Hemingway
Narrator: Elizabeth Railing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Stunned by the turbulence of the 2020 election, millions of Americans are asking the forbidden question: what really happened? It was a devastating triple punch. Capping their four-year campaign to destroy the Trump presidency, the media portrayed a Democratic victory as necessary and inevitable. Big Tech, wielding unprecedented powers, vaporized dissent and erased damning reports about the Biden family’s corruption. And Democratic operatives, exploiting a public health crisis, shamelessly manipulated the voting process itself. Silenced and subjected, the American people lost their faith in the system. Rigged is the definitive account of the 2020 election. Based on Mollie Hemingway’s exclusive interviews with campaign officials, reporters, Supreme Court justices, and President Trump himself, it exposes the fraud and cynicism behind the Democrats’ historic power-grab. Rewriting history is a specialty of the radical left, now in control of America’s political and cultural heights. But they will have to contend with the determination, insight, and eloquence of Mollie Hemingway. Rigged is a reminder for weary patriots that truth is still the most powerful weapon. The stakes for our democracy have never been higher.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567629</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rigged: How the Media, Big Tech, and the Democrats Seized Our Elections
Author: Mollie Hemingway
Narrator: Elizabeth Railing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Stunned by the turbulence of the 2020 election, millions of Americans are asking the forbidden question: what really happened? It was a devastating triple punch. Capping their four-year campaign to destroy the Trump presidency, the media portrayed a Democratic victory as necessary and inevitable. Big Tech, wielding unprecedented powers, vaporized dissent and erased damning reports about the Biden family’s corruption. And Democratic operatives, exploiting a public health crisis, shamelessly manipulated the voting process itself. Silenced and subjected, the American people lost their faith in the system. Rigged is the definitive account of the 2020 election. Based on Mollie Hemingway’s exclusive interviews with campaign officials, reporters, Supreme Court justices, and President Trump himself, it exposes the fraud and cynicism behind the Democrats’ historic power-grab. Rewriting history is a specialty of the radical left, now in control of America’s political and cultural heights. But they will have to contend with the determination, insight, and eloquence of Mollie Hemingway. Rigged is a reminder for weary patriots that truth is still the most powerful weapon. The stakes for our democracy have never been higher.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century by Richard Duncan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century
Author: Richard Duncan
Narrator: Chris Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century, economist and bestselling author Richard Duncan lays out a farsighted strategy to maximize the United States&amp;#039; unmatched financial and technological potential. In compelling fashion, the author shows that the United States can and should invest in the industries and technologies of the future on an unprecedented scale in order to ignite a new technological revolution that would cement the country&amp;#039;s geopolitical preeminence, greatly enhance human well-being, and create unimaginable wealth. In this book, you will find: an important new history of the Federal Reserve that details the transformation of the country&amp;#039;s central bank from the passive lender of last resort created by its founders in 1913 into the world&amp;#039;s most powerful economic institution today; a fascinating discussion of the evolution of money and monetary policy in the United States over the past century; an examination of the role that credit has played in generating economic growth; a detailed description of the country&amp;#039;s capital structure and its dangerous deficiencies; and an urgent call-to-action for the United States to begin a multi-trillion-dollar investment program targeting industries of the future. The Money Revolution is an engaging listen that is ideal for anyone interested in the future of the United States.</description>
      <author>Richard Duncan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663718525.mp3" length="7762490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663718525.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century
Author: Richard Duncan
Narrator: Chris Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century, economist and bestselling author Richard Duncan lays out a farsighted strategy to maximize the United States&amp;#039; unmatched financial and technological potential. In compelling fashion, the author shows that the United States can and should invest in the industries and technologies of the future on an unprecedented scale in order to ignite a new technological revolution that would cement the country&amp;#039;s geopolitical preeminence, greatly enhance human well-being, and create unimaginable wealth. In this book, you will find: an important new history of the Federal Reserve that details the transformation of the country&amp;#039;s central bank from the passive lender of last resort created by its founders in 1913 into the world&amp;#039;s most powerful economic institution today; a fascinating discussion of the evolution of money and monetary policy in the United States over the past century; an examination of the role that credit has played in generating economic growth; a detailed description of the country&amp;#039;s capital structure and its dangerous deficiencies; and an urgent call-to-action for the United States to begin a multi-trillion-dollar investment program targeting industries of the future. The Money Revolution is an engaging listen that is ideal for anyone interested in the future of the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567577</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century
Author: Richard Duncan
Narrator: Chris Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Money Revolution: How to Finance the Next American Century, economist and bestselling author Richard Duncan lays out a farsighted strategy to maximize the United States&amp;#039; unmatched financial and technological potential. In compelling fashion, the author shows that the United States can and should invest in the industries and technologies of the future on an unprecedented scale in order to ignite a new technological revolution that would cement the country&amp;#039;s geopolitical preeminence, greatly enhance human well-being, and create unimaginable wealth. In this book, you will find: an important new history of the Federal Reserve that details the transformation of the country&amp;#039;s central bank from the passive lender of last resort created by its founders in 1913 into the world&amp;#039;s most powerful economic institution today; a fascinating discussion of the evolution of money and monetary policy in the United States over the past century; an examination of the role that credit has played in generating economic growth; a detailed description of the country&amp;#039;s capital structure and its dangerous deficiencies; and an urgent call-to-action for the United States to begin a multi-trillion-dollar investment program targeting industries of the future. The Money Revolution is an engaging listen that is ideal for anyone interested in the future of the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century by Helen Thompson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century
Author: Helen Thompson
Narrator: Kitty Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting to grips with the overlapping geopolitical, economic, and political crises faced by Western democratic societies in the 2020s. The twenty-first century has brought a powerful tide of geopolitical, economic, and democratic shocks. Their fallout has led central banks to create over $25 trillion of new money, brought about a new age of geopolitical competition, destabilized the Middle East, ruptured the European Union, and exposed old political fault lines in the United States. Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century is a long history of this present political moment. It recounts three histories—one about geopolitics, one about the world economy, and one about western democracies—and explains how in the years of political disorder prior to the pandemic the disruption in each became one big story. It shows how much of this turbulence originated in problems generated by fossil-fuel energies, and it explains why, as the green transition takes place, the longstanding predicaments energy invariably shapes will remain in place.</description>
      <author>Helen Thompson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765008768.mp3" length="8673103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765008768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century
Author: Helen Thompson
Narrator: Kitty Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting to grips with the overlapping geopolitical, economic, and political crises faced by Western democratic societies in the 2020s. The twenty-first century has brought a powerful tide of geopolitical, economic, and democratic shocks. Their fallout has led central banks to create over $25 trillion of new money, brought about a new age of geopolitical competition, destabilized the Middle East, ruptured the European Union, and exposed old political fault lines in the United States. Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century is a long history of this present political moment. It recounts three histories—one about geopolitics, one about the world economy, and one about western democracies—and explains how in the years of political disorder prior to the pandemic the disruption in each became one big story. It shows how much of this turbulence originated in problems generated by fossil-fuel energies, and it explains why, as the green transition takes place, the longstanding predicaments energy invariably shapes will remain in place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century
Author: Helen Thompson
Narrator: Kitty Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting to grips with the overlapping geopolitical, economic, and political crises faced by Western democratic societies in the 2020s. The twenty-first century has brought a powerful tide of geopolitical, economic, and democratic shocks. Their fallout has led central banks to create over $25 trillion of new money, brought about a new age of geopolitical competition, destabilized the Middle East, ruptured the European Union, and exposed old political fault lines in the United States. Disorder: Hard Times in the 21st Century is a long history of this present political moment. It recounts three histories—one about geopolitics, one about the world economy, and one about western democracies—and explains how in the years of political disorder prior to the pandemic the disruption in each became one big story. It shows how much of this turbulence originated in problems generated by fossil-fuel energies, and it explains why, as the green transition takes place, the longstanding predicaments energy invariably shapes will remain in place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know by Asma Afsaruddin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Asma Afsaruddin
Narrator: Linda Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The word &amp;#039;jihad&amp;#039; is everywhere in the global media. It generally appears in the context of violence waged against the West by militants in or from Muslim-majority societies. This usage overwhelmingly colors popular discourse about Islam and Muslims and it has resulted in highly simplistic, distorted, and ahistorical understandings of the concept of jihad. For most Muslims, jihad refers to the continuous human struggle to promote and implement what is morally good and noble in all walks of life, as well as to resist and prevent what is morally wrong and unjust. This book addresses the great need for a discussion of jihad that explores its various dimensions without fear-mongering or sensationalism. Here it is examined from multiple perspectives: scriptural, theological, moral and ethical, legal and socio-political. Asma Afsaruddin looks at the key questions about jihad and provides concise yet thorough answers. Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides a historically-grounded, scholarly yet accessible treatment of the meanings of jihad from the formative period of Islam until the contemporary period.</description>
      <author>Asma Afsaruddin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765004227.mp3" length="7962053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765004227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Asma Afsaruddin
Narrator: Linda Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The word &amp;#039;jihad&amp;#039; is everywhere in the global media. It generally appears in the context of violence waged against the West by militants in or from Muslim-majority societies. This usage overwhelmingly colors popular discourse about Islam and Muslims and it has resulted in highly simplistic, distorted, and ahistorical understandings of the concept of jihad. For most Muslims, jihad refers to the continuous human struggle to promote and implement what is morally good and noble in all walks of life, as well as to resist and prevent what is morally wrong and unjust. This book addresses the great need for a discussion of jihad that explores its various dimensions without fear-mongering or sensationalism. Here it is examined from multiple perspectives: scriptural, theological, moral and ethical, legal and socio-political. Asma Afsaruddin looks at the key questions about jihad and provides concise yet thorough answers. Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides a historically-grounded, scholarly yet accessible treatment of the meanings of jihad from the formative period of Islam until the contemporary period.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Asma Afsaruddin
Narrator: Linda Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The word &amp;#039;jihad&amp;#039; is everywhere in the global media. It generally appears in the context of violence waged against the West by militants in or from Muslim-majority societies. This usage overwhelmingly colors popular discourse about Islam and Muslims and it has resulted in highly simplistic, distorted, and ahistorical understandings of the concept of jihad. For most Muslims, jihad refers to the continuous human struggle to promote and implement what is morally good and noble in all walks of life, as well as to resist and prevent what is morally wrong and unjust. This book addresses the great need for a discussion of jihad that explores its various dimensions without fear-mongering or sensationalism. Here it is examined from multiple perspectives: scriptural, theological, moral and ethical, legal and socio-political. Asma Afsaruddin looks at the key questions about jihad and provides concise yet thorough answers. Jihad: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides a historically-grounded, scholarly yet accessible treatment of the meanings of jihad from the formative period of Islam until the contemporary period.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Americans in China: Encounters with the People&amp;#039;s Republic by Terry Lautz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Americans in China: Encounters with the People&amp;#039;s Republic
Author: Terry Lautz
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Americans in China, Terry Lautz provides a series of biographical portraits of Americans who have lived and worked in China from before the Communist era to the present. The pathbreaking experiences of these men and women provide unique insights and deeply human perspectives on issues that have shaped US engagement with the People&amp;#039;s Republic: politics, diplomacy, education, business, art, law, journalism, and human rights. For each of these Americans, China was more than just another place: it was an idea, a cause, a revolution, a civilization. Some of them grew up in China while others were motivated by curiosity and adventure. Some believed Red China was an existential threat while others looked to the People&amp;#039;s Republic as a socialist utopia. Still others—including a number of Chinese Americans—worked to improve US-China relations for personal or professional reasons. Looming over their narratives is the quandry of whether divergent Chinese and Western worldviews could find common ground. Would China move in the direction of Western-style liberal democracy? Or was the Communist Party destined to follow an authoritarian path? The figures in this book had distinctive answers to such questions. Their stories hold up a mirror to our two societies, helping to explain how we have arrived at the present moment.</description>
      <author>Terry Lautz</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765003442.mp3" length="8197610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765003442.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Americans in China: Encounters with the People&amp;#039;s Republic
Author: Terry Lautz
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Americans in China, Terry Lautz provides a series of biographical portraits of Americans who have lived and worked in China from before the Communist era to the present. The pathbreaking experiences of these men and women provide unique insights and deeply human perspectives on issues that have shaped US engagement with the People&amp;#039;s Republic: politics, diplomacy, education, business, art, law, journalism, and human rights. For each of these Americans, China was more than just another place: it was an idea, a cause, a revolution, a civilization. Some of them grew up in China while others were motivated by curiosity and adventure. Some believed Red China was an existential threat while others looked to the People&amp;#039;s Republic as a socialist utopia. Still others—including a number of Chinese Americans—worked to improve US-China relations for personal or professional reasons. Looming over their narratives is the quandry of whether divergent Chinese and Western worldviews could find common ground. Would China move in the direction of Western-style liberal democracy? Or was the Communist Party destined to follow an authoritarian path? The figures in this book had distinctive answers to such questions. Their stories hold up a mirror to our two societies, helping to explain how we have arrived at the present moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567542</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Americans in China: Encounters with the People&amp;#039;s Republic
Author: Terry Lautz
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Americans in China, Terry Lautz provides a series of biographical portraits of Americans who have lived and worked in China from before the Communist era to the present. The pathbreaking experiences of these men and women provide unique insights and deeply human perspectives on issues that have shaped US engagement with the People&amp;#039;s Republic: politics, diplomacy, education, business, art, law, journalism, and human rights. For each of these Americans, China was more than just another place: it was an idea, a cause, a revolution, a civilization. Some of them grew up in China while others were motivated by curiosity and adventure. Some believed Red China was an existential threat while others looked to the People&amp;#039;s Republic as a socialist utopia. Still others—including a number of Chinese Americans—worked to improve US-China relations for personal or professional reasons. Looming over their narratives is the quandry of whether divergent Chinese and Western worldviews could find common ground. Would China move in the direction of Western-style liberal democracy? Or was the Communist Party destined to follow an authoritarian path? The figures in this book had distinctive answers to such questions. Their stories hold up a mirror to our two societies, helping to explain how we have arrived at the present moment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Campaign of the Century: Kennedy, Nixon, and the Election of 1960 by Irwin F. Gellman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Campaign of the Century: Kennedy, Nixon, and the Election of 1960
Author: Irwin F. Gellman
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on massive new research, a compelling and surprising account of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s closest election. The 1960 presidential election between John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon is one of the most frequently described political events of the twentieth century, yet the accounts to date have been remarkably unbalanced. Far more attention is given to Kennedy&amp;#039;s side than to Nixon&amp;#039;s. The imbalance began with the first book on that election, Theodore White&amp;#039;s The Making of the President 1960—in which (as he later admitted) White deliberately cast Kennedy as the hero and Nixon as the villain—and it has been perpetuated in almost every book since then. Few historians have attempted an unbiased account of the election, and none have done the archival research that Irwin F. Gellman has done. Based on previously unused sources such as the FBI&amp;#039;s surveillance of JFK and the papers of Leon Jaworski, vice-presidential candidate Henry Cabot Lodge, and many others, this book presents the first even-handed history of both the primary campaigns and the general election. The result is a fresh, engaging chronicle that shatters long-held myths and reveals the strengths and weaknesses of both candidates.</description>
      <author>Irwin F. Gellman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666166620.mp3" length="8341774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666166620.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Campaign of the Century: Kennedy, Nixon, and the Election of 1960
Author: Irwin F. Gellman
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on massive new research, a compelling and surprising account of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s closest election. The 1960 presidential election between John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon is one of the most frequently described political events of the twentieth century, yet the accounts to date have been remarkably unbalanced. Far more attention is given to Kennedy&amp;#039;s side than to Nixon&amp;#039;s. The imbalance began with the first book on that election, Theodore White&amp;#039;s The Making of the President 1960—in which (as he later admitted) White deliberately cast Kennedy as the hero and Nixon as the villain—and it has been perpetuated in almost every book since then. Few historians have attempted an unbiased account of the election, and none have done the archival research that Irwin F. Gellman has done. Based on previously unused sources such as the FBI&amp;#039;s surveillance of JFK and the papers of Leon Jaworski, vice-presidential candidate Henry Cabot Lodge, and many others, this book presents the first even-handed history of both the primary campaigns and the general election. The result is a fresh, engaging chronicle that shatters long-held myths and reveals the strengths and weaknesses of both candidates.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Campaign of the Century: Kennedy, Nixon, and the Election of 1960
Author: Irwin F. Gellman
Narrator: Christopher Douyard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 6 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on massive new research, a compelling and surprising account of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s closest election. The 1960 presidential election between John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon is one of the most frequently described political events of the twentieth century, yet the accounts to date have been remarkably unbalanced. Far more attention is given to Kennedy&amp;#039;s side than to Nixon&amp;#039;s. The imbalance began with the first book on that election, Theodore White&amp;#039;s The Making of the President 1960—in which (as he later admitted) White deliberately cast Kennedy as the hero and Nixon as the villain—and it has been perpetuated in almost every book since then. Few historians have attempted an unbiased account of the election, and none have done the archival research that Irwin F. Gellman has done. Based on previously unused sources such as the FBI&amp;#039;s surveillance of JFK and the papers of Leon Jaworski, vice-presidential candidate Henry Cabot Lodge, and many others, this book presents the first even-handed history of both the primary campaigns and the general election. The result is a fresh, engaging chronicle that shatters long-held myths and reveals the strengths and weaknesses of both candidates.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Butterfly: The Harmful Politics of Race and Space in America by Lawrence T. Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Butterfly: The Harmful Politics of Race and Space in America
Author: Lawrence T. Brown
Narrator: Lady Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world gasped in April 2015 as Baltimore erupted and Black Lives Matter activists, incensed by Freddie Gray&amp;#039;s brutal death in police custody, shut down highways and marched on city streets. In The Black Butterfly—a reference to the fact that Baltimore&amp;#039;s majority-Black population spreads out on both sides of the coveted strip of real estate running down the center of the city like a butterfly&amp;#039;s wings—Lawrence T. Brown reveals that ongoing historical trauma caused by a combination of policies, practices, systems, and budgets is at the root of uprisings and crises in hypersegregated cities around the country. Putting Baltimore under a microscope, Brown looks closely at the causes of segregation, many of which exist in current legislation and regulatory policy. Drawing on social science research, policy analysis, and archival materials, Brown reveals the long history of racial segregation&amp;#039;s impact on health, from toxic pollution to police brutality. Brown offers a clear five-step plan for activists, nonprofits, and public officials to achieve racial equity. Brown offers up a wide range of innovative solutions to help heal and restore redlined Black neighborhoods, including municipal reparations. The Black Butterfly demonstrates that America cannot reflect that Black lives matter until we see how Black neighborhoods matter.</description>
      <author>Lawrence T. Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666125146.mp3" length="8121449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666125146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Butterfly: The Harmful Politics of Race and Space in America
Author: Lawrence T. Brown
Narrator: Lady Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world gasped in April 2015 as Baltimore erupted and Black Lives Matter activists, incensed by Freddie Gray&amp;#039;s brutal death in police custody, shut down highways and marched on city streets. In The Black Butterfly—a reference to the fact that Baltimore&amp;#039;s majority-Black population spreads out on both sides of the coveted strip of real estate running down the center of the city like a butterfly&amp;#039;s wings—Lawrence T. Brown reveals that ongoing historical trauma caused by a combination of policies, practices, systems, and budgets is at the root of uprisings and crises in hypersegregated cities around the country. Putting Baltimore under a microscope, Brown looks closely at the causes of segregation, many of which exist in current legislation and regulatory policy. Drawing on social science research, policy analysis, and archival materials, Brown reveals the long history of racial segregation&amp;#039;s impact on health, from toxic pollution to police brutality. Brown offers a clear five-step plan for activists, nonprofits, and public officials to achieve racial equity. Brown offers up a wide range of innovative solutions to help heal and restore redlined Black neighborhoods, including municipal reparations. The Black Butterfly demonstrates that America cannot reflect that Black lives matter until we see how Black neighborhoods matter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Butterfly: The Harmful Politics of Race and Space in America
Author: Lawrence T. Brown
Narrator: Lady Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The world gasped in April 2015 as Baltimore erupted and Black Lives Matter activists, incensed by Freddie Gray&amp;#039;s brutal death in police custody, shut down highways and marched on city streets. In The Black Butterfly—a reference to the fact that Baltimore&amp;#039;s majority-Black population spreads out on both sides of the coveted strip of real estate running down the center of the city like a butterfly&amp;#039;s wings—Lawrence T. Brown reveals that ongoing historical trauma caused by a combination of policies, practices, systems, and budgets is at the root of uprisings and crises in hypersegregated cities around the country. Putting Baltimore under a microscope, Brown looks closely at the causes of segregation, many of which exist in current legislation and regulatory policy. Drawing on social science research, policy analysis, and archival materials, Brown reveals the long history of racial segregation&amp;#039;s impact on health, from toxic pollution to police brutality. Brown offers a clear five-step plan for activists, nonprofits, and public officials to achieve racial equity. Brown offers up a wide range of innovative solutions to help heal and restore redlined Black neighborhoods, including municipal reparations. The Black Butterfly demonstrates that America cannot reflect that Black lives matter until we see how Black neighborhoods matter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ladka Hua Hai by Jyoti Tiwari</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ladka Hua Hai
Author: Jyoti Tiwari
Narrator: Aroma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
about the book ये पुस्तक “लड़का हुआ है” कुछ पूर्वनिर्धारित परिभाषाओं से जनित विरोधाभास से हम सभी को परिचित कराने का एक प्रयास है । कई कहानियां सत्य में घटित हुईं हैं तो कई अनुभवों का आत्मसातीकरण है । अगर आपने इन्हें महसूस न भी किया हो तो भी कही न कही सुना ज़रूर होगा । ये पुस्तक कहानियों का एक संग्रह है जिसमें की छद्म नारीवाद के चलते वर्तमान सामाजिक ताने बाने पर हो रहे कुठाराघात के कारण हो रहे परिवारों के विघटन से परत दर परत परिचित कराती है । पुस्तक की हर कथा का संदेश अपने आप में व्यापक है और हम सभी को सोचने पर मजबूर कर देता है कि जिसे हम सभी अमोघ मान रहें हैं; वह वास्तव में वैसा है भी या नहीं । about the author ज्योति तिवारी भारत के पुरुष अधिकार आन्दोलन की विशिष्ट व्यक्तित्व हैं। इन्होंने अपनी पढ़ाई केंद्रीय विद्यालय से शुरू की और पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी से हिंदी में ऑनर्स की डिग्री प्राप्त की। पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी ने इन्हें वर्ष 1995 में “डॉ. हजारी प्रसाद द्विवेदी” गोल्ड प्रदान किया। वर्ष 1997 में प्रेमचंद कहानी पुरुस्कार से भी सम्मानित किया गया। सन 2002 में इन्होंने आकाशवाणी लखनऊ में बतौर समाचार वाचक सह-अनुवादक पद पर काम करना शुरु किया। साथ ही, भारतीय विद्या भवन से पत्रकारिता में डिप्लोमा भी प्राप्त किया। 2012 में एक पारिवारिक त्रासदी के कारण, इन्हें पुरुषों के लिए आवाज उठाने की प्रेरणा मिली। इन्होंने इस मुहिम में बढ़-चढ़कर हिस्सा लिया।</description>
      <author>Jyoti Tiwari</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667938325.mp3" length="1381472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667938325.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ladka Hua Hai
Author: Jyoti Tiwari
Narrator: Aroma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
about the book ये पुस्तक “लड़का हुआ है” कुछ पूर्वनिर्धारित परिभाषाओं से जनित विरोधाभास से हम सभी को परिचित कराने का एक प्रयास है । कई कहानियां सत्य में घटित हुईं हैं तो कई अनुभवों का आत्मसातीकरण है । अगर आपने इन्हें महसूस न भी किया हो तो भी कही न कही सुना ज़रूर होगा । ये पुस्तक कहानियों का एक संग्रह है जिसमें की छद्म नारीवाद के चलते वर्तमान सामाजिक ताने बाने पर हो रहे कुठाराघात के कारण हो रहे परिवारों के विघटन से परत दर परत परिचित कराती है । पुस्तक की हर कथा का संदेश अपने आप में व्यापक है और हम सभी को सोचने पर मजबूर कर देता है कि जिसे हम सभी अमोघ मान रहें हैं; वह वास्तव में वैसा है भी या नहीं । about the author ज्योति तिवारी भारत के पुरुष अधिकार आन्दोलन की विशिष्ट व्यक्तित्व हैं। इन्होंने अपनी पढ़ाई केंद्रीय विद्यालय से शुरू की और पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी से हिंदी में ऑनर्स की डिग्री प्राप्त की। पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी ने इन्हें वर्ष 1995 में “डॉ. हजारी प्रसाद द्विवेदी” गोल्ड प्रदान किया। वर्ष 1997 में प्रेमचंद कहानी पुरुस्कार से भी सम्मानित किया गया। सन 2002 में इन्होंने आकाशवाणी लखनऊ में बतौर समाचार वाचक सह-अनुवादक पद पर काम करना शुरु किया। साथ ही, भारतीय विद्या भवन से पत्रकारिता में डिप्लोमा भी प्राप्त किया। 2012 में एक पारिवारिक त्रासदी के कारण, इन्हें पुरुषों के लिए आवाज उठाने की प्रेरणा मिली। इन्होंने इस मुहिम में बढ़-चढ़कर हिस्सा लिया।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ladka Hua Hai
Author: Jyoti Tiwari
Narrator: Aroma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
about the book ये पुस्तक “लड़का हुआ है” कुछ पूर्वनिर्धारित परिभाषाओं से जनित विरोधाभास से हम सभी को परिचित कराने का एक प्रयास है । कई कहानियां सत्य में घटित हुईं हैं तो कई अनुभवों का आत्मसातीकरण है । अगर आपने इन्हें महसूस न भी किया हो तो भी कही न कही सुना ज़रूर होगा । ये पुस्तक कहानियों का एक संग्रह है जिसमें की छद्म नारीवाद के चलते वर्तमान सामाजिक ताने बाने पर हो रहे कुठाराघात के कारण हो रहे परिवारों के विघटन से परत दर परत परिचित कराती है । पुस्तक की हर कथा का संदेश अपने आप में व्यापक है और हम सभी को सोचने पर मजबूर कर देता है कि जिसे हम सभी अमोघ मान रहें हैं; वह वास्तव में वैसा है भी या नहीं । about the author ज्योति तिवारी भारत के पुरुष अधिकार आन्दोलन की विशिष्ट व्यक्तित्व हैं। इन्होंने अपनी पढ़ाई केंद्रीय विद्यालय से शुरू की और पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी से हिंदी में ऑनर्स की डिग्री प्राप्त की। पंजाब यूनिवर्सिटी ने इन्हें वर्ष 1995 में “डॉ. हजारी प्रसाद द्विवेदी” गोल्ड प्रदान किया। वर्ष 1997 में प्रेमचंद कहानी पुरुस्कार से भी सम्मानित किया गया। सन 2002 में इन्होंने आकाशवाणी लखनऊ में बतौर समाचार वाचक सह-अनुवादक पद पर काम करना शुरु किया। साथ ही, भारतीय विद्या भवन से पत्रकारिता में डिप्लोमा भी प्राप्त किया। 2012 में एक पारिवारिक त्रासदी के कारण, इन्हें पुरुषों के लिए आवाज उठाने की प्रेरणा मिली। इन्होंने इस मुहिम में बढ़-चढ़कर हिस्सा लिया।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It Could Happen Here: Why America Is Tipping from Hate to the Unthinkable—And How We Can Stop It by Jonathan Greenblatt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Could Happen Here: Why America Is Tipping from Hate to the Unthinkable—And How We Can Stop It
Author: Jonathan Greenblatt
Narrator: Jonathan Greenblatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Refreshingly candid . . . Get off Instagram and read this book.” —Sacha Baron Cohen  From the dynamic head of ADL, an impassioned argument about the terrifying path that America finds itself on today—and how we can save ourselves. It’s almost impossible to imagine that unbridled hate and systematic violence could come for us or our families. But it has happened in our lifetimes in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and Asia. And it could happen here. Today, as CEO of the storied ADL (the Anti-Defamation League), Jonathan Greenblatt has made it his personal mission to demonstrate how antisemitism, racism, and other insidious forms of intolerance can destroy a society, taking root as quiet prejudices but mutating over time into horrific acts of brutality. In this urgent book, Greenblatt sounds an alarm, warning that this age-old trend is gathering momentum in the United States—and that violence on an even larger, more catastrophic scale could be just around the corner. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Drawing on ADL’s decades of experience in fighting hate through investigative research, education programs, and legislative victories as well as his own personal story and his background in business and government, Greenblatt offers a bracing primer on how we—as individuals, as organizations, and as a society—can strike back against hate. Just because it could happen here, he shows, does not mean that the unthinkable is inevitable.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Greenblatt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358732747.mp3" length="1321353" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358732747.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Could Happen Here: Why America Is Tipping from Hate to the Unthinkable—And How We Can Stop It
Author: Jonathan Greenblatt
Narrator: Jonathan Greenblatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Refreshingly candid . . . Get off Instagram and read this book.” —Sacha Baron Cohen  From the dynamic head of ADL, an impassioned argument about the terrifying path that America finds itself on today—and how we can save ourselves. It’s almost impossible to imagine that unbridled hate and systematic violence could come for us or our families. But it has happened in our lifetimes in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and Asia. And it could happen here. Today, as CEO of the storied ADL (the Anti-Defamation League), Jonathan Greenblatt has made it his personal mission to demonstrate how antisemitism, racism, and other insidious forms of intolerance can destroy a society, taking root as quiet prejudices but mutating over time into horrific acts of brutality. In this urgent book, Greenblatt sounds an alarm, warning that this age-old trend is gathering momentum in the United States—and that violence on an even larger, more catastrophic scale could be just around the corner. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Drawing on ADL’s decades of experience in fighting hate through investigative research, education programs, and legislative victories as well as his own personal story and his background in business and government, Greenblatt offers a bracing primer on how we—as individuals, as organizations, and as a society—can strike back against hate. Just because it could happen here, he shows, does not mean that the unthinkable is inevitable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It Could Happen Here: Why America Is Tipping from Hate to the Unthinkable—And How We Can Stop It
Author: Jonathan Greenblatt
Narrator: Jonathan Greenblatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Refreshingly candid . . . Get off Instagram and read this book.” —Sacha Baron Cohen  From the dynamic head of ADL, an impassioned argument about the terrifying path that America finds itself on today—and how we can save ourselves. It’s almost impossible to imagine that unbridled hate and systematic violence could come for us or our families. But it has happened in our lifetimes in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and Asia. And it could happen here. Today, as CEO of the storied ADL (the Anti-Defamation League), Jonathan Greenblatt has made it his personal mission to demonstrate how antisemitism, racism, and other insidious forms of intolerance can destroy a society, taking root as quiet prejudices but mutating over time into horrific acts of brutality. In this urgent book, Greenblatt sounds an alarm, warning that this age-old trend is gathering momentum in the United States—and that violence on an even larger, more catastrophic scale could be just around the corner. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Drawing on ADL’s decades of experience in fighting hate through investigative research, education programs, and legislative victories as well as his own personal story and his background in business and government, Greenblatt offers a bracing primer on how we—as individuals, as organizations, and as a society—can strike back against hate. Just because it could happen here, he shows, does not mean that the unthinkable is inevitable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Can’t Breathe: How a Racial Hoax Is Killing America by David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Can’t Breathe: How a Racial Hoax Is Killing America
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I Can’t Breathe.” These three words rocked the nation in the spring of 2020. The historic eruption of lawlessness and violence that followed George Floyd’s death opened new fault lines in the nation’s cultural and political landscape, threatening a radical reshaping of American society. In I Can’t Breathe, the relentlessly penetrating David Horowitz exposes the biggest hoax of the twenty-first century. Despite its claim to be an “inclusive and spacious movement,” Black Lives Matter divides Americans by race, class, and party in pursuit of a radical agenda that would impoverish and degrade everyone. Relying on groundbreaking research and dozens of internal documents, Horowitz reveals: Why black lives don’t matter to the leaders of Black Lives Matter How, in just seven years, BLM became one of the most powerful cultural forces in America Why BLM is not a civil rights organization Why BLM leaders won’t be satisfied until the West has been dismantled and “reimagined” The goals of Black Lives Matter are a far cry from those of the civil rights movement of sixty years ago, warns Horowitz. I Can’t Breathe uncovers the truth about BLM and provides solutions that will actually strengthen black communities and guarantee the freedom of all citizens.</description>
      <author>David Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200758692.mp3" length="842677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200758692.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Can’t Breathe: How a Racial Hoax Is Killing America
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I Can’t Breathe.” These three words rocked the nation in the spring of 2020. The historic eruption of lawlessness and violence that followed George Floyd’s death opened new fault lines in the nation’s cultural and political landscape, threatening a radical reshaping of American society. In I Can’t Breathe, the relentlessly penetrating David Horowitz exposes the biggest hoax of the twenty-first century. Despite its claim to be an “inclusive and spacious movement,” Black Lives Matter divides Americans by race, class, and party in pursuit of a radical agenda that would impoverish and degrade everyone. Relying on groundbreaking research and dozens of internal documents, Horowitz reveals: Why black lives don’t matter to the leaders of Black Lives Matter How, in just seven years, BLM became one of the most powerful cultural forces in America Why BLM is not a civil rights organization Why BLM leaders won’t be satisfied until the West has been dismantled and “reimagined” The goals of Black Lives Matter are a far cry from those of the civil rights movement of sixty years ago, warns Horowitz. I Can’t Breathe uncovers the truth about BLM and provides solutions that will actually strengthen black communities and guarantee the freedom of all citizens.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567046</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Can’t Breathe: How a Racial Hoax Is Killing America
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I Can’t Breathe.” These three words rocked the nation in the spring of 2020. The historic eruption of lawlessness and violence that followed George Floyd’s death opened new fault lines in the nation’s cultural and political landscape, threatening a radical reshaping of American society. In I Can’t Breathe, the relentlessly penetrating David Horowitz exposes the biggest hoax of the twenty-first century. Despite its claim to be an “inclusive and spacious movement,” Black Lives Matter divides Americans by race, class, and party in pursuit of a radical agenda that would impoverish and degrade everyone. Relying on groundbreaking research and dozens of internal documents, Horowitz reveals: Why black lives don’t matter to the leaders of Black Lives Matter How, in just seven years, BLM became one of the most powerful cultural forces in America Why BLM is not a civil rights organization Why BLM leaders won’t be satisfied until the West has been dismantled and “reimagined” The goals of Black Lives Matter are a far cry from those of the civil rights movement of sixty years ago, warns Horowitz. I Can’t Breathe uncovers the truth about BLM and provides solutions that will actually strengthen black communities and guarantee the freedom of all citizens.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China Unbound: A New World Disorder by Joanna Chiu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China Unbound: A New World Disorder
Author: Joanna Chiu
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While the United States stumbles, an award-winning foreign correspondent chronicles China’s dramatic moves to become the world’s dominant power. As the second-largest economy, China is now extending its influence across the globe. Joanna Chiu has spent a decade tracking China’s propulsive rise, from the complicity of democratic nations, to a new colonialism coming from its multibillion-dollar “New Silk Road” initiative, to its growing sway on foreign countries and multilateral institutions. Chiu transports readers to protests in Hong Kong, underground churches in Beijing, and exile Uighur communities in Turkey, exposing Beijing’s use of high-tech police surveillance and aggressive human-rights violations against those who challenge its power. With increasingly close ties between authoritarian states, the new world order documented in China Unbound lays out the disturbing implications for prosperity and freedom everywhere.</description>
      <author>Joanna Chiu</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200735433.mp3" length="814706" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200735433.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China Unbound: A New World Disorder
Author: Joanna Chiu
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While the United States stumbles, an award-winning foreign correspondent chronicles China’s dramatic moves to become the world’s dominant power. As the second-largest economy, China is now extending its influence across the globe. Joanna Chiu has spent a decade tracking China’s propulsive rise, from the complicity of democratic nations, to a new colonialism coming from its multibillion-dollar “New Silk Road” initiative, to its growing sway on foreign countries and multilateral institutions. Chiu transports readers to protests in Hong Kong, underground churches in Beijing, and exile Uighur communities in Turkey, exposing Beijing’s use of high-tech police surveillance and aggressive human-rights violations against those who challenge its power. With increasingly close ties between authoritarian states, the new world order documented in China Unbound lays out the disturbing implications for prosperity and freedom everywhere.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567043</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China Unbound: A New World Disorder
Author: Joanna Chiu
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While the United States stumbles, an award-winning foreign correspondent chronicles China’s dramatic moves to become the world’s dominant power. As the second-largest economy, China is now extending its influence across the globe. Joanna Chiu has spent a decade tracking China’s propulsive rise, from the complicity of democratic nations, to a new colonialism coming from its multibillion-dollar “New Silk Road” initiative, to its growing sway on foreign countries and multilateral institutions. Chiu transports readers to protests in Hong Kong, underground churches in Beijing, and exile Uighur communities in Turkey, exposing Beijing’s use of high-tech police surveillance and aggressive human-rights violations against those who challenge its power. With increasingly close ties between authoritarian states, the new world order documented in China Unbound lays out the disturbing implications for prosperity and freedom everywhere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back by Jonathan Pelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back
Author: Jonathan Pelson
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world rolls out transformational 5G services, it has become increasingly clear that China may be able to disrupt—or even access—the wireless networks that carry our medical, financial, and even military communications. This insider story from a telecommunications veteran uncovers how we got into this mess—and how to change the outcome. In Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back, author Jon Pelson explains how America invented cellular technology, taught China how to make the gear, and then handed them the market. Pelson shares never-before-told stories from the executives and scientists who built the industry and describes how China undercut and destroyed competing equipment makers, freeing themselves to export their nation’s network gear—and their surveillance state. He also reveals China’s successful program to purchase the support of the world’s leading political, business, and military figures in their effort to control rival nations’ networks. What’s more, Pelson draws on his lifelong experience in the telecommunications industry and remarkable access to the sector’s leaders to reveal how innovative companies can take on the Chinese threat and work with counterintelligence and cybersecurity experts to prevent China from closing the trap. He offers unparalleled insights into how 5G impacts businesses, national security, and you. Finally, Wireless Wars proposes how America can use its own unique superpower to retake the lead from China. This audiobook is about more than just 5G wireless services, which enable self-driving cars, advanced telemedicine, and transformational industrial capabilities. It’s about the dangers of placing our most sensitive information into the hands of foreign companies who answer to the Chinese Communist Party. And it’s about the technology giant that China is using to project its power around the world; Huawei, a global super-company that has surged from a local vendor to a $120 billion-a-year behemoth in just a few years. For anyone curious about the hottest issue at the intersection of technology and geopolitics, Wireless Wars offers an immersive crash course and an unforgettable read.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Pelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200737567.mp3" length="907782" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200737567.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back
Author: Jonathan Pelson
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world rolls out transformational 5G services, it has become increasingly clear that China may be able to disrupt—or even access—the wireless networks that carry our medical, financial, and even military communications. This insider story from a telecommunications veteran uncovers how we got into this mess—and how to change the outcome. In Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back, author Jon Pelson explains how America invented cellular technology, taught China how to make the gear, and then handed them the market. Pelson shares never-before-told stories from the executives and scientists who built the industry and describes how China undercut and destroyed competing equipment makers, freeing themselves to export their nation’s network gear—and their surveillance state. He also reveals China’s successful program to purchase the support of the world’s leading political, business, and military figures in their effort to control rival nations’ networks. What’s more, Pelson draws on his lifelong experience in the telecommunications industry and remarkable access to the sector’s leaders to reveal how innovative companies can take on the Chinese threat and work with counterintelligence and cybersecurity experts to prevent China from closing the trap. He offers unparalleled insights into how 5G impacts businesses, national security, and you. Finally, Wireless Wars proposes how America can use its own unique superpower to retake the lead from China. This audiobook is about more than just 5G wireless services, which enable self-driving cars, advanced telemedicine, and transformational industrial capabilities. It’s about the dangers of placing our most sensitive information into the hands of foreign companies who answer to the Chinese Communist Party. And it’s about the technology giant that China is using to project its power around the world; Huawei, a global super-company that has surged from a local vendor to a $120 billion-a-year behemoth in just a few years. For anyone curious about the hottest issue at the intersection of technology and geopolitics, Wireless Wars offers an immersive crash course and an unforgettable read.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567027</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back
Author: Jonathan Pelson
Narrator: Chris Abell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As the world rolls out transformational 5G services, it has become increasingly clear that China may be able to disrupt—or even access—the wireless networks that carry our medical, financial, and even military communications. This insider story from a telecommunications veteran uncovers how we got into this mess—and how to change the outcome. In Wireless Wars: China’s Dangerous Domination of 5G and How We’re Fighting Back, author Jon Pelson explains how America invented cellular technology, taught China how to make the gear, and then handed them the market. Pelson shares never-before-told stories from the executives and scientists who built the industry and describes how China undercut and destroyed competing equipment makers, freeing themselves to export their nation’s network gear—and their surveillance state. He also reveals China’s successful program to purchase the support of the world’s leading political, business, and military figures in their effort to control rival nations’ networks. What’s more, Pelson draws on his lifelong experience in the telecommunications industry and remarkable access to the sector’s leaders to reveal how innovative companies can take on the Chinese threat and work with counterintelligence and cybersecurity experts to prevent China from closing the trap. He offers unparalleled insights into how 5G impacts businesses, national security, and you. Finally, Wireless Wars proposes how America can use its own unique superpower to retake the lead from China. This audiobook is about more than just 5G wireless services, which enable self-driving cars, advanced telemedicine, and transformational industrial capabilities. It’s about the dangers of placing our most sensitive information into the hands of foreign companies who answer to the Chinese Communist Party. And it’s about the technology giant that China is using to project its power around the world; Huawei, a global super-company that has surged from a local vendor to a $120 billion-a-year behemoth in just a few years. For anyone curious about the hottest issue at the intersection of technology and geopolitics, Wireless Wars offers an immersive crash course and an unforgettable read.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Game: An Autobiography by Grant Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Game: An Autobiography
Author: Grant Hill
Narrator: Grant Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The full, frank story of a remarkable life’s journey—to the pinnacle of success as a basketball player, icon, and entrepreneur, to the depths of personal trauma and back, to a place of flourishing and peace—made possible above all by a family’s love Grant Hill always had game. His choice of college was a subject of national interest, and his arrival at Duke University cemented the program’s arrival at the top. In his freshman year, he led the team to its first NCAA championship, and three championship appearances in four years. His Duke career produced some of the most iconic moments in college basketball history, and Coach K proved to be a lifelong mentor. Later, as one of the NBA’s best players and a new face of the Detroit Pistons franchise, Hill was the first person with the potential to give Michael Jordan a run for his money, not just as a player but as a brand. His $45 million rookie contract was almost the least of it. He turned down Nike for Fila, and soon Method Man and Tupac Shakur were wearing his shoes.   Hill writes candidly about all of it, including the transactional impermanence of life in the league and the isolation caused by his growing fame. His parents and friends helped ground him, and eventually he met a gifted musician named Tamia. The love he found with her and the arrival of their two beautiful daughters would be his rock as a brutal and mysterious injury sidelined him, coinciding with his wife’s own serious health struggles.   With openness and insight, Hill relates his entire path, including post-career highlights like his Hall of Fame induction, co-ownership of the Atlanta Hawks, the directorship of the USA Basketball Men’s National Team, and even a yearly gig calling the Final Four. Hill’s father, Calvin, used to tell him that there were always a lot of reasons but never any excuses, and Game is a distillation of a lifetime’s effort to understand the reasons—the good and the bad. At his hardest moments, Hill sought out wisdom from others, stories of inspiration and overcoming obstacles. Now, with Game, he has returned the favor.</description>
      <author>Grant Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593587027.mp3" length="2670589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593587027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Game: An Autobiography
Author: Grant Hill
Narrator: Grant Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The full, frank story of a remarkable life’s journey—to the pinnacle of success as a basketball player, icon, and entrepreneur, to the depths of personal trauma and back, to a place of flourishing and peace—made possible above all by a family’s love Grant Hill always had game. His choice of college was a subject of national interest, and his arrival at Duke University cemented the program’s arrival at the top. In his freshman year, he led the team to its first NCAA championship, and three championship appearances in four years. His Duke career produced some of the most iconic moments in college basketball history, and Coach K proved to be a lifelong mentor. Later, as one of the NBA’s best players and a new face of the Detroit Pistons franchise, Hill was the first person with the potential to give Michael Jordan a run for his money, not just as a player but as a brand. His $45 million rookie contract was almost the least of it. He turned down Nike for Fila, and soon Method Man and Tupac Shakur were wearing his shoes.   Hill writes candidly about all of it, including the transactional impermanence of life in the league and the isolation caused by his growing fame. His parents and friends helped ground him, and eventually he met a gifted musician named Tamia. The love he found with her and the arrival of their two beautiful daughters would be his rock as a brutal and mysterious injury sidelined him, coinciding with his wife’s own serious health struggles.   With openness and insight, Hill relates his entire path, including post-career highlights like his Hall of Fame induction, co-ownership of the Atlanta Hawks, the directorship of the USA Basketball Men’s National Team, and even a yearly gig calling the Final Four. Hill’s father, Calvin, used to tell him that there were always a lot of reasons but never any excuses, and Game is a distillation of a lifetime’s effort to understand the reasons—the good and the bad. At his hardest moments, Hill sought out wisdom from others, stories of inspiration and overcoming obstacles. Now, with Game, he has returned the favor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Game: An Autobiography
Author: Grant Hill
Narrator: Grant Hill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The full, frank story of a remarkable life’s journey—to the pinnacle of success as a basketball player, icon, and entrepreneur, to the depths of personal trauma and back, to a place of flourishing and peace—made possible above all by a family’s love Grant Hill always had game. His choice of college was a subject of national interest, and his arrival at Duke University cemented the program’s arrival at the top. In his freshman year, he led the team to its first NCAA championship, and three championship appearances in four years. His Duke career produced some of the most iconic moments in college basketball history, and Coach K proved to be a lifelong mentor. Later, as one of the NBA’s best players and a new face of the Detroit Pistons franchise, Hill was the first person with the potential to give Michael Jordan a run for his money, not just as a player but as a brand. His $45 million rookie contract was almost the least of it. He turned down Nike for Fila, and soon Method Man and Tupac Shakur were wearing his shoes.   Hill writes candidly about all of it, including the transactional impermanence of life in the league and the isolation caused by his growing fame. His parents and friends helped ground him, and eventually he met a gifted musician named Tamia. The love he found with her and the arrival of their two beautiful daughters would be his rock as a brutal and mysterious injury sidelined him, coinciding with his wife’s own serious health struggles.   With openness and insight, Hill relates his entire path, including post-career highlights like his Hall of Fame induction, co-ownership of the Atlanta Hawks, the directorship of the USA Basketball Men’s National Team, and even a yearly gig calling the Final Four. Hill’s father, Calvin, used to tell him that there were always a lot of reasons but never any excuses, and Game is a distillation of a lifetime’s effort to understand the reasons—the good and the bad. At his hardest moments, Hill sought out wisdom from others, stories of inspiration and overcoming obstacles. Now, with Game, he has returned the favor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personality and Power: Builders and Destroyers of Modern Europe by Ian Kershaw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality and Power: Builders and Destroyers of Modern Europe
Author: Ian Kershaw
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The modern era saw the emergence of individuals who had command over a terrifying array of instruments of control, persuasion and death. Whole societies were re-shaped and wars fought, often with a merciless contempt for the most basic norms. At the summit of these societies were leaders whose personalities had somehow given them the ability to do whatever they wished. Ian Kershaw&amp;#039;s new book is a compelling, lucid and challenging attempt to understand these rulers, whether those operating on the widest stage (Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, Mussolini) or with a more national impact (Tito, Franco). What was it about these leaders and the times they lived in that allowed them such untrammelled and murderous power? And what brought that era to an end? In a contrasting group of profiles (Churchill, de Gaulle, Adenauer, Gorbachev, Thatcher, Kohl) Kershaw uses his exceptional skills to think through how other, strikingly different figures wielded power. © Ian Kershaw 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Ian Kershaw</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241556795.mp3" length="1432794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241556795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality and Power: Builders and Destroyers of Modern Europe
Author: Ian Kershaw
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The modern era saw the emergence of individuals who had command over a terrifying array of instruments of control, persuasion and death. Whole societies were re-shaped and wars fought, often with a merciless contempt for the most basic norms. At the summit of these societies were leaders whose personalities had somehow given them the ability to do whatever they wished. Ian Kershaw&amp;#039;s new book is a compelling, lucid and challenging attempt to understand these rulers, whether those operating on the widest stage (Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, Mussolini) or with a more national impact (Tito, Franco). What was it about these leaders and the times they lived in that allowed them such untrammelled and murderous power? And what brought that era to an end? In a contrasting group of profiles (Churchill, de Gaulle, Adenauer, Gorbachev, Thatcher, Kohl) Kershaw uses his exceptional skills to think through how other, strikingly different figures wielded power. © Ian Kershaw 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality and Power: Builders and Destroyers of Modern Europe
Author: Ian Kershaw
Narrator: Matt Bates
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 25 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The modern era saw the emergence of individuals who had command over a terrifying array of instruments of control, persuasion and death. Whole societies were re-shaped and wars fought, often with a merciless contempt for the most basic norms. At the summit of these societies were leaders whose personalities had somehow given them the ability to do whatever they wished. Ian Kershaw&amp;#039;s new book is a compelling, lucid and challenging attempt to understand these rulers, whether those operating on the widest stage (Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, Mussolini) or with a more national impact (Tito, Franco). What was it about these leaders and the times they lived in that allowed them such untrammelled and murderous power? And what brought that era to an end? In a contrasting group of profiles (Churchill, de Gaulle, Adenauer, Gorbachev, Thatcher, Kohl) Kershaw uses his exceptional skills to think through how other, strikingly different figures wielded power. © Ian Kershaw 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Putin: The explosive and extraordinary new biography of Russia’s leader by Philip Short</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin: The explosive and extraordinary new biography of Russia’s leader
Author: Philip Short
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Vladimir Putin is a pariah to the West. Alone among world leaders, he has the power to reduce the United States and Europe to ashes in a nuclear firestorm and has threatened to do so. He invades his neighbours, most recently Ukraine, meddles in western elections and orders assassinations inside and outside Russia. The regime he heads is autocratic and corrupt. Yet many Russians continue to support him. Despite western sanctions, the majority have been living better than at any time in the past. By fair means or foul, under Putin&amp;#039;s leadership, Russia has once again become a force to be reckoned with. Philip Short&amp;#039;s magisterial biography explores in unprecedented depth the personality of its enigmatic and ruthless leader and demolishes many of our preconceptions about Putin&amp;#039;s Russia. Since becoming President in 2000, his obsession has been to restore Russia&amp;#039;s status as a great power, unbound by western rules. What forces and experiences shaped him? What led him to challenge the American-led world order that has kept the peace since the end of the Cold War? To explain is not to justify. Putin&amp;#039;s regime is dark. He pursues his goals relentlessly by whatever means he thinks fit. But on closer examination, much of what we think we know about him turns out to rest on half-truths. This book is as close as we will come to understanding Russia&amp;#039;s ruler. It also makes us revise long-held assumptions about the course of global politics since the end of the Cold War. © Philip Short 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Philip Short</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529194425.mp3" length="1418139" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529194425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin: The explosive and extraordinary new biography of Russia’s leader
Author: Philip Short
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Vladimir Putin is a pariah to the West. Alone among world leaders, he has the power to reduce the United States and Europe to ashes in a nuclear firestorm and has threatened to do so. He invades his neighbours, most recently Ukraine, meddles in western elections and orders assassinations inside and outside Russia. The regime he heads is autocratic and corrupt. Yet many Russians continue to support him. Despite western sanctions, the majority have been living better than at any time in the past. By fair means or foul, under Putin&amp;#039;s leadership, Russia has once again become a force to be reckoned with. Philip Short&amp;#039;s magisterial biography explores in unprecedented depth the personality of its enigmatic and ruthless leader and demolishes many of our preconceptions about Putin&amp;#039;s Russia. Since becoming President in 2000, his obsession has been to restore Russia&amp;#039;s status as a great power, unbound by western rules. What forces and experiences shaped him? What led him to challenge the American-led world order that has kept the peace since the end of the Cold War? To explain is not to justify. Putin&amp;#039;s regime is dark. He pursues his goals relentlessly by whatever means he thinks fit. But on closer examination, much of what we think we know about him turns out to rest on half-truths. This book is as close as we will come to understanding Russia&amp;#039;s ruler. It also makes us revise long-held assumptions about the course of global politics since the end of the Cold War. © Philip Short 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin: The explosive and extraordinary new biography of Russia’s leader
Author: Philip Short
Narrator: Jonathan Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Vladimir Putin is a pariah to the West. Alone among world leaders, he has the power to reduce the United States and Europe to ashes in a nuclear firestorm and has threatened to do so. He invades his neighbours, most recently Ukraine, meddles in western elections and orders assassinations inside and outside Russia. The regime he heads is autocratic and corrupt. Yet many Russians continue to support him. Despite western sanctions, the majority have been living better than at any time in the past. By fair means or foul, under Putin&amp;#039;s leadership, Russia has once again become a force to be reckoned with. Philip Short&amp;#039;s magisterial biography explores in unprecedented depth the personality of its enigmatic and ruthless leader and demolishes many of our preconceptions about Putin&amp;#039;s Russia. Since becoming President in 2000, his obsession has been to restore Russia&amp;#039;s status as a great power, unbound by western rules. What forces and experiences shaped him? What led him to challenge the American-led world order that has kept the peace since the end of the Cold War? To explain is not to justify. Putin&amp;#039;s regime is dark. He pursues his goals relentlessly by whatever means he thinks fit. But on closer examination, much of what we think we know about him turns out to rest on half-truths. This book is as close as we will come to understanding Russia&amp;#039;s ruler. It also makes us revise long-held assumptions about the course of global politics since the end of the Cold War. © Philip Short 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mantle Of Command: FDR at War, 1941–1942 by Nigel Hamilton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mantle Of Command: FDR at War, 1941–1942
Series: #1 of FDR at War
Author: Nigel Hamilton
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on years of archival research and interviews with the last surviving aides and Roosevelt family members, Nigel Hamilton offers a definitive account of FDR’s masterful—and underappreciated—command of the Allied war effort. Hamilton takes readers inside FDR’s White House Oval Study—his personal command center—and into the meetings where he battled with Churchill about strategy and tactics and overrode the near mutinies of his own generals and secretary of war.  Time and again, FDR was proven right and his allies and generals were wrong. When the generals wanted to attack the Nazi-fortified coast of France, FDR knew the Allied forces weren’t ready. When Churchill insisted his Far East colonies were loyal and would resist the Japanese, Roosevelt knew it was a fantasy. As Hamilton’s account reaches its climax with the Torch landings in North Africa in late 1942, the tide of war turns in the Allies’ favor and FDR’s genius for psychology and military affairs is clear. This intimate, sweeping look at a great president in history’s greatest conflict is must reading.</description>
      <author>Nigel Hamilton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358718932.mp3" length="1504417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358718932.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mantle Of Command: FDR at War, 1941–1942
Series: #1 of FDR at War
Author: Nigel Hamilton
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on years of archival research and interviews with the last surviving aides and Roosevelt family members, Nigel Hamilton offers a definitive account of FDR’s masterful—and underappreciated—command of the Allied war effort. Hamilton takes readers inside FDR’s White House Oval Study—his personal command center—and into the meetings where he battled with Churchill about strategy and tactics and overrode the near mutinies of his own generals and secretary of war.  Time and again, FDR was proven right and his allies and generals were wrong. When the generals wanted to attack the Nazi-fortified coast of France, FDR knew the Allied forces weren’t ready. When Churchill insisted his Far East colonies were loyal and would resist the Japanese, Roosevelt knew it was a fantasy. As Hamilton’s account reaches its climax with the Torch landings in North Africa in late 1942, the tide of war turns in the Allies’ favor and FDR’s genius for psychology and military affairs is clear. This intimate, sweeping look at a great president in history’s greatest conflict is must reading.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mantle Of Command: FDR at War, 1941–1942
Series: #1 of FDR at War
Author: Nigel Hamilton
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on years of archival research and interviews with the last surviving aides and Roosevelt family members, Nigel Hamilton offers a definitive account of FDR’s masterful—and underappreciated—command of the Allied war effort. Hamilton takes readers inside FDR’s White House Oval Study—his personal command center—and into the meetings where he battled with Churchill about strategy and tactics and overrode the near mutinies of his own generals and secretary of war.  Time and again, FDR was proven right and his allies and generals were wrong. When the generals wanted to attack the Nazi-fortified coast of France, FDR knew the Allied forces weren’t ready. When Churchill insisted his Far East colonies were loyal and would resist the Japanese, Roosevelt knew it was a fantasy. As Hamilton’s account reaches its climax with the Torch landings in North Africa in late 1942, the tide of war turns in the Allies’ favor and FDR’s genius for psychology and military affairs is clear. This intimate, sweeping look at a great president in history’s greatest conflict is must reading.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flash Writings by Wael El-Manzalawy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flash Writings
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Subhash Chander
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others.Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Wael El-Manzalawy</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835433217.mp3" length="528852" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835433217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flash Writings
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Subhash Chander
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others.Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flash Writings
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Subhash Chander
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others.Flash writings are very very short writings but flash writings can introduce very important ideas. Writing flash works is not an easy task. Long works have a wide space to move in. This ebook contains some flash writings such as &amp;quot;The World After Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Travelling Recreates Your Thinking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Frozen Water&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Nightmare&amp;quot; and others. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La Transición contada a nuestros padres: Nocturno de la democracia española by Juan Carlos Monedero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Transición contada a nuestros padres: Nocturno de la democracia española
Author: Juan Carlos Monedero
Narrator: Ramón Zalakain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es el relato oficial de la Transición verdaderamente fidedigno? Juan Carlos Monedero pone en el punto de mira los silencios, los aullidos y las poses fotográficas de quienes participaron en ella y de quienes no lo hicieron pero se agarraron al discurso oficial como un clavo ardiendo. En estas páginas se cuestionan ciertos aspectos del pasado ya no tan reciente de España y de su efecto en la sociedad y el sistema democrático. Monedero reclama una mirada más real de esta época pasada que sirva para avanzar hacia un futuro más brillante en un mundo plagado de populismos de extrema derecha, pseudopolíticos y coaliciones inefectivas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Juan Carlos Monedero es Doctor en Ciencias Políticas y profesor titular en la facultad de Ciencias Políticas y Sociología de la Universidad Complutense de Madrid. Curso estudios de Economía, Ciencias Políticas y Sociología y más tarde realizó un posgrado en la Universidad de Heidelberg, en Alemania. Fue cofundador del partido político Podemos y ha publicado numerosos libros sobre ciencias políticas y sociología. Presenta el programa «En la frontera» en Público TV.</description>
      <author>Juan Carlos Monedero</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726993271.mp3" length="1429294" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726993271.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Transición contada a nuestros padres: Nocturno de la democracia española
Author: Juan Carlos Monedero
Narrator: Ramón Zalakain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es el relato oficial de la Transición verdaderamente fidedigno? Juan Carlos Monedero pone en el punto de mira los silencios, los aullidos y las poses fotográficas de quienes participaron en ella y de quienes no lo hicieron pero se agarraron al discurso oficial como un clavo ardiendo. En estas páginas se cuestionan ciertos aspectos del pasado ya no tan reciente de España y de su efecto en la sociedad y el sistema democrático. Monedero reclama una mirada más real de esta época pasada que sirva para avanzar hacia un futuro más brillante en un mundo plagado de populismos de extrema derecha, pseudopolíticos y coaliciones inefectivas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Juan Carlos Monedero es Doctor en Ciencias Políticas y profesor titular en la facultad de Ciencias Políticas y Sociología de la Universidad Complutense de Madrid. Curso estudios de Economía, Ciencias Políticas y Sociología y más tarde realizó un posgrado en la Universidad de Heidelberg, en Alemania. Fue cofundador del partido político Podemos y ha publicado numerosos libros sobre ciencias políticas y sociología. Presenta el programa «En la frontera» en Público TV.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566649</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La Transición contada a nuestros padres: Nocturno de la democracia española
Author: Juan Carlos Monedero
Narrator: Ramón Zalakain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es el relato oficial de la Transición verdaderamente fidedigno? Juan Carlos Monedero pone en el punto de mira los silencios, los aullidos y las poses fotográficas de quienes participaron en ella y de quienes no lo hicieron pero se agarraron al discurso oficial como un clavo ardiendo. En estas páginas se cuestionan ciertos aspectos del pasado ya no tan reciente de España y de su efecto en la sociedad y el sistema democrático. Monedero reclama una mirada más real de esta época pasada que sirva para avanzar hacia un futuro más brillante en un mundo plagado de populismos de extrema derecha, pseudopolíticos y coaliciones inefectivas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Juan Carlos Monedero es Doctor en Ciencias Políticas y profesor titular en la facultad de Ciencias Políticas y Sociología de la Universidad Complutense de Madrid. Curso estudios de Economía, Ciencias Políticas y Sociología y más tarde realizó un posgrado en la Universidad de Heidelberg, en Alemania. Fue cofundador del partido político Podemos y ha publicado numerosos libros sobre ciencias políticas y sociología. Presenta el programa «En la frontera» en Público TV.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad Jews: A History of American Jewish Politics and Identities by Emily Tamkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Jews: A History of American Jewish Politics and Identities
Author: Emily Tamkin
Narrator: Kendra Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist and author of The Influence of Soros examines the history of Jewish people in America and explores their ever-evolving relationship to the nation’s culture and identity—and each other. What does it mean to be a Bad Jew? Many Jews use the term “Bad Jew” as a weapon against other members of the community or even against themselves. You can be called a Bad Jew if you don’t keep kosher; if you only go to temple on Yom Kippur; if you don’t attend or send your children to Hebrew school; if you enjoy Christmas music; if your partner isn’t Jewish; if you don’t call your mother often enough. The list is endless. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin argues that perhaps there is no answer to this timeless question at all. Throughout American history, Jewish identities have evolved and transformed in a variety of ways. The issue of what it means, or doesn’t, to be a Good Jew or a Bad Jew is particularly fraught at this moment, American Jews feel and fear antisemitism is on the rise. There are several million people who identify as American Jews—but that doesn’t mean they all identify with one another. American Jewish history is full of discussions and debates and hand wringing over who is Jewish, how to be Jewish, and what it means to be Jewish. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin examines the last 100 years of American Jewish politics, culture, identities, and arguments. Drawing on over 150 interviews, she tracks the evolution of Jewishness throughout American history, and explores many of the evolving and conflicting Jewish positions on assimilation; race; Zionism and Israel; affluence and poverty, philanthropy, finance, politics; and social justice. From this complex and nuanced history, Tamkin pinpoints perhaps the one truth about American Jewish identity: It is always changing. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Emily Tamkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063074040.mp3" length="1331460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063074040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Jews: A History of American Jewish Politics and Identities
Author: Emily Tamkin
Narrator: Kendra Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist and author of The Influence of Soros examines the history of Jewish people in America and explores their ever-evolving relationship to the nation’s culture and identity—and each other. What does it mean to be a Bad Jew? Many Jews use the term “Bad Jew” as a weapon against other members of the community or even against themselves. You can be called a Bad Jew if you don’t keep kosher; if you only go to temple on Yom Kippur; if you don’t attend or send your children to Hebrew school; if you enjoy Christmas music; if your partner isn’t Jewish; if you don’t call your mother often enough. The list is endless. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin argues that perhaps there is no answer to this timeless question at all. Throughout American history, Jewish identities have evolved and transformed in a variety of ways. The issue of what it means, or doesn’t, to be a Good Jew or a Bad Jew is particularly fraught at this moment, American Jews feel and fear antisemitism is on the rise. There are several million people who identify as American Jews—but that doesn’t mean they all identify with one another. American Jewish history is full of discussions and debates and hand wringing over who is Jewish, how to be Jewish, and what it means to be Jewish. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin examines the last 100 years of American Jewish politics, culture, identities, and arguments. Drawing on over 150 interviews, she tracks the evolution of Jewishness throughout American history, and explores many of the evolving and conflicting Jewish positions on assimilation; race; Zionism and Israel; affluence and poverty, philanthropy, finance, politics; and social justice. From this complex and nuanced history, Tamkin pinpoints perhaps the one truth about American Jewish identity: It is always changing. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Jews: A History of American Jewish Politics and Identities
Author: Emily Tamkin
Narrator: Kendra Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist and author of The Influence of Soros examines the history of Jewish people in America and explores their ever-evolving relationship to the nation’s culture and identity—and each other. What does it mean to be a Bad Jew? Many Jews use the term “Bad Jew” as a weapon against other members of the community or even against themselves. You can be called a Bad Jew if you don’t keep kosher; if you only go to temple on Yom Kippur; if you don’t attend or send your children to Hebrew school; if you enjoy Christmas music; if your partner isn’t Jewish; if you don’t call your mother often enough. The list is endless. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin argues that perhaps there is no answer to this timeless question at all. Throughout American history, Jewish identities have evolved and transformed in a variety of ways. The issue of what it means, or doesn’t, to be a Good Jew or a Bad Jew is particularly fraught at this moment, American Jews feel and fear antisemitism is on the rise. There are several million people who identify as American Jews—but that doesn’t mean they all identify with one another. American Jewish history is full of discussions and debates and hand wringing over who is Jewish, how to be Jewish, and what it means to be Jewish. In Bad Jews, Emily Tamkin examines the last 100 years of American Jewish politics, culture, identities, and arguments. Drawing on over 150 interviews, she tracks the evolution of Jewishness throughout American history, and explores many of the evolving and conflicting Jewish positions on assimilation; race; Zionism and Israel; affluence and poverty, philanthropy, finance, politics; and social justice. From this complex and nuanced history, Tamkin pinpoints perhaps the one truth about American Jewish identity: It is always changing. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association by Tony Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association
Author: Tony Martin
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This book has the important element that is missing in most of the books and articles on Garvey—a political analysis of what the Garvey Movement was about.&amp;#039;—John Henrik Clarke, The Black ScholarA classic study of the Garvey movement, this is the most thoroughly researched book on Garvey&amp;#039;s ideas by a historian of black nationalism.</description>
      <author>Tony Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705056387.mp3" length="1328221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705056387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association
Author: Tony Martin
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This book has the important element that is missing in most of the books and articles on Garvey—a political analysis of what the Garvey Movement was about.&amp;#039;—John Henrik Clarke, The Black ScholarA classic study of the Garvey movement, this is the most thoroughly researched book on Garvey&amp;#039;s ideas by a historian of black nationalism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566234</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race First: The Ideological and Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association
Author: Tony Martin
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 7 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This book has the important element that is missing in most of the books and articles on Garvey—a political analysis of what the Garvey Movement was about.&amp;#039;—John Henrik Clarke, The Black ScholarA classic study of the Garvey movement, this is the most thoroughly researched book on Garvey&amp;#039;s ideas by a historian of black nationalism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dragonslayers: Six Presidents and Their War with the Swamp by Larry Schweikart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dragonslayers: Six Presidents and Their War with the Swamp
Author: Larry Schweikart
Narrator: Alan Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Swamp has been around for over 150 years, and six major presidents have tried to drain it with varying degrees of success.Donald Trump promised to “Drain the Swamp,” by which he originally meant lobbyists. When he got in, he found an entirely different Swamp—a Deep State that had grown, layer upon layer, within the government. But he wasn’t the first to encounter entrenched Swamp opposition. Abraham Lincoln had to battle the “Slave Power Conspiracy”; Grover Cleveland was the most successful of three presidents to fight the spoils Swamp. Theodore Roosevelt found a new iteration of the Swamp awaiting him: Trusts. After World War II, John F. Kennedy discovered that he had little control over the Central Intelligence Agency, and even found he needed the CIA for his own purposes. Despite promising to shrink the bureaucracy Swamp, Ronald Reagan found himself helpless to even make a dent in it. And Trump soon learned that the Deep State could ensure no one ever brought any of its own to justice. Dragonslayers explains why these Swamps exist, and why they were—and remain—so hard to defeat.</description>
      <author>Larry Schweikart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705062654.mp3" length="1384400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705062654.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dragonslayers: Six Presidents and Their War with the Swamp
Author: Larry Schweikart
Narrator: Alan Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Swamp has been around for over 150 years, and six major presidents have tried to drain it with varying degrees of success.Donald Trump promised to “Drain the Swamp,” by which he originally meant lobbyists. When he got in, he found an entirely different Swamp—a Deep State that had grown, layer upon layer, within the government. But he wasn’t the first to encounter entrenched Swamp opposition. Abraham Lincoln had to battle the “Slave Power Conspiracy”; Grover Cleveland was the most successful of three presidents to fight the spoils Swamp. Theodore Roosevelt found a new iteration of the Swamp awaiting him: Trusts. After World War II, John F. Kennedy discovered that he had little control over the Central Intelligence Agency, and even found he needed the CIA for his own purposes. Despite promising to shrink the bureaucracy Swamp, Ronald Reagan found himself helpless to even make a dent in it. And Trump soon learned that the Deep State could ensure no one ever brought any of its own to justice. Dragonslayers explains why these Swamps exist, and why they were—and remain—so hard to defeat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dragonslayers: Six Presidents and Their War with the Swamp
Author: Larry Schweikart
Narrator: Alan Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Swamp has been around for over 150 years, and six major presidents have tried to drain it with varying degrees of success.Donald Trump promised to “Drain the Swamp,” by which he originally meant lobbyists. When he got in, he found an entirely different Swamp—a Deep State that had grown, layer upon layer, within the government. But he wasn’t the first to encounter entrenched Swamp opposition. Abraham Lincoln had to battle the “Slave Power Conspiracy”; Grover Cleveland was the most successful of three presidents to fight the spoils Swamp. Theodore Roosevelt found a new iteration of the Swamp awaiting him: Trusts. After World War II, John F. Kennedy discovered that he had little control over the Central Intelligence Agency, and even found he needed the CIA for his own purposes. Despite promising to shrink the bureaucracy Swamp, Ronald Reagan found himself helpless to even make a dent in it. And Trump soon learned that the Deep State could ensure no one ever brought any of its own to justice. Dragonslayers explains why these Swamps exist, and why they were—and remain—so hard to defeat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Garvey and Garveyism by Amy Jacques Garvey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Garvey and Garveyism
Author: Amy Jacques Garvey
Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Like all great dreamers and planners, Marcus Garvey dreamed and planned ahead of his time and his peoples&amp;#039; ability to understand the significance of his life&amp;#039;s work. A set of circumstances, mostly created by the world colonial powers, crushed this dreamer, but not his dreams. Due to persistence and years of sacrifice of Mrs. Amy Jacques Garvey, widow of Marcus Garvey, a large body of work by and about this great nationalist leader has been preserved and can be made available to a new generation of Black people who have the power to turn his dreams into realities. Written as a participant and confidant, Amy Jacques Garvey&amp;#039;s perspective continues to provide an intimate and first-person narrative of the Garvey movement and this important nascent period of Black Nationalism.</description>
      <author>Amy Jacques Garvey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705056363.mp3" length="1385623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705056363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Garvey and Garveyism
Author: Amy Jacques Garvey
Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Like all great dreamers and planners, Marcus Garvey dreamed and planned ahead of his time and his peoples&amp;#039; ability to understand the significance of his life&amp;#039;s work. A set of circumstances, mostly created by the world colonial powers, crushed this dreamer, but not his dreams. Due to persistence and years of sacrifice of Mrs. Amy Jacques Garvey, widow of Marcus Garvey, a large body of work by and about this great nationalist leader has been preserved and can be made available to a new generation of Black people who have the power to turn his dreams into realities. Written as a participant and confidant, Amy Jacques Garvey&amp;#039;s perspective continues to provide an intimate and first-person narrative of the Garvey movement and this important nascent period of Black Nationalism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Garvey and Garveyism
Author: Amy Jacques Garvey
Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Karen Chilton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Like all great dreamers and planners, Marcus Garvey dreamed and planned ahead of his time and his peoples&amp;#039; ability to understand the significance of his life&amp;#039;s work. A set of circumstances, mostly created by the world colonial powers, crushed this dreamer, but not his dreams. Due to persistence and years of sacrifice of Mrs. Amy Jacques Garvey, widow of Marcus Garvey, a large body of work by and about this great nationalist leader has been preserved and can be made available to a new generation of Black people who have the power to turn his dreams into realities. Written as a participant and confidant, Amy Jacques Garvey&amp;#039;s perspective continues to provide an intimate and first-person narrative of the Garvey movement and this important nascent period of Black Nationalism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Knock at the Door: The Story of My Secret Work with Israeli MIAs and POWs by Ory Slonim</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Knock at the Door: The Story of My Secret Work with Israeli MIAs and POWs
Author: Ory Slonim
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inside story of Israel’s secret negotiations to bring home their soldiers taken hostage by terrorist groups. Suppose one day, your son or husband, while serving in the military or working as a journalist, is taken hostage by a terrorist group—and you have no idea whether your loved one is dead or alive or how to even make contact with the insurgents holding him. It’s a nightmare scenario that has sadly taken place dozens of times in the past twenty years in the Middle East.Here in the U.S., the government does not always get involved. Instead, it will engage the services of a neutral country to negotiate with the terrorists. Unfortunately, many times the terrorists insist on never-ending demands in order to torment the family of the hostage. Unlike Israel, we’ve never had a central address for these types of scenarios. But maybe after reading this book, it’s an idea we could, and should, consider. Ory Slonim, the international “door knocker,” was an invention of necessity by the Israeli government.There were many good and brave human beings involved in this matter. Here for the first time is the story of the one man in Israel who, for more than two decades, was known as the “door knocker.” He had been a private Israeli lawyer when he was asked to undertake, on behalf of the Israeli government, secret negotiations to find out the whereabouts of Israeli soldiers who were taken alive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.hostage by terrorist groups. His ultimate mission was to bring them home, dead oralive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.</description>
      <author>Ory Slonim</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705061121.mp3" length="1409276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705061121.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Knock at the Door: The Story of My Secret Work with Israeli MIAs and POWs
Author: Ory Slonim
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inside story of Israel’s secret negotiations to bring home their soldiers taken hostage by terrorist groups. Suppose one day, your son or husband, while serving in the military or working as a journalist, is taken hostage by a terrorist group—and you have no idea whether your loved one is dead or alive or how to even make contact with the insurgents holding him. It’s a nightmare scenario that has sadly taken place dozens of times in the past twenty years in the Middle East.Here in the U.S., the government does not always get involved. Instead, it will engage the services of a neutral country to negotiate with the terrorists. Unfortunately, many times the terrorists insist on never-ending demands in order to torment the family of the hostage. Unlike Israel, we’ve never had a central address for these types of scenarios. But maybe after reading this book, it’s an idea we could, and should, consider. Ory Slonim, the international “door knocker,” was an invention of necessity by the Israeli government.There were many good and brave human beings involved in this matter. Here for the first time is the story of the one man in Israel who, for more than two decades, was known as the “door knocker.” He had been a private Israeli lawyer when he was asked to undertake, on behalf of the Israeli government, secret negotiations to find out the whereabouts of Israeli soldiers who were taken alive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.hostage by terrorist groups. His ultimate mission was to bring them home, dead oralive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Knock at the Door: The Story of My Secret Work with Israeli MIAs and POWs
Author: Ory Slonim
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inside story of Israel’s secret negotiations to bring home their soldiers taken hostage by terrorist groups. Suppose one day, your son or husband, while serving in the military or working as a journalist, is taken hostage by a terrorist group—and you have no idea whether your loved one is dead or alive or how to even make contact with the insurgents holding him. It’s a nightmare scenario that has sadly taken place dozens of times in the past twenty years in the Middle East.Here in the U.S., the government does not always get involved. Instead, it will engage the services of a neutral country to negotiate with the terrorists. Unfortunately, many times the terrorists insist on never-ending demands in order to torment the family of the hostage. Unlike Israel, we’ve never had a central address for these types of scenarios. But maybe after reading this book, it’s an idea we could, and should, consider. Ory Slonim, the international “door knocker,” was an invention of necessity by the Israeli government.There were many good and brave human beings involved in this matter. Here for the first time is the story of the one man in Israel who, for more than two decades, was known as the “door knocker.” He had been a private Israeli lawyer when he was asked to undertake, on behalf of the Israeli government, secret negotiations to find out the whereabouts of Israeli soldiers who were taken alive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.hostage by terrorist groups. His ultimate mission was to bring them home, dead oralive. In his capacity as negotiator, his story will take you into the worlds of the furtive Mossad, the twisted minds of terrorists, the forever traumatized lives of the parents whose children never came home from battle, and into Ory’s own resilient, compassionate, and amazingly resolute negotiations when ordinary people would have easily broken down.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spreading Hate: The Global Rise of White Supremacist Terrorism by Daniel Byman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spreading Hate: The Global Rise of White Supremacist Terrorism
Author: Daniel Byman
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The modern white power movement is now a global, transnational phenomenon.In this sweeping, authoritative account, Daniel Byman traces the key moments in the white power movement’s evolution in the United States and around the world and then details its many facets today. Using a wide range of sources, Byman explodes several myths about white power terrorism and identifies dangerous gaps in current policies.For almost two decades since 9/11, white supremacist terrorism has been relegated to a secondary concern in the US and Europe despite shocking episodes of violence from New Zealand to Norway to South Carolina. Because white power terrorists’ grievances echo mainstream debates and their violence often exacerbates polarization, their political impact can be inordinately high even if the body count is low. As Byman stresses, they are not a hidebound movement seeking to turn back the clock, but are dynamic, drawing on ideas from around the world and exploiting the most cutting-edge technologies, especially social media.White power terrorists, however, have many weaknesses. They are divided, with poor leadership, and often attract the incompetent and the criminal as well as the dangerous and deluded. If governments act decisively and treat white power terrorism with the same urgency they use to manage jihadist violence, then the threat can be reduced. This will require aggressive law enforcement, international intelligence cooperation, crackdowns by technology companies, and other forceful steps. Spreading Hate will be essential reading for anyone worried about this increasingly networked movement that threatens to grow more dangerous in the years to come.</description>
      <author>Daniel Byman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705063651.mp3" length="1354208" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705063651.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spreading Hate: The Global Rise of White Supremacist Terrorism
Author: Daniel Byman
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The modern white power movement is now a global, transnational phenomenon.In this sweeping, authoritative account, Daniel Byman traces the key moments in the white power movement’s evolution in the United States and around the world and then details its many facets today. Using a wide range of sources, Byman explodes several myths about white power terrorism and identifies dangerous gaps in current policies.For almost two decades since 9/11, white supremacist terrorism has been relegated to a secondary concern in the US and Europe despite shocking episodes of violence from New Zealand to Norway to South Carolina. Because white power terrorists’ grievances echo mainstream debates and their violence often exacerbates polarization, their political impact can be inordinately high even if the body count is low. As Byman stresses, they are not a hidebound movement seeking to turn back the clock, but are dynamic, drawing on ideas from around the world and exploiting the most cutting-edge technologies, especially social media.White power terrorists, however, have many weaknesses. They are divided, with poor leadership, and often attract the incompetent and the criminal as well as the dangerous and deluded. If governments act decisively and treat white power terrorism with the same urgency they use to manage jihadist violence, then the threat can be reduced. This will require aggressive law enforcement, international intelligence cooperation, crackdowns by technology companies, and other forceful steps. Spreading Hate will be essential reading for anyone worried about this increasingly networked movement that threatens to grow more dangerous in the years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spreading Hate: The Global Rise of White Supremacist Terrorism
Author: Daniel Byman
Narrator: James Lurie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The modern white power movement is now a global, transnational phenomenon.In this sweeping, authoritative account, Daniel Byman traces the key moments in the white power movement’s evolution in the United States and around the world and then details its many facets today. Using a wide range of sources, Byman explodes several myths about white power terrorism and identifies dangerous gaps in current policies.For almost two decades since 9/11, white supremacist terrorism has been relegated to a secondary concern in the US and Europe despite shocking episodes of violence from New Zealand to Norway to South Carolina. Because white power terrorists’ grievances echo mainstream debates and their violence often exacerbates polarization, their political impact can be inordinately high even if the body count is low. As Byman stresses, they are not a hidebound movement seeking to turn back the clock, but are dynamic, drawing on ideas from around the world and exploiting the most cutting-edge technologies, especially social media.White power terrorists, however, have many weaknesses. They are divided, with poor leadership, and often attract the incompetent and the criminal as well as the dangerous and deluded. If governments act decisively and treat white power terrorism with the same urgency they use to manage jihadist violence, then the threat can be reduced. This will require aggressive law enforcement, international intelligence cooperation, crackdowns by technology companies, and other forceful steps. Spreading Hate will be essential reading for anyone worried about this increasingly networked movement that threatens to grow more dangerous in the years to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech: Race, Democracy, and the Future of Academic Freedom by Jennifer Ruth, Michael Bérubé</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech: Race, Democracy, and the Future of Academic Freedom
Author: Jennifer Ruth, Michael Bérubé
Narrator: David Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How far does the idea of academic freedom extend to professors in an era of racial reckoning?The protests of summer 2020, which were ignited by the murder of George Floyd, led to long-overdue reassessments of the legacy of racism and white supremacy in both American academe and cultural life more generally. But while universities have been willing to rename some buildings and schools or grapple with their role in the slave trade, no one has yet asked the most uncomfortable question: Does academic freedom extend to racist professors?It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech considers the ideal of academic freedom in the wake of the activism inspired by outrageous police brutality, white supremacy, and the #MeToo movement. Arguing that academic freedom must be rigorously distinguished from freedom of speech, Michael Bérubé and Jennifer Ruth take aim at explicit defenses of colonialism and theories of white supremacy—theories that have no intellectual legitimacy whatsoever. Approaching this question from two angles—one, the question of when a professor&amp;#039;s intramural or extramural speech calls into question his or her fitness to serve, and two, the question of how to manage the simmering tension between the academic freedom of faculty and the antidiscrimination initiatives of campus offices of diversity, equity, and inclusion—they argue that the democracy-destroying potential of social media makes it very difficult to uphold the traditional liberal view that the best remedy for hate speech is more speech. In recent years, those with traditional liberal ideals have had very limited effectiveness in responding to the resurgence of white supremacism in American life. It is time, Bérubé and Ruth write, to ask whether that resurgence requires us to rethink the parameters and practices of academic freedom. Touching as well on contingent faculty, whose speech is often inadequately protected, It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech insists that we reimagine shared governance to augment both academic freedom and antidiscrimination initiatives on campuses. Faculty across the nation can develop protocols that account for both the new realities—from the rise of social media to the decline of tenure—and the old realities of long-standing inequities and abuses that the classic liberal conception of academic freedom did nothing to address. This book will resonate for anyone who has followed debates over #MeToo, Black Lives Matter, Critical Race Theory, and &amp;#039;cancel culture&amp;#039;; more specifically, it should have a major impact on many facets of academic life, from the classroom to faculty senates to the office of the general counsel.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Ruth, Michael Bérubé</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705063286.mp3" length="1358724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705063286.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech: Race, Democracy, and the Future of Academic Freedom
Author: Jennifer Ruth, Michael Bérubé
Narrator: David Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How far does the idea of academic freedom extend to professors in an era of racial reckoning?The protests of summer 2020, which were ignited by the murder of George Floyd, led to long-overdue reassessments of the legacy of racism and white supremacy in both American academe and cultural life more generally. But while universities have been willing to rename some buildings and schools or grapple with their role in the slave trade, no one has yet asked the most uncomfortable question: Does academic freedom extend to racist professors?It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech considers the ideal of academic freedom in the wake of the activism inspired by outrageous police brutality, white supremacy, and the #MeToo movement. Arguing that academic freedom must be rigorously distinguished from freedom of speech, Michael Bérubé and Jennifer Ruth take aim at explicit defenses of colonialism and theories of white supremacy—theories that have no intellectual legitimacy whatsoever. Approaching this question from two angles—one, the question of when a professor&amp;#039;s intramural or extramural speech calls into question his or her fitness to serve, and two, the question of how to manage the simmering tension between the academic freedom of faculty and the antidiscrimination initiatives of campus offices of diversity, equity, and inclusion—they argue that the democracy-destroying potential of social media makes it very difficult to uphold the traditional liberal view that the best remedy for hate speech is more speech. In recent years, those with traditional liberal ideals have had very limited effectiveness in responding to the resurgence of white supremacism in American life. It is time, Bérubé and Ruth write, to ask whether that resurgence requires us to rethink the parameters and practices of academic freedom. Touching as well on contingent faculty, whose speech is often inadequately protected, It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech insists that we reimagine shared governance to augment both academic freedom and antidiscrimination initiatives on campuses. Faculty across the nation can develop protocols that account for both the new realities—from the rise of social media to the decline of tenure—and the old realities of long-standing inequities and abuses that the classic liberal conception of academic freedom did nothing to address. This book will resonate for anyone who has followed debates over #MeToo, Black Lives Matter, Critical Race Theory, and &amp;#039;cancel culture&amp;#039;; more specifically, it should have a major impact on many facets of academic life, from the classroom to faculty senates to the office of the general counsel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech: Race, Democracy, and the Future of Academic Freedom
Author: Jennifer Ruth, Michael Bérubé
Narrator: David Chandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How far does the idea of academic freedom extend to professors in an era of racial reckoning?The protests of summer 2020, which were ignited by the murder of George Floyd, led to long-overdue reassessments of the legacy of racism and white supremacy in both American academe and cultural life more generally. But while universities have been willing to rename some buildings and schools or grapple with their role in the slave trade, no one has yet asked the most uncomfortable question: Does academic freedom extend to racist professors?It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech considers the ideal of academic freedom in the wake of the activism inspired by outrageous police brutality, white supremacy, and the #MeToo movement. Arguing that academic freedom must be rigorously distinguished from freedom of speech, Michael Bérubé and Jennifer Ruth take aim at explicit defenses of colonialism and theories of white supremacy—theories that have no intellectual legitimacy whatsoever. Approaching this question from two angles—one, the question of when a professor&amp;#039;s intramural or extramural speech calls into question his or her fitness to serve, and two, the question of how to manage the simmering tension between the academic freedom of faculty and the antidiscrimination initiatives of campus offices of diversity, equity, and inclusion—they argue that the democracy-destroying potential of social media makes it very difficult to uphold the traditional liberal view that the best remedy for hate speech is more speech. In recent years, those with traditional liberal ideals have had very limited effectiveness in responding to the resurgence of white supremacism in American life. It is time, Bérubé and Ruth write, to ask whether that resurgence requires us to rethink the parameters and practices of academic freedom. Touching as well on contingent faculty, whose speech is often inadequately protected, It&amp;#039;s Not Free Speech insists that we reimagine shared governance to augment both academic freedom and antidiscrimination initiatives on campuses. Faculty across the nation can develop protocols that account for both the new realities—from the rise of social media to the decline of tenure—and the old realities of long-standing inequities and abuses that the classic liberal conception of academic freedom did nothing to address. This book will resonate for anyone who has followed debates over #MeToo, Black Lives Matter, Critical Race Theory, and &amp;#039;cancel culture&amp;#039;; more specifically, it should have a major impact on many facets of academic life, from the classroom to faculty senates to the office of the general counsel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breached!: Why Data Security Law Fails and How to Improve It: 1st Edition by Daniel J. Solove, Woodrow Hartzog</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breached!: Why Data Security Law Fails and How to Improve It: 1st Edition
Author: Daniel J. Solove, Woodrow Hartzog
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital connections permeate our lives—and so do data breaches. Given that we must be online for basic communication, finance, healthcare, and more, it is remarkable how difficult it is to secure our personal information. Despite the passage of many data security laws, data breaches are increasing at a record pace. In Breached!, Daniel Solove and Woodrow Hartzog, two of the world’s leading experts on privacy and data security issues, argue that the law fails because, ironically, it focuses too much on the breach itself.Drawing insights from many fascinating stories about data breaches, Solove and Hartzog show how major breaches could have been prevented or mitigated through better rules and often inexpensive, non-cumbersome means. They also reveal why the current law is counterproductive. It pummels organizations that have suffered a breach but doesn’t recognize how others contribute to the breach. These outside actors include software companies that create vulnerable software, device companies that make insecure devices, government policymakers who write regulations that increase security risks, organizations that train people to engage in risky behaviors, and more.Although humans are the weakest link for data security, the law remains oblivious to the fact that policies and technologies are often designed with a poor understanding of human behavior. Breached! corrects this course by focusing on the human side of security. This book sets out a holistic vision for data security law—one that holds all actors accountable, understands security broadly and in relationship to privacy, looks to prevention and mitigation rather than reaction, and is designed with people in mind. The book closes with a roadmap for how we can reboot law and policy surrounding data security.</description>
      <author>Daniel J. Solove, Woodrow Hartzog</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705056271.mp3" length="1423747" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705056271.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breached!: Why Data Security Law Fails and How to Improve It: 1st Edition
Author: Daniel J. Solove, Woodrow Hartzog
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital connections permeate our lives—and so do data breaches. Given that we must be online for basic communication, finance, healthcare, and more, it is remarkable how difficult it is to secure our personal information. Despite the passage of many data security laws, data breaches are increasing at a record pace. In Breached!, Daniel Solove and Woodrow Hartzog, two of the world’s leading experts on privacy and data security issues, argue that the law fails because, ironically, it focuses too much on the breach itself.Drawing insights from many fascinating stories about data breaches, Solove and Hartzog show how major breaches could have been prevented or mitigated through better rules and often inexpensive, non-cumbersome means. They also reveal why the current law is counterproductive. It pummels organizations that have suffered a breach but doesn’t recognize how others contribute to the breach. These outside actors include software companies that create vulnerable software, device companies that make insecure devices, government policymakers who write regulations that increase security risks, organizations that train people to engage in risky behaviors, and more.Although humans are the weakest link for data security, the law remains oblivious to the fact that policies and technologies are often designed with a poor understanding of human behavior. Breached! corrects this course by focusing on the human side of security. This book sets out a holistic vision for data security law—one that holds all actors accountable, understands security broadly and in relationship to privacy, looks to prevention and mitigation rather than reaction, and is designed with people in mind. The book closes with a roadmap for how we can reboot law and policy surrounding data security.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breached!: Why Data Security Law Fails and How to Improve It: 1st Edition
Author: Daniel J. Solove, Woodrow Hartzog
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital connections permeate our lives—and so do data breaches. Given that we must be online for basic communication, finance, healthcare, and more, it is remarkable how difficult it is to secure our personal information. Despite the passage of many data security laws, data breaches are increasing at a record pace. In Breached!, Daniel Solove and Woodrow Hartzog, two of the world’s leading experts on privacy and data security issues, argue that the law fails because, ironically, it focuses too much on the breach itself.Drawing insights from many fascinating stories about data breaches, Solove and Hartzog show how major breaches could have been prevented or mitigated through better rules and often inexpensive, non-cumbersome means. They also reveal why the current law is counterproductive. It pummels organizations that have suffered a breach but doesn’t recognize how others contribute to the breach. These outside actors include software companies that create vulnerable software, device companies that make insecure devices, government policymakers who write regulations that increase security risks, organizations that train people to engage in risky behaviors, and more.Although humans are the weakest link for data security, the law remains oblivious to the fact that policies and technologies are often designed with a poor understanding of human behavior. Breached! corrects this course by focusing on the human side of security. This book sets out a holistic vision for data security law—one that holds all actors accountable, understands security broadly and in relationship to privacy, looks to prevention and mitigation rather than reaction, and is designed with people in mind. The book closes with a roadmap for how we can reboot law and policy surrounding data security.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Most Human Right: Why Free Speech is Everything by Eric Heinze</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Human Right: Why Free Speech is Everything
Author: Eric Heinze
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What are human rights? Are they laid out definitively in the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights or the US Bill of Rights? Are they items on a checklist—dignity, justice, progress, standard of living, health care, housing? In The Most Human Right, Eric Heinze explains why global human rights systems have failed. International organizations constantly report on how governments manage human goods, such as fair trials, humane conditions of detention, health care, or housing. But to appease autocratic regimes, experts have ignored the primacy of free speech. Heinze argues that goods become rights only when citizens can claim them publicly and fearlessly: free speech is the fundamental right, without which the very concept of a “right” makes no sense.Heinze argues that throughout history countless systems of justice have promised human goods. What, then, makes human rights different? What must human rights have that other systems have lacked? Heinze revisits the origins of the concept, exploring what it means for a nation to protect human rights, and what a citizen needs in order to pursue them. He explains how free speech distinguishes human rights from other ideas about justice, past and present.</description>
      <author>Eric Heinze</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705061176.mp3" length="1337673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705061176.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Human Right: Why Free Speech is Everything
Author: Eric Heinze
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What are human rights? Are they laid out definitively in the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights or the US Bill of Rights? Are they items on a checklist—dignity, justice, progress, standard of living, health care, housing? In The Most Human Right, Eric Heinze explains why global human rights systems have failed. International organizations constantly report on how governments manage human goods, such as fair trials, humane conditions of detention, health care, or housing. But to appease autocratic regimes, experts have ignored the primacy of free speech. Heinze argues that goods become rights only when citizens can claim them publicly and fearlessly: free speech is the fundamental right, without which the very concept of a “right” makes no sense.Heinze argues that throughout history countless systems of justice have promised human goods. What, then, makes human rights different? What must human rights have that other systems have lacked? Heinze revisits the origins of the concept, exploring what it means for a nation to protect human rights, and what a citizen needs in order to pursue them. He explains how free speech distinguishes human rights from other ideas about justice, past and present.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Human Right: Why Free Speech is Everything
Author: Eric Heinze
Narrator: Julian Elfer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What are human rights? Are they laid out definitively in the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights or the US Bill of Rights? Are they items on a checklist—dignity, justice, progress, standard of living, health care, housing? In The Most Human Right, Eric Heinze explains why global human rights systems have failed. International organizations constantly report on how governments manage human goods, such as fair trials, humane conditions of detention, health care, or housing. But to appease autocratic regimes, experts have ignored the primacy of free speech. Heinze argues that goods become rights only when citizens can claim them publicly and fearlessly: free speech is the fundamental right, without which the very concept of a “right” makes no sense.Heinze argues that throughout history countless systems of justice have promised human goods. What, then, makes human rights different? What must human rights have that other systems have lacked? Heinze revisits the origins of the concept, exploring what it means for a nation to protect human rights, and what a citizen needs in order to pursue them. He explains how free speech distinguishes human rights from other ideas about justice, past and present.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Journey Into Dreamtime by Munya Andrews</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Journey Into Dreamtime
Author: Munya Andrews
Narrator: Munya Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book invites you to step into the magical world of Aboriginal Dreamtime and to share in the world&amp;#039;s oldest living culture - its ancient knowledge and spiritual wisdom. Inside are Dreamtime concepts that everyone can understand. Find out why the Rainbow Snake is called by that name and why it is deeply revered. What special role does it play in traditional healing? What are sacred sites and how do they empower you? What does it mean to have kangaroo or possum Dreaming? How can you discover your &amp;#039;Dreaming&amp;#039; and what it can teach you? How does Dreaming help you cope with and master life? What are Dreaming Eyes and Dreaming Ears? What are Sorry Rocks? Come on a journey with Aboriginal Elder, Aunty Munya as she guides you in discovering your purpose in life and how to walk in the footsteps of our Ancestors. Learn what it means to truly belong and be family to everyone and everything.</description>
      <author>Munya Andrews</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667936970.mp3" length="1197927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667936970.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Journey Into Dreamtime
Author: Munya Andrews
Narrator: Munya Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book invites you to step into the magical world of Aboriginal Dreamtime and to share in the world&amp;#039;s oldest living culture - its ancient knowledge and spiritual wisdom. Inside are Dreamtime concepts that everyone can understand. Find out why the Rainbow Snake is called by that name and why it is deeply revered. What special role does it play in traditional healing? What are sacred sites and how do they empower you? What does it mean to have kangaroo or possum Dreaming? How can you discover your &amp;#039;Dreaming&amp;#039; and what it can teach you? How does Dreaming help you cope with and master life? What are Dreaming Eyes and Dreaming Ears? What are Sorry Rocks? Come on a journey with Aboriginal Elder, Aunty Munya as she guides you in discovering your purpose in life and how to walk in the footsteps of our Ancestors. Learn what it means to truly belong and be family to everyone and everything.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Journey Into Dreamtime
Author: Munya Andrews
Narrator: Munya Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This book invites you to step into the magical world of Aboriginal Dreamtime and to share in the world&amp;#039;s oldest living culture - its ancient knowledge and spiritual wisdom. Inside are Dreamtime concepts that everyone can understand. Find out why the Rainbow Snake is called by that name and why it is deeply revered. What special role does it play in traditional healing? What are sacred sites and how do they empower you? What does it mean to have kangaroo or possum Dreaming? How can you discover your &amp;#039;Dreaming&amp;#039; and what it can teach you? How does Dreaming help you cope with and master life? What are Dreaming Eyes and Dreaming Ears? What are Sorry Rocks? Come on a journey with Aboriginal Elder, Aunty Munya as she guides you in discovering your purpose in life and how to walk in the footsteps of our Ancestors. Learn what it means to truly belong and be family to everyone and everything.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Citizenship in a Republic: &amp;#039;Man in the Arena&amp;#039; Address given at Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910 by Theodore Roosevelt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship in a Republic: &amp;#039;Man in the Arena&amp;#039; Address given at Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Citizenship in a Republic” is the title of a speech given by Theodore Roosevelt at the Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910. In the speech Roosevelt discusses the attributes required of its citizens and leaders to sustain a thriving national character, not least of which are a high moral character and energetic engagement. He has harsh words for those who act purely in self-interest, who cause division, and who sit on the sidelines while others do the heavy lifting. The address is also known as “The Man in the Arena” speech owing to a notable passage that is often quoted: “It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; who errs, who comes short again and again, because there is no effort without error and shortcoming; but who does actually strive to do the deeds; who knows great enthusiasms, the great devotions; who spends himself in a worthy cause; who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly, so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who neither know victory nor defeat.” Numerous politicians, athletes, speakers and others have turned to the passage for inspiration. Incoming freshman at the U.S. Naval Academy are required to memorize the passage. NBA champion LeBron James has the “Man in the Arena” written on his shoes.</description>
      <author>Theodore Roosevelt</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667937366.mp3" length="838257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667937366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship in a Republic: &amp;#039;Man in the Arena&amp;#039; Address given at Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Citizenship in a Republic” is the title of a speech given by Theodore Roosevelt at the Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910. In the speech Roosevelt discusses the attributes required of its citizens and leaders to sustain a thriving national character, not least of which are a high moral character and energetic engagement. He has harsh words for those who act purely in self-interest, who cause division, and who sit on the sidelines while others do the heavy lifting. The address is also known as “The Man in the Arena” speech owing to a notable passage that is often quoted: “It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; who errs, who comes short again and again, because there is no effort without error and shortcoming; but who does actually strive to do the deeds; who knows great enthusiasms, the great devotions; who spends himself in a worthy cause; who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly, so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who neither know victory nor defeat.” Numerous politicians, athletes, speakers and others have turned to the passage for inspiration. Incoming freshman at the U.S. Naval Academy are required to memorize the passage. NBA champion LeBron James has the “Man in the Arena” written on his shoes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizenship in a Republic: &amp;#039;Man in the Arena&amp;#039; Address given at Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Citizenship in a Republic” is the title of a speech given by Theodore Roosevelt at the Sorbonne in Paris, France, on April 23, 1910. In the speech Roosevelt discusses the attributes required of its citizens and leaders to sustain a thriving national character, not least of which are a high moral character and energetic engagement. He has harsh words for those who act purely in self-interest, who cause division, and who sit on the sidelines while others do the heavy lifting. The address is also known as “The Man in the Arena” speech owing to a notable passage that is often quoted: “It is not the critic who counts; not the man who points out how the strong man stumbles, or where the doer of deeds could have done them better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood; who strives valiantly; who errs, who comes short again and again, because there is no effort without error and shortcoming; but who does actually strive to do the deeds; who knows great enthusiasms, the great devotions; who spends himself in a worthy cause; who at the best knows in the end the triumph of high achievement, and who at the worst, if he fails, at least fails while daring greatly, so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who neither know victory nor defeat.” Numerous politicians, athletes, speakers and others have turned to the passage for inspiration. Incoming freshman at the U.S. Naval Academy are required to memorize the passage. NBA champion LeBron James has the “Man in the Arena” written on his shoes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Moral Equivalent of War by William James</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Equivalent of War
Author: William James
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This essay is based upon a speech given at Stanford University in 1906, William James’ last public utterance and is the original expression of the idea of non-military national service.  While acknowledging the horrors of war and its motives, he also acknowledges the benefits that accrue when groups of people address themselves to a common purpose evident in military behavior.  The modern reader will no doubt find certain attitudes regarding sex, race, and conquest of nature outdated. Nonetheless, one can’t help but admire the enlightened principles that have led to the establishment of the Civilian Conservation Corps, the Peace Corps, VISTA, and AmeriCorps, and will likely be part of the effort to deal with global warming and climate change. The following from the essay is the gist of James’ thesis: “If now -- and this is my idea -- there were, instead of military conscription, a conscription of the whole youthful population to form for a certain number of years a part of the army enlisted against Nature, the injustice would tend to be evened out, and numerous other goods to the commonwealth would remain blind as the luxurious classes now are blind, to man’s relations to the globe he lives on, and to the permanently sour and hard foundations of his higher life. To coal and iron mines, to freight trains, to fishing fleets in December, to dishwashing, clotheswashing, and windowwashing, to road-building and tunnel-making, to foundries and stoke-holes, and to the frames of skyscrapers, would our gilded youths be drafted off, according to their choice, to get the childishness knocked out of them, and to come back into society with healthier sympathies and soberer ideas.”</description>
      <author>William James</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667937304.mp3" length="824271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667937304.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Equivalent of War
Author: William James
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This essay is based upon a speech given at Stanford University in 1906, William James’ last public utterance and is the original expression of the idea of non-military national service.  While acknowledging the horrors of war and its motives, he also acknowledges the benefits that accrue when groups of people address themselves to a common purpose evident in military behavior.  The modern reader will no doubt find certain attitudes regarding sex, race, and conquest of nature outdated. Nonetheless, one can’t help but admire the enlightened principles that have led to the establishment of the Civilian Conservation Corps, the Peace Corps, VISTA, and AmeriCorps, and will likely be part of the effort to deal with global warming and climate change. The following from the essay is the gist of James’ thesis: “If now -- and this is my idea -- there were, instead of military conscription, a conscription of the whole youthful population to form for a certain number of years a part of the army enlisted against Nature, the injustice would tend to be evened out, and numerous other goods to the commonwealth would remain blind as the luxurious classes now are blind, to man’s relations to the globe he lives on, and to the permanently sour and hard foundations of his higher life. To coal and iron mines, to freight trains, to fishing fleets in December, to dishwashing, clotheswashing, and windowwashing, to road-building and tunnel-making, to foundries and stoke-holes, and to the frames of skyscrapers, would our gilded youths be drafted off, according to their choice, to get the childishness knocked out of them, and to come back into society with healthier sympathies and soberer ideas.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Moral Equivalent of War
Author: William James
Narrator: Douglas Harvey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This essay is based upon a speech given at Stanford University in 1906, William James’ last public utterance and is the original expression of the idea of non-military national service.  While acknowledging the horrors of war and its motives, he also acknowledges the benefits that accrue when groups of people address themselves to a common purpose evident in military behavior.  The modern reader will no doubt find certain attitudes regarding sex, race, and conquest of nature outdated. Nonetheless, one can’t help but admire the enlightened principles that have led to the establishment of the Civilian Conservation Corps, the Peace Corps, VISTA, and AmeriCorps, and will likely be part of the effort to deal with global warming and climate change. The following from the essay is the gist of James’ thesis: “If now -- and this is my idea -- there were, instead of military conscription, a conscription of the whole youthful population to form for a certain number of years a part of the army enlisted against Nature, the injustice would tend to be evened out, and numerous other goods to the commonwealth would remain blind as the luxurious classes now are blind, to man’s relations to the globe he lives on, and to the permanently sour and hard foundations of his higher life. To coal and iron mines, to freight trains, to fishing fleets in December, to dishwashing, clotheswashing, and windowwashing, to road-building and tunnel-making, to foundries and stoke-holes, and to the frames of skyscrapers, would our gilded youths be drafted off, according to their choice, to get the childishness knocked out of them, and to come back into society with healthier sympathies and soberer ideas.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - تاريخ الخلفاء by جلال الدين السيوطي</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - تاريخ الخلفاء
Author: جلال الدين السيوطي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
أرخ الإمام السيوطي في هذا المؤلف للخلفاء المسلمين. حيث ترجم فيه الخلفاء أمراء المؤمنين القائمين بأمر الأمة من عهد أبي بكر الصديق رضي الله عنه إلى عهده (أي عهد الإمام السيوطي) والذي يعني عهد الدولة العباسية. حيث جاء التاريخ مرتباً على زمانهم الأول فالأول، وقد ذكر في ترجمة كل منهم ما وقع في أيامه من الحوادث المستغربة، ومن كان في أيامه من أئمة الدين وأعلام الأمة.</description>
      <author>جلال الدين السيوطي</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177873686.mp3" length="846882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177873686.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - تاريخ الخلفاء
Author: جلال الدين السيوطي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
أرخ الإمام السيوطي في هذا المؤلف للخلفاء المسلمين. حيث ترجم فيه الخلفاء أمراء المؤمنين القائمين بأمر الأمة من عهد أبي بكر الصديق رضي الله عنه إلى عهده (أي عهد الإمام السيوطي) والذي يعني عهد الدولة العباسية. حيث جاء التاريخ مرتباً على زمانهم الأول فالأول، وقد ذكر في ترجمة كل منهم ما وقع في أيامه من الحوادث المستغربة، ومن كان في أيامه من أئمة الدين وأعلام الأمة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - تاريخ الخلفاء
Author: جلال الدين السيوطي
Narrator: سامي العربي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
أرخ الإمام السيوطي في هذا المؤلف للخلفاء المسلمين. حيث ترجم فيه الخلفاء أمراء المؤمنين القائمين بأمر الأمة من عهد أبي بكر الصديق رضي الله عنه إلى عهده (أي عهد الإمام السيوطي) والذي يعني عهد الدولة العباسية. حيث جاء التاريخ مرتباً على زمانهم الأول فالأول، وقد ذكر في ترجمة كل منهم ما وقع في أيامه من الحوادث المستغربة، ومن كان في أيامه من أئمة الدين وأعلام الأمة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - فن الحرب by سون تزو</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن الحرب
Author: سون تزو
Narrator: فتحي عثمان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر فن الحرب لسون تسي من أقدم وأشهر الكتب الحربية في الصين، وهو أقدم كتاب حربي في العالم أيضاً، إذ يتمتع الكتاب بمكانة بارزة في تاريخ البحوث الأكاديمية الحربية في العالم. ويعتبر هذا الكتاب مفتاح جزءاً هاماً من الثقافة والتقاليد الصينية الممتازة إذ إن مضمونه دقيق و عميق وواسع جداً، وقد أحدث تأثيرا بعيد المدى في تطور العلم الحربي القديم بالصين، ويعتبر مرجعاً أساسياً وحضارياً عند الصين. ولا تزال الكثير من حقائق الكتاب بنفس أهميتها السابقة، فهي مفيدة في بناء وتطوير النظريات الحربية الحديثة، واستخدام مبادئه وأفكاره في الحياة الاجتماعية وفي عالم الأعمال، فهي تطبق على نطاق واسع في إدارة المؤسسات والتنافس التجاري والمباريات الرياضية والأنشطة الأخرى.</description>
      <author>سون تزو</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789188521644.mp3" length="914203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789188521644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن الحرب
Author: سون تزو
Narrator: فتحي عثمان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر فن الحرب لسون تسي من أقدم وأشهر الكتب الحربية في الصين، وهو أقدم كتاب حربي في العالم أيضاً، إذ يتمتع الكتاب بمكانة بارزة في تاريخ البحوث الأكاديمية الحربية في العالم. ويعتبر هذا الكتاب مفتاح جزءاً هاماً من الثقافة والتقاليد الصينية الممتازة إذ إن مضمونه دقيق و عميق وواسع جداً، وقد أحدث تأثيرا بعيد المدى في تطور العلم الحربي القديم بالصين، ويعتبر مرجعاً أساسياً وحضارياً عند الصين. ولا تزال الكثير من حقائق الكتاب بنفس أهميتها السابقة، فهي مفيدة في بناء وتطوير النظريات الحربية الحديثة، واستخدام مبادئه وأفكاره في الحياة الاجتماعية وفي عالم الأعمال، فهي تطبق على نطاق واسع في إدارة المؤسسات والتنافس التجاري والمباريات الرياضية والأنشطة الأخرى.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن الحرب
Author: سون تزو
Narrator: فتحي عثمان
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
يعتبر فن الحرب لسون تسي من أقدم وأشهر الكتب الحربية في الصين، وهو أقدم كتاب حربي في العالم أيضاً، إذ يتمتع الكتاب بمكانة بارزة في تاريخ البحوث الأكاديمية الحربية في العالم. ويعتبر هذا الكتاب مفتاح جزءاً هاماً من الثقافة والتقاليد الصينية الممتازة إذ إن مضمونه دقيق و عميق وواسع جداً، وقد أحدث تأثيرا بعيد المدى في تطور العلم الحربي القديم بالصين، ويعتبر مرجعاً أساسياً وحضارياً عند الصين. ولا تزال الكثير من حقائق الكتاب بنفس أهميتها السابقة، فهي مفيدة في بناء وتطوير النظريات الحربية الحديثة، واستخدام مبادئه وأفكاره في الحياة الاجتماعية وفي عالم الأعمال، فهي تطبق على نطاق واسع في إدارة المؤسسات والتنافس التجاري والمباريات الرياضية والأنشطة الأخرى.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase by Marie Wollatz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Morgen ist Weihnachten und Mika langweilt sich in seinem Zimmer. Da fällt sein Blick auf das Seifenblasenset. Im Sommer hatte er geträumt, er sei in einer Seifenblase zu den Piraten geflogen. Oder hatte er das tatsächlich erlebt? Und kann er jetzt wieder in einer Seifenblase davonfliegen? Hört Mika´s neuestes Abenteuer - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase.  Die Geschichte wurde liebevoll von Juliane Wolf von WolfsOhr Production eingesprochen.</description>
      <author>Marie Wollatz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Nov 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707694905.mp3" length="581417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707694905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Morgen ist Weihnachten und Mika langweilt sich in seinem Zimmer. Da fällt sein Blick auf das Seifenblasenset. Im Sommer hatte er geträumt, er sei in einer Seifenblase zu den Piraten geflogen. Oder hatte er das tatsächlich erlebt? Und kann er jetzt wieder in einer Seifenblase davonfliegen? Hört Mika´s neuestes Abenteuer - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase.  Die Geschichte wurde liebevoll von Juliane Wolf von WolfsOhr Production eingesprochen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase
Author: Marie Wollatz
Narrator: Juliane Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Morgen ist Weihnachten und Mika langweilt sich in seinem Zimmer. Da fällt sein Blick auf das Seifenblasenset. Im Sommer hatte er geträumt, er sei in einer Seifenblase zu den Piraten geflogen. Oder hatte er das tatsächlich erlebt? Und kann er jetzt wieder in einer Seifenblase davonfliegen? Hört Mika´s neuestes Abenteuer - Weihnachten in der Seifenblase.  Die Geschichte wurde liebevoll von Juliane Wolf von WolfsOhr Production eingesprochen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Blues Begegnung mit der Angst by Fjordor Weis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blues Begegnung mit der Angst
Author: Fjordor Weis
Narrator: Ann-Sophie Birkholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taucht mit Blue, dem kleinen Wal, hinab in die tiefe des Meeres.   Auf der Suche nach seinem Algenball fühlt er sich plötzlich ganz   merkwürdig: Sein Herz pocht wie verrückt, der Bauch grummelt   und seine Schwanzflosse will nicht mehr aufhören zu zittern.   Die Angst durchströmt ihn!   Erfahrt zusammen mit Blue, warum Angst ein wunderbares  Geschenk ist, was fühlen bedeutet und wie ein Korallenknaller   helfen kann.   Eine Gefühlswelle für Groß und Klein!</description>
      <author>Fjordor Weis</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Nov 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707657832.mp3" length="588869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707657832.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blues Begegnung mit der Angst
Author: Fjordor Weis
Narrator: Ann-Sophie Birkholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taucht mit Blue, dem kleinen Wal, hinab in die tiefe des Meeres.   Auf der Suche nach seinem Algenball fühlt er sich plötzlich ganz   merkwürdig: Sein Herz pocht wie verrückt, der Bauch grummelt   und seine Schwanzflosse will nicht mehr aufhören zu zittern.   Die Angst durchströmt ihn!   Erfahrt zusammen mit Blue, warum Angst ein wunderbares  Geschenk ist, was fühlen bedeutet und wie ein Korallenknaller   helfen kann.   Eine Gefühlswelle für Groß und Klein!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blues Begegnung mit der Angst
Author: Fjordor Weis
Narrator: Ann-Sophie Birkholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Taucht mit Blue, dem kleinen Wal, hinab in die tiefe des Meeres.   Auf der Suche nach seinem Algenball fühlt er sich plötzlich ganz   merkwürdig: Sein Herz pocht wie verrückt, der Bauch grummelt   und seine Schwanzflosse will nicht mehr aufhören zu zittern.   Die Angst durchströmt ihn!   Erfahrt zusammen mit Blue, warum Angst ein wunderbares  Geschenk ist, was fühlen bedeutet und wie ein Korallenknaller   helfen kann.   Eine Gefühlswelle für Groß und Klein!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Third Reconstruction: America&amp;#039;s Struggle for Racial Justice in the Twenty-First Century by Peniel E. Joseph</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Reconstruction: America&amp;#039;s Struggle for Racial Justice in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Peniel E. Joseph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our preeminent historians of race and democracy argues that the period since 2008 has marked nothing less than America’s Third Reconstruction In The Third Reconstruction, distinguished historian Peniel E. Joseph offers a powerful and personal new interpretation of recent history. The racial reckoning that unfolded in 2020, he argues, marked the climax of a Third Reconstruction: a new struggle for citizenship and dignity for Black Americans, just as momentous as the movements that arose after the Civil War and during the civil rights era. Joseph draws revealing connections and insights across centuries as he traces this Third Reconstruction from the election of Barack Obama to the rise of Black Lives Matter to the failed assault on the Capitol. America’s first and second Reconstructions fell tragically short of their grand aims. Our Third Reconstruction offers a new chance to achieve Black dignity and citizenship at last—an opportunity to choose hope over fear.</description>
      <author>Peniel E. Joseph</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668611753.mp3" length="855047" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668611753.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Reconstruction: America&amp;#039;s Struggle for Racial Justice in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Peniel E. Joseph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our preeminent historians of race and democracy argues that the period since 2008 has marked nothing less than America’s Third Reconstruction In The Third Reconstruction, distinguished historian Peniel E. Joseph offers a powerful and personal new interpretation of recent history. The racial reckoning that unfolded in 2020, he argues, marked the climax of a Third Reconstruction: a new struggle for citizenship and dignity for Black Americans, just as momentous as the movements that arose after the Civil War and during the civil rights era. Joseph draws revealing connections and insights across centuries as he traces this Third Reconstruction from the election of Barack Obama to the rise of Black Lives Matter to the failed assault on the Capitol. America’s first and second Reconstructions fell tragically short of their grand aims. Our Third Reconstruction offers a new chance to achieve Black dignity and citizenship at last—an opportunity to choose hope over fear.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Third Reconstruction: America&amp;#039;s Struggle for Racial Justice in the Twenty-First Century
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Peniel E. Joseph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of our preeminent historians of race and democracy argues that the period since 2008 has marked nothing less than America’s Third Reconstruction In The Third Reconstruction, distinguished historian Peniel E. Joseph offers a powerful and personal new interpretation of recent history. The racial reckoning that unfolded in 2020, he argues, marked the climax of a Third Reconstruction: a new struggle for citizenship and dignity for Black Americans, just as momentous as the movements that arose after the Civil War and during the civil rights era. Joseph draws revealing connections and insights across centuries as he traces this Third Reconstruction from the election of Barack Obama to the rise of Black Lives Matter to the failed assault on the Capitol. America’s first and second Reconstructions fell tragically short of their grand aims. Our Third Reconstruction offers a new chance to achieve Black dignity and citizenship at last—an opportunity to choose hope over fear.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Warriors, Rebels, and Saints: The Art of Leadership from Machiavelli to Malcolm X by Moshik Temkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors, Rebels, and Saints: The Art of Leadership from Machiavelli to Malcolm X
Author: Moshik Temkin
Narrator: Stephen Mendel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Do leaders make history or does history make leaders? A deep dive into how we define, seek, and become leaders.  We live in a period of leadership in crisis. At home, and across the globe, we sense that unqualified and irresponsible individuals are being elevated to positions of power, strong men and autocrats are consolidating their hold on governance, and the people are losing faith in the prospect of a better future. How have we arrived at this point? And how can we correct our course?  For the past decade, Moshik Temkin has challenged his students at Harvard University’s Kennedy School of Government and around the world to grapple with the nature of leadership as part of his wildly popular course “Leaders and Leadership in History.” Now, in Warriors, Rebels, and Saints, Temkin refashions the classroom for a wider audience.  Using art, film, and literature to illustrate the drama of the past, Temkin considers how leaders have made decisions in the most difficult circumstances—from the Great Depression of the 1930s to the dictatorship of Rafael Trujillo and from the anticolonial wars of the 20th century to the civil rights struggle—and how, in a world desperate for good leadership, we can evaluate those decisions and draw lessons for today.</description>
      <author>Moshik Temkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668611036.mp3" length="872537" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668611036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors, Rebels, and Saints: The Art of Leadership from Machiavelli to Malcolm X
Author: Moshik Temkin
Narrator: Stephen Mendel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Do leaders make history or does history make leaders? A deep dive into how we define, seek, and become leaders.  We live in a period of leadership in crisis. At home, and across the globe, we sense that unqualified and irresponsible individuals are being elevated to positions of power, strong men and autocrats are consolidating their hold on governance, and the people are losing faith in the prospect of a better future. How have we arrived at this point? And how can we correct our course?  For the past decade, Moshik Temkin has challenged his students at Harvard University’s Kennedy School of Government and around the world to grapple with the nature of leadership as part of his wildly popular course “Leaders and Leadership in History.” Now, in Warriors, Rebels, and Saints, Temkin refashions the classroom for a wider audience.  Using art, film, and literature to illustrate the drama of the past, Temkin considers how leaders have made decisions in the most difficult circumstances—from the Great Depression of the 1930s to the dictatorship of Rafael Trujillo and from the anticolonial wars of the 20th century to the civil rights struggle—and how, in a world desperate for good leadership, we can evaluate those decisions and draw lessons for today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Warriors, Rebels, and Saints: The Art of Leadership from Machiavelli to Malcolm X
Author: Moshik Temkin
Narrator: Stephen Mendel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Do leaders make history or does history make leaders? A deep dive into how we define, seek, and become leaders.  We live in a period of leadership in crisis. At home, and across the globe, we sense that unqualified and irresponsible individuals are being elevated to positions of power, strong men and autocrats are consolidating their hold on governance, and the people are losing faith in the prospect of a better future. How have we arrived at this point? And how can we correct our course?  For the past decade, Moshik Temkin has challenged his students at Harvard University’s Kennedy School of Government and around the world to grapple with the nature of leadership as part of his wildly popular course “Leaders and Leadership in History.” Now, in Warriors, Rebels, and Saints, Temkin refashions the classroom for a wider audience.  Using art, film, and literature to illustrate the drama of the past, Temkin considers how leaders have made decisions in the most difficult circumstances—from the Great Depression of the 1930s to the dictatorship of Rafael Trujillo and from the anticolonial wars of the 20th century to the civil rights struggle—and how, in a world desperate for good leadership, we can evaluate those decisions and draw lessons for today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chaotic Neutral: How the Democrats Lost their Soul in the Center by Ed Burmila</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaotic Neutral: How the Democrats Lost their Soul in the Center
Author: Ed Burmila
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A recent history of the Democratic Party that identifies its chronic errors—the “pathologies” of the New Democratic mindset—and argues urgently against a return to the status quo   Why did the Democrats initially abandon their principles, and why haven’t they been able to grasp that they need a new strategy in the face of decades of diminishing returns? In Chaotic Neutral, political scientist Ed Burmila breaks it to us, tracing the party’s metamorphosis from bold defender of labor rights, civil rights, and a robust social safety net to a timorous, ideology-free, regulation-averse lifestyle brand. Chaotic Neutral tracks the evolution (or devolution) of the Democratic Party from the New Deal era to Biden’s status-quo candidacy and the pandemic, when, even in the midst of a national crisis, the Democrats could not manage to pass sweeping progressive legislation. It is a timely analysis and, simultaneously, a timeless one that pinpoints why Dem politicians act like also-rans even when they’re in power.  Burmila doesn’t pull any punches as he describes the Democrats’ brand of futility politics, but he also doesn’t claim that all is futile, instead laying out a potent strategy for how the party might abandon its lesser-of-two-evils strategy and shift back into drive.</description>
      <author>Ed Burmila</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668611029.mp3" length="886585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668611029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaotic Neutral: How the Democrats Lost their Soul in the Center
Author: Ed Burmila
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A recent history of the Democratic Party that identifies its chronic errors—the “pathologies” of the New Democratic mindset—and argues urgently against a return to the status quo   Why did the Democrats initially abandon their principles, and why haven’t they been able to grasp that they need a new strategy in the face of decades of diminishing returns? In Chaotic Neutral, political scientist Ed Burmila breaks it to us, tracing the party’s metamorphosis from bold defender of labor rights, civil rights, and a robust social safety net to a timorous, ideology-free, regulation-averse lifestyle brand. Chaotic Neutral tracks the evolution (or devolution) of the Democratic Party from the New Deal era to Biden’s status-quo candidacy and the pandemic, when, even in the midst of a national crisis, the Democrats could not manage to pass sweeping progressive legislation. It is a timely analysis and, simultaneously, a timeless one that pinpoints why Dem politicians act like also-rans even when they’re in power.  Burmila doesn’t pull any punches as he describes the Democrats’ brand of futility politics, but he also doesn’t claim that all is futile, instead laying out a potent strategy for how the party might abandon its lesser-of-two-evils strategy and shift back into drive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaotic Neutral: How the Democrats Lost their Soul in the Center
Author: Ed Burmila
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A recent history of the Democratic Party that identifies its chronic errors—the “pathologies” of the New Democratic mindset—and argues urgently against a return to the status quo   Why did the Democrats initially abandon their principles, and why haven’t they been able to grasp that they need a new strategy in the face of decades of diminishing returns? In Chaotic Neutral, political scientist Ed Burmila breaks it to us, tracing the party’s metamorphosis from bold defender of labor rights, civil rights, and a robust social safety net to a timorous, ideology-free, regulation-averse lifestyle brand. Chaotic Neutral tracks the evolution (or devolution) of the Democratic Party from the New Deal era to Biden’s status-quo candidacy and the pandemic, when, even in the midst of a national crisis, the Democrats could not manage to pass sweeping progressive legislation. It is a timely analysis and, simultaneously, a timeless one that pinpoints why Dem politicians act like also-rans even when they’re in power.  Burmila doesn’t pull any punches as he describes the Democrats’ brand of futility politics, but he also doesn’t claim that all is futile, instead laying out a potent strategy for how the party might abandon its lesser-of-two-evils strategy and shift back into drive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nation of Victims: Identity Politics, the Death of Merit, and the Path Back to Excellence by Vivek Ramaswamy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nation of Victims: Identity Politics, the Death of Merit, and the Path Back to Excellence
Author: Vivek Ramaswamy
Narrator: Timothy Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Woke Inc. and a 2024 presidential candidate makes the case that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically and reject victimhood culture.  Hardship is now equated with victimhood. Outward displays of vulnerability in defeat are celebrated over winning unabashedly. The pursuit of excellence and exceptionalism are at the heart of American identity, and the disappearance of these ideals in our country leaves a deep moral and cultural vacuum in its wake.     But the solution isn’t to simply complain about it. It’s to revive a new cultural movement in America that puts excellence first again.    New York Times bestselling author Vivek Ramaswamy makes the case from firsthand experience that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically—no matter your skin color or where your parents came from.     Leaders have called Ramaswamy “the most compelling conservative voice in the country” and “one of the towering intellects in America,” and this book reveals why: he spares neither left nor right in this scathing indictment of the victimhood culture at the heart of America’s national decline.  Following the success of his instant bestseller Woke Inc., Ramaswamy explains in his new book that we’re a nation of victims now. It’s one of the few things we still have left in common—across black victims, white victims, liberal victims, and conservative victims. Victims of each other, and ultimately, of ourselves.     This fearless, provocative book is for readers who dare to look in the mirror and question their most sacred assumptions about who we are and how we got here. Intricately tracing history from the fall of Rome to the rise of America, weaving Western philosophy with Eastern theology in ways that moved Jefferson and Adams centuries ago, this book describes the rise and the fall of the American experiment itself—and hopefully its reincarnation.</description>
      <author>Vivek Ramaswamy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668610954.mp3" length="870977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668610954.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nation of Victims: Identity Politics, the Death of Merit, and the Path Back to Excellence
Author: Vivek Ramaswamy
Narrator: Timothy Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Woke Inc. and a 2024 presidential candidate makes the case that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically and reject victimhood culture.  Hardship is now equated with victimhood. Outward displays of vulnerability in defeat are celebrated over winning unabashedly. The pursuit of excellence and exceptionalism are at the heart of American identity, and the disappearance of these ideals in our country leaves a deep moral and cultural vacuum in its wake.     But the solution isn’t to simply complain about it. It’s to revive a new cultural movement in America that puts excellence first again.    New York Times bestselling author Vivek Ramaswamy makes the case from firsthand experience that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically—no matter your skin color or where your parents came from.     Leaders have called Ramaswamy “the most compelling conservative voice in the country” and “one of the towering intellects in America,” and this book reveals why: he spares neither left nor right in this scathing indictment of the victimhood culture at the heart of America’s national decline.  Following the success of his instant bestseller Woke Inc., Ramaswamy explains in his new book that we’re a nation of victims now. It’s one of the few things we still have left in common—across black victims, white victims, liberal victims, and conservative victims. Victims of each other, and ultimately, of ourselves.     This fearless, provocative book is for readers who dare to look in the mirror and question their most sacred assumptions about who we are and how we got here. Intricately tracing history from the fall of Rome to the rise of America, weaving Western philosophy with Eastern theology in ways that moved Jefferson and Adams centuries ago, this book describes the rise and the fall of the American experiment itself—and hopefully its reincarnation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565581</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nation of Victims: Identity Politics, the Death of Merit, and the Path Back to Excellence
Author: Vivek Ramaswamy
Narrator: Timothy Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times bestselling author of Woke Inc. and a 2024 presidential candidate makes the case that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically and reject victimhood culture.  Hardship is now equated with victimhood. Outward displays of vulnerability in defeat are celebrated over winning unabashedly. The pursuit of excellence and exceptionalism are at the heart of American identity, and the disappearance of these ideals in our country leaves a deep moral and cultural vacuum in its wake.     But the solution isn’t to simply complain about it. It’s to revive a new cultural movement in America that puts excellence first again.    New York Times bestselling author Vivek Ramaswamy makes the case from firsthand experience that the essence of true American identity is to pursue excellence unapologetically—no matter your skin color or where your parents came from.     Leaders have called Ramaswamy “the most compelling conservative voice in the country” and “one of the towering intellects in America,” and this book reveals why: he spares neither left nor right in this scathing indictment of the victimhood culture at the heart of America’s national decline.  Following the success of his instant bestseller Woke Inc., Ramaswamy explains in his new book that we’re a nation of victims now. It’s one of the few things we still have left in common—across black victims, white victims, liberal victims, and conservative victims. Victims of each other, and ultimately, of ourselves.     This fearless, provocative book is for readers who dare to look in the mirror and question their most sacred assumptions about who we are and how we got here. Intricately tracing history from the fall of Rome to the rise of America, weaving Western philosophy with Eastern theology in ways that moved Jefferson and Adams centuries ago, this book describes the rise and the fall of the American experiment itself—and hopefully its reincarnation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Benghazi!: A New History of the Fiasco that Pushed America and its World to the Brink by Ethan Chorin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Benghazi!: A New History of the Fiasco that Pushed America and its World to the Brink
Author: Ethan Chorin
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In recognition of the 10th anniversary of the attack in Benghazi, a noted Libya expert and eyewitness to the attack provides a startling reconsideration of one of the defining controversies of our era.  Ten years after an attack on the US diplomatic mission in Benghazi killed Ambassador Christopher Stevens and three other Americans, cries of &amp;quot;Benghazi!&amp;quot; still echo across America. But instead of a landmark event to be taken seriously, it has become a punchline, an empty word, or a code for controversy and political theatre. In this thrilling retelling, Ethan Chorin reveals Benghazi as a watershed moment in American history, one that helped create the world America lives in today: polarized, fearful, and dangerously unstable.     Here, Benghazi is not a story contained in 13 hours, but a decades-long history beginning with the rise of Muammar Gaddafi, stretching through 9/11, the War on Terror, and the Arab Spring, and reaching into the present day, as the impact of the attack and ensuing controversy remain visible in America and around the world. Chorin draws on his own bone-chilling experience during the Benghazi attack, his expertise as a former diplomat and scholar of Libyan history, and new interviews with Libyan insiders, eyewitnesses, and key players like Hillary Clinton and Ben Rhodes. With this ambitious, engaging narrative, Chorin makes clear why Benghazi still matters so much ten years later—and why we can’t afford to continue overlooking and misunderstanding it.</description>
      <author>Ethan Chorin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668610893.mp3" length="858293" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668610893.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Benghazi!: A New History of the Fiasco that Pushed America and its World to the Brink
Author: Ethan Chorin
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In recognition of the 10th anniversary of the attack in Benghazi, a noted Libya expert and eyewitness to the attack provides a startling reconsideration of one of the defining controversies of our era.  Ten years after an attack on the US diplomatic mission in Benghazi killed Ambassador Christopher Stevens and three other Americans, cries of &amp;quot;Benghazi!&amp;quot; still echo across America. But instead of a landmark event to be taken seriously, it has become a punchline, an empty word, or a code for controversy and political theatre. In this thrilling retelling, Ethan Chorin reveals Benghazi as a watershed moment in American history, one that helped create the world America lives in today: polarized, fearful, and dangerously unstable.     Here, Benghazi is not a story contained in 13 hours, but a decades-long history beginning with the rise of Muammar Gaddafi, stretching through 9/11, the War on Terror, and the Arab Spring, and reaching into the present day, as the impact of the attack and ensuing controversy remain visible in America and around the world. Chorin draws on his own bone-chilling experience during the Benghazi attack, his expertise as a former diplomat and scholar of Libyan history, and new interviews with Libyan insiders, eyewitnesses, and key players like Hillary Clinton and Ben Rhodes. With this ambitious, engaging narrative, Chorin makes clear why Benghazi still matters so much ten years later—and why we can’t afford to continue overlooking and misunderstanding it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Benghazi!: A New History of the Fiasco that Pushed America and its World to the Brink
Author: Ethan Chorin
Narrator: Jim Meskimen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In recognition of the 10th anniversary of the attack in Benghazi, a noted Libya expert and eyewitness to the attack provides a startling reconsideration of one of the defining controversies of our era.  Ten years after an attack on the US diplomatic mission in Benghazi killed Ambassador Christopher Stevens and three other Americans, cries of &amp;quot;Benghazi!&amp;quot; still echo across America. But instead of a landmark event to be taken seriously, it has become a punchline, an empty word, or a code for controversy and political theatre. In this thrilling retelling, Ethan Chorin reveals Benghazi as a watershed moment in American history, one that helped create the world America lives in today: polarized, fearful, and dangerously unstable.     Here, Benghazi is not a story contained in 13 hours, but a decades-long history beginning with the rise of Muammar Gaddafi, stretching through 9/11, the War on Terror, and the Arab Spring, and reaching into the present day, as the impact of the attack and ensuing controversy remain visible in America and around the world. Chorin draws on his own bone-chilling experience during the Benghazi attack, his expertise as a former diplomat and scholar of Libyan history, and new interviews with Libyan insiders, eyewitnesses, and key players like Hillary Clinton and Ben Rhodes. With this ambitious, engaging narrative, Chorin makes clear why Benghazi still matters so much ten years later—and why we can’t afford to continue overlooking and misunderstanding it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>House on Fire: Fighting for Democracy in the Age of Political Arson by David N. Cicilline</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: House on Fire: Fighting for Democracy in the Age of Political Arson
Author: David N. Cicilline
Narrator: Erik Passoja, David N. Cicilline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Congressman David Cicilline offers his provocative takes on Republicans, Democrats, and the world of politics in the wake of Donald Trump.   The rioters were still in the Capitol, shattering the door to the House Chamber and bellowing “Hang Mike Pence,” when David Cicilline, safely locked inside his office, began writing the articles of impeachment that would lead to Donald Trump’s second Senate trial. He helped prosecute the case, earning admiration from his fellow progressives and a national following. But by summer he would be calling out some of those same colleagues for caving to special interests and attempting to block his plan to rein in the Big Tech companies like Facebook and Google.     Beyond sounding an alarm, House on Fire identifies the key threat to our democracy—that the GOP has become a Trumpist authoritarian cult—and outlines how we fight back. A response that must include both citizen opposition and practical reforms, including an end to the Senate filibuster, discarding the Electoral College, expanding the Supreme Court, and requiring that justices adhere to a code of ethics.     Cicilline actually believes in politics and the system. He used them both to deliver for the people in a once-corrupt city he ran as mayor and in Washington, where he has risen to help lead the Democratic Party in Congress. In HOUSE ON FIRE, Cicilline spares no one from criticism as he argues for a politics that produces results and warns that without it Trump, or someone worse, will take power in 2024 and make us wish for the days when the only thing we complained about was gridlock.</description>
      <author>David N. Cicilline</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668610855.mp3" length="850718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668610855.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: House on Fire: Fighting for Democracy in the Age of Political Arson
Author: David N. Cicilline
Narrator: Erik Passoja, David N. Cicilline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Congressman David Cicilline offers his provocative takes on Republicans, Democrats, and the world of politics in the wake of Donald Trump.   The rioters were still in the Capitol, shattering the door to the House Chamber and bellowing “Hang Mike Pence,” when David Cicilline, safely locked inside his office, began writing the articles of impeachment that would lead to Donald Trump’s second Senate trial. He helped prosecute the case, earning admiration from his fellow progressives and a national following. But by summer he would be calling out some of those same colleagues for caving to special interests and attempting to block his plan to rein in the Big Tech companies like Facebook and Google.     Beyond sounding an alarm, House on Fire identifies the key threat to our democracy—that the GOP has become a Trumpist authoritarian cult—and outlines how we fight back. A response that must include both citizen opposition and practical reforms, including an end to the Senate filibuster, discarding the Electoral College, expanding the Supreme Court, and requiring that justices adhere to a code of ethics.     Cicilline actually believes in politics and the system. He used them both to deliver for the people in a once-corrupt city he ran as mayor and in Washington, where he has risen to help lead the Democratic Party in Congress. In HOUSE ON FIRE, Cicilline spares no one from criticism as he argues for a politics that produces results and warns that without it Trump, or someone worse, will take power in 2024 and make us wish for the days when the only thing we complained about was gridlock.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: House on Fire: Fighting for Democracy in the Age of Political Arson
Author: David N. Cicilline
Narrator: Erik Passoja, David N. Cicilline
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Congressman David Cicilline offers his provocative takes on Republicans, Democrats, and the world of politics in the wake of Donald Trump.   The rioters were still in the Capitol, shattering the door to the House Chamber and bellowing “Hang Mike Pence,” when David Cicilline, safely locked inside his office, began writing the articles of impeachment that would lead to Donald Trump’s second Senate trial. He helped prosecute the case, earning admiration from his fellow progressives and a national following. But by summer he would be calling out some of those same colleagues for caving to special interests and attempting to block his plan to rein in the Big Tech companies like Facebook and Google.     Beyond sounding an alarm, House on Fire identifies the key threat to our democracy—that the GOP has become a Trumpist authoritarian cult—and outlines how we fight back. A response that must include both citizen opposition and practical reforms, including an end to the Senate filibuster, discarding the Electoral College, expanding the Supreme Court, and requiring that justices adhere to a code of ethics.     Cicilline actually believes in politics and the system. He used them both to deliver for the people in a once-corrupt city he ran as mayor and in Washington, where he has risen to help lead the Democratic Party in Congress. In HOUSE ON FIRE, Cicilline spares no one from criticism as he argues for a politics that produces results and warns that without it Trump, or someone worse, will take power in 2024 and make us wish for the days when the only thing we complained about was gridlock.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not My First Rodeo: Lessons from the Heartland by Kristi Noem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not My First Rodeo: Lessons from the Heartland
Author: Kristi Noem
Narrator: Kristi Noem, Charity Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
South Dakota governor Kristi Noem tells her rough and tumble story of growing up on a ranch, and how a blessed life of true grit taught her how to lead. “We don’t complain about things, Kristi. We fix them.” Taking her father’s words to heart, South Dakota&amp;#039;s first woman governor Kristi Noem shares heartfelt – and heartbreaking – lessons on making things right in the world, from her childhood on a farm in the vastness of rural America, to the marbled halls of Congress, to the national spotlight amid a global pandemic. From humorous barnyard battles with feisty cattle and rodeo horses, to the tragic and untimely death of her larger-than-life father, to her decision to her decision to return and run the farm and ranch with her family, Noem invites readers into a life defined by work, faith, and helping others. Noem&amp;#039;s reflections are offered in the familiar, unvarnished voice of a woman who later defied Washington’s most powerful politicians and led the people of her small, hardscrabble state through natural disasters, the pain of a global pandemic, and the fear and turmoil that gripped the nation after.   While filled with plenty of candid observations and refreshingly frank assessments of the country&amp;#039;s leading figures, the memoir&amp;#039;s most powerful moments nevertheless come from honest glimpses into marriage, motherhood, and leadership in an unpredictable time.    Far from a book about politics, Not My First Rodeo is the story of a life lived so far – with characters as richly textured as the Black Hills, and reflections as gentle and powerful as America itself.</description>
      <author>Kristi Noem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668610831.mp3" length="804212" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668610831.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not My First Rodeo: Lessons from the Heartland
Author: Kristi Noem
Narrator: Kristi Noem, Charity Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
South Dakota governor Kristi Noem tells her rough and tumble story of growing up on a ranch, and how a blessed life of true grit taught her how to lead. “We don’t complain about things, Kristi. We fix them.” Taking her father’s words to heart, South Dakota&amp;#039;s first woman governor Kristi Noem shares heartfelt – and heartbreaking – lessons on making things right in the world, from her childhood on a farm in the vastness of rural America, to the marbled halls of Congress, to the national spotlight amid a global pandemic. From humorous barnyard battles with feisty cattle and rodeo horses, to the tragic and untimely death of her larger-than-life father, to her decision to her decision to return and run the farm and ranch with her family, Noem invites readers into a life defined by work, faith, and helping others. Noem&amp;#039;s reflections are offered in the familiar, unvarnished voice of a woman who later defied Washington’s most powerful politicians and led the people of her small, hardscrabble state through natural disasters, the pain of a global pandemic, and the fear and turmoil that gripped the nation after.   While filled with plenty of candid observations and refreshingly frank assessments of the country&amp;#039;s leading figures, the memoir&amp;#039;s most powerful moments nevertheless come from honest glimpses into marriage, motherhood, and leadership in an unpredictable time.    Far from a book about politics, Not My First Rodeo is the story of a life lived so far – with characters as richly textured as the Black Hills, and reflections as gentle and powerful as America itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565572</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Not My First Rodeo: Lessons from the Heartland
Author: Kristi Noem
Narrator: Kristi Noem, Charity Spencer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
South Dakota governor Kristi Noem tells her rough and tumble story of growing up on a ranch, and how a blessed life of true grit taught her how to lead. “We don’t complain about things, Kristi. We fix them.” Taking her father’s words to heart, South Dakota&amp;#039;s first woman governor Kristi Noem shares heartfelt – and heartbreaking – lessons on making things right in the world, from her childhood on a farm in the vastness of rural America, to the marbled halls of Congress, to the national spotlight amid a global pandemic. From humorous barnyard battles with feisty cattle and rodeo horses, to the tragic and untimely death of her larger-than-life father, to her decision to her decision to return and run the farm and ranch with her family, Noem invites readers into a life defined by work, faith, and helping others. Noem&amp;#039;s reflections are offered in the familiar, unvarnished voice of a woman who later defied Washington’s most powerful politicians and led the people of her small, hardscrabble state through natural disasters, the pain of a global pandemic, and the fear and turmoil that gripped the nation after.   While filled with plenty of candid observations and refreshingly frank assessments of the country&amp;#039;s leading figures, the memoir&amp;#039;s most powerful moments nevertheless come from honest glimpses into marriage, motherhood, and leadership in an unpredictable time.    Far from a book about politics, Not My First Rodeo is the story of a life lived so far – with characters as richly textured as the Black Hills, and reflections as gentle and powerful as America itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Equality Machine: Harnessing Digital Technology for a Brighter, More Inclusive Future by Orly Lobel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equality Machine: Harnessing Digital Technology for a Brighter, More Inclusive Future
Author: Orly Lobel
Narrator: Dominique Dibbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when AI and digital platforms are under fire, Orly Lobel, a renowned tech policy scholar, defends technology as a powerful tool we can harness to achieve equality and a better future.  Much has been written about the challenges tech presents to equality and democracy. But we can either criticize big data and automation or steer it to do better. Lobel makes a compelling argument that while we cannot stop technological development, we can direct its course according to our most fundamental values.     With provocative insights in every chapter, Lobel masterfully shows that digital technology frequently has a comparative advantage over humans in detecting discrimination, correcting historical exclusions, subverting long-standing stereotypes, and addressing the world’s thorniest problems: climate, poverty, injustice, literacy, accessibility, speech, health, and safety.      Lobel&amp;#039;s vivid examples—from labor markets to dating markets—provide powerful evidence for how we can harness technology for good. The book’s incisive analysis and elegant storytelling will change the debate about technology and restore human agency over our values.</description>
      <author>Orly Lobel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549136658.mp3" length="1436090" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549136658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equality Machine: Harnessing Digital Technology for a Brighter, More Inclusive Future
Author: Orly Lobel
Narrator: Dominique Dibbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when AI and digital platforms are under fire, Orly Lobel, a renowned tech policy scholar, defends technology as a powerful tool we can harness to achieve equality and a better future.  Much has been written about the challenges tech presents to equality and democracy. But we can either criticize big data and automation or steer it to do better. Lobel makes a compelling argument that while we cannot stop technological development, we can direct its course according to our most fundamental values.     With provocative insights in every chapter, Lobel masterfully shows that digital technology frequently has a comparative advantage over humans in detecting discrimination, correcting historical exclusions, subverting long-standing stereotypes, and addressing the world’s thorniest problems: climate, poverty, injustice, literacy, accessibility, speech, health, and safety.      Lobel&amp;#039;s vivid examples—from labor markets to dating markets—provide powerful evidence for how we can harness technology for good. The book’s incisive analysis and elegant storytelling will change the debate about technology and restore human agency over our values.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565549</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equality Machine: Harnessing Digital Technology for a Brighter, More Inclusive Future
Author: Orly Lobel
Narrator: Dominique Dibbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
At a time when AI and digital platforms are under fire, Orly Lobel, a renowned tech policy scholar, defends technology as a powerful tool we can harness to achieve equality and a better future.  Much has been written about the challenges tech presents to equality and democracy. But we can either criticize big data and automation or steer it to do better. Lobel makes a compelling argument that while we cannot stop technological development, we can direct its course according to our most fundamental values.     With provocative insights in every chapter, Lobel masterfully shows that digital technology frequently has a comparative advantage over humans in detecting discrimination, correcting historical exclusions, subverting long-standing stereotypes, and addressing the world’s thorniest problems: climate, poverty, injustice, literacy, accessibility, speech, health, and safety.      Lobel&amp;#039;s vivid examples—from labor markets to dating markets—provide powerful evidence for how we can harness technology for good. The book’s incisive analysis and elegant storytelling will change the debate about technology and restore human agency over our values.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Seen and Unseen: Technology, Social Media, and the Fight for Racial Justice by Todd Brewster, Marc Lamont Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seen and Unseen: Technology, Social Media, and the Fight for Racial Justice
Author: Todd Brewster, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Marc Lamont Hill, Todd Brewster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting exploration of how visual media has shifted the narrative on race and reignited the push towards justice by the author of the “worthy and necessary” (The New York Times) Nobody Marc Lamont Hill and the bestselling author and acclaimed journalist Todd Brewster. With his signature “clear and courageous” (Cornel West) voice Marc Lamont Hill and New York Times bestselling author Todd Brewster weave four recent pivotal moments in America’s racial divide into their disturbing historical context—starting with the killing of George Floyd. Seen and Unseen reveals the connections between our current news headlines and social media feeds and the country’s long struggle against racism.   Drawing on the powerful role of technology as a driver of history, identity, and racial consciousness, Seen and Unseen asks why, after so much video confirmation of police violence on people of color, it took the footage of George Floyd to trigger an overwhelming response of sympathy and outrage.   In the vein of The New Jim Crow and Caste, Seen and Unseen incisively explores what connects our moment to the history of race in America but also what makes today different from the civil rights movements of the past and what it will ultimately take to push social justice forward.</description>
      <author>Todd Brewster, Marc Lamont Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797145860.mp3" length="882237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797145860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seen and Unseen: Technology, Social Media, and the Fight for Racial Justice
Author: Todd Brewster, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Marc Lamont Hill, Todd Brewster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting exploration of how visual media has shifted the narrative on race and reignited the push towards justice by the author of the “worthy and necessary” (The New York Times) Nobody Marc Lamont Hill and the bestselling author and acclaimed journalist Todd Brewster. With his signature “clear and courageous” (Cornel West) voice Marc Lamont Hill and New York Times bestselling author Todd Brewster weave four recent pivotal moments in America’s racial divide into their disturbing historical context—starting with the killing of George Floyd. Seen and Unseen reveals the connections between our current news headlines and social media feeds and the country’s long struggle against racism.   Drawing on the powerful role of technology as a driver of history, identity, and racial consciousness, Seen and Unseen asks why, after so much video confirmation of police violence on people of color, it took the footage of George Floyd to trigger an overwhelming response of sympathy and outrage.   In the vein of The New Jim Crow and Caste, Seen and Unseen incisively explores what connects our moment to the history of race in America but also what makes today different from the civil rights movements of the past and what it will ultimately take to push social justice forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seen and Unseen: Technology, Social Media, and the Fight for Racial Justice
Author: Todd Brewster, Marc Lamont Hill
Narrator: Marc Lamont Hill, Todd Brewster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting exploration of how visual media has shifted the narrative on race and reignited the push towards justice by the author of the “worthy and necessary” (The New York Times) Nobody Marc Lamont Hill and the bestselling author and acclaimed journalist Todd Brewster. With his signature “clear and courageous” (Cornel West) voice Marc Lamont Hill and New York Times bestselling author Todd Brewster weave four recent pivotal moments in America’s racial divide into their disturbing historical context—starting with the killing of George Floyd. Seen and Unseen reveals the connections between our current news headlines and social media feeds and the country’s long struggle against racism.   Drawing on the powerful role of technology as a driver of history, identity, and racial consciousness, Seen and Unseen asks why, after so much video confirmation of police violence on people of color, it took the footage of George Floyd to trigger an overwhelming response of sympathy and outrage.   In the vein of The New Jim Crow and Caste, Seen and Unseen incisively explores what connects our moment to the history of race in America but also what makes today different from the civil rights movements of the past and what it will ultimately take to push social justice forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination by Robin D.G. Kelley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination
Author: Robin D.G. Kelley
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 20th-anniversary edition of Kelley’s influential history of 20th-century Black radicalism, with new reflections on current movements and their impact on the author, and a foreword by poet Aja Monet First published in 2002, Freedom Dreams is a staple in the study of the Black radical tradition. Unearthing the thrilling history of grassroots movements and renegade intellectuals and artists, Kelley recovers the dreams of the future worlds Black radicals struggled to achieve. Focusing on the insights of activists, from the Revolutionary Action Movement to the insurgent poetics of Aimé and Suzanne Césaire, Kelley chronicles the quest for a homeland, the hope that communism offered, the politics of surrealism, the transformative potential of Black feminism, and the long dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. In this edition, Kelley includes a new introduction reflecting on how movements of the past 20 years have expanded his own vision of freedom to include mutual care, disability justice, abolition, and decolonization, and a new epilogue exploring the visionary organizing of today’s freedom dreamers. This classic history of the power of the Black radical imagination is as timely as when it was first published.</description>
      <author>Robin D.G. Kelley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807007907.mp3" length="2733474" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807007907.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination
Author: Robin D.G. Kelley
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 20th-anniversary edition of Kelley’s influential history of 20th-century Black radicalism, with new reflections on current movements and their impact on the author, and a foreword by poet Aja Monet First published in 2002, Freedom Dreams is a staple in the study of the Black radical tradition. Unearthing the thrilling history of grassroots movements and renegade intellectuals and artists, Kelley recovers the dreams of the future worlds Black radicals struggled to achieve. Focusing on the insights of activists, from the Revolutionary Action Movement to the insurgent poetics of Aimé and Suzanne Césaire, Kelley chronicles the quest for a homeland, the hope that communism offered, the politics of surrealism, the transformative potential of Black feminism, and the long dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. In this edition, Kelley includes a new introduction reflecting on how movements of the past 20 years have expanded his own vision of freedom to include mutual care, disability justice, abolition, and decolonization, and a new epilogue exploring the visionary organizing of today’s freedom dreamers. This classic history of the power of the Black radical imagination is as timely as when it was first published.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom Dreams: The Black Radical Imagination
Author: Robin D.G. Kelley
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The 20th-anniversary edition of Kelley’s influential history of 20th-century Black radicalism, with new reflections on current movements and their impact on the author, and a foreword by poet Aja Monet First published in 2002, Freedom Dreams is a staple in the study of the Black radical tradition. Unearthing the thrilling history of grassroots movements and renegade intellectuals and artists, Kelley recovers the dreams of the future worlds Black radicals struggled to achieve. Focusing on the insights of activists, from the Revolutionary Action Movement to the insurgent poetics of Aimé and Suzanne Césaire, Kelley chronicles the quest for a homeland, the hope that communism offered, the politics of surrealism, the transformative potential of Black feminism, and the long dream of reparations for slavery and Jim Crow. In this edition, Kelley includes a new introduction reflecting on how movements of the past 20 years have expanded his own vision of freedom to include mutual care, disability justice, abolition, and decolonization, and a new epilogue exploring the visionary organizing of today’s freedom dreamers. This classic history of the power of the Black radical imagination is as timely as when it was first published.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Always Faithful: A Story of the War in Afghanistan, the Fall of Kabul, and the Unshakable Bond Between a Marine and an Interpreter by Thomas Schueman, Zainullah Zaki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always Faithful: A Story of the War in Afghanistan, the Fall of Kabul, and the Unshakable Bond Between a Marine and an Interpreter
Author: Thomas Schueman, Zainullah Zaki
Narrator: Patrick Kirchner, Wali Habib
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Band of Brothers meets Argo in this dramatic and heartfelt dual memoir of the war in Afghanistan told by two men from opposite worlds. Always Faithful entwines the stories of Marine Major Tom Schueman, and his friend and Afghan interpreter, Zainullah “Zak” Zaki, as they describe their parallel lives, converging paths, and unbreakable bond in the face of overwhelming danger, culminating in Zak and his family’s harrowing escape from Kabul.   In August of 2021, just days shy of the 20th anniversary of 9/11, America ended its longest war. The speed of the Afghanistan’s fall was so stunning that thousands of Afghan citizens who had helped American forces over the course of two decades—and had been promised visas in return—were suddenly stranded, in extreme, imminent danger. As the world watched the shocking scenes of desperation at the Kabul airport in the final two weeks of August, Maj. Tom Schueman fought—both behind the scenes and through a social media campaign—to get his friend and former Afghan interpreter, Zak, out of Afghanistan before he and his family were discovered by the Taliban. When Zak and his family finally took off from the airport mere days before the US left the country, the years-long effort to get Zak to America culminated in two simple words on Instagram: “Wheels up.” Now in Always Faithful, Tom and Zak tell the full story of the divergent paths that led them to Afghanistan, the dangerous road they walked together in service to America, and how their commitment to each other ended up saving them both. Brilliantly told in Tom’s and Zak’s alternating first person voices, Always Faithful tracks the parallel lives of these two men who each spent their childhoods in fear, peril, and poverty, and turned to war in attempt to build a meaningful future. On an inevitable course towards each other, their lives dovetail in Afghanistan’s deadly Helmand Valley, where they formed a brotherhood that transcends even the most overwhelming of odds, eventually culminating in Zak’s harrowing, eleventh-hour rescue. The end result is an intensely personal and uniquely ground-level account of Tom and Zak’s experience, Always Faithful gives readers a 360-degree view of the war. At once provocative and heart pounding, their stories together form a microcosm of the complicated and lasting effects of America’s longest war. Through their eyes and their experiences, they challenge readers to explore the legacy of the war for American and Afghan citizens alike, as we all collectively seek to understand whether twenty years of war was worth the price.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Thomas Schueman, Zainullah Zaki</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063260641.mp3" length="1362873" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063260641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always Faithful: A Story of the War in Afghanistan, the Fall of Kabul, and the Unshakable Bond Between a Marine and an Interpreter
Author: Thomas Schueman, Zainullah Zaki
Narrator: Patrick Kirchner, Wali Habib
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Band of Brothers meets Argo in this dramatic and heartfelt dual memoir of the war in Afghanistan told by two men from opposite worlds. Always Faithful entwines the stories of Marine Major Tom Schueman, and his friend and Afghan interpreter, Zainullah “Zak” Zaki, as they describe their parallel lives, converging paths, and unbreakable bond in the face of overwhelming danger, culminating in Zak and his family’s harrowing escape from Kabul.   In August of 2021, just days shy of the 20th anniversary of 9/11, America ended its longest war. The speed of the Afghanistan’s fall was so stunning that thousands of Afghan citizens who had helped American forces over the course of two decades—and had been promised visas in return—were suddenly stranded, in extreme, imminent danger. As the world watched the shocking scenes of desperation at the Kabul airport in the final two weeks of August, Maj. Tom Schueman fought—both behind the scenes and through a social media campaign—to get his friend and former Afghan interpreter, Zak, out of Afghanistan before he and his family were discovered by the Taliban. When Zak and his family finally took off from the airport mere days before the US left the country, the years-long effort to get Zak to America culminated in two simple words on Instagram: “Wheels up.” Now in Always Faithful, Tom and Zak tell the full story of the divergent paths that led them to Afghanistan, the dangerous road they walked together in service to America, and how their commitment to each other ended up saving them both. Brilliantly told in Tom’s and Zak’s alternating first person voices, Always Faithful tracks the parallel lives of these two men who each spent their childhoods in fear, peril, and poverty, and turned to war in attempt to build a meaningful future. On an inevitable course towards each other, their lives dovetail in Afghanistan’s deadly Helmand Valley, where they formed a brotherhood that transcends even the most overwhelming of odds, eventually culminating in Zak’s harrowing, eleventh-hour rescue. The end result is an intensely personal and uniquely ground-level account of Tom and Zak’s experience, Always Faithful gives readers a 360-degree view of the war. At once provocative and heart pounding, their stories together form a microcosm of the complicated and lasting effects of America’s longest war. Through their eyes and their experiences, they challenge readers to explore the legacy of the war for American and Afghan citizens alike, as we all collectively seek to understand whether twenty years of war was worth the price.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always Faithful: A Story of the War in Afghanistan, the Fall of Kabul, and the Unshakable Bond Between a Marine and an Interpreter
Author: Thomas Schueman, Zainullah Zaki
Narrator: Patrick Kirchner, Wali Habib
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Band of Brothers meets Argo in this dramatic and heartfelt dual memoir of the war in Afghanistan told by two men from opposite worlds. Always Faithful entwines the stories of Marine Major Tom Schueman, and his friend and Afghan interpreter, Zainullah “Zak” Zaki, as they describe their parallel lives, converging paths, and unbreakable bond in the face of overwhelming danger, culminating in Zak and his family’s harrowing escape from Kabul.   In August of 2021, just days shy of the 20th anniversary of 9/11, America ended its longest war. The speed of the Afghanistan’s fall was so stunning that thousands of Afghan citizens who had helped American forces over the course of two decades—and had been promised visas in return—were suddenly stranded, in extreme, imminent danger. As the world watched the shocking scenes of desperation at the Kabul airport in the final two weeks of August, Maj. Tom Schueman fought—both behind the scenes and through a social media campaign—to get his friend and former Afghan interpreter, Zak, out of Afghanistan before he and his family were discovered by the Taliban. When Zak and his family finally took off from the airport mere days before the US left the country, the years-long effort to get Zak to America culminated in two simple words on Instagram: “Wheels up.” Now in Always Faithful, Tom and Zak tell the full story of the divergent paths that led them to Afghanistan, the dangerous road they walked together in service to America, and how their commitment to each other ended up saving them both. Brilliantly told in Tom’s and Zak’s alternating first person voices, Always Faithful tracks the parallel lives of these two men who each spent their childhoods in fear, peril, and poverty, and turned to war in attempt to build a meaningful future. On an inevitable course towards each other, their lives dovetail in Afghanistan’s deadly Helmand Valley, where they formed a brotherhood that transcends even the most overwhelming of odds, eventually culminating in Zak’s harrowing, eleventh-hour rescue. The end result is an intensely personal and uniquely ground-level account of Tom and Zak’s experience, Always Faithful gives readers a 360-degree view of the war. At once provocative and heart pounding, their stories together form a microcosm of the complicated and lasting effects of America’s longest war. Through their eyes and their experiences, they challenge readers to explore the legacy of the war for American and Afghan citizens alike, as we all collectively seek to understand whether twenty years of war was worth the price.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking History: A White House Memoir by Jared Kushner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking History: A White House Memoir
Author: Jared Kushner
Narrator: Jared Kushner, Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.64 of Total 14
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Kushner was one of the most consequential presidential advisers in modern history. For the first time, he recounts what happened behind closed doors during the Trump presidency. Few White House advisors have had such an expansive portfolio or constant access to the president. From his office next to Trump, senior adviser Jared Kushner operated quietly behind the scenes, preferring to leave the turf wars and television sparring to others.  Now, Kushner finally tells his story—a fast-paced and surprisingly candid account of how an earnest businessman with no political ambitions found himself pulled into a presidency that no one saw coming.  Breaking History takes readers inside debates in the Oval Office, double-crosses at the United Nations, tense meetings in Arab palaces, high-stakes negotiations, and the daily barrage of leaks, false allegations, investigations, and West Wing infighting. A true historical thriller, this book is not your typical political memoir. Kushner details Washington’s intense resistance to change and reveals how he broke through the stalemates of the past. An outsider among outsiders, Kushner was a results-driven executive among beltway power brokers. He questioned old assumptions and delivered unprecedented results on trade, criminal justice reform, production of COVID-19 vaccines, and Middle East peace. His successful negotiation of the Abraham Accords, the most significant diplomatic breakthrough in 50 years, earned him a nomination for the Nobel Peace Prize. Written by one of the few people by Trump’s side from his trip down the golden escalator to his final departure from Andrews Air Force Base, Breaking History provides the most honest, nuanced, and definitive understanding of a presidency that will be studied for generations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Jared Kushner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063221512.mp3" length="1426299" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063221512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking History: A White House Memoir
Author: Jared Kushner
Narrator: Jared Kushner, Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.64 of Total 14
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Kushner was one of the most consequential presidential advisers in modern history. For the first time, he recounts what happened behind closed doors during the Trump presidency. Few White House advisors have had such an expansive portfolio or constant access to the president. From his office next to Trump, senior adviser Jared Kushner operated quietly behind the scenes, preferring to leave the turf wars and television sparring to others.  Now, Kushner finally tells his story—a fast-paced and surprisingly candid account of how an earnest businessman with no political ambitions found himself pulled into a presidency that no one saw coming.  Breaking History takes readers inside debates in the Oval Office, double-crosses at the United Nations, tense meetings in Arab palaces, high-stakes negotiations, and the daily barrage of leaks, false allegations, investigations, and West Wing infighting. A true historical thriller, this book is not your typical political memoir. Kushner details Washington’s intense resistance to change and reveals how he broke through the stalemates of the past. An outsider among outsiders, Kushner was a results-driven executive among beltway power brokers. He questioned old assumptions and delivered unprecedented results on trade, criminal justice reform, production of COVID-19 vaccines, and Middle East peace. His successful negotiation of the Abraham Accords, the most significant diplomatic breakthrough in 50 years, earned him a nomination for the Nobel Peace Prize. Written by one of the few people by Trump’s side from his trip down the golden escalator to his final departure from Andrews Air Force Base, Breaking History provides the most honest, nuanced, and definitive understanding of a presidency that will be studied for generations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking History: A White House Memoir
Author: Jared Kushner
Narrator: Jared Kushner, Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 49 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.64 of Total 14
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Kushner was one of the most consequential presidential advisers in modern history. For the first time, he recounts what happened behind closed doors during the Trump presidency. Few White House advisors have had such an expansive portfolio or constant access to the president. From his office next to Trump, senior adviser Jared Kushner operated quietly behind the scenes, preferring to leave the turf wars and television sparring to others.  Now, Kushner finally tells his story—a fast-paced and surprisingly candid account of how an earnest businessman with no political ambitions found himself pulled into a presidency that no one saw coming.  Breaking History takes readers inside debates in the Oval Office, double-crosses at the United Nations, tense meetings in Arab palaces, high-stakes negotiations, and the daily barrage of leaks, false allegations, investigations, and West Wing infighting. A true historical thriller, this book is not your typical political memoir. Kushner details Washington’s intense resistance to change and reveals how he broke through the stalemates of the past. An outsider among outsiders, Kushner was a results-driven executive among beltway power brokers. He questioned old assumptions and delivered unprecedented results on trade, criminal justice reform, production of COVID-19 vaccines, and Middle East peace. His successful negotiation of the Abraham Accords, the most significant diplomatic breakthrough in 50 years, earned him a nomination for the Nobel Peace Prize. Written by one of the few people by Trump’s side from his trip down the golden escalator to his final departure from Andrews Air Force Base, Breaking History provides the most honest, nuanced, and definitive understanding of a presidency that will be studied for generations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Schnarchen beenden: Mit Hypnose by Norman Wiehe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnarchen beenden: Mit Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn sich die Atemwege verengen, beginnt die Atemluft zu vibrieren und es entstehen die unbeliebten Schnarchgeräusche. Die sind in der Regel ungefährlich, doch unangenehm für Zuhörer. Die Hypnose kann hier wahre Wunder bewirken. Sie animiert das Unterbewusstsein, auch während des Schlafens, die die Spannung der Halsmuskulatur aufrechtzuerhalten. Höre diese Hypnose, am besten zum Einschlafen und über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keine Therapien oder Arztbesuche. In manchen Fällen kann Schnarchen zu Atemaussetzern führen. Hier sollte man sich ärztlich beraten lassen.</description>
      <author>Norman Wiehe</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707831058.mp3" length="879973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707831058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnarchen beenden: Mit Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn sich die Atemwege verengen, beginnt die Atemluft zu vibrieren und es entstehen die unbeliebten Schnarchgeräusche. Die sind in der Regel ungefährlich, doch unangenehm für Zuhörer. Die Hypnose kann hier wahre Wunder bewirken. Sie animiert das Unterbewusstsein, auch während des Schlafens, die die Spannung der Halsmuskulatur aufrechtzuerhalten. Höre diese Hypnose, am besten zum Einschlafen und über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keine Therapien oder Arztbesuche. In manchen Fällen kann Schnarchen zu Atemaussetzern führen. Hier sollte man sich ärztlich beraten lassen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnarchen beenden: Mit Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn sich die Atemwege verengen, beginnt die Atemluft zu vibrieren und es entstehen die unbeliebten Schnarchgeräusche. Die sind in der Regel ungefährlich, doch unangenehm für Zuhörer. Die Hypnose kann hier wahre Wunder bewirken. Sie animiert das Unterbewusstsein, auch während des Schlafens, die die Spannung der Halsmuskulatur aufrechtzuerhalten. Höre diese Hypnose, am besten zum Einschlafen und über einen Zeitraum von 14 Tagen 1 x täglich.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keine Therapien oder Arztbesuche. In manchen Fällen kann Schnarchen zu Atemaussetzern führen. Hier sollte man sich ärztlich beraten lassen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - PEMEX RIP by Ana Lilia Pérez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - PEMEX RIP
Author: Ana Lilia Pérez
Narrator: Liliana Barba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Con un estilo eficaz y fuentes de gran calado, este libro responde a una falta en el periodismo nacional sobre la industria que marcó la mayor parte del siglo XX en México y que actualmente toma un rumbo indefinido pero bastante negativo.  A partir de la nacionalización de la industria petrolera, por ochenta años Pemex fue el principal sostén de la economía mexicana, una maquinaria generadora de billones y billones de dólares por la producción y venta del oro negro y sus derivados, sólo que, a pesar de ser un bien público, sus ganancias y beneficios se repartieron entre pocas manos.  Al cabo de esas ocho décadas, la reforma energética, que acabó con el modelo nacionalista, hizo escombros el Pemex de Cárdenas: deliberadamente, la producción se derrumbó para dar paso a la desnacionalización y privatización.  Pero ¿quiénes se enriquecieron de la gallina de los huevos de oro?, ¿dónde quedó la ganancia de la renta petrolera? A estas y otras interrogantes da respuesta este libro, que explica el entramado que llevó al declive y desmantelamiento de la industria petrolera mexicana. Pemex RIP cierra una trilogía sobre Pemex iniciada con Camisas Azules, Manos Negras. El saqueo de Pemex desde Los Pinos (2010) y El Cártel Negro. Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex (2011), en la que revela fraudes, peculado, abuso de poder, tráfico de influencias, enriquecimiento ilícito, sobornos y muchos otros abusos de funcionarios y empleados que tuvieron en sus manos la encomienda de dirigir y operar una de las petroleras más importantes del mundo, y que en sus manos la convirtieron en epicentro de corrupción del país.</description>
      <author>Ana Lilia Pérez</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073809412.mp3" length="1383359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073809412.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - PEMEX RIP
Author: Ana Lilia Pérez
Narrator: Liliana Barba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Con un estilo eficaz y fuentes de gran calado, este libro responde a una falta en el periodismo nacional sobre la industria que marcó la mayor parte del siglo XX en México y que actualmente toma un rumbo indefinido pero bastante negativo.  A partir de la nacionalización de la industria petrolera, por ochenta años Pemex fue el principal sostén de la economía mexicana, una maquinaria generadora de billones y billones de dólares por la producción y venta del oro negro y sus derivados, sólo que, a pesar de ser un bien público, sus ganancias y beneficios se repartieron entre pocas manos.  Al cabo de esas ocho décadas, la reforma energética, que acabó con el modelo nacionalista, hizo escombros el Pemex de Cárdenas: deliberadamente, la producción se derrumbó para dar paso a la desnacionalización y privatización.  Pero ¿quiénes se enriquecieron de la gallina de los huevos de oro?, ¿dónde quedó la ganancia de la renta petrolera? A estas y otras interrogantes da respuesta este libro, que explica el entramado que llevó al declive y desmantelamiento de la industria petrolera mexicana. Pemex RIP cierra una trilogía sobre Pemex iniciada con Camisas Azules, Manos Negras. El saqueo de Pemex desde Los Pinos (2010) y El Cártel Negro. Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex (2011), en la que revela fraudes, peculado, abuso de poder, tráfico de influencias, enriquecimiento ilícito, sobornos y muchos otros abusos de funcionarios y empleados que tuvieron en sus manos la encomienda de dirigir y operar una de las petroleras más importantes del mundo, y que en sus manos la convirtieron en epicentro de corrupción del país.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - PEMEX RIP
Author: Ana Lilia Pérez
Narrator: Liliana Barba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Con un estilo eficaz y fuentes de gran calado, este libro responde a una falta en el periodismo nacional sobre la industria que marcó la mayor parte del siglo XX en México y que actualmente toma un rumbo indefinido pero bastante negativo.  A partir de la nacionalización de la industria petrolera, por ochenta años Pemex fue el principal sostén de la economía mexicana, una maquinaria generadora de billones y billones de dólares por la producción y venta del oro negro y sus derivados, sólo que, a pesar de ser un bien público, sus ganancias y beneficios se repartieron entre pocas manos.  Al cabo de esas ocho décadas, la reforma energética, que acabó con el modelo nacionalista, hizo escombros el Pemex de Cárdenas: deliberadamente, la producción se derrumbó para dar paso a la desnacionalización y privatización.  Pero ¿quiénes se enriquecieron de la gallina de los huevos de oro?, ¿dónde quedó la ganancia de la renta petrolera? A estas y otras interrogantes da respuesta este libro, que explica el entramado que llevó al declive y desmantelamiento de la industria petrolera mexicana. Pemex RIP cierra una trilogía sobre Pemex iniciada con Camisas Azules, Manos Negras. El saqueo de Pemex desde Los Pinos (2010) y El Cártel Negro. Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex (2011), en la que revela fraudes, peculado, abuso de poder, tráfico de influencias, enriquecimiento ilícito, sobornos y muchos otros abusos de funcionarios y empleados que tuvieron en sus manos la encomienda de dirigir y operar una de las petroleras más importantes del mundo, y que en sus manos la convirtieron en epicentro de corrupción del país.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¡Basta de historias! by Andrés Oppenheimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡Basta de historias!
Author: Andrés Oppenheimer
Narrator: Juan Antonio Rojas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el XXI será el siglo de la economía del conocimiento.  Andrés Oppenheimer, periodista influyente y siempre dispuesto a desafiar las modas políticas con inteligencia y humor, aporta en ¡Basta de historias! ideas útiles para trabajar en la principal asignatura pendiente de América Latina, la única que podrá sacarla de la mediocridad económica e intelectual: la educación. La obsesión de América Latina con su pasado ¿la ayuda a prepararse para el futuro o la frena en la tarea de competir en la economía de conocimiento del siglo XXI?  Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el siglo XXI será el de la economía del conocimiento. Contrariamente a lo que pregonan presidentes y líderes populistas latinoamericanos, los países que avanzan no son los que venden materias primas ni productos manufacturados básicos, sino los que producen bienes y servicios de mayor valor agregado.  ¡Basta de historias! sale a la luz en momentos en que buena parte de Latinoamérica está festejando el bicentenario de su independencia. La obsesión con el pasado es un fenómeno característico de la región, algo que curiosamente no ocurre en China, India y otros países asiáticos y de Europa del Este, a pesar de sus historias milenarias. Entonces, vale la pena entonces preguntarnos: ¿Es saludable esta obsesión con la historia? ¿Nos ayuda a prepararnos para el futuro? ¿O, por el contrario, nos distrae de la tarea cada vez más urgente de prepararnos para competir mejor en la economía del conocimiento del siglo XXI?</description>
      <author>Andrés Oppenheimer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073812931.mp3" length="1525722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073812931.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡Basta de historias!
Author: Andrés Oppenheimer
Narrator: Juan Antonio Rojas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el XXI será el siglo de la economía del conocimiento.  Andrés Oppenheimer, periodista influyente y siempre dispuesto a desafiar las modas políticas con inteligencia y humor, aporta en ¡Basta de historias! ideas útiles para trabajar en la principal asignatura pendiente de América Latina, la única que podrá sacarla de la mediocridad económica e intelectual: la educación. La obsesión de América Latina con su pasado ¿la ayuda a prepararse para el futuro o la frena en la tarea de competir en la economía de conocimiento del siglo XXI?  Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el siglo XXI será el de la economía del conocimiento. Contrariamente a lo que pregonan presidentes y líderes populistas latinoamericanos, los países que avanzan no son los que venden materias primas ni productos manufacturados básicos, sino los que producen bienes y servicios de mayor valor agregado.  ¡Basta de historias! sale a la luz en momentos en que buena parte de Latinoamérica está festejando el bicentenario de su independencia. La obsesión con el pasado es un fenómeno característico de la región, algo que curiosamente no ocurre en China, India y otros países asiáticos y de Europa del Este, a pesar de sus historias milenarias. Entonces, vale la pena entonces preguntarnos: ¿Es saludable esta obsesión con la historia? ¿Nos ayuda a prepararnos para el futuro? ¿O, por el contrario, nos distrae de la tarea cada vez más urgente de prepararnos para competir mejor en la economía del conocimiento del siglo XXI?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¡Basta de historias!
Author: Andrés Oppenheimer
Narrator: Juan Antonio Rojas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el XXI será el siglo de la economía del conocimiento.  Andrés Oppenheimer, periodista influyente y siempre dispuesto a desafiar las modas políticas con inteligencia y humor, aporta en ¡Basta de historias! ideas útiles para trabajar en la principal asignatura pendiente de América Latina, la única que podrá sacarla de la mediocridad económica e intelectual: la educación. La obsesión de América Latina con su pasado ¿la ayuda a prepararse para el futuro o la frena en la tarea de competir en la economía de conocimiento del siglo XXI?  Para Andrés Openheimer la educación, la ciencia, la tecnología y la innovación en la región latinoamericana es urgente, y la razón es simple: el siglo XXI será el de la economía del conocimiento. Contrariamente a lo que pregonan presidentes y líderes populistas latinoamericanos, los países que avanzan no son los que venden materias primas ni productos manufacturados básicos, sino los que producen bienes y servicios de mayor valor agregado.  ¡Basta de historias! sale a la luz en momentos en que buena parte de Latinoamérica está festejando el bicentenario de su independencia. La obsesión con el pasado es un fenómeno característico de la región, algo que curiosamente no ocurre en China, India y otros países asiáticos y de Europa del Este, a pesar de sus historias milenarias. Entonces, vale la pena entonces preguntarnos: ¿Es saludable esta obsesión con la historia? ¿Nos ayuda a prepararnos para el futuro? ¿O, por el contrario, nos distrae de la tarea cada vez más urgente de prepararnos para competir mejor en la economía del conocimiento del siglo XXI?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living the Dream: The Contested History of Martin Luther King Jr. Day by Daniel T. Fleming</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Dream: The Contested History of Martin Luther King Jr. Day
Author: Daniel T. Fleming
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Living the Dream tells the history behind the establishment of Martin Luther King Jr. Day and the battle over King&amp;#039;s legacy that continued through the decades that followed. Creating the first national holiday to honor an African American was a formidable achievement and an act of resistance against conservative and segregationist opposition. Congressional efforts to commemorate King began shortly after his assassination. The ensuing political battles slowed the progress of granting him a namesake holiday and crucially defined how his legacy would be received. Though Coretta Scott King&amp;#039;s mission to honor her husband&amp;#039;s commitment to nonviolence was upheld, conservative politicians sought to use the holiday to advance a whitewashed, nationalistic, and even reactionary vision of King&amp;#039;s life and thought. This book reveals the lengths that activists had to go to elevate an African American man to the pantheon of national heroes, how conservatives took advantage of the commemoration to bend the arc of King&amp;#039;s legacy toward something he never would have expected, and how grassroots causes, unions, and antiwar demonstrators continued to try to claim this sanctified day as their own.</description>
      <author>Daniel T. Fleming</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765002803.mp3" length="8642218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765002803.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Dream: The Contested History of Martin Luther King Jr. Day
Author: Daniel T. Fleming
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Living the Dream tells the history behind the establishment of Martin Luther King Jr. Day and the battle over King&amp;#039;s legacy that continued through the decades that followed. Creating the first national holiday to honor an African American was a formidable achievement and an act of resistance against conservative and segregationist opposition. Congressional efforts to commemorate King began shortly after his assassination. The ensuing political battles slowed the progress of granting him a namesake holiday and crucially defined how his legacy would be received. Though Coretta Scott King&amp;#039;s mission to honor her husband&amp;#039;s commitment to nonviolence was upheld, conservative politicians sought to use the holiday to advance a whitewashed, nationalistic, and even reactionary vision of King&amp;#039;s life and thought. This book reveals the lengths that activists had to go to elevate an African American man to the pantheon of national heroes, how conservatives took advantage of the commemoration to bend the arc of King&amp;#039;s legacy toward something he never would have expected, and how grassroots causes, unions, and antiwar demonstrators continued to try to claim this sanctified day as their own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Dream: The Contested History of Martin Luther King Jr. Day
Author: Daniel T. Fleming
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Living the Dream tells the history behind the establishment of Martin Luther King Jr. Day and the battle over King&amp;#039;s legacy that continued through the decades that followed. Creating the first national holiday to honor an African American was a formidable achievement and an act of resistance against conservative and segregationist opposition. Congressional efforts to commemorate King began shortly after his assassination. The ensuing political battles slowed the progress of granting him a namesake holiday and crucially defined how his legacy would be received. Though Coretta Scott King&amp;#039;s mission to honor her husband&amp;#039;s commitment to nonviolence was upheld, conservative politicians sought to use the holiday to advance a whitewashed, nationalistic, and even reactionary vision of King&amp;#039;s life and thought. This book reveals the lengths that activists had to go to elevate an African American man to the pantheon of national heroes, how conservatives took advantage of the commemoration to bend the arc of King&amp;#039;s legacy toward something he never would have expected, and how grassroots causes, unions, and antiwar demonstrators continued to try to claim this sanctified day as their own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spies, Lies, and Algorithms: The History and Future of American Intelligence by Amy B. Zegart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies, Lies, and Algorithms: The History and Future of American Intelligence
Author: Amy B. Zegart
Narrator: Amy B. Zegart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spying has never been more ubiquitous—or less understood. The world is drowning in spy movies, TV shows, and novels, but universities offer more courses on rock and roll than on the CIA and there are more congressional experts on powdered milk than espionage. This crisis in intelligence education is distorting public opinion, fueling conspiracy theories, and hurting intelligence policy. In Spies, Lies, and Algorithms, Amy Zegart separates fact from fiction as she offers an engaging and enlightening account of the past, present, and future of American espionage as it faces a revolution driven by digital technology. Drawing on decades of research and hundreds of interviews with intelligence officials, Zegart provides a history of US espionage, from George Washington&amp;#039;s Revolutionary War spies to today&amp;#039;s spy satellites; examines how fictional spies are influencing real officials; gives an overview of intelligence basics and life inside America&amp;#039;s intelligence agencies; explains the deadly cognitive biases that can mislead analysts; and explores the vexed issues of traitors, covert action, and congressional oversight. Most of all, Zegart describes how technology is empowering new enemies and opportunities, and creating powerful new players, such as private citizens who are successfully tracking nuclear threats using little more than Google Earth.</description>
      <author>Amy B. Zegart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696606714.mp3" length="2625701" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696606714.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies, Lies, and Algorithms: The History and Future of American Intelligence
Author: Amy B. Zegart
Narrator: Amy B. Zegart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spying has never been more ubiquitous—or less understood. The world is drowning in spy movies, TV shows, and novels, but universities offer more courses on rock and roll than on the CIA and there are more congressional experts on powdered milk than espionage. This crisis in intelligence education is distorting public opinion, fueling conspiracy theories, and hurting intelligence policy. In Spies, Lies, and Algorithms, Amy Zegart separates fact from fiction as she offers an engaging and enlightening account of the past, present, and future of American espionage as it faces a revolution driven by digital technology. Drawing on decades of research and hundreds of interviews with intelligence officials, Zegart provides a history of US espionage, from George Washington&amp;#039;s Revolutionary War spies to today&amp;#039;s spy satellites; examines how fictional spies are influencing real officials; gives an overview of intelligence basics and life inside America&amp;#039;s intelligence agencies; explains the deadly cognitive biases that can mislead analysts; and explores the vexed issues of traitors, covert action, and congressional oversight. Most of all, Zegart describes how technology is empowering new enemies and opportunities, and creating powerful new players, such as private citizens who are successfully tracking nuclear threats using little more than Google Earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spies, Lies, and Algorithms: The History and Future of American Intelligence
Author: Amy B. Zegart
Narrator: Amy B. Zegart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spying has never been more ubiquitous—or less understood. The world is drowning in spy movies, TV shows, and novels, but universities offer more courses on rock and roll than on the CIA and there are more congressional experts on powdered milk than espionage. This crisis in intelligence education is distorting public opinion, fueling conspiracy theories, and hurting intelligence policy. In Spies, Lies, and Algorithms, Amy Zegart separates fact from fiction as she offers an engaging and enlightening account of the past, present, and future of American espionage as it faces a revolution driven by digital technology. Drawing on decades of research and hundreds of interviews with intelligence officials, Zegart provides a history of US espionage, from George Washington&amp;#039;s Revolutionary War spies to today&amp;#039;s spy satellites; examines how fictional spies are influencing real officials; gives an overview of intelligence basics and life inside America&amp;#039;s intelligence agencies; explains the deadly cognitive biases that can mislead analysts; and explores the vexed issues of traitors, covert action, and congressional oversight. Most of all, Zegart describes how technology is empowering new enemies and opportunities, and creating powerful new players, such as private citizens who are successfully tracking nuclear threats using little more than Google Earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Unfinished March: The Violent Past and Imperiled Future of the Vote-A History, a Crisis, a Plan by Sam Koppelman, Eric Holder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Unfinished March: The Violent Past and Imperiled Future of the Vote-A History, a Crisis, a Plan
Author: Sam Koppelman, Eric Holder
Narrator: Eric Holder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A brutal, bloody, and at times hopeful history of the vote; a primer on the opponents fighting to take it away; and a playbook for how we can save our democracy before it’s too late—from the former U.S. Attorney General on the front lines of this fight Voting is our most important right as Americans—“the right that protects all the others,” as Lyndon Johnson famously said when he signed the Voting Rights Act—but it’s also the one most violently contested throughout U.S. history. Since the gutting of the act in the landmark Shelby County v. Holder case in 2013, many states have passed laws restricting the vote. After the 2020 election, President Trump’s effort to overturn the vote has evolved into a slow-motion coup, with many Republicans launching an all-out assault on our democracy. The vote seems to be in unprecedented peril.    But the peril is not at all unprecedented. America is a fragile democracy, Eric Holder argues, whose citizens have only had unfettered access to the ballot since the 1960s. He takes readers through three dramatic stories of how the vote was won: first by white men, through violence and insurrection; then by white women, through protests and mass imprisonments; and finally by African Americans, in the face of lynchings and terrorism. Next, he dives into how the vote has been stripped away since Shelby—a case in which Holder was one of the parties. He ends with visionary chapters on how we can reverse this tide of voter suppression and become a true democracy where every voice is heard and every vote is counted.   Full of surprising history, intensive analysis, and actionable plans for the future, this is a powerful primer on our most urgent political struggle from one of the country&amp;#039;s leading advocates.</description>
      <author>Sam Koppelman, Eric Holder</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593632413.mp3" length="2557749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593632413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Unfinished March: The Violent Past and Imperiled Future of the Vote-A History, a Crisis, a Plan
Author: Sam Koppelman, Eric Holder
Narrator: Eric Holder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A brutal, bloody, and at times hopeful history of the vote; a primer on the opponents fighting to take it away; and a playbook for how we can save our democracy before it’s too late—from the former U.S. Attorney General on the front lines of this fight Voting is our most important right as Americans—“the right that protects all the others,” as Lyndon Johnson famously said when he signed the Voting Rights Act—but it’s also the one most violently contested throughout U.S. history. Since the gutting of the act in the landmark Shelby County v. Holder case in 2013, many states have passed laws restricting the vote. After the 2020 election, President Trump’s effort to overturn the vote has evolved into a slow-motion coup, with many Republicans launching an all-out assault on our democracy. The vote seems to be in unprecedented peril.    But the peril is not at all unprecedented. America is a fragile democracy, Eric Holder argues, whose citizens have only had unfettered access to the ballot since the 1960s. He takes readers through three dramatic stories of how the vote was won: first by white men, through violence and insurrection; then by white women, through protests and mass imprisonments; and finally by African Americans, in the face of lynchings and terrorism. Next, he dives into how the vote has been stripped away since Shelby—a case in which Holder was one of the parties. He ends with visionary chapters on how we can reverse this tide of voter suppression and become a true democracy where every voice is heard and every vote is counted.   Full of surprising history, intensive analysis, and actionable plans for the future, this is a powerful primer on our most urgent political struggle from one of the country&amp;#039;s leading advocates.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Unfinished March: The Violent Past and Imperiled Future of the Vote-A History, a Crisis, a Plan
Author: Sam Koppelman, Eric Holder
Narrator: Eric Holder
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A brutal, bloody, and at times hopeful history of the vote; a primer on the opponents fighting to take it away; and a playbook for how we can save our democracy before it’s too late—from the former U.S. Attorney General on the front lines of this fight Voting is our most important right as Americans—“the right that protects all the others,” as Lyndon Johnson famously said when he signed the Voting Rights Act—but it’s also the one most violently contested throughout U.S. history. Since the gutting of the act in the landmark Shelby County v. Holder case in 2013, many states have passed laws restricting the vote. After the 2020 election, President Trump’s effort to overturn the vote has evolved into a slow-motion coup, with many Republicans launching an all-out assault on our democracy. The vote seems to be in unprecedented peril.    But the peril is not at all unprecedented. America is a fragile democracy, Eric Holder argues, whose citizens have only had unfettered access to the ballot since the 1960s. He takes readers through three dramatic stories of how the vote was won: first by white men, through violence and insurrection; then by white women, through protests and mass imprisonments; and finally by African Americans, in the face of lynchings and terrorism. Next, he dives into how the vote has been stripped away since Shelby—a case in which Holder was one of the parties. He ends with visionary chapters on how we can reverse this tide of voter suppression and become a true democracy where every voice is heard and every vote is counted.   Full of surprising history, intensive analysis, and actionable plans for the future, this is a powerful primer on our most urgent political struggle from one of the country&amp;#039;s leading advocates.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Many-Headed Hydra: Sailors, Slaves, Commoners, and the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic by Marcus Rediker, Peter Linebaugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Many-Headed Hydra: Sailors, Slaves, Commoners, and the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic
Author: Marcus Rediker, Peter Linebaugh
Narrator: Cornell Womack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the International Labor History Award Long before the American Revolution and the Declaration of the Rights of Man, a motley crew of sailors, slaves, pirates, laborers, market women, and indentured servants had ideas about freedom and equality that would forever change history. The Many Headed-Hydra recounts their stories in a sweeping history of the role of the dispossessed in the making of the modern world. When an unprecedented expansion of trade and colonization in the early seventeenth century launched the first global economy, a vast, diverse, and landless workforce was born. These workers crossed national, ethnic, and racial boundaries, as they circulated around the Atlantic world on trade ships and slave ships, from England to Virginia, from Africa to Barbados, and from the Americas back to Europe. Marshaling an impressive range of original research from archives in the Americas and Europe, the authors show how ordinary working people led dozens of rebellions on both sides of the North Atlantic. The rulers of the day called the multiethnic rebels a &amp;#039;hydra&amp;#039; and brutally suppressed their risings, yet some of their ideas fueled the age of revolution. Others, hidden from history and recovered here, have much to teach us about our common humanity.</description>
      <author>Marcus Rediker, Peter Linebaugh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807007082.mp3" length="2703076" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807007082.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Many-Headed Hydra: Sailors, Slaves, Commoners, and the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic
Author: Marcus Rediker, Peter Linebaugh
Narrator: Cornell Womack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the International Labor History Award Long before the American Revolution and the Declaration of the Rights of Man, a motley crew of sailors, slaves, pirates, laborers, market women, and indentured servants had ideas about freedom and equality that would forever change history. The Many Headed-Hydra recounts their stories in a sweeping history of the role of the dispossessed in the making of the modern world. When an unprecedented expansion of trade and colonization in the early seventeenth century launched the first global economy, a vast, diverse, and landless workforce was born. These workers crossed national, ethnic, and racial boundaries, as they circulated around the Atlantic world on trade ships and slave ships, from England to Virginia, from Africa to Barbados, and from the Americas back to Europe. Marshaling an impressive range of original research from archives in the Americas and Europe, the authors show how ordinary working people led dozens of rebellions on both sides of the North Atlantic. The rulers of the day called the multiethnic rebels a &amp;#039;hydra&amp;#039; and brutally suppressed their risings, yet some of their ideas fueled the age of revolution. Others, hidden from history and recovered here, have much to teach us about our common humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564821</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Many-Headed Hydra: Sailors, Slaves, Commoners, and the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic
Author: Marcus Rediker, Peter Linebaugh
Narrator: Cornell Womack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the International Labor History Award Long before the American Revolution and the Declaration of the Rights of Man, a motley crew of sailors, slaves, pirates, laborers, market women, and indentured servants had ideas about freedom and equality that would forever change history. The Many Headed-Hydra recounts their stories in a sweeping history of the role of the dispossessed in the making of the modern world. When an unprecedented expansion of trade and colonization in the early seventeenth century launched the first global economy, a vast, diverse, and landless workforce was born. These workers crossed national, ethnic, and racial boundaries, as they circulated around the Atlantic world on trade ships and slave ships, from England to Virginia, from Africa to Barbados, and from the Americas back to Europe. Marshaling an impressive range of original research from archives in the Americas and Europe, the authors show how ordinary working people led dozens of rebellions on both sides of the North Atlantic. The rulers of the day called the multiethnic rebels a &amp;#039;hydra&amp;#039; and brutally suppressed their risings, yet some of their ideas fueled the age of revolution. Others, hidden from history and recovered here, have much to teach us about our common humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assisted Dying by John Wyatt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assisted Dying
Author: John Wyatt
Narrator: John Wyatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Should doctors be allowed to help terminally ill people kill themselves? How should a humane society respond to those who are suffering terribly at the end of life? What laws are being proposed and what will be the consequences for dying people, for healthcare services and for society as a whole?  John Wyatt has worked as a frontline doctor in the UK National Health Service for more than 30 years and brings his clinical, ethical and personal experience to this crucial debate. Assisted Dying is a concise, readable and authoritative guide to a vital question of our times. Assisted Dying Audiobook published by Monkeynut Audiobooks monkeynutuk.com</description>
      <author>John Wyatt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667936635.mp3" length="1324636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667936635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assisted Dying
Author: John Wyatt
Narrator: John Wyatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Should doctors be allowed to help terminally ill people kill themselves? How should a humane society respond to those who are suffering terribly at the end of life? What laws are being proposed and what will be the consequences for dying people, for healthcare services and for society as a whole?  John Wyatt has worked as a frontline doctor in the UK National Health Service for more than 30 years and brings his clinical, ethical and personal experience to this crucial debate. Assisted Dying is a concise, readable and authoritative guide to a vital question of our times. Assisted Dying Audiobook published by Monkeynut Audiobooks monkeynutuk.com</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assisted Dying
Author: John Wyatt
Narrator: John Wyatt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Should doctors be allowed to help terminally ill people kill themselves? How should a humane society respond to those who are suffering terribly at the end of life? What laws are being proposed and what will be the consequences for dying people, for healthcare services and for society as a whole?  John Wyatt has worked as a frontline doctor in the UK National Health Service for more than 30 years and brings his clinical, ethical and personal experience to this crucial debate. Assisted Dying is a concise, readable and authoritative guide to a vital question of our times. Assisted Dying Audiobook published by Monkeynut Audiobooks monkeynutuk.com</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Copyright Protection: Protection and Compliance Within Legal Affairs of Intellectual Property and the Process of Copyright by M.Ed., David K. Ewen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Copyright Protection: Protection and Compliance Within Legal Affairs of Intellectual Property and the Process of Copyright
Author: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Narrator: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Copyright Protection comes from the experience of David K. Ewen, M.Ed. as a book publisher since 1994 and teaching on the publishing legal affairs and compliance since 2004.  The complex material is simplified here in a way to easily understand and implement the described process of copyright protection.  David has been working directly with authors, editors, illustrators, media industry experts since 1994 to improve their understanding of copyright methodology and ways to protect authors&amp;#039; rights on intellectual property. In addition to working in the book publishing industry, David has focused on copyright protection and used and taught the prescribed copyright protection method in the film and music industry.  The safeguarding of intellectual property through copyright protection for authors, musicians, and filmmakers is a passion of David K. Ewen, M.Ed.   He has served in corporate legal compliance and specialized in legal affairs for media content specialists.</description>
      <author>M.Ed., David K. Ewen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667936208.mp3" length="536383" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667936208.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Copyright Protection: Protection and Compliance Within Legal Affairs of Intellectual Property and the Process of Copyright
Author: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Narrator: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Copyright Protection comes from the experience of David K. Ewen, M.Ed. as a book publisher since 1994 and teaching on the publishing legal affairs and compliance since 2004.  The complex material is simplified here in a way to easily understand and implement the described process of copyright protection.  David has been working directly with authors, editors, illustrators, media industry experts since 1994 to improve their understanding of copyright methodology and ways to protect authors&amp;#039; rights on intellectual property. In addition to working in the book publishing industry, David has focused on copyright protection and used and taught the prescribed copyright protection method in the film and music industry.  The safeguarding of intellectual property through copyright protection for authors, musicians, and filmmakers is a passion of David K. Ewen, M.Ed.   He has served in corporate legal compliance and specialized in legal affairs for media content specialists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Copyright Protection: Protection and Compliance Within Legal Affairs of Intellectual Property and the Process of Copyright
Author: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Narrator: M.Ed., David K. Ewen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Copyright Protection comes from the experience of David K. Ewen, M.Ed. as a book publisher since 1994 and teaching on the publishing legal affairs and compliance since 2004.  The complex material is simplified here in a way to easily understand and implement the described process of copyright protection.  David has been working directly with authors, editors, illustrators, media industry experts since 1994 to improve their understanding of copyright methodology and ways to protect authors&amp;#039; rights on intellectual property. In addition to working in the book publishing industry, David has focused on copyright protection and used and taught the prescribed copyright protection method in the film and music industry.  The safeguarding of intellectual property through copyright protection for authors, musicians, and filmmakers is a passion of David K. Ewen, M.Ed.   He has served in corporate legal compliance and specialized in legal affairs for media content specialists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - Scritture Flash by Wael El-Manzalawy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Scritture Flash
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri.Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Wael El-Manzalawy</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835432982.mp3" length="516850" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835432982.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Scritture Flash
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri.Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Scritture Flash
Author: Wael El-Manzalawy
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri.Le scritture flash sono degli scritti molto molto brevi, ma le scritture flash possono produrre idee molto importanti. Lavorare con le scritture flash non è un compito facile. I lavori lunghi hanno ampio spazio in cui muoversi. Questo ebook contiene alcune scritture flash come &amp;quot;Il mondo dopo il Coronavirus&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Viaggiare cambia il tuo modo di pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Acque gelate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;L&amp;#039;incubo&amp;quot; e altri. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Knew: How a Culture of Conspiracy Keeps America Complacent by Sarah Kendzior</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: How a Culture of Conspiracy Keeps America Complacent
Author: Sarah Kendzior
Narrator: Sarah Kendzior
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE “Every sentence delivered. The pathos of truth-seeking left me thinking of Herman Melville.&amp;#039; —Timothy Snyder, #1 New York Times bestselling author of On Tyranny NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING author Sarah Kendzior delves into the difference between conspiracy and conspiracy theory, &amp;#039;deftly separat[ing] fact from fiction in a conspiracy-addled nation&amp;#039; (VANITY FAIR). &amp;#039;The topics covered in this audiobook may be rough going for listeners, but the author&amp;#039;s commitment to sounding the alarm will keep them glued to their earbuds.&amp;#039;- AudioFile Conspiracy theories are on the rise because officials refuse to enforce accountability for real conspiracies. Uncritical faith in broken institutions is as dangerous as false narratives peddled by propagandists. The truth may hurt—but the lies will kill us. They Knew discusses conspiracy culture in a rapidly declining United States struggling with corruption, climate change, and other crises. As the actions of the powerful remain shrouded in mystery—“From Norman Baker to Jeffrey Epstein, Iran-Contra to January 6&amp;#039; (VF)—it is unsurprising that people turn to conspiracy theories to fill the informational void. They Knew exposes the tactics these powerful actors use to placate an inquisitive public. Here, for the first time, Kendzior blends her signature whip-smart prose and eviscerating arguments with lyrical and intimate examinations of the times and places that haunt American history. &amp;#039;America is a ghost story,&amp;#039; states Kendzior, as she unearths decades of buried history, providing an essential and critical look at how to rebuild our democracy by confronting the political lies and crimes that have shaped us.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</description>
      <author>Sarah Kendzior</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250868947.mp3" length="1420723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250868947.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: How a Culture of Conspiracy Keeps America Complacent
Author: Sarah Kendzior
Narrator: Sarah Kendzior
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE “Every sentence delivered. The pathos of truth-seeking left me thinking of Herman Melville.&amp;#039; —Timothy Snyder, #1 New York Times bestselling author of On Tyranny NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING author Sarah Kendzior delves into the difference between conspiracy and conspiracy theory, &amp;#039;deftly separat[ing] fact from fiction in a conspiracy-addled nation&amp;#039; (VANITY FAIR). &amp;#039;The topics covered in this audiobook may be rough going for listeners, but the author&amp;#039;s commitment to sounding the alarm will keep them glued to their earbuds.&amp;#039;- AudioFile Conspiracy theories are on the rise because officials refuse to enforce accountability for real conspiracies. Uncritical faith in broken institutions is as dangerous as false narratives peddled by propagandists. The truth may hurt—but the lies will kill us. They Knew discusses conspiracy culture in a rapidly declining United States struggling with corruption, climate change, and other crises. As the actions of the powerful remain shrouded in mystery—“From Norman Baker to Jeffrey Epstein, Iran-Contra to January 6&amp;#039; (VF)—it is unsurprising that people turn to conspiracy theories to fill the informational void. They Knew exposes the tactics these powerful actors use to placate an inquisitive public. Here, for the first time, Kendzior blends her signature whip-smart prose and eviscerating arguments with lyrical and intimate examinations of the times and places that haunt American history. &amp;#039;America is a ghost story,&amp;#039; states Kendzior, as she unearths decades of buried history, providing an essential and critical look at how to rebuild our democracy by confronting the political lies and crimes that have shaped us.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: How a Culture of Conspiracy Keeps America Complacent
Author: Sarah Kendzior
Narrator: Sarah Kendzior
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. FINALIST FOR THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE “Every sentence delivered. The pathos of truth-seeking left me thinking of Herman Melville.&amp;#039; —Timothy Snyder, #1 New York Times bestselling author of On Tyranny NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLING author Sarah Kendzior delves into the difference between conspiracy and conspiracy theory, &amp;#039;deftly separat[ing] fact from fiction in a conspiracy-addled nation&amp;#039; (VANITY FAIR). &amp;#039;The topics covered in this audiobook may be rough going for listeners, but the author&amp;#039;s commitment to sounding the alarm will keep them glued to their earbuds.&amp;#039;- AudioFile Conspiracy theories are on the rise because officials refuse to enforce accountability for real conspiracies. Uncritical faith in broken institutions is as dangerous as false narratives peddled by propagandists. The truth may hurt—but the lies will kill us. They Knew discusses conspiracy culture in a rapidly declining United States struggling with corruption, climate change, and other crises. As the actions of the powerful remain shrouded in mystery—“From Norman Baker to Jeffrey Epstein, Iran-Contra to January 6&amp;#039; (VF)—it is unsurprising that people turn to conspiracy theories to fill the informational void. They Knew exposes the tactics these powerful actors use to placate an inquisitive public. Here, for the first time, Kendzior blends her signature whip-smart prose and eviscerating arguments with lyrical and intimate examinations of the times and places that haunt American history. &amp;#039;America is a ghost story,&amp;#039; states Kendzior, as she unearths decades of buried history, providing an essential and critical look at how to rebuild our democracy by confronting the political lies and crimes that have shaped us.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me?: Searching for the Truth on Political TV by Rob Burley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me?: Searching for the Truth on Political TV
Author: Rob Burley
Narrator: Rob Burley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Soon to be a major Channel 4 drama, Brian and Margaret                        A deliciously irreverent and humorous insider’s account of 25 years working at the very top of British political television                                   ‘What Rob Burley doesn&amp;#039;t know about political interviewing isn&amp;#039;t worth knowing’ – Andrew Neil                                   ‘A delicious read’ – Emily Maitlis                                    &amp;#039;He writes beautifully&amp;#039; – Jeremy Paxman                                   &amp;#039;Very funny’ – Steve Coogan                                   &amp;#039;An excellent book&amp;#039; – James O&amp;#039;Brien                                   &amp;#039;He writes brilliantly&amp;#039; – Adam Buxton                      Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me? is a deliciously irreverent insider’s account of a career spent trying to get straight answers from politicians, offering a unique insight into the British political class during a time when no one appears to be telling the truth.           This book is Rob Burley’s love letter to the political interview and, with the help of exclusive conversations with TV giants from Jeremy Paxman and Andrew Neil to Andrew Marr and Emily Maitlis, it will take you inside the process like never before.</description>
      <author>Rob Burley</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008542504.mp3" length="1179155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008542504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me?: Searching for the Truth on Political TV
Author: Rob Burley
Narrator: Rob Burley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Soon to be a major Channel 4 drama, Brian and Margaret                        A deliciously irreverent and humorous insider’s account of 25 years working at the very top of British political television                                   ‘What Rob Burley doesn&amp;#039;t know about political interviewing isn&amp;#039;t worth knowing’ – Andrew Neil                                   ‘A delicious read’ – Emily Maitlis                                    &amp;#039;He writes beautifully&amp;#039; – Jeremy Paxman                                   &amp;#039;Very funny’ – Steve Coogan                                   &amp;#039;An excellent book&amp;#039; – James O&amp;#039;Brien                                   &amp;#039;He writes brilliantly&amp;#039; – Adam Buxton                      Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me? is a deliciously irreverent insider’s account of a career spent trying to get straight answers from politicians, offering a unique insight into the British political class during a time when no one appears to be telling the truth.           This book is Rob Burley’s love letter to the political interview and, with the help of exclusive conversations with TV giants from Jeremy Paxman and Andrew Neil to Andrew Marr and Emily Maitlis, it will take you inside the process like never before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me?: Searching for the Truth on Political TV
Author: Rob Burley
Narrator: Rob Burley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Soon to be a major Channel 4 drama, Brian and Margaret                        A deliciously irreverent and humorous insider’s account of 25 years working at the very top of British political television                                   ‘What Rob Burley doesn&amp;#039;t know about political interviewing isn&amp;#039;t worth knowing’ – Andrew Neil                                   ‘A delicious read’ – Emily Maitlis                                    &amp;#039;He writes beautifully&amp;#039; – Jeremy Paxman                                   &amp;#039;Very funny’ – Steve Coogan                                   &amp;#039;An excellent book&amp;#039; – James O&amp;#039;Brien                                   &amp;#039;He writes brilliantly&amp;#039; – Adam Buxton                      Why Is This Lying Bastard Lying to Me? is a deliciously irreverent insider’s account of a career spent trying to get straight answers from politicians, offering a unique insight into the British political class during a time when no one appears to be telling the truth.           This book is Rob Burley’s love letter to the political interview and, with the help of exclusive conversations with TV giants from Jeremy Paxman and Andrew Neil to Andrew Marr and Emily Maitlis, it will take you inside the process like never before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dismantling Global White Privilege: Equity for a Post-Western World by Chandran Nair</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dismantling Global White Privilege: Equity for a Post-Western World
Author: Chandran Nair
Narrator: Karen Huie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
White privilege damages and distorts societies around the world, not just in the United States. This book exposes its pervasive global reach and creates a new space for discourse on worldwide racial equality. In mid-2020, during the protests in the United States after the murder of George Floyd, over one hundred other countries held solidarity protests. These demonstrations often decried racial injustice and structural discrimination in their own societies. But no books have been written for a general audience describing the insidious role of white supremacy around the world. Chandran Nair argues that white privilege is the best way to understand how oppression and dominance by Western cultures operates. Touching on history, business, environment, entertainment, media fashion, education, and more, he analyzes how it has shaped, repressed, and destroyed local cultures to seek and preserve white economic power. Nair identifies white privilege as the driving force behind globalization, being constantly upheld and reproduced by a global superstructure that perpetuates widespread white economic and military dominance. This book provides a middle ground between brief media mentions and the dense rhetoric of racial politics so readers can develop a new worldview around dismantling white privilege at the global scale.</description>
      <author>Chandran Nair</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663737625.mp3" length="1408722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663737625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dismantling Global White Privilege: Equity for a Post-Western World
Author: Chandran Nair
Narrator: Karen Huie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
White privilege damages and distorts societies around the world, not just in the United States. This book exposes its pervasive global reach and creates a new space for discourse on worldwide racial equality. In mid-2020, during the protests in the United States after the murder of George Floyd, over one hundred other countries held solidarity protests. These demonstrations often decried racial injustice and structural discrimination in their own societies. But no books have been written for a general audience describing the insidious role of white supremacy around the world. Chandran Nair argues that white privilege is the best way to understand how oppression and dominance by Western cultures operates. Touching on history, business, environment, entertainment, media fashion, education, and more, he analyzes how it has shaped, repressed, and destroyed local cultures to seek and preserve white economic power. Nair identifies white privilege as the driving force behind globalization, being constantly upheld and reproduced by a global superstructure that perpetuates widespread white economic and military dominance. This book provides a middle ground between brief media mentions and the dense rhetoric of racial politics so readers can develop a new worldview around dismantling white privilege at the global scale.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dismantling Global White Privilege: Equity for a Post-Western World
Author: Chandran Nair
Narrator: Karen Huie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
White privilege damages and distorts societies around the world, not just in the United States. This book exposes its pervasive global reach and creates a new space for discourse on worldwide racial equality. In mid-2020, during the protests in the United States after the murder of George Floyd, over one hundred other countries held solidarity protests. These demonstrations often decried racial injustice and structural discrimination in their own societies. But no books have been written for a general audience describing the insidious role of white supremacy around the world. Chandran Nair argues that white privilege is the best way to understand how oppression and dominance by Western cultures operates. Touching on history, business, environment, entertainment, media fashion, education, and more, he analyzes how it has shaped, repressed, and destroyed local cultures to seek and preserve white economic power. Nair identifies white privilege as the driving force behind globalization, being constantly upheld and reproduced by a global superstructure that perpetuates widespread white economic and military dominance. This book provides a middle ground between brief media mentions and the dense rhetoric of racial politics so readers can develop a new worldview around dismantling white privilege at the global scale.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change by Tom C. W. Lin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change
Author: Tom C. W. Lin
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change &amp;amp; Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;bathroom bill&amp;#039; or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses&amp;#039; approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress.</description>
      <author>Tom C. W. Lin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663741424.mp3" length="782686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663741424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change
Author: Tom C. W. Lin
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change &amp;amp; Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;bathroom bill&amp;#039; or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses&amp;#039; approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change
Author: Tom C. W. Lin
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change &amp;amp; Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;bathroom bill&amp;#039; or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses&amp;#039; approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vimy Trap: or, How We Learned To Stop Worrying and Love the Great War by Ian Mckay, Jamie Swift</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vimy Trap: or, How We Learned To Stop Worrying and Love the Great War
Author: Ian Mckay, Jamie Swift
Narrator: John Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the bloody 1917 Battle of Vimy Ridge is, according to many of today&amp;#039;s tellings, a heroic founding moment for Canada. This noble, birth-of-a-nation narrative is regularly applied to the Great War in general. Yet this mythical tale is rather new. &amp;quot;Vimyism&amp;quot;-today&amp;#039;s official story of glorious, martial patriotism-contrasts sharply with the complex ways in which veterans, artists, clerics, and even politicians who had supported the war interpreted its meaning over the decades. 		Was the Great War a futile imperial debacle? A proud, nation-building milestone? Contending Great War memories have helped to shape how later wars were imagined. The Vimy Trap provides a powerful probe of commemoration cultures. This subtle, fast-paced work of public history-combining scholarly insight with sharp-eyed journalism, and based on primary sources and school textbooks, battlefield visits and war art-explains both how and why peace and war remain contested terrain in ever-changing landscapes of Canadian memory.</description>
      <author>Ian Mckay, Jamie Swift</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771136051.mp3" length="1373470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771136051.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vimy Trap: or, How We Learned To Stop Worrying and Love the Great War
Author: Ian Mckay, Jamie Swift
Narrator: John Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the bloody 1917 Battle of Vimy Ridge is, according to many of today&amp;#039;s tellings, a heroic founding moment for Canada. This noble, birth-of-a-nation narrative is regularly applied to the Great War in general. Yet this mythical tale is rather new. &amp;quot;Vimyism&amp;quot;-today&amp;#039;s official story of glorious, martial patriotism-contrasts sharply with the complex ways in which veterans, artists, clerics, and even politicians who had supported the war interpreted its meaning over the decades. 		Was the Great War a futile imperial debacle? A proud, nation-building milestone? Contending Great War memories have helped to shape how later wars were imagined. The Vimy Trap provides a powerful probe of commemoration cultures. This subtle, fast-paced work of public history-combining scholarly insight with sharp-eyed journalism, and based on primary sources and school textbooks, battlefield visits and war art-explains both how and why peace and war remain contested terrain in ever-changing landscapes of Canadian memory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563807</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vimy Trap: or, How We Learned To Stop Worrying and Love the Great War
Author: Ian Mckay, Jamie Swift
Narrator: John Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the bloody 1917 Battle of Vimy Ridge is, according to many of today&amp;#039;s tellings, a heroic founding moment for Canada. This noble, birth-of-a-nation narrative is regularly applied to the Great War in general. Yet this mythical tale is rather new. &amp;quot;Vimyism&amp;quot;-today&amp;#039;s official story of glorious, martial patriotism-contrasts sharply with the complex ways in which veterans, artists, clerics, and even politicians who had supported the war interpreted its meaning over the decades. 		Was the Great War a futile imperial debacle? A proud, nation-building milestone? Contending Great War memories have helped to shape how later wars were imagined. The Vimy Trap provides a powerful probe of commemoration cultures. This subtle, fast-paced work of public history-combining scholarly insight with sharp-eyed journalism, and based on primary sources and school textbooks, battlefield visits and war art-explains both how and why peace and war remain contested terrain in ever-changing landscapes of Canadian memory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unlikely Radicals: The Story of the Adams Mine Dump War by Charlie Angus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlikely Radicals: The Story of the Adams Mine Dump War
Author: Charlie Angus
Narrator: Geoffrey Pierpoint
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For twenty-two years politicians and businessmen pushed for the Adams Mine landfill as a solution to Ontario&amp;#039;s garbage disposal crisis. This plan to dump millions of tonnes of waste into the fractured pits of the Adams Mine prompted five separate civil resistance campaigns by a rural region of 35,000 in Northern Ontario. Unlikely Radicals traces the compelling history of the First Nations people and farmers, environmentalists and miners, retirees and volunteers, Anglophones and Francophones who stood side by side to defend their community with mass demonstrations, blockades, and non-violent resistance.</description>
      <author>Charlie Angus</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771135986.mp3" length="1399486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771135986.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlikely Radicals: The Story of the Adams Mine Dump War
Author: Charlie Angus
Narrator: Geoffrey Pierpoint
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For twenty-two years politicians and businessmen pushed for the Adams Mine landfill as a solution to Ontario&amp;#039;s garbage disposal crisis. This plan to dump millions of tonnes of waste into the fractured pits of the Adams Mine prompted five separate civil resistance campaigns by a rural region of 35,000 in Northern Ontario. Unlikely Radicals traces the compelling history of the First Nations people and farmers, environmentalists and miners, retirees and volunteers, Anglophones and Francophones who stood side by side to defend their community with mass demonstrations, blockades, and non-violent resistance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlikely Radicals: The Story of the Adams Mine Dump War
Author: Charlie Angus
Narrator: Geoffrey Pierpoint
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For twenty-two years politicians and businessmen pushed for the Adams Mine landfill as a solution to Ontario&amp;#039;s garbage disposal crisis. This plan to dump millions of tonnes of waste into the fractured pits of the Adams Mine prompted five separate civil resistance campaigns by a rural region of 35,000 in Northern Ontario. Unlikely Radicals traces the compelling history of the First Nations people and farmers, environmentalists and miners, retirees and volunteers, Anglophones and Francophones who stood side by side to defend their community with mass demonstrations, blockades, and non-violent resistance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Kronzeugin: Eine Staatsbeamtin über ihre Flucht aus der Hölle der Lager und Chinas Griff nach der Weltherrschaft by Alexandra Cavelius, Sayragul Sauytbay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kronzeugin: Eine Staatsbeamtin über ihre Flucht aus der Hölle der Lager und Chinas Griff nach der Weltherrschaft
Author: Alexandra Cavelius, Sayragul Sauytbay
Narrator: Claudia Gräf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Infolge einer Reihe von Anschlägen in Xinjiang 2014 errichtete die chinesische Regierung in den letzten Jahren dort ein riesiges Netz von Straflagern für ethnische Minderheiten, vorwiegend muslimische Uiguren und Kasachen. Beschönigend nennt Peking diese – trotz erdrückender Beweislage – weiterhin &amp;#039;Berufsbildungslager&amp;#039;, in denen sich alle &amp;#039;Schüler freiwillig&amp;#039; aufhielten.   Im Jahr 2017 gerät die kasachische Staatsbeamtin und Direktorin mehrerer Vorschulen Sayragul Sauytbay selbst in die Mühlen des chinesischen Unterdrückungsapparates. Nachdem ihr kasachischer Mann mit beiden Kindern das Land verlassen hat, wird sie mehrmals verhört und schließlich in ein Umerziehungslager gesteckt, wo sie ihren Mitgefangenen von morgens bis abends die chinesische Sprache, Kultur und Politik beibringen muss. Dabei erhält sie Zugang zu geheimsten Informationen, die Pekings langfristige Pläne offenlegen, die Demokratien zu unterhöhlen und zu unterwerfen. Die Bedingungen sind unmenschlich: Gehirnwäsche, Folter und Vergewaltigung, dazu erzwungene Einnahme von Medikamenten, die die Inhaftierten apathisch macht oder vergiftet. Jede Nacht müssen sie stundenlang mit erhobenen Händen an einer Wand stehen und ihre &amp;#039;Sünden&amp;#039; bekennen. Überraschend kommt Sayragul Sauytbay 2018 wieder frei, soll aber kurz darauf als Gefangene ins Lager, deshalb flieht sie nach Kasachstan.   Obwohl Peking mit allen Mitteln versucht, die Entflohene zurückzuholen, und sie bis heute vom chinesischen Geheimdienst bedroht wird, sieht sie es als ihre Aufgabe an, der Welt Zeugnis abzulegen von den chinesischen Verbrechen gegen die Menschlichkeit. Und sie will die Welt warnen vor der Politik Pekings, das mit &amp;#039;Softpower&amp;#039; wie beim &amp;#039;Seidenstraßenprojekt&amp;#039; großzügige Kredite vergibt, andere Länder in Abhängigkeit bringt und langfristig die Unterwerfung der freien Welt anstrebt. Modell steht dabei Xinjiang – der größte Überwachungsstaat, den die Welt je gesehen hat, in dem Faschismus und Tyrannei regieren. Umschlaggestaltung: Hauptmann &amp;amp; Kompanie Werbeagentur, Zürich, unter Verwendung eines Fotos von © Regina Recht</description>
      <author>Alexandra Cavelius, Sayragul Sauytbay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783958904477.mp3" length="749826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783958904477.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kronzeugin: Eine Staatsbeamtin über ihre Flucht aus der Hölle der Lager und Chinas Griff nach der Weltherrschaft
Author: Alexandra Cavelius, Sayragul Sauytbay
Narrator: Claudia Gräf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Infolge einer Reihe von Anschlägen in Xinjiang 2014 errichtete die chinesische Regierung in den letzten Jahren dort ein riesiges Netz von Straflagern für ethnische Minderheiten, vorwiegend muslimische Uiguren und Kasachen. Beschönigend nennt Peking diese – trotz erdrückender Beweislage – weiterhin &amp;#039;Berufsbildungslager&amp;#039;, in denen sich alle &amp;#039;Schüler freiwillig&amp;#039; aufhielten.   Im Jahr 2017 gerät die kasachische Staatsbeamtin und Direktorin mehrerer Vorschulen Sayragul Sauytbay selbst in die Mühlen des chinesischen Unterdrückungsapparates. Nachdem ihr kasachischer Mann mit beiden Kindern das Land verlassen hat, wird sie mehrmals verhört und schließlich in ein Umerziehungslager gesteckt, wo sie ihren Mitgefangenen von morgens bis abends die chinesische Sprache, Kultur und Politik beibringen muss. Dabei erhält sie Zugang zu geheimsten Informationen, die Pekings langfristige Pläne offenlegen, die Demokratien zu unterhöhlen und zu unterwerfen. Die Bedingungen sind unmenschlich: Gehirnwäsche, Folter und Vergewaltigung, dazu erzwungene Einnahme von Medikamenten, die die Inhaftierten apathisch macht oder vergiftet. Jede Nacht müssen sie stundenlang mit erhobenen Händen an einer Wand stehen und ihre &amp;#039;Sünden&amp;#039; bekennen. Überraschend kommt Sayragul Sauytbay 2018 wieder frei, soll aber kurz darauf als Gefangene ins Lager, deshalb flieht sie nach Kasachstan.   Obwohl Peking mit allen Mitteln versucht, die Entflohene zurückzuholen, und sie bis heute vom chinesischen Geheimdienst bedroht wird, sieht sie es als ihre Aufgabe an, der Welt Zeugnis abzulegen von den chinesischen Verbrechen gegen die Menschlichkeit. Und sie will die Welt warnen vor der Politik Pekings, das mit &amp;#039;Softpower&amp;#039; wie beim &amp;#039;Seidenstraßenprojekt&amp;#039; großzügige Kredite vergibt, andere Länder in Abhängigkeit bringt und langfristig die Unterwerfung der freien Welt anstrebt. Modell steht dabei Xinjiang – der größte Überwachungsstaat, den die Welt je gesehen hat, in dem Faschismus und Tyrannei regieren. Umschlaggestaltung: Hauptmann &amp;amp; Kompanie Werbeagentur, Zürich, unter Verwendung eines Fotos von © Regina Recht</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563758</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kronzeugin: Eine Staatsbeamtin über ihre Flucht aus der Hölle der Lager und Chinas Griff nach der Weltherrschaft
Author: Alexandra Cavelius, Sayragul Sauytbay
Narrator: Claudia Gräf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Infolge einer Reihe von Anschlägen in Xinjiang 2014 errichtete die chinesische Regierung in den letzten Jahren dort ein riesiges Netz von Straflagern für ethnische Minderheiten, vorwiegend muslimische Uiguren und Kasachen. Beschönigend nennt Peking diese – trotz erdrückender Beweislage – weiterhin &amp;#039;Berufsbildungslager&amp;#039;, in denen sich alle &amp;#039;Schüler freiwillig&amp;#039; aufhielten.   Im Jahr 2017 gerät die kasachische Staatsbeamtin und Direktorin mehrerer Vorschulen Sayragul Sauytbay selbst in die Mühlen des chinesischen Unterdrückungsapparates. Nachdem ihr kasachischer Mann mit beiden Kindern das Land verlassen hat, wird sie mehrmals verhört und schließlich in ein Umerziehungslager gesteckt, wo sie ihren Mitgefangenen von morgens bis abends die chinesische Sprache, Kultur und Politik beibringen muss. Dabei erhält sie Zugang zu geheimsten Informationen, die Pekings langfristige Pläne offenlegen, die Demokratien zu unterhöhlen und zu unterwerfen. Die Bedingungen sind unmenschlich: Gehirnwäsche, Folter und Vergewaltigung, dazu erzwungene Einnahme von Medikamenten, die die Inhaftierten apathisch macht oder vergiftet. Jede Nacht müssen sie stundenlang mit erhobenen Händen an einer Wand stehen und ihre &amp;#039;Sünden&amp;#039; bekennen. Überraschend kommt Sayragul Sauytbay 2018 wieder frei, soll aber kurz darauf als Gefangene ins Lager, deshalb flieht sie nach Kasachstan.   Obwohl Peking mit allen Mitteln versucht, die Entflohene zurückzuholen, und sie bis heute vom chinesischen Geheimdienst bedroht wird, sieht sie es als ihre Aufgabe an, der Welt Zeugnis abzulegen von den chinesischen Verbrechen gegen die Menschlichkeit. Und sie will die Welt warnen vor der Politik Pekings, das mit &amp;#039;Softpower&amp;#039; wie beim &amp;#039;Seidenstraßenprojekt&amp;#039; großzügige Kredite vergibt, andere Länder in Abhängigkeit bringt und langfristig die Unterwerfung der freien Welt anstrebt. Modell steht dabei Xinjiang – der größte Überwachungsstaat, den die Welt je gesehen hat, in dem Faschismus und Tyrannei regieren. Umschlaggestaltung: Hauptmann &amp;amp; Kompanie Werbeagentur, Zürich, unter Verwendung eines Fotos von © Regina Recht</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis by Arno Kopecky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</description>
      <author>Arno Kopecky</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773058894.mp3" length="1326999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773058894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¿Cómo nos arreglamos? by Ernesto Canales Santos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cómo nos arreglamos?
Author: Ernesto Canales Santos
Narrator: Erick Jam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un valioso testimonio directo y fundamental para ganar la batalla contra la corrupción en México.  Ernesto Canales narra aquí cómo pasó, a sus 75 años, de ser un exitoso abogado a convertirse en el primer fiscal mexicano especializado en perseguir los delitos de corrupción, así como los retos que enfrentó durante los dos años que cumplió ese papel y los logros históricos que su trabajo legó en la administración pública del país. Al mismo tiempo, denuncia a los principales operadores criminales del sistema, desde las cúpulas políticas, y ofrece la relación detallada de sus procedimientos, develando los obstáculos que se han creado para sostener el sistema de impunidad y corrupción hasta la fecha. Porque su gestión no contó con el apoyo de la sociedad civil y, por encima de todo, no estuvo exenta de intimidaciones, trabas y la poca participación de los funcionarios, factores que impidieron constantemente su labor. ¿Cómo nos arreglamos? es un libro necesario en un país que ostenta uno de los más altos índices de corrupción e impunidad en el mundo.</description>
      <author>Ernesto Canales Santos</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073811019.mp3" length="1504839" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073811019.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cómo nos arreglamos?
Author: Ernesto Canales Santos
Narrator: Erick Jam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un valioso testimonio directo y fundamental para ganar la batalla contra la corrupción en México.  Ernesto Canales narra aquí cómo pasó, a sus 75 años, de ser un exitoso abogado a convertirse en el primer fiscal mexicano especializado en perseguir los delitos de corrupción, así como los retos que enfrentó durante los dos años que cumplió ese papel y los logros históricos que su trabajo legó en la administración pública del país. Al mismo tiempo, denuncia a los principales operadores criminales del sistema, desde las cúpulas políticas, y ofrece la relación detallada de sus procedimientos, develando los obstáculos que se han creado para sostener el sistema de impunidad y corrupción hasta la fecha. Porque su gestión no contó con el apoyo de la sociedad civil y, por encima de todo, no estuvo exenta de intimidaciones, trabas y la poca participación de los funcionarios, factores que impidieron constantemente su labor. ¿Cómo nos arreglamos? es un libro necesario en un país que ostenta uno de los más altos índices de corrupción e impunidad en el mundo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563617</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Cómo nos arreglamos?
Author: Ernesto Canales Santos
Narrator: Erick Jam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Un valioso testimonio directo y fundamental para ganar la batalla contra la corrupción en México.  Ernesto Canales narra aquí cómo pasó, a sus 75 años, de ser un exitoso abogado a convertirse en el primer fiscal mexicano especializado en perseguir los delitos de corrupción, así como los retos que enfrentó durante los dos años que cumplió ese papel y los logros históricos que su trabajo legó en la administración pública del país. Al mismo tiempo, denuncia a los principales operadores criminales del sistema, desde las cúpulas políticas, y ofrece la relación detallada de sus procedimientos, develando los obstáculos que se han creado para sostener el sistema de impunidad y corrupción hasta la fecha. Porque su gestión no contó con el apoyo de la sociedad civil y, por encima de todo, no estuvo exenta de intimidaciones, trabas y la poca participación de los funcionarios, factores que impidieron constantemente su labor. ¿Cómo nos arreglamos? es un libro necesario en un país que ostenta uno de los más altos índices de corrupción e impunidad en el mundo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Republic of Plato by Allan Bloom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Republic of Plato
Author: Allan Bloom
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive translation of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, the most influential text in the history of Western philosophy Long regarded as the most accurate rendering of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic that has yet been published, this widely acclaimed translation by Allan Bloom was the first to take a strictly literal approach. In addition to the annotated text, there is also a rich and valuable essay -- as well as indices -- which will enable readers to better understand the heart of Plato&amp;#039;s intention.</description>
      <author>Allan Bloom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 01:22:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668611944.mp3" length="907382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668611944.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Republic of Plato
Author: Allan Bloom
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive translation of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, the most influential text in the history of Western philosophy Long regarded as the most accurate rendering of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic that has yet been published, this widely acclaimed translation by Allan Bloom was the first to take a strictly literal approach. In addition to the annotated text, there is also a rich and valuable essay -- as well as indices -- which will enable readers to better understand the heart of Plato&amp;#039;s intention.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Republic of Plato
Author: Allan Bloom
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive translation of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic, the most influential text in the history of Western philosophy Long regarded as the most accurate rendering of Plato&amp;#039;s Republic that has yet been published, this widely acclaimed translation by Allan Bloom was the first to take a strictly literal approach. In addition to the annotated text, there is also a rich and valuable essay -- as well as indices -- which will enable readers to better understand the heart of Plato&amp;#039;s intention.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
